Command Line Reference Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134

Command Line Reference
Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134
10.3
NN47263-507, 03.02
October 2010
© 2010 Avaya Inc.
All Rights Reserved.
Notice
While reasonable efforts have been made to ensure that the
information in this document is complete and accurate at the time of
printing, Avaya assumes no liability for any errors. Avaya reserves the
right to make changes and corrections to the information in this
document without the obligation to notify any person or organization of
such changes.
Documentation disclaimer
Avaya shall not be responsible for any modifications, additions, or
deletions to the original published version of this documentation unless
such modifications, additions, or deletions were performed by Avaya.
End User agree to indemnify and hold harmless Avaya, Avaya's agents,
servants and employees against all claims, lawsuits, demands and
judgments arising out of, or in connection with, subsequent
modifications, additions or deletions to this documentation, to the
extent made by End User.
Link disclaimer
Avaya is not responsible for the contents or reliability of any linked Web
sites referenced within this site or documentation(s) provided by Avaya.
Avaya is not responsible for the accuracy of any information, statement
or content provided on these sites and does not necessarily endorse
the products, services, or information described or offered within them.
Avaya does not guarantee that these links will work all the time and has
no control over the availability of the linked pages.
Warranty
Avaya provides a limited warranty on this product. Refer to your sales
agreement to establish the terms of the limited warranty. In addition,
Avaya’s standard warranty language, as well as information regarding
support for this product, while under warranty, is available to Avaya
customers and other parties through the Avaya Support Web site:
http://www.avaya.com/support. Please note that if you acquired the
product from an authorized Avaya reseller outside of the United States
and Canada, the warranty is provided to you by said Avaya reseller and
not by Avaya.
Licenses
THE SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS AVAILABLE ON THE AVAYA
WEBSITE, HTTP://SUPPORT.AVAYA.COM/LICENSEINFO/ ARE
APPLICABLE TO ANYONE WHO DOWNLOADS, USES AND/OR
INSTALLS AVAYA SOFTWARE, PURCHASED FROM AVAYA INC.,
ANY AVAYA AFFILIATE, OR AN AUTHORIZED AVAYA RESELLER
(AS APPLICABLE) UNDER A COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT WITH
AVAYA OR AN AUTHORIZED AVAYA RESELLER. UNLESS
OTHERWISE AGREED TO BY AVAYA IN WRITING, AVAYA DOES
NOT EXTEND THIS LICENSE IF THE SOFTWARE WAS OBTAINED
FROM ANYONE OTHER THAN AVAYA, AN AVAYA AFFILIATE OR AN
AVAYA AUTHORIZED RESELLER, AND AVAYA RESERVES THE
RIGHT TO TAKE LEGAL ACTION AGAINST YOU AND ANYONE
ELSE USING OR SELLING THE SOFTWARE WITHOUT A LICENSE.
BY INSTALLING, DOWNLOADING OR USING THE SOFTWARE, OR
AUTHORIZING OTHERS TO DO SO, YOU, ON BEHALF OF
YOURSELF AND THE ENTITY FOR WHOM YOU ARE INSTALLING,
DOWNLOADING OR USING THE SOFTWARE (HEREINAFTER
REFERRED TO INTERCHANGEABLY AS “YOU” AND “END USER”),
AGREE TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS AND CREATE A
BINDING CONTRACT BETWEEN YOU AND AVAYA INC. OR THE
APPLICABLE AVAYA AFFILIATE (“AVAYA”).
protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws including the
sui generis rights relating to the protection of databases. You may not
modify, copy, reproduce, republish, upload, post, transmit or distribute
in any way any content, in whole or in part, including any code and
software. Unauthorized reproduction, transmission, dissemination,
storage, and or use without the express written consent of Avaya can
be a criminal, as well as a civil, offense under the applicable law.
Third-party components
Certain software programs or portions thereof included in the Product
may contain software distributed under third party agreements (“Third
Party Components”), which may contain terms that expand or limit
rights to use certain portions of the Product (“Third Party Terms”).
Information regarding distributed Linux OS source code (for those
Products that have distributed the Linux OS source code), and
identifying the copyright holders of the Third Party Components and the
Third Party Terms that apply to them is available on the Avaya Support
Web site: http://www.avaya.com/support/Copyright/.
Trademarks
The trademarks, logos and service marks (“Marks”) displayed in this
site, the documentation(s) and product(s) provided by Avaya are the
registered or unregistered Marks of Avaya, its affiliates, or other third
parties. Users are not permitted to use such Marks without prior written
consent from Avaya or such third party which may own the Mark.
Nothing contained in this site, the documentation(s) and product(s)
should be construed as granting, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise,
any license or right in and to the Marks without the express written
permission of Avaya or the applicable third party.
Avaya is a registered trademark of Avaya Inc.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Downloading documents
For the most current versions of documentation, see the Avaya Support
Web site: http://www.avaya.com/support
Contact Avaya Support
Avaya provides a telephone number for you to use to report problems
or to ask questions about your product. The support telephone number
is 1-800-242-2121 in the United States. For additional support
telephone numbers, see the Avaya Web site: http://www.avaya.com/
support
Copyright
Except where expressly stated otherwise, no use should be made of
materials on this site, the Documentation(s) and Product(s) provided
by Avaya. All content on this site, the documentation(s) and the
product(s) provided by Avaya including the selection, arrangement and
design of the content is owned either by Avaya or its licensors and is
2
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Contents
Chapter 1: New in this release...............................................................................................51
Features..........................................................................................................................................................51
IPSec nailed up tunnel............................................................................................................................51
IPSec VPN bypass policy.......................................................................................................................51
Jumbo frame support..............................................................................................................................51
Key usage extension checking...............................................................................................................52
Multiple networks in a single IPSec policy..............................................................................................52
Packet filters for management services..................................................................................................52
Periodic DPD..........................................................................................................................................52
Prioritizing IPSec policies.......................................................................................................................53
RIP scalability enhancements................................................................................................................53
RSA certificate key size enhancement...................................................................................................53
SNMP interface index persistency..........................................................................................................53
Triggered RIP.........................................................................................................................................54
Tunnel failover using round robin DNS...................................................................................................54
Tunnel failover using static weighted tunnels.........................................................................................54
Debug commands..................................................................................................................................54
Other changes.................................................................................................................................................55
Release 10.2 commands........................................................................................................................55
Release 10.2.1 commands.....................................................................................................................62
Chapter 2: Basic CLI commands...........................................................................................63
clear................................................................................................................................................................63
configure admin_name....................................................................................................................................63
configure console_timeout..............................................................................................................................64
configure flash.................................................................................................................................................64
configure header.............................................................................................................................................64
configure interface...........................................................................................................................................65
configure network............................................................................................................................................65
configure secure_passwords..........................................................................................................................65
configure SYS_REM.......................................................................................................................................66
configure SYS_REM_.....................................................................................................................................66
configure terminal............................................................................................................................................66
configure user.................................................................................................................................................67
exit...................................................................................................................................................................67
password.........................................................................................................................................................68
pop..................................................................................................................................................................68
reboot..............................................................................................................................................................69
save.................................................................................................................................................................69
show................................................................................................................................................................69
show console_timeout.....................................................................................................................................70
show configuration running.............................................................................................................................70
show configuration stored...............................................................................................................................70
show system configuration..............................................................................................................................71
show user_accounts.......................................................................................................................................71
show users......................................................................................................................................................71
show whoami..................................................................................................................................................71
telnet...............................................................................................................................................................72
Command Line Reference
October 2010
3
Chapter 3: File management commands..............................................................................73
configure terminal interface bundle atm max-vcc............................................................................................73
configure terminal interface bundle link encapsulation atm atm.....................................................................73
configure terminal module xdsl.......................................................................................................................74
show module configuration xdsl......................................................................................................................75
show module userstats xdsl............................................................................................................................76
Chapter 4: Commissioning commands.................................................................................77
admin_name...................................................................................................................................................77
boot_params...................................................................................................................................................77
clear cfg_file....................................................................................................................................................77
clear telnet session.........................................................................................................................................78
clear event_log................................................................................................................................................78
configure dialer................................................................................................................................................79
configure dialer async modem........................................................................................................................79
configure dialer async uart..............................................................................................................................80
configure dst enable........................................................................................................................................81
configure dst set..............................................................................................................................................81
configure reverse_telnet set_baud_rate..........................................................................................................82
configure reverse_telnet set_data_bits...........................................................................................................83
configure reverse_telnet enable......................................................................................................................83
configure reverse_telnet set_flow_control.......................................................................................................84
configure reverse_telnet set_parity.................................................................................................................85
configure reverse_telnet set_stop_bits...........................................................................................................85
configure reverse_telnet telnet_port................................................................................................................86
configure reverse_telnet telnet_timeout..........................................................................................................87
configure router-id...........................................................................................................................................87
configure sntp source-address........................................................................................................................87
configure system source-address...................................................................................................................88
configure terminal system logging console priority.........................................................................................88
configure terminal system logging syslog module ike.....................................................................................89
configure terminal system logging syslog module radius................................................................................90
configure terminal system logging syslog module userdb...............................................................................91
configure terminal system logging syslog module xauth.................................................................................92
configure system logging syslog source-address...........................................................................................93
configure terminal system logging syslog enable............................................................................................94
configure terminal system logging syslog host_ipaddr....................................................................................94
configure terminal system logging syslog host_ipaddrv6................................................................................94
configure usb enable.......................................................................................................................................95
date.................................................................................................................................................................95
ftp_server........................................................................................................................................................96
ftp_user...........................................................................................................................................................96
hostname........................................................................................................................................................96
ip address........................................................................................................................................................97
ip route............................................................................................................................................................97
jumbo frame....................................................................................................................................................98
no user............................................................................................................................................................98
ping.................................................................................................................................................................99
show chassis...................................................................................................................................................99
show dst..........................................................................................................................................................99
show module alarms.....................................................................................................................................100
4
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show module configuration...........................................................................................................................100
show module configuration all.......................................................................................................................100
show telnet....................................................................................................................................................101
show sntp......................................................................................................................................................101
show usb_userstat........................................................................................................................................101
sntp broadcast...............................................................................................................................................101
sntp broadcast timeout..................................................................................................................................102
sntp enable....................................................................................................................................................102
sntp server....................................................................................................................................................103
sntp retries....................................................................................................................................................103
system jumbo-mtu-limit.................................................................................................................................104
system reset-to-factory..................................................................................................................................104
telnet banner.................................................................................................................................................105
telnet_server.................................................................................................................................................105
telnet timeout.................................................................................................................................................106
tftp server......................................................................................................................................................106
utc.................................................................................................................................................................106
Chapter 5: T1/E1 module configuration commands..........................................................109
clear module..................................................................................................................................................109
configure interface bundle drop.....................................................................................................................109
configure interface bundle link e1/t1..............................................................................................................110
configure module e1 alarms..........................................................................................................................111
configure module e1 alarms hierarchy..........................................................................................................112
configure module e1 circuitId.........................................................................................................................112
configure module e1 clock_source................................................................................................................113
configure module e1 contactInfo...................................................................................................................113
configure module e1 description....................................................................................................................114
configure module e1 enable..........................................................................................................................114
configure module e1 framing.........................................................................................................................115
configure module e1 linecode........................................................................................................................115
configure module e1 linemode......................................................................................................................115
configure module e1 name............................................................................................................................116
configure module e1 yellow_alarm................................................................................................................116
configure module t1 alarms thresholds user..................................................................................................117
configure module t1 alarms hierarchy...........................................................................................................118
configure module t1 circuitId..........................................................................................................................119
configure module t1 clock_source.................................................................................................................119
configure module t1 contactInfo....................................................................................................................120
configure module t1 description....................................................................................................................120
configure module t1 enable...........................................................................................................................120
configure module t1 framing..........................................................................................................................121
configure module t1 linecode........................................................................................................................121
configure module t1 linemode csu................................................................................................................122
configure module t1 linemode dsx................................................................................................................122
configure module t1 loopback_framing.........................................................................................................123
configure module t1 name.............................................................................................................................123
configure module t1 yellow_alarm.................................................................................................................124
show module alarms.....................................................................................................................................124
show module ansistats..................................................................................................................................125
show module configuration...........................................................................................................................125
Command Line Reference
October 2010
5
show module ietfstats....................................................................................................................................126
show module itutstats....................................................................................................................................126
show module thresholds...............................................................................................................................126
show module userstats.................................................................................................................................127
Chapter 6: DS3 module configuration commands.............................................................129
clear module t3_userstats.............................................................................................................................129
configure interface bundle link t3..................................................................................................................129
configure module t3 alarms thresholds user.................................................................................................129
configure module t3 cable_length.................................................................................................................131
configure module t3 clock_source.................................................................................................................131
configure module t3 framing..........................................................................................................................132
configure module t3 name.............................................................................................................................132
show module alarms.....................................................................................................................................133
show module ansistats..................................................................................................................................133
show module configuration...........................................................................................................................134
show module ietfstats....................................................................................................................................134
show module thresholds...............................................................................................................................134
show module userstats.................................................................................................................................134
Chapter 7: CT3 module configuration commands.............................................................137
clear module ct3_userstats...........................................................................................................................137
configure interface bundle link ct3.................................................................................................................137
configure module ct3 alarms thresholds user...............................................................................................138
configure module ct3 alarms hierarchy.........................................................................................................139
configure module ct3 cable_length...............................................................................................................140
configure module ct3 clock_source...............................................................................................................140
configure module ct3 enable.........................................................................................................................141
configure module ct3 framing........................................................................................................................141
configure module ct3 t1.................................................................................................................................142
show module alarms.....................................................................................................................................143
show module ansistats..................................................................................................................................144
show module configuration...........................................................................................................................144
show module ietfstats....................................................................................................................................144
show module thresholds...............................................................................................................................145
show module userstats.................................................................................................................................145
Chapter 8: Serial module configuration commands..........................................................147
clear module serial_userstats.......................................................................................................................147
configure interface bundle link serial.............................................................................................................147
configure module serial.................................................................................................................................147
configure module serial clock_rate................................................................................................................148
configure module serial clock_source...........................................................................................................148
configure module serial crc...........................................................................................................................149
configure module serial data_mode..............................................................................................................149
configure module serial mode.......................................................................................................................150
configure module serial name.......................................................................................................................150
show module alarms.....................................................................................................................................151
show module configuration...........................................................................................................................151
show module userstats.................................................................................................................................152
6
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 9: HSSI module configuration commands............................................................153
clear module hssi_userstats..........................................................................................................................153
configure interface bundle link hssi...............................................................................................................153
configure module hssi clock_rate..................................................................................................................153
configure module hssi clock_source.............................................................................................................154
configure module hssi crc.............................................................................................................................154
configure module hssi data_mode................................................................................................................155
configure module hssi mode.........................................................................................................................155
configure module hssi name.........................................................................................................................156
show module alarms.....................................................................................................................................156
show module configuration...........................................................................................................................157
show module userstats.................................................................................................................................157
Chapter 10: ISDN configuration commands.......................................................................159
clear isdn bri-statistics...................................................................................................................................159
clear isdn pri-statistics...................................................................................................................................159
configure dialer answer-mode.......................................................................................................................159
configure dialer idle-timeout..........................................................................................................................160
configure interface bundle isdn activate........................................................................................................160
configure interface bundle isdn answer.........................................................................................................161
configure interface bundle isdn call-back......................................................................................................161
configure interface bundle isdn callednum....................................................................................................161
configure interface bundle isdn caller............................................................................................................162
configure interface bundle isdn callingnum...................................................................................................162
configure interface bundle isdn connect-delay..............................................................................................163
configure interface bundle isdn disconnect-cause........................................................................................163
configure interface bundle isdn idle-timeout..................................................................................................164
configure interface bundle isdn map.............................................................................................................165
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers.................................................................................................166
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers k..............................................................................................166
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers n200........................................................................................167
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers n201........................................................................................167
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers t200.........................................................................................168
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers t203.........................................................................................168
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers.................................................................................................168
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t303.........................................................................................169
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t304.........................................................................................169
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t305.........................................................................................169
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t308.........................................................................................170
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t310.........................................................................................170
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t313.........................................................................................171
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t316.........................................................................................171
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t319.........................................................................................171
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t322.........................................................................................172
configure interface bundle isdn spid1............................................................................................................172
configure interface bundle isdn spid2............................................................................................................173
configure interface bundle isdn switch-type..................................................................................................173
configure interface bundle isdn tei-mode......................................................................................................174
configure interface bundle isdn tei-value.......................................................................................................174
configure interface bundle link bri.................................................................................................................175
configure interface bundle link dialer.............................................................................................................175
Command Line Reference
October 2010
7
configure interface bundle link prie1|prit1......................................................................................................176
show isdn bri-statistics..................................................................................................................................176
show isdn global............................................................................................................................................176
show isdn interface.......................................................................................................................................177
show isdn interfaces......................................................................................................................................177
show isdn pri-statistics..................................................................................................................................177
Chapter 11: WAN bundle commands...................................................................................179
clear interface bundle....................................................................................................................................179
configure interface bundle contact................................................................................................................179
configure interface bundle description..........................................................................................................179
configure interface bundle shutdown............................................................................................................180
show interface bundle...................................................................................................................................180
Chapter 12: HDLC configuration commands......................................................................181
configure interface bundle encapsulation hdlc..............................................................................................181
configure interface bundle hdlc.....................................................................................................................181
Chapter 13: PPP/MLPPP configuration commands...........................................................183
configure interface bundle encapsulation ppp|mlppp....................................................................................183
configure interface bundle mlppp..................................................................................................................183
configure interface bundle ppp authentication..............................................................................................184
configure interface bundle ppp authentication_database..............................................................................184
configure interface bundle ppp echo-interval................................................................................................185
configure interface bundle ppp interleave.....................................................................................................185
configure interface bundle ppp ip-rtp-reserve...............................................................................................186
configure interface bundle ppp lfi-fragment-delay.........................................................................................186
configure interface bundle ppp mtu-mru-magic.............................................................................................187
configure interface bundle ppp pap|chap peer-name....................................................................................188
configure interface bundle ppp pap|chap sent-username.............................................................................188
configure interface bundle ppp peer-addr.....................................................................................................189
configure interface bundle ppp retry-interval.................................................................................................189
configure interface bundle ppp src-addr........................................................................................................190
configure interface bundle rtp........................................................................................................................190
configure interface bundle rtp connections...................................................................................................191
configure interface bundle rtp negotiation ipcp.............................................................................................191
configure interface bundle rtp timeout...........................................................................................................191
Chapter 14: Frame Relay configuration commands..........................................................193
clear fr invarp................................................................................................................................................193
clear fr lmistats..............................................................................................................................................193
clear fr vcstats...............................................................................................................................................193
clear interface avcs.......................................................................................................................................194
configure fr invarp.........................................................................................................................................194
configure fr mfr_e2e_enhanced....................................................................................................................195
configure interface avc..................................................................................................................................195
configure interface avc class.........................................................................................................................196
configure interface avc cvc............................................................................................................................196
configure interface avc diff_delay..................................................................................................................197
configure interface avc enable avc................................................................................................................197
configure interface avc enable cvc................................................................................................................198
configure interface avc enable mfr_e2e_enhanced......................................................................................198
8
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface avc fragment_size..........................................................................................................199
configure interface avc ip address................................................................................................................199
configure interface avc ip directed broadcast................................................................................................200
configure interface avc map..........................................................................................................................200
configure interface avc seg_threshold..........................................................................................................200
configure interface avc sequence.................................................................................................................201
configure interface bundle encapulation frelay|mfr.......................................................................................201
configure interface bundle fr enable interface...............................................................................................202
configure interface bundle fr enable pvc.......................................................................................................202
configure interface bundle fr enable fragment_rfc1490.................................................................................202
configure interface bundle fr frame_size.......................................................................................................203
configure interface bundle fr interleave enable.............................................................................................203
configure interface bundle fr interleave hiprio...............................................................................................204
configure interface bundle fr intf_type...........................................................................................................204
configure interface bundle fr lmi....................................................................................................................205
configure interface bundle fr lmi dce.............................................................................................................205
configure interface bundle fr lmi dte..............................................................................................................206
configure interface bundle fr lmi fast_recovery.............................................................................................206
configure interface bundle fr lmi keepalive....................................................................................................207
configure interface bundle fr mfr ack_msg....................................................................................................207
configure interface bundle fr mfr class..........................................................................................................208
configure interface bundle fr mfr diff_delay...................................................................................................208
configure interface bundle fr mfr fragment_size............................................................................................209
configure interface bundle fr mfr hello_timer.................................................................................................209
configure interface bundle fr mfr seg_threshold............................................................................................210
configure interface bundle fr pvc...................................................................................................................210
configure interface bundle fr pvc crypto.........................................................................................................211
configure interface bundle fr pvc desc...........................................................................................................211
configure interface bundle fr pvc enable........................................................................................................211
configure interface bundle fr pvc frf12...........................................................................................................212
configure interface bundle fr pvc frf20 config................................................................................................212
configure interface bundle fr pvc frf20 enable...............................................................................................213
configure interface bundle fr pvc ip address.................................................................................................213
configure interface bundle fr pvc ipv6 address..............................................................................................214
configure interface bundle fr pvc map...........................................................................................................214
configure interface bundle fr pvc policing......................................................................................................215
configure interface bundle fr pvc shaping.....................................................................................................216
configure interface bundle fr pvc switch........................................................................................................216
show fr avcs..................................................................................................................................................217
show fr cvcs..................................................................................................................................................217
show fr invarp................................................................................................................................................217
show fr invarp_int..........................................................................................................................................218
show fr lmistats.............................................................................................................................................218
show fr pvcs..................................................................................................................................................218
show fr vcstats..............................................................................................................................................219
show interface avcs.......................................................................................................................................219
Chapter 15: Static LSP commands......................................................................................221
mpls static-ftn................................................................................................................................................221
mpls static-ilm...............................................................................................................................................221
show mpls static-ftn.......................................................................................................................................222
Command Line Reference
October 2010
9
show mpls static-ilm......................................................................................................................................223
show mpls stats-ftn.......................................................................................................................................223
show mpls stats-ilm.......................................................................................................................................223
Chapter 16: LDP commands.................................................................................................225
clear ldp adjacency.......................................................................................................................................225
clear ldp statistics..........................................................................................................................................225
configure interface ldp advertisement-mode.................................................................................................226
configure interface ldp hello-interval.............................................................................................................226
configure interface ldp hold-time...................................................................................................................227
configure interface ldp keepalive-interval......................................................................................................227
configure interface ldp keepalive-timeout......................................................................................................228
configure interface ldp label-retention-mode.................................................................................................229
configure interface ldp multicast-hellos.........................................................................................................229
configure interface ldp targeted-peer-hello-interval.......................................................................................230
configure interface ldp targeted-peer-hold-time............................................................................................230
configure router ldp.......................................................................................................................................231
configure router ldp advertise-labels.............................................................................................................231
configure router ldp advertisement-mode.....................................................................................................232
configure router ldp control-mode.................................................................................................................232
configure router ldp explicit-null....................................................................................................................233
configure router ldp hello-interval..................................................................................................................233
configure router ldp hold-time.......................................................................................................................234
configure router ldp keepalive-interval..........................................................................................................234
configure router ldp keepalive-timeout..........................................................................................................235
configure router ldp label-retention-mode.....................................................................................................235
configure router ldp loop-detection................................................................................................................236
configure router ldp loop-detection-count......................................................................................................236
configure router ldp multicast-hellos.............................................................................................................237
configure router ldp propagate-release.........................................................................................................237
configure router ldp request-retry..................................................................................................................238
configure router ldp request-retry-timeout.....................................................................................................238
configure router ldp targeted-peer.................................................................................................................239
configure router ldp targeted-peer-hello-interval...........................................................................................239
configure router ldp targeted-peer-hold-time.................................................................................................240
configure router ldp transport-address..........................................................................................................240
show ldp adjacency.......................................................................................................................................241
show ldp advertise-labels..............................................................................................................................241
show ldp fec..................................................................................................................................................241
show ldp interface.........................................................................................................................................241
show ldp lsp..................................................................................................................................................242
show ldp lsp fec.............................................................................................................................................242
show ldp lsp host...........................................................................................................................................243
show ldp lsp prefix.........................................................................................................................................243
show ldp session...........................................................................................................................................244
show ldp statistics.........................................................................................................................................244
show ldp statistics advertise-labels...............................................................................................................244
Chapter 17: RSVP-TE commands........................................................................................247
clear mpls traffic-eng-lsp...............................................................................................................................247
clear rsvp session.........................................................................................................................................247
clear rsvp statistics........................................................................................................................................248
10
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface rsvp ack-wait-timeout......................................................................................................248
configure interface rsvp hello-interval........................................................................................................... 249
configure interface rsvp hello-receipt............................................................................................................ 249
configure interface rsvp hello-timeout........................................................................................................... 250
configure interface rsvp keep-multiplier........................................................................................................ 250
configure interface rsvp message-ack.......................................................................................................... 251
configure interface rsvp refresh-reduction.....................................................................................................251
configure interface rsvp refresh-time.............................................................................................................251
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp........................................................................................................................252
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp ext-tunnel-id................................................................................................... 253
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp from................................................................................................................253
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp map-route.......................................................................................................254
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary affinity.............................................................................. 254
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary bandwidth........................................................................255
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary cspf..................................................................................255
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary cspf-retry-limit..................................................................256
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary cspf-retry-timer................................................................ 256
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary exclude-any.....................................................................257
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute bandwidth...................................................................... 257
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute exclude-any................................................................... 258
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute hold-priority....................................................................259
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute hop-limit.........................................................................259
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute include-any.................................................................... 260
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute node-protection..............................................................260
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute protection one-to-one.................................................... 261
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute setup-priority..................................................................261
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary filter..................................................................................262
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary hold-priority......................................................................262
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary hop-limit...........................................................................263
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary include-any......................................................................263
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary label-record......................................................................264
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary no-affinity.........................................................................265
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary no-cspf.............................................................................265
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary no-record-route................................................................266
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary record-route.....................................................................266
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary retry-limit..........................................................................267
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary retry-timer........................................................................267
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary reuse-route-record...........................................................268
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary setup-priority....................................................................268
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary traffic................................................................................269
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary traffic-eng-path................................................................ 270
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp to....................................................................................................................270
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp traffic-eng-lsp-restart......................................................................................271
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp update-type....................................................................................................271
configure mpls traffic-eng-path......................................................................................................................271
configure mpls traffic-eng-path hop-address.................................................................................................272
configure mpls tunnel-mode..........................................................................................................................273
configure router rsvp..................................................................................................................................... 273
configure router rsvp ack-wait-timeout..........................................................................................................274
configure router rsvp cspf..............................................................................................................................274
configure router rsvp detour-identification.....................................................................................................274
Command Line Reference
October 2010
11
configure router rsvp explicit-null..................................................................................................................275
configure router rsvp from.............................................................................................................................276
configure router rsvp hello-interval................................................................................................................276
configure router rsvp hello-receipt.................................................................................................................277
configure router rsvp hello-timeout................................................................................................................277
configure router rsvp keep-multiplier.............................................................................................................278
configure router rsvp loop-detection..............................................................................................................278
configure router rsvp message-ack...............................................................................................................278
configure router rsvp neighbor......................................................................................................................279
configure router rsvp no-cspf........................................................................................................................279
configure router rsvp no-loop-detection........................................................................................................280
configure router rsvp no-php.........................................................................................................................280
configure router rsvp php..............................................................................................................................280
configure router rsvp refresh-reduction.........................................................................................................281
configure router rsvp refresh-time.................................................................................................................281
configure RSVP-TE filter...............................................................................................................................282
configure retry limit........................................................................................................................................282
show mpls admin-groups..............................................................................................................................283
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session.................................................................................................................283
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session lsp-name..................................................................................................283
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session count........................................................................................................284
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress......................................................................................................284
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress......................................................................................................285
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress.....................................................................................................285
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress.....................................................................................................286
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session transit.......................................................................................................286
show mpls traffic-eng-path............................................................................................................................287
show mpls tunnel-mode................................................................................................................................287
show rsvp interface.......................................................................................................................................287
show rsvp neighbor.......................................................................................................................................288
show rsvp nexthop-cache.............................................................................................................................288
show rsvp statistics.......................................................................................................................................288
show rsvp summary-refresh..........................................................................................................................289
show rsvp version.........................................................................................................................................289
Chapter 18: Common MPLS commands.............................................................................291
clear mpls statistics.......................................................................................................................................291
show mpls interface......................................................................................................................................291
show mpls stats-interface..............................................................................................................................291
show mpls stats-lsp.......................................................................................................................................292
show mpls table-forwarding..........................................................................................................................292
show mpls table-ilm.......................................................................................................................................292
Chapter 19: MPLS pseudowire commands.........................................................................293
configure interface bundle mpls l2-circuit......................................................................................................293
configure interface bundle mpls l2-circuit encapsulation ppp........................................................................293
configure interface bundle mpls l2-circuit encapsulation...............................................................................293
configure interface ethernet mpls l2-circuit...................................................................................................294
configure interface ethernet switchport mode l2vpn......................................................................................294
configure interface mpls admin-group...........................................................................................................294
configure interface mpls ip............................................................................................................................295
configure interface mpls protocol-ldp............................................................................................................295
12
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface mpls protocol-rsvp..........................................................................................................295
configure mpls l2-circuit................................................................................................................................296
configure mpls static-l2-circuit-ftn..................................................................................................................296
configure mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm.................................................................................................................297
show ldp mpls-l2-circuit.................................................................................................................................297
show mpls l2-circuit.......................................................................................................................................298
show mpls l2-circuit-group............................................................................................................................298
show mpls static-l2-circuit-ftn........................................................................................................................298
show mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm.......................................................................................................................299
show mpls stats-vc........................................................................................................................................299
show mpls table-vc........................................................................................................................................299
Chapter 20: Ethernet interface commands.........................................................................301
interface ethernet..........................................................................................................................................301
interface ethernet description........................................................................................................................301
interface ethernet ip tcp-mss.........................................................................................................................302
interface ethernet mtu...................................................................................................................................302
interface ethernet REM.................................................................................................................................303
interface ethernet REM_...............................................................................................................................303
interface ethernet speed...............................................................................................................................304
interface ethernet traffic-class-table..............................................................................................................304
interface ethernet user-priority......................................................................................................................305
system jumbo-mtu-limit.................................................................................................................................305
Chapter 21: Interface mode commands..............................................................................307
configure interface vlan ip helper-address service........................................................................................307
configure interface vlan ip helper-address protocol......................................................................................307
configure interface vlan ip helper-address port.............................................................................................308
switchport......................................................................................................................................................308
no switchport.................................................................................................................................................309
switchport mode hybrid.................................................................................................................................309
switchport mode trunk...................................................................................................................................309
switchport hybrid allowed..............................................................................................................................310
switchport hybrid remove..............................................................................................................................310
switchport trunk allowed................................................................................................................................311
switchport trunk remove................................................................................................................................311
switchport pvid...............................................................................................................................................311
show bridge port............................................................................................................................................312
show interface ethernet.................................................................................................................................312
show interface ethernets...............................................................................................................................312
Chapter 22: MAC address table commands.......................................................................313
mac address..................................................................................................................................................313
mac aging-time..............................................................................................................................................313
show bridge config........................................................................................................................................314
show bridge detail.........................................................................................................................................314
show bridge mac...........................................................................................................................................314
show bridge mac address.............................................................................................................................315
show bridge mac dynamic.............................................................................................................................315
show bridge mac static..................................................................................................................................316
show bridge mac multicast............................................................................................................................316
show bridge mac unicast...............................................................................................................................317
Command Line Reference
October 2010
13
Chapter 23: PoE commands.................................................................................................319
poe detect3af................................................................................................................................................319
poe portmode................................................................................................................................................319
poe portpower...............................................................................................................................................320
poe portpowerlimit.........................................................................................................................................321
poe portpriority..............................................................................................................................................322
show poe portconfig......................................................................................................................................323
show poe portspower....................................................................................................................................323
show poe portstatus......................................................................................................................................324
show poe totalpower.....................................................................................................................................324
Chapter 24: VLAN commands..............................................................................................325
vlan database................................................................................................................................................325
vlan................................................................................................................................................................325
show bridge vlan...........................................................................................................................................326
interface vlan.................................................................................................................................................326
shutdown.......................................................................................................................................................326
vlan classification..........................................................................................................................................326
rule ipv4.........................................................................................................................................................327
rule protocol..................................................................................................................................................327
vlan classification ipv4...................................................................................................................................328
vlan classification protocol rule.....................................................................................................................329
switchport mode access vlan-stacking..........................................................................................................329
show bridge port............................................................................................................................................330
Chapter 25: MSTP commands..............................................................................................331
bridge............................................................................................................................................................331
bridge forward-delay.....................................................................................................................................331
bridge hello-time............................................................................................................................................332
bridge max-age.............................................................................................................................................332
bridge priority................................................................................................................................................333
mstp..............................................................................................................................................................333
mstp instance................................................................................................................................................333
mstp instance priority....................................................................................................................................334
mstp max-hops..............................................................................................................................................334
mstp region...................................................................................................................................................335
mstp revision.................................................................................................................................................335
spanning-tree................................................................................................................................................336
spanning-tree force-version..........................................................................................................................336
spanning-tree link-type..................................................................................................................................337
instance path-cost.........................................................................................................................................337
instance priority.............................................................................................................................................338
spanning-tree portfast...................................................................................................................................338
spanning-tree portfast bpdu-filter..................................................................................................................339
spanning-tree portfast bpdu-guard................................................................................................................339
spanning-tree path-cost................................................................................................................................339
spanning-tree priority....................................................................................................................................340
show spanning-tree.......................................................................................................................................340
clear spanning-tree mstp...............................................................................................................................341
clear spanning-tree statistics.........................................................................................................................342
14
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 26: LACP commands..............................................................................................343
lacp................................................................................................................................................................343
lacp channel-group mode..............................................................................................................................343
lacp priority....................................................................................................................................................344
interface lag...................................................................................................................................................344
lacp timeout...................................................................................................................................................345
show lacp channel-group..............................................................................................................................345
show lacp dynamic........................................................................................................................................346
show lacp member-port.................................................................................................................................346
Chapter 27: IGMP snooping commands.............................................................................347
ip igmp snooping...........................................................................................................................................347
snooping enable............................................................................................................................................347
snooping disable...........................................................................................................................................347
fast-leave enable...........................................................................................................................................348
fast-leave disable..........................................................................................................................................348
last-member-query-interval...........................................................................................................................348
max-response-time.......................................................................................................................................349
ip igmp snooping mrouter..............................................................................................................................349
proxy enable..................................................................................................................................................350
proxy disable.................................................................................................................................................350
querier enable...............................................................................................................................................350
querier disable...............................................................................................................................................351
query-interval................................................................................................................................................351
ip igmp snooping version..............................................................................................................................352
clear ip igmp snooping groups......................................................................................................................352
clear ip igmp snooping mrouter.....................................................................................................................353
clear ip igmp snooping statistics...................................................................................................................353
configure interface ip igmp snooping mrouter interface................................................................................353
configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping.....................................................................................................354
configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping querier.........................................................................................354
configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping report-suppression......................................................................355
show ip igmp snooping configuration............................................................................................................355
show ip igmp snooping detail........................................................................................................................356
show ip igmp snooping groups......................................................................................................................356
show ip igmp snooping mrouter....................................................................................................................356
show ip igmp snooping statistics...................................................................................................................357
Chapter 28: GVRP commands..............................................................................................359
clear gvrp......................................................................................................................................................359
dynamic-vlan-creation...................................................................................................................................359
gvrp enable...................................................................................................................................................360
registration-state...........................................................................................................................................360
show gvrp......................................................................................................................................................361
timer join........................................................................................................................................................362
Chapter 29: Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands..................................365
configure oam cfm enable.............................................................................................................................365
configure oam cfm ethtype............................................................................................................................365
configure oam cfm linktrace..........................................................................................................................366
configure oam cfm md...................................................................................................................................366
configure oam cfm md name.........................................................................................................................366
Command Line Reference
October 2010
15
configure oam cfm md level..........................................................................................................................367
configure oam cfm md ma.............................................................................................................................368
configure oam cfm md ma cc........................................................................................................................368
configure oam cfm md ma mep.....................................................................................................................369
configure oam cfm md ma name...................................................................................................................370
configure oam cfm md ma remove-ad-rmeps...............................................................................................370
configure oam cfm md ma rmep...................................................................................................................370
configure oam cfm md ma vlan.....................................................................................................................371
configure oam cfm md mip............................................................................................................................371
configure oam cfm md mip interface.............................................................................................................372
configure oam cfm md mip state...................................................................................................................372
configure oam cfm md mip vlan....................................................................................................................373
test oam cfm..................................................................................................................................................373
test oam cfm lbmmep....................................................................................................................................374
test oam cfm lbmmip.....................................................................................................................................375
test oam cfm ltmmep.....................................................................................................................................376
test oam cfm ltmmip......................................................................................................................................376
show cfm cc-configs......................................................................................................................................377
show cfm cc-configs ma md..........................................................................................................................377
show cfm errors.............................................................................................................................................378
show cfm global-config..................................................................................................................................378
show cfm linktrace-cache..............................................................................................................................378
show cfm ma.................................................................................................................................................379
show cfm mas...............................................................................................................................................380
show cfm md.................................................................................................................................................380
show cfm mds...............................................................................................................................................380
show cfm mep...............................................................................................................................................381
show cfm meps.............................................................................................................................................381
show cfm mip................................................................................................................................................382
show cfm mips..............................................................................................................................................382
show cfm rmep..............................................................................................................................................383
show cfm stats..............................................................................................................................................383
clear cfm errors.............................................................................................................................................384
clear cfm linktrace-cache..............................................................................................................................384
clear cfm stats...............................................................................................................................................385
debug oam cfm dump-data...........................................................................................................................386
debug oam cfm debug-feature debug-level..................................................................................................386
Chapter 30: Port mirroring commands................................................................................389
mirror source.................................................................................................................................................389
show mirror...................................................................................................................................................389
Chapter 31: Bridge configuration commands....................................................................391
configure bridge priority.................................................................................................................................391
configure maximum aging time.....................................................................................................................391
configure forward time delay.........................................................................................................................392
configure static MAC address.......................................................................................................................392
Chapter 32: SNMP commands.............................................................................................393
clear snmp-stats............................................................................................................................................393
configure snmp-server chassis-id.................................................................................................................393
configure snmp-server community................................................................................................................393
16
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure snmp-server contact......................................................................................................................394
configure snmp-server enable traps bgp.......................................................................................................394
configure snmp-server enable traps bundle..................................................................................................395
configure snmp-server enable traps cfm.......................................................................................................395
configure snmp-server enable traps config...................................................................................................396
configure snmp-server enable traps dvmrp...................................................................................................396
configure snmp-server enable traps enable-all.............................................................................................397
configure snmp-server enable traps environment.........................................................................................397
configure snmp-server enable traps frame_relay..........................................................................................397
configure snmp-server enable traps ospf error.............................................................................................398
configure snmp-server enable traps ospf lsa................................................................................................399
configure snmp-server enable traps ospf retransmit.....................................................................................399
configure snmp-server enable traps ospf state-change................................................................................399
configure snmp-server enable traps pim.......................................................................................................400
configure snmp-server enable traps pimv6...................................................................................................401
configure snmp-server enable traps snmp....................................................................................................401
configure snmp-server enable traps sntp......................................................................................................402
configure snmp-server enable traps ssm......................................................................................................402
configure snmp-server enable traps system.................................................................................................402
configure snmp-server enable traps vrrp......................................................................................................403
configure snmp-server location.....................................................................................................................403
configure snmp-server snmp-enable.............................................................................................................404
configure snmp-server snmp-source.............................................................................................................404
configure snmp-server source-address.........................................................................................................404
configure snmp-server trap-host...................................................................................................................405
configure snmp-server trap-source...............................................................................................................405
configure snmp-server trap-version..............................................................................................................406
configure system snmp-ifindex-persistent.....................................................................................................406
show snmp communities...............................................................................................................................407
show snmp configuration..............................................................................................................................407
show snmp snmp-source..............................................................................................................................407
show snmp status.........................................................................................................................................407
show snmp trap-host.....................................................................................................................................408
show snmp trap-source.................................................................................................................................408
show snmp trap-version................................................................................................................................408
show snmp traps...........................................................................................................................................409
Chapter 33: RMON commands.............................................................................................411
configure rmon alarm.....................................................................................................................................411
configure rmon enable..................................................................................................................................412
configure rmon event....................................................................................................................................412
configure rmon history...................................................................................................................................412
configure rmon statistics...............................................................................................................................413
show rmon alarm...........................................................................................................................................413
show rmon alarms.........................................................................................................................................414
show rmon ethernet_history..........................................................................................................................414
show rmon events.........................................................................................................................................414
show rmon history_control............................................................................................................................415
show rmon logs.............................................................................................................................................415
show rmon statistics......................................................................................................................................415
Command Line Reference
October 2010
17
Chapter 34: DHCPv4 commands..........................................................................................417
clear ip dhcps bindings..................................................................................................................................417
clear ip dhcps statistics.................................................................................................................................417
configure hostname.......................................................................................................................................417
configure interface ethernet dhcp-client........................................................................................................418
configure interface dhcp-relay.......................................................................................................................418
configure ip dhcps enable.............................................................................................................................419
configure ip dhcps interface..........................................................................................................................419
configure ip dhcps pool.................................................................................................................................419
configure ip dhcps pool altvlan......................................................................................................................420
configure ip dhcps pool callserver.................................................................................................................420
configure ip dhcps pool clientid.....................................................................................................................421
configure ip dhcps pool commit.....................................................................................................................421
configure ip dhcps pool default_router..........................................................................................................421
configure ip dhcps pool dnsserver................................................................................................................422
configure ip dhcps pool domain....................................................................................................................422
configure ip dhcps pool exclude-range.........................................................................................................423
configure ip dhcps pool host.........................................................................................................................423
configure ip dhcps pool hwaddr....................................................................................................................423
configure ip dhcps pool lease........................................................................................................................424
configure ip dhcps pool netbios_name_server..............................................................................................424
configure ip dhcps pool network....................................................................................................................424
configure ip dhcps pool tftpserver.................................................................................................................425
configure ip dhcps pool wireless...................................................................................................................425
configure ip dhcps relay................................................................................................................................426
configure ip dhcps remote_database............................................................................................................426
configure ip domain_name............................................................................................................................427
configure ip name_server..............................................................................................................................427
configure ip pname_server............................................................................................................................427
show dhcp-relay............................................................................................................................................428
show ip dhcps address_pools.......................................................................................................................428
show ip dhcps bindings.................................................................................................................................428
show ip dhcps config.....................................................................................................................................429
show ip dhcps interfaces...............................................................................................................................429
show ip dhcps statistics.................................................................................................................................429
show ip dns...................................................................................................................................................429
Chapter 35: DHCPv6 commands..........................................................................................431
configure interface ipv6 dhcp client...............................................................................................................431
configure interface ipv6 dhcp relay...............................................................................................................432
configure interface ipv6 dhcp server.............................................................................................................432
configure ipv6 dhcp pool...............................................................................................................................433
configure ipv6 dhcp pool dns-server.............................................................................................................433
configure ipv6 dhcp pool domain-name........................................................................................................434
configure ipv6 dhcp pool ntp-server..............................................................................................................434
configure ipv6 dhcp pool prefix-delegation....................................................................................................434
show ipv6 dhcp binding.................................................................................................................................435
show ipv6 dhcp DUIDs..................................................................................................................................435
show ipv6 dhcp interface...............................................................................................................................436
show ipv6 dhcp pool......................................................................................................................................436
18
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 36: Network access commands.............................................................................437
clear telnet_session......................................................................................................................................437
clear telnet_sessions.....................................................................................................................................437
configure ftp_server......................................................................................................................................437
configure ftp_user.........................................................................................................................................438
configure telnet_banner................................................................................................................................438
configure telnet_server..................................................................................................................................439
configure telnet_timeout................................................................................................................................439
configure tftp_server.....................................................................................................................................439
telnet.............................................................................................................................................................440
show ftp.........................................................................................................................................................440
show telnet....................................................................................................................................................440
show tftp_server_info....................................................................................................................................440
Chapter 37: IPv4 routing commands...................................................................................443
clear ip prefix-list...........................................................................................................................................443
configure access-list......................................................................................................................................443
configure interface ip address.......................................................................................................................444
configure interface ip proxy_arp....................................................................................................................444
configure interface ip redirects......................................................................................................................444
configure interface ip unreachables..............................................................................................................445
configure ip load-balancing...........................................................................................................................445
configure ip nat access-group.......................................................................................................................445
configure ip nat access-list............................................................................................................................446
configure ip nat address................................................................................................................................446
configure ip nat debug...................................................................................................................................447
configure ip nat default_addr.........................................................................................................................447
configure ip nat enable..................................................................................................................................447
configure ip nat interface...............................................................................................................................448
configure ip nat ip..........................................................................................................................................448
configure ip nat max_entries.........................................................................................................................449
configure ip nat max_ports............................................................................................................................449
configure ip nat pass_thru.............................................................................................................................450
configure ip nat pass-thru-multicast..............................................................................................................450
configure ip nat pool range............................................................................................................................451
configure ip nat port......................................................................................................................................451
configure ip nat reverse.................................................................................................................................452
configure ip nat reverseACL..........................................................................................................................452
configure ip nat timeout.................................................................................................................................453
configure ip nat trans_addr...........................................................................................................................453
configure ip nat trans_mode..........................................................................................................................454
configure ip nat unregistered.........................................................................................................................454
configure ip prefix-list....................................................................................................................................455
configure ip proxy-dns add-cache.................................................................................................................455
configure ip proxy-dns enable.......................................................................................................................456
configure ip route..........................................................................................................................................456
configure route-map......................................................................................................................................457
configure route-map match as-path..............................................................................................................457
configure route-map match community.........................................................................................................457
configure route-map match interface............................................................................................................458
configure route-map match ip address..........................................................................................................458
Command Line Reference
October 2010
19
configure route-map match ip address prefix-list..........................................................................................459
configure route-map match ip next-hop........................................................................................................459
configure route-map match metric................................................................................................................460
configure route-map match origin.................................................................................................................460
configure route-map match route-type..........................................................................................................461
configure route-map match source-protocol.................................................................................................461
configure route-map match tag.....................................................................................................................462
configure route-map set aggregator..............................................................................................................462
configure route-map set as-path...................................................................................................................462
configure route-map set atomic-aggregate...................................................................................................463
configure route-map set comm-list................................................................................................................463
configure route-map set community..............................................................................................................464
configure route-map set dampening.............................................................................................................464
configure route-map set ip next-hop.............................................................................................................465
configure route-map set local-preference.....................................................................................................466
configure route-map set metric.....................................................................................................................466
configure route-map set metric-type.............................................................................................................466
configure route-map set origin......................................................................................................................467
configure route-map set originator-id............................................................................................................467
configure route-map set tag..........................................................................................................................468
configure route-map set weight.....................................................................................................................468
show ip interfaces.........................................................................................................................................469
show ip prefix-list...........................................................................................................................................469
show ip protocols..........................................................................................................................................470
show ip route.................................................................................................................................................470
show route-map............................................................................................................................................471
Chapter 38: IPv6 routing commands...................................................................................473
clear ipv6 mroute...........................................................................................................................................473
clear ipv6 neighbors......................................................................................................................................473
clear ipv6 prefix-list.......................................................................................................................................474
configure interface ipv6 address...................................................................................................................474
configure interface ipv6 enable.....................................................................................................................475
configure interface ipv6 nd............................................................................................................................475
configure interface ipv6 redirects..................................................................................................................476
configure ipv6 access-list..............................................................................................................................476
configure ipv6 general-prefix.........................................................................................................................477
configure ipv6 hop-limit.................................................................................................................................477
configure ipv6 icmp rate-limit........................................................................................................................477
configure ipv6 load-balancing.......................................................................................................................478
configure ipv6 mroute....................................................................................................................................478
configure ipv6 multicast-routing....................................................................................................................479
configure ipv6 multicast-lookup-mrib-only.....................................................................................................480
configure ipv6 neighbor.................................................................................................................................480
configure ipv6 prefix-list................................................................................................................................481
configure ipv6 route.......................................................................................................................................481
configure ipv6 unicast-routing.......................................................................................................................482
configure route-map match ipv6 address......................................................................................................482
configure route-map match ipv6 address prefix-list......................................................................................483
configure route-map set ipv6 next-hop..........................................................................................................483
show ipv6 access-list....................................................................................................................................484
20
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ipv6 general-prefix...............................................................................................................................484
show ipv6 interfaces......................................................................................................................................484
show ipv6 mroute..........................................................................................................................................485
show ipv6 mtu...............................................................................................................................................485
show ipv6 mvif...............................................................................................................................................485
show ipv6 neighbors.....................................................................................................................................486
show ipv6 prefix-list.......................................................................................................................................486
show ipv6 route.............................................................................................................................................486
show ipv6 routers..........................................................................................................................................487
Chapter 39: RIP commands..................................................................................................489
clear ip rip route............................................................................................................................................489
configure interface bundle ip rip default-originate-only.................................................................................490
configure interface bundle ip rip triggered.....................................................................................................490
configure interface ethernet ip rip default-originate-only...............................................................................491
configure interface ip rip................................................................................................................................491
configure interface ip rip authentication........................................................................................................492
configure interface ip rip receive...................................................................................................................492
configure interface ip rip receive-packet.......................................................................................................493
configure interface ip rip send version..........................................................................................................493
configure interface ip rip send-packet...........................................................................................................494
configure interface ip rip split-horizon...........................................................................................................494
configure interface tunnel ip rip default-originate-only..................................................................................494
configure interface tunnel ip rip triggered......................................................................................................495
configure interface vlan ip rip default-originate-only......................................................................................495
configure router rip........................................................................................................................................496
configure router rip default-information.........................................................................................................496
configure router rip default-metric.................................................................................................................496
configure router rip distance..........................................................................................................................497
configure router rip distribute-list...................................................................................................................497
configure router rip multi-nexthop.................................................................................................................498
configure router rip neighbor.........................................................................................................................498
configure router rip network..........................................................................................................................499
configure router rip offset-list.........................................................................................................................499
configure router rip passive-interface............................................................................................................500
configure router rip redistribute.....................................................................................................................500
configure router rip timers.............................................................................................................................501
configure router rip version...........................................................................................................................501
show ip protocols rip.....................................................................................................................................502
show ip rip.....................................................................................................................................................502
show ip rip database.....................................................................................................................................502
show ip rip interface......................................................................................................................................503
Chapter 40: OSPF commands..............................................................................................505
clear ip ospf...................................................................................................................................................505
configure interface ip ospf.............................................................................................................................505
configure interface ip ospf authentication......................................................................................................505
configure interface ip ospf authentication-key...............................................................................................506
configure interface ip ospf cost.....................................................................................................................506
configure interface ip ospf database-filter.....................................................................................................507
configure interface ip ospf dead-interval.......................................................................................................507
configure interface ip ospf disable all............................................................................................................507
Command Line Reference
October 2010
21
configure interface ip ospf hello-interval........................................................................................................508
configure interface ip ospf message-digest-key............................................................................................508
configure interface ip ospf mtu......................................................................................................................508
configure interface ip ospf mtu-ignore...........................................................................................................509
configure interface ip ospf network...............................................................................................................509
configure interface ip ospf priority.................................................................................................................509
configure interface ip ospf retransmit-interval...............................................................................................510
configure interface ip ospf te-metric..............................................................................................................510
configure interface ip ospf transmit-delay.....................................................................................................510
configure router ospf......................................................................................................................................511
configure router ospf area authentication......................................................................................................511
configure router ospf area default-cost.........................................................................................................512
configure router ospf area filter-list................................................................................................................512
configure router ospf area nssa....................................................................................................................513
configure router ospf area nssa default-information-originate.......................................................................513
configure router ospf area nssa no-redistribution..........................................................................................514
configure router ospf area nssa no-summary...............................................................................................514
configure router ospf area nssa translator-role.............................................................................................514
configure router ospf area range...................................................................................................................515
configure router ospf area stub.....................................................................................................................516
configure router ospf area virtual-link............................................................................................................516
configure router ospf auto-cost reference-bandwidth....................................................................................517
configure router ospf capability.....................................................................................................................518
configure router ospf compatible...................................................................................................................518
configure router ospf cspf retry-interval.........................................................................................................518
configure router ospf cspf tie-break...............................................................................................................519
configure router ospf default-information originate........................................................................................519
configure router ospf default-metric..............................................................................................................519
configure router ospf distance.......................................................................................................................520
configure router ospf log-adjacency-changes...............................................................................................520
configure router ospf max-concurrent-dd......................................................................................................521
configure router ospf network........................................................................................................................521
configure router ospf ospf abr-type...............................................................................................................522
configure router ospf passive-interface.........................................................................................................522
configure router ospf redistribute..................................................................................................................523
configure router ospf summary-address.......................................................................................................523
configure router ospf timers spf.....................................................................................................................524
show ip ospf border-routers..........................................................................................................................524
show ip ospf database..................................................................................................................................524
show ip ospf interface...................................................................................................................................525
show ip ospf neighbor...................................................................................................................................525
show ip ospf route.........................................................................................................................................526
show ip ospf te-database..............................................................................................................................526
show ip ospf virtual-links...............................................................................................................................526
show ip protocols ospf...................................................................................................................................526
Chapter 41: BGP commands................................................................................................529
clear bgp ipv4................................................................................................................................................529
clear bgp ipv4 dampening.............................................................................................................................529
clear bgp ipv4 external..................................................................................................................................530
clear bgp ipv4 flap-statistics..........................................................................................................................530
22
Command Line Reference
October 2010
clear bgp ipv4 peer-group.............................................................................................................................531
clear bgp ipv4 unicast...................................................................................................................................531
clear bgp ipv4 multicast.................................................................................................................................532
clear bgp ipv4 unicast...................................................................................................................................532
clear bgp ipv4 multicast.................................................................................................................................533
clear bgp ipv4 unicast external......................................................................................................................533
clear bgp ipv4 multicast external...................................................................................................................534
clear bgp ipv4 unicast peer-group.................................................................................................................534
clear bgp ipv4 multicast peer-group..............................................................................................................535
clear bgp ipv4 unicast dampening.................................................................................................................536
clear bgp ipv4 multicast dampening..............................................................................................................536
clear bgp ipv4 unicast flap-statistics..............................................................................................................537
clear bgp ipv4 multicast flap-statistics...........................................................................................................537
clear bgp all...................................................................................................................................................538
clear bgp all external.....................................................................................................................................538
clear bgp all peer-group................................................................................................................................539
clear bgp all dampening................................................................................................................................539
clear bgp all flap-statistics.............................................................................................................................540
configure bgp aggregate-nexthop-check.......................................................................................................540
configure bgp rfc1771-path-select.................................................................................................................540
configure bgp rfc1771-strict...........................................................................................................................540
configure ip as-path.......................................................................................................................................541
configure ip community-list............................................................................................................................541
configure router bgp......................................................................................................................................542
configure router bgp address-family ipv4 multicast.......................................................................................542
configure router bgp aggregate-address.......................................................................................................542
configure router bgp bgp always-compare-med............................................................................................543
configure router bgp bgp bestpath................................................................................................................543
configure router bgp bgp client-to-client reflection........................................................................................543
configure router bgp bgp cluster-id...............................................................................................................544
configure router bgp bgp confederation identifier..........................................................................................544
configure router bgp bgp confederation peers..............................................................................................545
configure router bgp bgp dampening............................................................................................................545
configure router bgp bgp default ipv4-unicast...............................................................................................546
configure router bgp bgp default local-preference........................................................................................546
configure router bgp bgp deterministic-med..................................................................................................546
configure router bgp bgp enforce-first-as......................................................................................................547
configure router bgp bgp fast-external-failover.............................................................................................547
configure router bgp bgp log-neighbor-changes...........................................................................................548
configure router bgp bgp router-id.................................................................................................................548
configure router bgp bgp scan-time..............................................................................................................548
configure router bgp distance........................................................................................................................549
configure router bgp ebgp-ecmp...................................................................................................................549
configure router bgp neighbor activate..........................................................................................................549
configure router bgp neighbor advertisement-interval...................................................................................550
configure router bgp neighbor allowas-in......................................................................................................550
configure router bgp neighbor as-origination-interval....................................................................................551
configure router bgp neighbor attribute-unchanged......................................................................................551
configure router bgp neighbor capability.......................................................................................................552
configure router bgp neighbor default-originate............................................................................................552
configure router bgp neighbor description.....................................................................................................553
Command Line Reference
October 2010
23
configure router bgp neighbor distribute-list..................................................................................................553
configure router bgp neighbor dont-capability-negotiate...............................................................................554
configure router bgp neighbor ebgp-multihop...............................................................................................554
configure router bgp neighbor filter-list..........................................................................................................554
configure router bgp neighbor interface........................................................................................................555
configure router bgp neighbor maximum-prefix............................................................................................555
configure router bgp neighbor next-hop-self.................................................................................................556
configure router bgp neighbor override-capability.........................................................................................556
configure router bgp neighbor passive..........................................................................................................556
configure router bgp neighbor password.......................................................................................................557
configure router bgp neighbor peer-group....................................................................................................557
configure router bgp neighbor prefix-list........................................................................................................557
configure router bgp neighbor remote-as......................................................................................................558
configure router bgp neighbor remove-private-AS........................................................................................558
configure router bgp neighbor route-map......................................................................................................559
configure router bgp neighbor route-reflector-client......................................................................................559
configure router bgp neighbor route-server-client.........................................................................................559
configure router bgp neighbor send-community............................................................................................560
configure router bgp neighbor shutdown.......................................................................................................560
configure router bgp neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound.........................................................................560
configure router bgp neighbor strict-capability-match...................................................................................561
configure router bgp neighbor timers............................................................................................................561
configure router bgp neighbor unsuppress-map...........................................................................................562
configure router bgp neighbor update-source...............................................................................................562
configure router bgp neighbor weight............................................................................................................563
configure router bgp network........................................................................................................................563
configure router bgp redistribute...................................................................................................................563
configure router bgp synchronization............................................................................................................564
configure router bgp timers...........................................................................................................................564
show bgp ipv4 attribute-info..........................................................................................................................565
show bgp ipv4 cidr-only.................................................................................................................................565
show bgp ipv4 community.............................................................................................................................565
show bgp ipv4 community-info......................................................................................................................566
show bgp ipv4 community-list.......................................................................................................................566
show bgp ipv4 dampening............................................................................................................................567
show bgp ipv4 filter-list..................................................................................................................................567
show bgp ipv4 inconsistent-as......................................................................................................................568
show bgp ipv4 neighbors..............................................................................................................................568
show bgp ipv4 paths.....................................................................................................................................568
show bgp ipv4 prefix-list................................................................................................................................569
show bgp ipv4 quote-regexp.........................................................................................................................569
show bgp ipv4 regexp...................................................................................................................................569
show bgp ipv4 route-map..............................................................................................................................570
show bgp ipv4 scan.......................................................................................................................................570
show bgp ipv4 summary...............................................................................................................................570
show ip as-path-access-list...........................................................................................................................571
show ip community-list..................................................................................................................................571
show ip protocols bgp...................................................................................................................................571
show debug bgp............................................................................................................................................572
show bgp ipv4 unicast attribute-info..............................................................................................................572
show bgp ipv4 unicast cidr-only....................................................................................................................572
24
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv4 unicast community................................................................................................................572
show bgp ipv4 unicast community-info.........................................................................................................573
show bgp ipv4 unicast community-list...........................................................................................................573
show bgp ipv4 unicast dampening................................................................................................................574
show bgp ipv4 unicast filter-list.....................................................................................................................574
show bgp ipv4 unicast inconsistent-as..........................................................................................................575
show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbors..................................................................................................................575
show bgp ipv4 unicast paths.........................................................................................................................576
show bgp ipv4 unicast peer-group................................................................................................................576
show bgp ipv4 unicast prefix-list...................................................................................................................576
show bgp ipv4 unicast quote-regexp.............................................................................................................577
show bgp ipv4 unicast regexp.......................................................................................................................577
show bgp ipv4 unicast route-map.................................................................................................................577
show bgp ipv4 unicast summary...................................................................................................................578
show bgp ipv4 unicast scan..........................................................................................................................578
show bgp ipv4 multicast attribute-info...........................................................................................................578
show bgp ipv4 multicast cidr-only.................................................................................................................579
show bgp ipv4 multicast community..............................................................................................................579
show bgp ipv4 multicast community-info.......................................................................................................579
show bgp ipv4 multicast community-list........................................................................................................580
show bgp ipv4 multicast dampening.............................................................................................................580
show bgp ipv4 multicast filter-list...................................................................................................................581
show bgp ipv4 multicast inconsistent-as.......................................................................................................581
show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors...............................................................................................................582
show bgp ipv4 multicast paths......................................................................................................................582
show bgp ipv4 multicast peer-group.............................................................................................................582
show bgp ipv4 multicast prefix-list.................................................................................................................583
show bgp ipv4 multicast quote-regexp..........................................................................................................583
show bgp ipv4 multicast regexp....................................................................................................................584
show bgp ipv4 multicast route-map...............................................................................................................584
show bgp ipv4 multicast summary................................................................................................................584
show bgp ipv4 multicast scan.......................................................................................................................585
debug bgp.....................................................................................................................................................585
show bgp all attribute-info.............................................................................................................................586
show bgp all community................................................................................................................................586
show bgp all community-info.........................................................................................................................586
show bgp all community-list..........................................................................................................................587
show bgp all dampening...............................................................................................................................587
show bgp all filter-list.....................................................................................................................................588
show bgp all inconsistent-as.........................................................................................................................588
show bgp all neighbors.................................................................................................................................588
show bgp all paths........................................................................................................................................589
show bgp all peer-group................................................................................................................................589
show bgp all prefix-list...................................................................................................................................590
show bgp all quote-regexp............................................................................................................................590
show bgp all regexp......................................................................................................................................590
show bgp all route-map.................................................................................................................................591
show bgp all summary..................................................................................................................................591
show bgp all scan..........................................................................................................................................592
Command Line Reference
October 2010
25
Chapter 42: VRRP commands..............................................................................................593
clear vrrp.......................................................................................................................................................593
configure interface ethernet vrrp...................................................................................................................593
configure interface ethernet vrrp advertisement_interval..............................................................................594
configure interface ethernet vrrp authentication............................................................................................594
configure interface ethernet vrrp description.................................................................................................594
configure interface ethernet vrrp enable.......................................................................................................595
configure interface ethernet vrrp ipaddr........................................................................................................595
configure interface ethernet vrrp learn_adv_internal.....................................................................................596
configure interface ethernet vrrp preempt.....................................................................................................596
configure interface ethernet vrrp priority.......................................................................................................596
configure interface ethernet vrrp track..........................................................................................................597
configure vrrp-virtualip allow-ping.................................................................................................................597
show vrrp.......................................................................................................................................................597
show vrrp virtualip-setting.............................................................................................................................598
Chapter 43: IPv4 multicast routing commands..................................................................599
clear ip mroute..............................................................................................................................................599
configure ip mroute.......................................................................................................................................599
configure interface ip multicast ttl-threshold..................................................................................................600
configure ip multicast-lookup-mrib-only.........................................................................................................601
configure ip multicast-routing........................................................................................................................601
show ip mroute..............................................................................................................................................602
show ip mvif..................................................................................................................................................602
Chapter 44: DVMRP commands...........................................................................................603
clear ip dvmrp prune.....................................................................................................................................603
clear ip dvmrp route......................................................................................................................................603
configure ip dvmrp holddown disable............................................................................................................604
configure ip dvmrp log-neighbor-changes.....................................................................................................604
configure ip dvmrp mfc-timeout.....................................................................................................................605
configure ip dvmrp neighbor-probe-interval..................................................................................................605
configure ip dvmrp neighbor-timeout.............................................................................................................606
configure ip dvmrp route-expiration-timeout..................................................................................................606
configure ip dvmrp switch-timeout.................................................................................................................607
configure ip dvmrp triggered-update-interval................................................................................................608
configure ip dvmrp unconfirmed-route-timeout.............................................................................................608
configure interface ip dvmrp default-listen....................................................................................................609
configure interface ip dvmrp default-supply..................................................................................................609
configure interface ip dvmrp enable..............................................................................................................610
configure interface ip dvmrp metric...............................................................................................................610
configure interface ip dvmrp output-report-delay..........................................................................................610
configure interface ip dvmrp prune-lifetime...................................................................................................611
configure interface ip dvmrp reject non-pruners............................................................................................611
show ip dvmrp interface................................................................................................................................612
show ip dvmrp neighbor................................................................................................................................612
show ip dvmrp prune.....................................................................................................................................613
show ip dvmrp route......................................................................................................................................613
show ip dvmrp statistics................................................................................................................................614
Chapter 45: IPv4 PIM commands.........................................................................................615
clear ip pim sparse-mode bsr rp-set all.........................................................................................................615
26
Command Line Reference
October 2010
clear ip pim sparse-mode statistics...............................................................................................................615
configure interface ip pim bsr-border............................................................................................................616
configure interface ip pim dr-priority..............................................................................................................616
configure interface ip pim exclude-genid.......................................................................................................616
configure interface ip pim hello-interval.........................................................................................................617
configure interface ip pim neighbor-filter.......................................................................................................617
configure interface ip pim sparse-mode........................................................................................................617
configure ip pim accept-register....................................................................................................................618
configure ip pim anycast-rp...........................................................................................................................618
configure ip pim bsr-candidate......................................................................................................................619
configure ip pim cisco-register-checksum.....................................................................................................620
configure ip pim ignore-rp-set-priority...........................................................................................................620
configure ip pim log-neighbor-changes.........................................................................................................620
configure ip pim multipath.............................................................................................................................621
configure ip pim register-source....................................................................................................................621
configure ip pim rp-address...........................................................................................................................622
configure ip pim rp-candidate........................................................................................................................622
configure ip pim spt-threshold-infinity............................................................................................................623
configure ip pim ssm.....................................................................................................................................623
show ip pim sparse-mode bsr-router.............................................................................................................624
show ip pim sparse-mode database.............................................................................................................624
show ip pim sparse-mode interface..............................................................................................................624
show ip pim sparse-mode neighbor..............................................................................................................625
show ip pim sparse-mode rp mapping..........................................................................................................625
show ip pim sparse-mode rp-hash................................................................................................................626
show ip pim sparse-mode rpf........................................................................................................................626
Chapter 46: IGMP commands...............................................................................................627
clear ip igmp group........................................................................................................................................627
clear ip igmp interface...................................................................................................................................627
clear ip igmp statistics...................................................................................................................................628
configure ip igmp limit...................................................................................................................................628
configure ip igmp ssm-map enable...............................................................................................................629
configure ip igmp ssm-map static..................................................................................................................629
configure interface ip igmp access-group.....................................................................................................630
configure interface ip igmp immediate-leave.................................................................................................630
configure interface ip igmp last-member-query-count...................................................................................631
configure interface ip igmp last-member-query-interval................................................................................631
configure interface ip igmp limit.....................................................................................................................632
configure interface ip igmp querier-timeout...................................................................................................632
configure interface ip igmp query-interval.....................................................................................................633
configure interface ip igmp query-max-response-time..................................................................................633
configure interface ip igmp robustness-variable............................................................................................634
configure interface ip igmp static-group........................................................................................................634
configure interface ip igmp version...............................................................................................................635
show ip igmp groups.....................................................................................................................................635
show ip igmp interface..................................................................................................................................636
show ip igmp statistics..................................................................................................................................636
Chapter 47: RIPng commands.............................................................................................637
clear ipv6 rip route.........................................................................................................................................637
configure interface ipv6 rip split-horizon........................................................................................................638
Command Line Reference
October 2010
27
configure interface ipv6 router rip..................................................................................................................638
configure router ipv6 rip................................................................................................................................638
configure router ipv6 rip aggregate-address.................................................................................................639
configure router ipv6 rip default-information..................................................................................................639
configure router ipv6 rip default-metric..........................................................................................................639
configure router ipv6 rip distance..................................................................................................................640
configure router ipv6 rip distribute-list...........................................................................................................640
configure router ipv6 rip neighbor.................................................................................................................641
configure router ipv6 rip offset-list.................................................................................................................641
configure router ipv6 rip passive-interface....................................................................................................642
configure router ipv6 rip redistribute..............................................................................................................642
configure router ipv6 rip route-map...............................................................................................................643
configure router ipv6 rip timers......................................................................................................................643
show ipv6 protocols rip..................................................................................................................................644
show ipv6 rip.................................................................................................................................................644
show ipv6 rip database.................................................................................................................................644
show ipv6 rip interface..................................................................................................................................645
Chapter 48: OSPFv3 commands..........................................................................................647
clear ipv6 ospf...............................................................................................................................................647
configure interface ipv6 router ospf...............................................................................................................647
configure interface ipv6 ospf cost..................................................................................................................648
configure interface ipv6 ospf dead-interval...................................................................................................648
configure interface ipv6 ospf hello-interval....................................................................................................649
configure interface ipv6 ospf mtu..................................................................................................................649
configure interface ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore.......................................................................................................649
configure router ospf neighbor......................................................................................................................650
configure interface ipv6 ospf network............................................................................................................650
configure interface ipv6 ospf priority.............................................................................................................651
configure interface ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval...........................................................................................651
configure interface ipv6 ospf transmit-delay..................................................................................................652
configure router ipv6 ospf..............................................................................................................................652
configure router ipv6 ospf abr-type...............................................................................................................653
configure router ipv6 ospf area default-cost..................................................................................................653
configure router ipv6 ospf area range...........................................................................................................654
configure router ipv6 ospf area stub..............................................................................................................655
configure router ipv6 ospf area virtual-link....................................................................................................655
configure router ipv6 ospf auto-cost..............................................................................................................656
configure router ipv6 ospf default-metric.......................................................................................................657
configure router ipv6 ospf distance...............................................................................................................657
configure router ipv6 ospf log-adjacency-changes........................................................................................658
configure router ipv6 ospf max-concurrent-dd..............................................................................................658
configure router ipv6 ospf passive-interface.................................................................................................658
configure router ipv6 ospf redistribute...........................................................................................................659
configure router ipv6 ospf timers spf.............................................................................................................659
configure terminal interface ip ospf demand-circuit.......................................................................................660
show ipv6 ospf border-routers.......................................................................................................................660
show ipv6 ospf database...............................................................................................................................661
show ipv6 ospf interface................................................................................................................................661
show ipv6 ospf neighbor...............................................................................................................................661
show ipv6 ospf route.....................................................................................................................................662
28
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ipv6 ospf virtual-links...........................................................................................................................662
Chapter 49: BGP4+ commands............................................................................................663
clear bgp ipv6................................................................................................................................................663
clear bgp ipv6 dampening.............................................................................................................................663
clear bgp ipv6 external..................................................................................................................................664
clear bgp ipv6 flap-statistics..........................................................................................................................664
clear bgp ipv6 peer-group.............................................................................................................................665
clear bgp ipv6 unicast...................................................................................................................................665
clear bgp ipv6 multicast.................................................................................................................................666
clear bgp ipv6 unicast...................................................................................................................................666
clear bgp ipv6 multicast.................................................................................................................................667
clear bgp ipv6 unicast external......................................................................................................................667
clear bgp ipv6 multicast external...................................................................................................................668
clear bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group.................................................................................................................668
clear bgp ipv6 multicast peer-group..............................................................................................................669
clear bgp ipv6 unicast dampening.................................................................................................................669
clear bgp ipv6 multicast dampening..............................................................................................................670
clear bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics..............................................................................................................670
clear bgp ipv6 multicast flap-statistics...........................................................................................................671
configure router bgp......................................................................................................................................671
configure router bgp address-family ipv6......................................................................................................672
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 aggregate-address.......................................................................672
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 bgp dampening............................................................................672
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 bgp scan-time..............................................................................673
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 distance........................................................................................673
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 ebgp-ecmp...................................................................................674
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor activate..........................................................................674
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor allowas-in......................................................................675
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor attribute-unchanged......................................................675
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor capability orf prefix-list..................................................676
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor default-originate............................................................676
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor distribute-list..................................................................677
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor filter-list..........................................................................677
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor maximum-prefix............................................................678
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor next-hop-self.................................................................678
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor prefix-list........................................................................679
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor remove-private-AS........................................................679
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor route-map......................................................................680
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor route-reflector-client......................................................680
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor route-server-client.........................................................681
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor send-community............................................................681
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound.........................................682
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor unsuppress-map...........................................................682
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 network........................................................................................682
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 redistribute...................................................................................683
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 synchronization............................................................................683
show bgp ipv6 attribute-info..........................................................................................................................684
show bgp ipv6 community.............................................................................................................................684
show bgp ipv6 community-info......................................................................................................................685
show bgp ipv6 community-list.......................................................................................................................685
Command Line Reference
October 2010
29
show bgp ipv6 dampening............................................................................................................................685
show bgp ipv6 filter-list..................................................................................................................................686
show bgp ipv6 inconsistent-as......................................................................................................................686
show bgp ipv6 neighbors..............................................................................................................................687
show bgp ipv6 paths.....................................................................................................................................687
show bgp ipv6 prefix-list................................................................................................................................687
show bgp ipv6 quote-regexp.........................................................................................................................688
show bgp ipv6 regexp...................................................................................................................................688
show bgp ipv6 route-map..............................................................................................................................689
show bgp ipv6 scan.......................................................................................................................................689
show bgp ipv6 summary...............................................................................................................................689
show bgp ipv6 unicast attribute-info..............................................................................................................690
show bgp ipv6 unicast cidr-only....................................................................................................................690
show bgp ipv6 unicast community................................................................................................................690
show bgp ipv6 unicast community-info.........................................................................................................691
show bgp ipv6 unicast community-list...........................................................................................................691
show bgp ipv6 unicast dampening................................................................................................................691
show bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list.....................................................................................................................692
show bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as..........................................................................................................692
show bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors..................................................................................................................693
show bgp ipv6 unicast paths.........................................................................................................................693
show bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group................................................................................................................693
show bgp ipv6 unicast prefix-list...................................................................................................................694
show bgp ipv6 unicast quote-regexp.............................................................................................................694
show bgp ipv6 unicast regexp.......................................................................................................................695
show bgp ipv6 unicast route-map.................................................................................................................695
show bgp ipv6 unicast summary...................................................................................................................695
show bgp ipv6 unicast scan..........................................................................................................................696
show bgp ipv6 multicast attribute-info...........................................................................................................696
show bgp ipv6 multicast cidr-only.................................................................................................................696
show bgp ipv6 multicast community..............................................................................................................697
show bgp ipv6 multicast community-info.......................................................................................................697
show bgp ipv6 multicast community-list........................................................................................................697
show bgp ipv6 multicast dampening.............................................................................................................698
show bgp ipv6 multicast filter-list...................................................................................................................698
show bgp ipv6 multicast inconsistent-as.......................................................................................................699
show bgp ipv6 multicast neighbors...............................................................................................................699
show bgp ipv6 multicast paths......................................................................................................................700
show bgp ipv6 multicast peer-group.............................................................................................................700
show bgp ipv6 multicast prefix-list.................................................................................................................700
show bgp ipv6 multicast quote-regexp..........................................................................................................701
show bgp ipv6 multicast regexp....................................................................................................................701
show bgp ipv6 multicast route-map...............................................................................................................702
show bgp ipv6 multicast summary................................................................................................................702
show bgp ipv6 multicast scan.......................................................................................................................702
Chapter 50: IPv6 PIM commands.........................................................................................703
clear ipv6 pim sparse-mode bsr rp-set all.....................................................................................................703
clear ipv6 pim sparse-mode statistics...........................................................................................................703
configure interface ipv6 pim bsr-border.........................................................................................................704
configure interface ipv6 pim dr-priority..........................................................................................................704
30
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface ipv6 pim exclude-genid...................................................................................................704
configure interface ipv6 pim hello-interval.....................................................................................................705
configure interface ipv6 pim neighbor-filter...................................................................................................705
configure interface ipv6 pim sparse-mode....................................................................................................706
configure ipv6 pim accept-register................................................................................................................706
configure ipv6 pim anycast-rp.......................................................................................................................707
configure ipv6 pim bsr-candidate..................................................................................................................707
configure ipv6 pim log-neighbor-changes.....................................................................................................708
configure ipv6 pim multipath.........................................................................................................................708
configure ipv6 pim register-source................................................................................................................709
configure ipv6 pim rp-address.......................................................................................................................709
configure ipv6 pim rp-candidate....................................................................................................................710
configure ipv6 pim rp embedded...................................................................................................................710
configure ipv6 pim spt-threshold-infinity........................................................................................................711
configure ipv6 pim ssm..................................................................................................................................711
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode bsr-router.........................................................................................................712
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode database..........................................................................................................712
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode interface...........................................................................................................712
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode neighbor..........................................................................................................713
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode rp mapping......................................................................................................713
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode rp-hash............................................................................................................714
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode rpf....................................................................................................................714
show ipv6 pim sparse-mode statistics...........................................................................................................715
Chapter 51: MLD commands................................................................................................717
clear ipv6 mld groups....................................................................................................................................717
clear ipv6 mld interface.................................................................................................................................717
clear ipv6 mld statistics.................................................................................................................................718
configure ipv6 mld limit..................................................................................................................................718
configure ipv6 mld ssm-map enable.............................................................................................................719
configure ipv6 mld ssm-map static................................................................................................................719
configure interface ipv6 mld querier-timeout.................................................................................................720
configure interface ipv6 mld access-group....................................................................................................720
configure interface ipv6 mld immediate-leave...............................................................................................720
configure interface ipv6 mld last-member-query-count.................................................................................721
configure interface ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval..............................................................................721
configure interface ipv6 mld limit...................................................................................................................722
configure interface ipv6 mld query-interval...................................................................................................722
configure interface ipv6 mld query-max-response-time................................................................................723
configure interface ipv6 mld robustness-variable..........................................................................................723
configure interface ipv6 mld static-group......................................................................................................724
configure interface ipv6 mld version..............................................................................................................724
configure ipv6 multicast-routing....................................................................................................................725
show ipv6 mld groups...................................................................................................................................725
show ipv6 mld interface.................................................................................................................................725
show ipv6 mld statistics.................................................................................................................................726
Chapter 52: Chassis QoS commands..................................................................................727
clear qos chassis...........................................................................................................................................727
clear qos chassis red....................................................................................................................................727
configure interface qos chassis dscp-exp-cos-map......................................................................................728
configure interface qos chassis enable.........................................................................................................728
Command Line Reference
October 2010
31
configure interface qos enable-auto-qos.......................................................................................................729
configure interface qos chassis enable-red...................................................................................................730
configure interface qos chassis exp-dscp-cos-map......................................................................................730
configure interface qos chassis ewf..............................................................................................................731
configure interface qos chassis red...............................................................................................................731
configure interface qos chassis service-policy..............................................................................................733
configure interface qos chassis shaping.......................................................................................................733
configure interface qos disable-qos..............................................................................................................734
configure qos disable-qos.............................................................................................................................734
configure qos chassis clone-policy-map.......................................................................................................735
configure qos chassis dscp-exp-cos-map.....................................................................................................735
configure qos chassis exp-dscp-cos-map.....................................................................................................735
configure qos chassis historical-stats ftp-parameters...................................................................................736
configure qos chassis historical-stats sample-interval..................................................................................736
configure qos chassis historical-stats upload................................................................................................737
configure qos chassis policy-map.................................................................................................................737
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map................................................................................................738
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map cbq.........................................................................................738
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map enable-red..............................................................................739
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map ewf.........................................................................................740
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map excess-queue-buffers............................................................740
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map mark.......................................................................................741
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map match.....................................................................................741
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map pbr-redirect............................................................................743
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map police color-aware..................................................................744
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map police srtcm............................................................................744
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map police trtcm............................................................................745
configure qos chassis policy-map class-map red..........................................................................................746
configure qos enable-auto-qos......................................................................................................................748
show qos chassis..........................................................................................................................................748
show qos chassis dscp-exp-cos-map...........................................................................................................749
show qos chassis exp-dscp-cos-map...........................................................................................................749
show qos chassis historical-stats..................................................................................................................749
show qos chassis historical-stats configuration............................................................................................750
show qos chassis policy map........................................................................................................................750
show qos chassis red....................................................................................................................................751
show qos chassis service-policy...................................................................................................................751
show qos chassis system..............................................................................................................................752
Chapter 53: Ethernet module QoS commands...................................................................753
clear qos module policy-map........................................................................................................................753
configure interface ethernet qos module congestion-profile.........................................................................753
configure interface ethernet qos module default-queue................................................................................754
configure interface ethernet qos module egress-buffer-limit.........................................................................754
configure interface ethernet qos module ingress-buffer-limit........................................................................755
configure interface ethernet qos module mark-dscp.....................................................................................755
configure interface ethernet qos module mark-user-priority..........................................................................756
configure interface ethernet qos module queue priority-queue.....................................................................756
configure interface ethernet qos module queue wrr-queue...........................................................................757
configure interface ethernet qos module queue queue-limit.........................................................................757
configure interface ethernet qos module queue shape.................................................................................758
32
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface ethernet qos module random-detect...............................................................................758
configure interface ethernet qos module service-policy................................................................................759
configure interface ethernet qos module shape............................................................................................759
configure interface ethernet qos module xoff-limit.........................................................................................760
configure interface ethernet qos module xon-limit........................................................................................760
configure qos module accounting disable.....................................................................................................760
configure qos module clone-policy-map........................................................................................................761
configure qos module congestion-profile drop-curve....................................................................................761
configure qos module congestion-profile exponential-weighting-constant....................................................762
configure qos module enable-rate-sampling.................................................................................................763
configure qos module policing-cos-map ip....................................................................................................763
configure qos module policing-cos-map non-ip.............................................................................................764
configure qos module policy-map.................................................................................................................765
configure qos module policy-map class-map................................................................................................765
configure qos module policy-map class-map accounting enable..................................................................766
configure qos module policy-map class-map assign-drop-precedence........................................................766
configure qos module policy-map class-map assign-queue.........................................................................767
configure qos module policy-map class-map mark-dscp..............................................................................767
configure qos module policy-map class-map mark-user-priority...................................................................768
configure qos module policy-map class-map match ipv4..............................................................................768
configure qos module policy-map class-map match ipv6..............................................................................769
configure qos module policy-map class-map match non-ip..........................................................................770
configure qos module policy-map class-map pbr-redirect.............................................................................771
configure qos module policy-map class-map police color-aware..................................................................771
configure qos module policy-map class-map police disable.........................................................................772
configure qos module policy-map class-map police drop-violate..................................................................772
configure qos module policy-map class-map police remark-cos...................................................................773
configure qos module policy-map class-map police srtcm............................................................................773
configure qos module policy-map class-map police trtcm.............................................................................774
configure qos module policy-map class-map rate-monitoring.......................................................................775
configure qos module queue-cos-map..........................................................................................................775
configure qos module rate-monitoring...........................................................................................................776
configure qos module user-priority-cos-map.................................................................................................777
show qos module congestion-profile.............................................................................................................777
show qos module ethernet............................................................................................................................778
show qos module policing-cos-map ip..........................................................................................................778
show qos module policing-cos-map non-ip...................................................................................................779
show qos module policy-map........................................................................................................................779
show qos module service-policy...................................................................................................................780
show qos module system..............................................................................................................................780
show qos system...........................................................................................................................................781
Chapter 54: SLA commands.................................................................................................783
clear sla profile..............................................................................................................................................783
configure sla profile.......................................................................................................................................783
configure sla profile action............................................................................................................................784
configure sla profile description.....................................................................................................................784
configure sla profile icmp-echo.....................................................................................................................785
configure sla profile icmp-v6-echo................................................................................................................785
configure sla profile threshold-type...............................................................................................................786
configure sla profile threshold-value.............................................................................................................786
Command Line Reference
October 2010
33
configure sla profile udp-echo.......................................................................................................................787
configure sla profile udp-jitter........................................................................................................................787
configure sla profile udp-v6-echo..................................................................................................................788
configure sla profile udp-v6-jitter...................................................................................................................789
configure sla schedule..................................................................................................................................790
show sla profile.............................................................................................................................................790
Chapter 55: Firewall commands..........................................................................................793
clear firewall connection................................................................................................................................793
clear firewall statistics...................................................................................................................................793
configure firewall global algs.........................................................................................................................793
configure firewall global algs dns enable......................................................................................................795
configure firewall global algs dns pool..........................................................................................................795
configure firewall global algs sip-p2p-media.................................................................................................796
configure firewall global bypass-trusted........................................................................................................796
configure firewall connection-reservation......................................................................................................796
configure firewall global dos-protect..............................................................................................................797
configure firewall global hairpinning-self-Ip...................................................................................................799
configure firewall global object address........................................................................................................799
configure firewall interface............................................................................................................................800
configure firewall internet policy self nat-ip...................................................................................................801
configure firewall global ip-reassembly enable.............................................................................................801
configure firewall global ip-reassembly fragment-count................................................................................802
configure firewall global ip-reassembly fragment-size..................................................................................802
configure firewall global ip-reassembly packet-size......................................................................................803
configure firewall global ip-reassembly timeout............................................................................................803
configure firewall global logging attacks........................................................................................................803
configure firewall global logging policy..........................................................................................................804
configure firewall global logging vpn.............................................................................................................804
configure firewall global max-connection-limit...............................................................................................805
configure firewall global nat-failover..............................................................................................................805
configure firewall object.................................................................................................................................806
configure firewall policy.................................................................................................................................807
configure firewall policy apply-object.............................................................................................................808
configure firewall policy bandwidth................................................................................................................809
configure firewall policy connection-rate.......................................................................................................809
configure firewall policy enable.....................................................................................................................810
configure firewall policy max-connection-limit...............................................................................................810
configure firewall policy policing....................................................................................................................811
configure firewall global port-trigger..............................................................................................................811
configure firewall global proxy-nat.................................................................................................................812
configure firewall reset-invalid-acks..............................................................................................................813
configure firewall stealth-mode.....................................................................................................................813
configure firewall global timeout general.......................................................................................................814
configure firewall global timeout service.......................................................................................................814
configure firewall global url-key-filter.............................................................................................................815
configure system security firewall-disable.....................................................................................................815
show firewall..................................................................................................................................................815
show firewall dns-alg translate-pool..............................................................................................................816
Chapter 56: Packet filter commands...................................................................................817
clear ip packet-filter counters........................................................................................................................817
34
Command Line Reference
October 2010
clear ip packet-filter statistics........................................................................................................................817
clear ipv6 packet-filter counters....................................................................................................................817
clear ipv6 packet-filter statistics....................................................................................................................818
configure ip packet-filter................................................................................................................................818
configure ip packet-filter delete.....................................................................................................................818
configure ipv6 packet-filter............................................................................................................................819
configure ip packet-filter add|insert...............................................................................................................819
configure ipv6 packet-filter delete.................................................................................................................821
configure mac packet-filter............................................................................................................................822
configure mac packet-filter add|insert...........................................................................................................822
configure mac packet-filter delete.................................................................................................................823
configure packet-filter-group.........................................................................................................................823
configure packet-filter-group management...................................................................................................824
show ip packet-filter......................................................................................................................................824
show ipv6 packet-filter...................................................................................................................................825
show mac packet-filter..................................................................................................................................825
show packet-filter-rules management...........................................................................................................825
show ip packet-filter-stats management........................................................................................................825
show ipv6 packet-filter-stats management....................................................................................................826
Chapter 57: IPsec VPN commands......................................................................................827
clear crypto ca certificates.............................................................................................................................827
clear crypto ca crl..........................................................................................................................................827
clear crypto ca key........................................................................................................................................827
clear crypto ike sa.........................................................................................................................................828
clear crypto ipsec sa.....................................................................................................................................828
clear crypto statistics.....................................................................................................................................828
configure crypto bypass-trusted-self.............................................................................................................828
configure crypto ca authenticate...................................................................................................................829
configure crypto ca crl request......................................................................................................................829
configure crypto ca enroll..............................................................................................................................830
configure crypto ca import responder-certificate...........................................................................................830
configure crypto ca import router-certificate..................................................................................................831
configure crypto ca trustpoint crl...................................................................................................................831
configure crypto ca trustpoint email..............................................................................................................832
configure crypto ca trustpoint enrollment......................................................................................................832
configure crypto ca trustpoint fqdn................................................................................................................833
configure crypto ca trustpoint ip-address......................................................................................................833
configure crypto ca trustpoint keypair...........................................................................................................833
configure crypto ca trustpoint ocsp...............................................................................................................834
configure crypto ca trustpoint password........................................................................................................834
configure crypto ca trustpoint subject-name.................................................................................................834
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy........................................................................................................835
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration address-pool...................................................835
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration banner-enable.................................................836
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration banner-text......................................................836
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration client-domain-name........................................837
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration client-may-store-password..............................837
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration client-screen-saver.........................................838
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration dns-server.......................................................838
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration failover-list.......................................................839
Command Line Reference
October 2010
35
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration keepalive enable.............................................839
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration keepalive interval............................................840
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration keepalive retransmitions.................................840
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration nat-keepalive..................................................841
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration private-side-address.......................................842
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration split-tunnel mode............................................842
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration split-tunnel network.........................................843
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration wins-server.....................................................844
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy local-address.................................................................................844
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy mode..............................................................................................844
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal.........................................................................................845
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal authentication-method....................................................845
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal dh-group..........................................................................846
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal encryption-algorithm.......................................................847
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal hash-algorithm................................................................847
configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy remote-id........................................................................................848
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy....................................................................................................848
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy enable........................................................................................849
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy match.........................................................................................849
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy proposal encryption-algorithm....................................................850
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy proposal lifetime.........................................................................851
configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy proposal hash-algorithm............................................................852
configure crypto dynamic ike policy..............................................................................................................852
configure crypto dynamic ike policy modecfg-group client authentication radius..........................................853
configure crypto dynamic ike policy modecfg-group client configuration address-pool................................853
configure crypto dynamic ike policy modecfg-group client configuration dns-server....................................854
configure crypto dynamic ike policy modecfg-group client configuration wins-server...................................854
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group key.............................................................855
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group local-address.............................................855
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group local-id.......................................................855
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group mode.........................................................856
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group ocsp...........................................................857
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group pfs..............................................................857
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal....................................................857
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal authentication-method................858
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal dh-group.....................................858
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal encryption-algorithm...................859
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal hash-algorithm............................860
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal lifetime........................................860
configure crypto dynamic ike policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group remote-id...................................................861
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group................................................................861
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group enable....................................................861
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group match.....................................................862
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group pfs-group...............................................863
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal.................................................863
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal encryption-algorithm...............864
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal hash-algorithm........................864
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal lifetime....................................865
configure crypto dynamic ipsec policy l2tp-server|modecfg-group proposal mode.......................................865
configure crypto failover................................................................................................................................866
configure crypto ike policy.............................................................................................................................867
36
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure crypto ike policy exchange-type....................................................................................................867
configure crypto ike policy initial-contact.......................................................................................................868
configure crypto ike policy key......................................................................................................................868
configure crypto ike policy local-address......................................................................................................869
configure crypto ike policy local-id................................................................................................................869
configure crypto ike policy mode...................................................................................................................870
configure crypto ike policy ocsp....................................................................................................................870
configure crypto ike policy pfs.......................................................................................................................871
configure crypto ike policy proposal..............................................................................................................871
configure crypto ike policy proposal authentication-method.........................................................................871
configure crypto ike policy proposal dh-group...............................................................................................872
configure crypto ike policy proposal encryption-algorithm............................................................................873
configure crypto ike policy proposal hash-algorithm.....................................................................................873
configure crypto ike policy proposal lifetime..................................................................................................874
configure crypto ike policy remote-id.............................................................................................................874
configure crypto ipsec policy.........................................................................................................................875
configure crypto ipsec policy anti-replay.......................................................................................................876
configure crypto ipsec policy bypass match address....................................................................................876
configure crypto ipsec policy enable.............................................................................................................877
configure crypto ipsec policy match..............................................................................................................877
configure crypto ipsec policy match object....................................................................................................878
configure crypto ipsec policy nailed-up.........................................................................................................879
configure crypto ipsec policy pfs-group.........................................................................................................880
configure crypto ipsec policy proposal..........................................................................................................880
configure crypto ipsec policy proposal encryption-algorithm.........................................................................881
configure crypto ipsec policy proposal hash-algorithm.................................................................................881
configure crypto ipsec policy proposal lifetime..............................................................................................882
configure crypto ipsec policy proposal mode................................................................................................882
configure crypto keepalive enable.................................................................................................................883
configure crypto keepalive mode..................................................................................................................883
configure crypto keepalive retry-interval.......................................................................................................884
configure crypto keepalive transmit-interval..................................................................................................884
configure crypto keypair................................................................................................................................884
configure crypto ike policy keyusage............................................................................................................885
configure crypto pmtu df-bit...........................................................................................................................885
configure crypto pmtu threshold-mtu mtu-size..............................................................................................886
configure crypto pmtu unsecured-icmp-processing......................................................................................886
configure interface l2tp-server.......................................................................................................................886
configure interface l2tp-server ip address.....................................................................................................887
configure interface l2tp-server ipsec-protection............................................................................................887
configure interface l2tp-server remote-config................................................................................................888
configure interface l2tp-server remote-config address-pool|DNS|nbns.........................................................888
configure interface l2tp-server remote-user..................................................................................................889
configure interface l2tp-server shutdown......................................................................................................889
show crypto ca certificates............................................................................................................................889
show crypto ca crl.........................................................................................................................................890
show crypto ca trustpoint..............................................................................................................................890
show crypto clients contivity..........................................................................................................................890
show crypto contivity-iras ike policy..............................................................................................................890
show crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy..........................................................................................................891
show crypto dynamic clients.........................................................................................................................892
Command Line Reference
October 2010
37
show crypto dynamic ike policy.....................................................................................................................892
show crypto dynamic ipsec policy.................................................................................................................892
show crypto ike policy...................................................................................................................................892
show crypto ike sa.........................................................................................................................................893
show crypto interfaces..................................................................................................................................893
show crypto ipsec policy...............................................................................................................................893
show crypto ipsec sa.....................................................................................................................................894
show crypto keepalive...................................................................................................................................894
show crypto pmtu..........................................................................................................................................894
show crypto statistics....................................................................................................................................894
show interface l2tp-server.............................................................................................................................895
Chapter 58: GRE and IPIP tunneling commands................................................................897
clear interface tunnel.....................................................................................................................................897
configure interface tunnel..............................................................................................................................897
configure interface tunnel crypto...................................................................................................................897
configure interface tunnel gvrp......................................................................................................................898
configure interface tunnel ip|ipv6...................................................................................................................898
configure interface tunnel ip tcp-mss............................................................................................................899
configure interface tunnel keepalive..............................................................................................................899
configure interface tunnel shutdown.............................................................................................................900
configure interface tunnel tunnel checksum..................................................................................................900
configure interface tunnel tunnel destination.................................................................................................900
configure interface tunnel tunnel key............................................................................................................901
configure interface tunnel tunnel mode.........................................................................................................901
configure interface tunnel tunnel path_mtu_discovery..................................................................................902
configure interface tunnel tunnel protection..................................................................................................902
configure interface tunnel tunnel sequence..................................................................................................902
configure interface tunnel tunnel source.......................................................................................................903
configure interface tunnel tunnel tos.............................................................................................................903
configure interface tunnel tunnel ttl...............................................................................................................904
show interface tunnel....................................................................................................................................904
Chapter 59: AAA commands................................................................................................905
clear dot1x statistics......................................................................................................................................905
configure aaa accounting..............................................................................................................................905
configure aaa accounting update..................................................................................................................906
configure aaa authentication login................................................................................................................906
configure aaa authentication protocols.........................................................................................................907
configure aaa authorization commands........................................................................................................907
configure aaa enable.....................................................................................................................................908
configure aaa radius primary_server|secondary_server acct_port...............................................................908
configure aaa radius primary_server|secondary_server auth_port...............................................................909
configure aaa radius primary_server|secondary_server ipaddress..............................................................909
configure aaa radius primary_server|secondary_server retries....................................................................910
configure aaa radius primary_server|secondary_server shared_key...........................................................910
configure aaa radius primary_server|secondary_server time_out.................................................................911
configure aaa radius src_address.................................................................................................................911
configure aaa source-address.......................................................................................................................912
configure aaa tacacs primary_server|secondary_server...............................................................................912
configure aaa tacacs retries..........................................................................................................................912
configure aaa tacacs server_port..................................................................................................................913
38
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure aaa tacacs shared_key.................................................................................................................913
configure aaa tacacs time_out......................................................................................................................914
configure dot1x..............................................................................................................................................914
configure interface ethernet dot1x dot1x-enable...........................................................................................914
configure interface ethernet dot1x max-req..................................................................................................915
configure interface ethernet dot1x port-control.............................................................................................915
configure interface ethernet dot1x quiet-period.............................................................................................915
configure interface ethernet dot1x reauthentication......................................................................................916
configure interface ethernet dot1x reauth-period..........................................................................................916
configure interface ethernet dot1x server-timeout.........................................................................................916
configure interface ethernet dot1x supplicant-timeout..................................................................................917
configure interface aaa authentication..........................................................................................................917
configure interface aaa authorization............................................................................................................917
configure interface aaa accounting...............................................................................................................917
show aaa accounting....................................................................................................................................918
show aaa authentication...............................................................................................................................918
show aaa authorization.................................................................................................................................918
show aaa interface........................................................................................................................................919
show aaa radius............................................................................................................................................919
show aaa status............................................................................................................................................919
show aaa tacacs...........................................................................................................................................919
show dot1x....................................................................................................................................................920
Chapter 60: PPPoE client commands..................................................................................921
configure interface virtual-access ip..............................................................................................................921
configure interface virtual-access ppp authentication...................................................................................921
configure interface virtual-access ppp keepalive..........................................................................................922
configure interface virtual-access pppoe ac-name........................................................................................922
configure interface virtual-access pppoe ethernet........................................................................................923
configure interface virtual-access protocol pppoe.........................................................................................923
configure interface virtual-access shutdown.................................................................................................923
show interface virtual-access........................................................................................................................924
Chapter 61: SSH2 commands..............................................................................................925
clear ip ssh session.......................................................................................................................................925
configure ssh_keygen change......................................................................................................................925
configure ssh_keygen convert......................................................................................................................926
configure ssh_keygen digest.........................................................................................................................926
configure ssh_keygen encrypt......................................................................................................................927
configure ssh_keygen generate....................................................................................................................927
configure ssh_server authRetries.................................................................................................................928
configure ssh_server authentication.............................................................................................................928
configure ssh_server cipher..........................................................................................................................929
configure ssh_server compression...............................................................................................................929
configure ssh_server enable.........................................................................................................................930
configure ssh_server hostfile........................................................................................................................930
configure ssh_server logevents....................................................................................................................930
configure ssh_server mac.............................................................................................................................931
configure ssh_server port..............................................................................................................................931
configure ssh_server restore.........................................................................................................................932
configure ssh_server sftpd............................................................................................................................932
configure ssh_server timeout........................................................................................................................932
Command Line Reference
October 2010
39
show ip ssh config.........................................................................................................................................933
show ip ssh session......................................................................................................................................933
Chapter 62: SIP Media Gateway commands.......................................................................935
DSP channel licensing command.................................................................................................................935
configure system licenses pvim_users..........................................................................................................935
SIP UA configuration commands..................................................................................................................936
clear sip-ua statistics.....................................................................................................................................936
configure sip-ua outbound-proxy...................................................................................................................936
configure sip-ua set pstn-cause sip-status....................................................................................................937
configure sip-ua set sip-status pstn-cause....................................................................................................937
configure sip-ua register dynamic.................................................................................................................938
configure sip-ua sip-server............................................................................................................................938
configure sip-ua sip-server keepalive target.................................................................................................939
configure sip-ua transport.............................................................................................................................940
show sip-ua calls...........................................................................................................................................941
show sip-ua map pstn-sip.............................................................................................................................941
show sip-ua map sip-pstn.............................................................................................................................941
show sip-ua statistics....................................................................................................................................942
show sip-ua status........................................................................................................................................942
show sip-ua timers........................................................................................................................................942
Global VoIP configuration commands...........................................................................................................943
configure terminal system logging syslog module voip-cdr...........................................................................943
configure voice call call-limit..........................................................................................................................945
configure voice class custom-cptone............................................................................................................945
configure voice class dualtone......................................................................................................................946
configure voice dsp agc-enable....................................................................................................................946
configure voice dsp dtmf-level.......................................................................................................................947
configure voice dsp dtmf-twist.......................................................................................................................947
configure voice dsp no-rtcp-timeout..............................................................................................................948
configure voice service voip codec...............................................................................................................948
configure voice service voip emergency-number..........................................................................................950
configure voice service voip pass-through-call-prefix...................................................................................950
configure voice service voip rtp port-validation.............................................................................................951
configure voice service voip sip bind.............................................................................................................952
configure voice service voip sip rel1xx..........................................................................................................953
show voice service voip................................................................................................................................953
ISDN configuration commands for voice.......................................................................................................953
link pri_t1 | pri_e1 | bri voice..........................................................................................................................953
E1 R2 configuration commands....................................................................................................................954
configure module e1 cas-custom..........................................................................................................954
configure module e1 cas-group timeslots.............................................................................................957
T1 CAS configuration command...................................................................................................................959
configure module t1 cas-group......................................................................................................................959
FXO port configuration commands...............................................................................................................960
configure voice-port ani mapping..................................................................................................................960
configure voice-port connection plar.............................................................................................................961
configure voice-port ring-number..................................................................................................................962
configure voice-port signal cama..................................................................................................................962
FXS port configuration commands................................................................................................................964
configure voice-port signal did......................................................................................................................964
40
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure voice-port timeouts initial...............................................................................................................964
Common POTS and VoIP dial peer configuration commands......................................................................965
clear statistics dial-peer voice.......................................................................................................................965
configure dial-peer voice...............................................................................................................................966
configure dial-peer voice description.............................................................................................................966
configure dial-peer voice destination-pattern................................................................................................967
configure dial-peer voice shutdown...............................................................................................................968
show dial-peer voice.....................................................................................................................................969
POTS dial peer configuration commands.....................................................................................................969
configure dial-peer voice pots clid.................................................................................................................969
configure dial-peer voice pots digit-strip........................................................................................................970
configure dial-peer voice pots forward-digits.................................................................................................970
configure dial-peer voice pots port................................................................................................................972
configure dial-peer voice pots prefix.............................................................................................................972
VoIP dial peer configuration commands........................................................................................................973
configure dial-peer voice voip dtmf-relay rtp-nte...........................................................................................973
configure dial-peer voice voip rtp payload-type.............................................................................................974
configure dial-peer voice voip session target................................................................................................974
configure voice service voip dtmf-relay rtp-nte..............................................................................................975
configure voice service voip rtp payload-type...............................................................................................975
FXS port registration and authentication commands....................................................................................976
configure dial-peer voice pots authentication................................................................................................976
configure dial-peer voice pots register e164.................................................................................................977
configure sip-ua authentication.....................................................................................................................977
configure sip-ua registrar..............................................................................................................................978
show sip-ua register status...........................................................................................................................979
Caller ID configuration commands for FXS and FXO ports..........................................................................979
configure voice-port caller-id alerting ring.....................................................................................................979
configure voice-port caller-id block................................................................................................................980
configure voice-port caller-id enable.............................................................................................................980
configure voice-port station name.................................................................................................................981
configure voice-port station number..............................................................................................................982
DSP configuration commands.......................................................................................................................983
clear voice dsp statistics...............................................................................................................................983
configure voice-port comfort-noise................................................................................................................983
configure voice-port compand-type...............................................................................................................983
configure voice-port echo-cancel coverage..................................................................................................984
configure voice-port echo-cancel enable......................................................................................................984
configure voice-port input gain......................................................................................................................985
configure voice-port output attenuation.........................................................................................................985
show voice dsp statistics...............................................................................................................................986
show voice dsp status...................................................................................................................................986
Number translation commands.....................................................................................................................986
configure dial-peer voice translation-profile..................................................................................................986
configure voice translation-profile.................................................................................................................987
configure voice translation-profile translate...................................................................................................988
configure voice translation-rule.....................................................................................................................988
configure voice translation-rule rule..............................................................................................................989
Trunk group configuration commands...........................................................................................................990
configure trunk group....................................................................................................................................990
configure dial-peer voice pots trunkgroup.....................................................................................................990
Command Line Reference
October 2010
41
configure voice-port trunk-group...................................................................................................................991
show trunk group...........................................................................................................................................991
Fax/Modem configuration commands...........................................................................................................992
configure dial-peer voice voip fax protocol....................................................................................................992
configure dial-peer voice voip fax rate..........................................................................................................993
configure dial-peer voice voip modem passthrough......................................................................................993
configure voice service voip fax protocol......................................................................................................994
configure voice service voip fax rate.............................................................................................................995
configure voice service voip modem passthrough........................................................................................996
show call active t38.......................................................................................................................................996
Common voice port configuration commands...............................................................................................997
configure voice-port.......................................................................................................................................997
configure voice-port description....................................................................................................................997
configure voice-port shutdown......................................................................................................................998
show call active voice....................................................................................................................................998
show voice port.............................................................................................................................................999
Common FXS/FXO port configuration commands........................................................................................999
configure voice-port battery-reversal.............................................................................................................999
configure voice-port cptone.........................................................................................................................1000
configure voice-port signal..........................................................................................................................1001
configure voice-port supervisory-disconnect...............................................................................................1001
Common FXS and T1 CAS command........................................................................................................1002
configure voice-port timeouts interdigit.......................................................................................................1002
Common T1 CAS and ISDN commands.....................................................................................................1003
configure network-clock-select....................................................................................................................1003
show network-clock.....................................................................................................................................1003
Mediation Server module configuration commands....................................................................................1004
configure interface servmod description.....................................................................................................1004
configure interface servmod ip address......................................................................................................1004
configure interface servmod no shutdown..................................................................................................1005
show interface servmod..............................................................................................................................1005
Debugging commands................................................................................................................................1005
debug voip dial-peer....................................................................................................................................1005
debug voice cc............................................................................................................................................1006
debug voice dspapi.....................................................................................................................................1006
debug ccsip all............................................................................................................................................1007
debug ccsip messages................................................................................................................................1007
debug ccsip media......................................................................................................................................1008
debug ccsip api...........................................................................................................................................1008
debug ccsip errors.......................................................................................................................................1009
debug cas....................................................................................................................................................1009
debug isdn q921..........................................................................................................................................1009
debug isdn q931..........................................................................................................................................1010
debug fax....................................................................................................................................................1010
debug pots...................................................................................................................................................1011
Chapter 63: SSM commands..............................................................................................1013
clear ssm database.....................................................................................................................................1013
clear ssm sip-server statistics.....................................................................................................................1013
configure terminal system license ssm_users.............................................................................................1013
configure terminal system logging syslog module voip-ssm-cdr.................................................................1014
42
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure terminal voice service voip ssm bind ip.......................................................................................1015
configure terminal voice service voip ssm bind transport............................................................................1015
configure terminal voice service voip ssm cac exclude-pool.......................................................................1016
configure terminal voice service voip ssm cac max-calls............................................................................1017
configure terminal voice service voip ssm congestion-thresholds memory................................................1017
configure terminal voice service voip ssm default-gateway........................................................................1019
configure terminal voice service voip ssm dialplan load.............................................................................1019
configure terminal voice service voip ssm dialplan store............................................................................1020
configure terminal voice service voip ssm domain......................................................................................1020
configure terminal voice service voip ssm enable.......................................................................................1021
configure terminal voice service voip ssm keepalive-server.......................................................................1021
configure terminal voice service voip ssm protocol-header........................................................................1022
configure terminal voice service voip ssm provisioning..............................................................................1023
configure terminal voice service voip ssm registrar....................................................................................1024
configure terminal voice service voip ssm sessiontimer.............................................................................1024
configure terminal voice service voip ssm sip-server dns-timeout..............................................................1025
configure terminal voice service voip ssm sip-server reject-services-in-survivable-mode..........................1026
configure terminal voice service voip ssm sip-server timer.........................................................................1026
show ssm cac status...................................................................................................................................1027
show ssm configuration...............................................................................................................................1027
show ssm congestion-thresholds................................................................................................................1028
show ssm dial-plan......................................................................................................................................1028
show ssm licensed-users............................................................................................................................1028
show ssm protocol-header..........................................................................................................................1028
show ssm registered-users.........................................................................................................................1029
show ssm registrar......................................................................................................................................1029
show ssm session-timer..............................................................................................................................1029
show ssm sip-server configuration..............................................................................................................1030
show ssm sip-server statistics.....................................................................................................................1030
show ssm sip-server status.........................................................................................................................1030
show ssm subscriber...................................................................................................................................1031
Chapter 64: Troubleshooting commands..........................................................................1033
debug..........................................................................................................................................................1033
debug bgp...................................................................................................................................................1033
debug bgp all...............................................................................................................................................1033
debug bgp dampening................................................................................................................................1034
debug bgp events........................................................................................................................................1034
debug bgp filters..........................................................................................................................................1034
debug bgp fsm............................................................................................................................................1034
debug bgp keepalives.................................................................................................................................1035
debug bgp nsm...........................................................................................................................................1035
debug bgp updates.....................................................................................................................................1035
debug clear_clisession................................................................................................................................1036
debug_eng..................................................................................................................................................1036
debug fr.......................................................................................................................................................1036
debug fr pvc-info.........................................................................................................................................1037
debug fr bundle-info....................................................................................................................................1037
debug fr packet...........................................................................................................................................1037
debug fr packet lmi......................................................................................................................................1038
debug fr packet inverse-arp........................................................................................................................1038
Command Line Reference
October 2010
43
debug fr packet mfr.....................................................................................................................................1038
debug fr mfr.................................................................................................................................................1039
debug fr mfr states......................................................................................................................................1039
debug fr mfr state-machine.........................................................................................................................1040
debug fr bundle-buffers...............................................................................................................................1040
debug fr frf20...............................................................................................................................................1040
debug hdlc...................................................................................................................................................1041
debug igmp.................................................................................................................................................1041
debug igmp all.............................................................................................................................................1041
debug igmp decode.....................................................................................................................................1041
debug igmp encode.....................................................................................................................................1042
debug igmp events......................................................................................................................................1042
debug igmp fsm...........................................................................................................................................1042
debug igmp tib.............................................................................................................................................1042
debug pim...................................................................................................................................................1043
debug pim sparse-mode.............................................................................................................................1043
debug pim sparse-mode all.........................................................................................................................1043
debug pim sparse-mode events..................................................................................................................1044
debug pim sparse-mode mfc.......................................................................................................................1044
debug pim sparse-mode mib.......................................................................................................................1044
debug pim sparse-mode nexthop................................................................................................................1044
debug pim sparse-mode database..............................................................................................................1045
debug pim sparse-mode packet..................................................................................................................1045
debug pim sparse-mode state.....................................................................................................................1045
debug pim sparse-mode timer....................................................................................................................1045
debug pim sparse-mode timer assert..........................................................................................................1046
debug pim sparse-mode timer bsr..............................................................................................................1046
debug pim sparse-mode timer hello............................................................................................................1046
debug pim sparse-mode timer joinprune.....................................................................................................1047
debug pim sparse-mode timer register.......................................................................................................1047
debug dvmrp...............................................................................................................................................1047
debug dvmrp all...........................................................................................................................................1047
debug dvmrp events....................................................................................................................................1048
debug dvmrp events igmp...........................................................................................................................1048
debug dvmrp events kernel.........................................................................................................................1048
debug dvmrp events neighbor.....................................................................................................................1048
debug dvmrp events packet........................................................................................................................1049
debug dvmrp events prune.........................................................................................................................1049
debug dvmrp events route..........................................................................................................................1049
debug dvmrp mfc........................................................................................................................................1050
debug dvmrp mib........................................................................................................................................1050
debug dvmrp nsm.......................................................................................................................................1050
debug dvmrp packet....................................................................................................................................1050
debug dvmrp packet graft...........................................................................................................................1051
debug dvmrp packet graft-ack.....................................................................................................................1051
debug dvmrp packet in................................................................................................................................1051
debug dvmrp packet out..............................................................................................................................1051
debug dvmrp packet probe.........................................................................................................................1052
debug dvmrp packet prune.........................................................................................................................1052
debug dvmrp packet report.........................................................................................................................1052
debug dvmrp timer......................................................................................................................................1053
44
Command Line Reference
October 2010
debug dvmrp timer probe............................................................................................................................1053
debug dvmrp timer prune............................................................................................................................1053
debug dvmrp timer route.............................................................................................................................1053
debug mld...................................................................................................................................................1054
debug mld all...............................................................................................................................................1054
debug mld decode.......................................................................................................................................1054
debug mld encode.......................................................................................................................................1054
debug mld events........................................................................................................................................1055
debug mld fsm.............................................................................................................................................1055
debug mld tib...............................................................................................................................................1055
debug ip......................................................................................................................................................1056
debug ip arp................................................................................................................................................1056
debug ip vrrp...............................................................................................................................................1056
debug ip vrrp all...........................................................................................................................................1056
debug ip vrrp error.......................................................................................................................................1057
debug ip vrrp state......................................................................................................................................1057
debug ip vrrp events....................................................................................................................................1057
debug ip vrrp packet....................................................................................................................................1057
debug ip tunnel............................................................................................................................................1058
debug ip tunnel all.......................................................................................................................................1058
debug ip tunnel error...................................................................................................................................1058
debug ip tunnel encap.................................................................................................................................1059
debug ip tunnel decap.................................................................................................................................1059
debug ip tunnel packet................................................................................................................................1059
debug ip tunnel keepalive...........................................................................................................................1059
debug ip tunnel state...................................................................................................................................1060
debug ip dhcps............................................................................................................................................1060
debug ip dhcps all.......................................................................................................................................1060
debug ip dhcps error...................................................................................................................................1060
debug ip dhcps state...................................................................................................................................1061
debug ip dhcps events................................................................................................................................1061
debug ip dhcps packet................................................................................................................................1061
debug ip ssh................................................................................................................................................1062
debug ip statistics........................................................................................................................................1062
debug ip statistics ipshow...........................................................................................................................1062
debug ip statistics icmpshow.......................................................................................................................1063
debug ip statistics rtshow............................................................................................................................1063
debug ip statistics tcpshow.........................................................................................................................1063
debug ip statistics udpshow........................................................................................................................1063
debug ip statistics ipmuxshow.....................................................................................................................1064
debug ip statistics ipmuxclear.....................................................................................................................1064
debug ip statistics ipclear............................................................................................................................1064
debug ip statistics icmpclear.......................................................................................................................1065
debug ip multicast.......................................................................................................................................1065
debug ip multicast all...................................................................................................................................1065
debug ip multicast fib-msg..........................................................................................................................1065
debug ip multicast mrt.................................................................................................................................1066
debug ip multicast register..........................................................................................................................1066
debug ip multicast stats...............................................................................................................................1066
debug ip multicast vif...................................................................................................................................1066
debug ipv6...................................................................................................................................................1067
Command Line Reference
October 2010
45
debug ipv6 dhcp..........................................................................................................................................1067
debug ipv6 dhcp detail................................................................................................................................1067
debug ipv6 dhcp error.................................................................................................................................1068
debug ipv6 dhcp warnings..........................................................................................................................1068
debug ipv6 dhcp info...................................................................................................................................1068
debug ipv6 dhcp more.................................................................................................................................1068
debug ipv6 nd..............................................................................................................................................1069
debug ipv6 nd error.....................................................................................................................................1069
debug ipv6 nd trace.....................................................................................................................................1069
debug ipv6 dad............................................................................................................................................1069
debug ipv6 dad error...................................................................................................................................1070
debug ipv6 dad trace...................................................................................................................................1070
debug ipv6 rtadv..........................................................................................................................................1070
debug ipv6 rtadv error.................................................................................................................................1071
debug ipv6 rtadv trace.................................................................................................................................1071
debug ipv6 statistics....................................................................................................................................1071
debug ipv6 statistics ipshow........................................................................................................................1071
debug ipv6 statistics icmpshow...................................................................................................................1072
debug ipv6 statistics tcpshow......................................................................................................................1072
debug ipv6 statistics udpshow....................................................................................................................1072
debug ipv6 statistics ipmuxshow.................................................................................................................1072
debug ipv6 statistics ipmuxclear.................................................................................................................1073
debug ipv6 tunnel........................................................................................................................................1073
debug ipv6 tunnel all...................................................................................................................................1073
debug ipv6 tunnel error...............................................................................................................................1074
debug ipv6 tunnel encap.............................................................................................................................1074
debug ipv6 tunnel decap.............................................................................................................................1074
debug ipv6 tunnel packet............................................................................................................................1074
debug ipv6 tunnel keepalive........................................................................................................................1075
debug ipv6 tunnel state...............................................................................................................................1075
debug ipv6 rip..............................................................................................................................................1075
debug ipv6 rip all.........................................................................................................................................1075
debug ipv6 rip events..................................................................................................................................1076
debug ipv6 rip nsm......................................................................................................................................1076
debug ipv6 rip packet..................................................................................................................................1076
debug ipv6 rip packet detail........................................................................................................................1077
debug ipv6 rip packet recv..........................................................................................................................1077
debug ipv6 rip packet send.........................................................................................................................1077
debug ipv6 ospf...........................................................................................................................................1077
debug ipv6 ospf packet...............................................................................................................................1078
debug ipv6 ospf ifsm...................................................................................................................................1078
debug ipv6 ospf nfsm..................................................................................................................................1078
debug ipv6 ospf lsa.....................................................................................................................................1078
debug ipv6 ospf route..................................................................................................................................1079
debug ipv6 ospf nsm...................................................................................................................................1079
debug ipv6 ospf events...............................................................................................................................1079
debug ipv6 ospf all......................................................................................................................................1080
debug ipv6 pim............................................................................................................................................1080
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode......................................................................................................................1080
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode all.................................................................................................................1080
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode events..........................................................................................................1081
46
Command Line Reference
October 2010
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode mfc...............................................................................................................1081
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode mib...............................................................................................................1081
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode nexthop........................................................................................................1081
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode database......................................................................................................1082
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode packet..........................................................................................................1082
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode state.............................................................................................................1082
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode timer.............................................................................................................1083
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode timer assert..................................................................................................1083
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode timer bsr.......................................................................................................1083
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode timer hello....................................................................................................1083
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode timer joinprune.............................................................................................1084
debug ipv6 pim sparse-mode timer register................................................................................................1084
debug ipv6 packet-filter...............................................................................................................................1084
debug ipv6 multicast...................................................................................................................................1084
debug ipv6 multicast all...............................................................................................................................1085
debug ipv6 multicast fib-msg.......................................................................................................................1085
debug ipv6 multicast mrt.............................................................................................................................1085
debug ipv6 multicast register......................................................................................................................1086
debug ipv6 multicast stats...........................................................................................................................1086
debug ipv6 multicast mif..............................................................................................................................1086
debug ppp...................................................................................................................................................1086
debug ppp mlpinfo.......................................................................................................................................1087
debug ppp pppstates...................................................................................................................................1087
debug ppp debug_link.................................................................................................................................1087
debug ppp negotiation.................................................................................................................................1087
debug ppp lcp..............................................................................................................................................1088
debug ppp ipcp............................................................................................................................................1088
debug ppp bcp............................................................................................................................................1088
debug ppp ipv6cp........................................................................................................................................1089
debug spanning-tree all...............................................................................................................................1089
debug spanning-tree cli...............................................................................................................................1089
debug spanning-tree event.........................................................................................................................1090
debug spanning-tree packet........................................................................................................................1090
debug spanning-tree timer..........................................................................................................................1091
debug ssm traces error...............................................................................................................................1091
debug ssm traces message........................................................................................................................1091
debug ssm traces module...........................................................................................................................1092
debug system..............................................................................................................................................1092
debug system show_crash..........................................................................................................................1093
debug system overwrite_crash_dump........................................................................................................1093
debug system clear_crash_dump...............................................................................................................1093
debug system display_overwrite_crash_dump...........................................................................................1093
debug system print_stats............................................................................................................................1094
debug system clear_stats...........................................................................................................................1094
debug rtp.....................................................................................................................................................1094
debug rtp tables..........................................................................................................................................1095
debug rtp txtable.........................................................................................................................................1095
debug rtp rxtable.........................................................................................................................................1095
debug rtp statistics......................................................................................................................................1095
debug dhcp-client........................................................................................................................................1096
debug dhcp_relay........................................................................................................................................1096
Command Line Reference
October 2010
47
debug dhcp_relay enable_debug................................................................................................................1096
debug dhcp_relay display_dhcp_table........................................................................................................1096
debug dhcp_relay display_hash_statistics..................................................................................................1097
debug qos...................................................................................................................................................1097
debug qos chassis......................................................................................................................................1097
debug qos chassis show-buf-mgmt-info......................................................................................................1098
debug qos chassis show-class....................................................................................................................1098
debug qos chassis show-intf-qos-info.........................................................................................................1098
debug qos chassis show-red-info................................................................................................................1098
debug qos chassis show-sch-list.................................................................................................................1099
debug qos chassis show-sch-info...............................................................................................................1099
debug qos chassis clear-sch-info................................................................................................................1099
debug qos chassis hist-stats-upload-info....................................................................................................1099
debug qos chassis clear-upload-counters...................................................................................................1100
debug qos chassis show-buf-overruns........................................................................................................1100
debug qos chassis clear-buf-overruns.........................................................................................................1100
debug virtual-access....................................................................................................................................1101
debug virtual-access pppoe.........................................................................................................................1101
debug virtual-access pppoe events.............................................................................................................1101
debug virtual-access pppoe all....................................................................................................................1101
debug virtual-access pppoe packet.............................................................................................................1102
debug virtual-access pppoe data.................................................................................................................1102
debug virtual-access ppp.............................................................................................................................1102
debug virtual-access l2tp-server..................................................................................................................1102
debug crypto................................................................................................................................................1103
debug crypto ike..........................................................................................................................................1103
debug crypto ca...........................................................................................................................................1103
debug crypto ipsec......................................................................................................................................1104
debug crypto ipsec mode spd......................................................................................................................1104
debug crypto all...........................................................................................................................................1105
debug crypto failover...................................................................................................................................1105
debug firewall..............................................................................................................................................1105
debug firewall alg.........................................................................................................................................1105
debug firewall attack....................................................................................................................................1106
debug firewall connections..........................................................................................................................1106
debug firewall ip-reassembly.......................................................................................................................1106
debug firewall packet...................................................................................................................................1106
debug firewall all..........................................................................................................................................1107
debug disable-firewall..................................................................................................................................1107
debug all......................................................................................................................................................1108
debug cspf...................................................................................................................................................1108
debug cspf events.......................................................................................................................................1108
debug cspf hexdump...................................................................................................................................1109
debug cspf lsp.............................................................................................................................................1109
debug pcap..................................................................................................................................................1109
debug pcap capture.....................................................................................................................................1110
debug pcap capture direction......................................................................................................................1110
debug pcap capture snaplen.......................................................................................................................1110
debug pcap capture count...........................................................................................................................1111
debug pcap capture filter.............................................................................................................................1111
debug pcap capture wrap............................................................................................................................1111
48
Command Line Reference
October 2010
debug pcap capture size..............................................................................................................................1112
debug pcap capture drop-nonip...................................................................................................................1112
debug pcap capture attach..........................................................................................................................1112
debug pcap capture commit........................................................................................................................1113
debug pcap capture show-config.................................................................................................................1113
debug pcap capture stats............................................................................................................................1113
debug pcap capture dump...........................................................................................................................1114
debug pcap capture clear-stats...................................................................................................................1114
debug pcap access-list................................................................................................................................1114
debug pcap max-sessions...........................................................................................................................1115
debug pcap enable......................................................................................................................................1115
debug pcap cleanup....................................................................................................................................1115
debug pcap upload......................................................................................................................................1115
debug pcap save.........................................................................................................................................1116
debug pcap show-config..............................................................................................................................1116
debug pcap stats.........................................................................................................................................1117
debug pcap dump........................................................................................................................................1117
debug pcap clear-stats................................................................................................................................1117
debug rip......................................................................................................................................................1117
debug rip all.................................................................................................................................................1118
debug rip events..........................................................................................................................................1118
debug rip nsm..............................................................................................................................................1118
debug rip packet..........................................................................................................................................1118
debug rsvp...................................................................................................................................................1119
debug rsvp all..............................................................................................................................................1119
debug rsvp cspf...........................................................................................................................................1119
debug rsvp events.......................................................................................................................................1120
debug rsvp fsm............................................................................................................................................1120
debug rsvp fsm egress................................................................................................................................1120
debug rsvp fsm ingress...............................................................................................................................1121
debug rsvp fsm transit.................................................................................................................................1121
debug rsvp nsm...........................................................................................................................................1121
debug rsvp hexdump...................................................................................................................................1122
debug rsvp packet.......................................................................................................................................1122
debug ldp.....................................................................................................................................................1122
debug ldp advertise-labels...........................................................................................................................1123
debug ldp all................................................................................................................................................1123
debug ldp events.........................................................................................................................................1123
debug ldp dsm.............................................................................................................................................1123
debug ldp fsm..............................................................................................................................................1124
debug ldp nsm.............................................................................................................................................1124
debug ldp hexdump.....................................................................................................................................1124
debug ldp packet.........................................................................................................................................1124
debug ldp packet address...........................................................................................................................1125
debug ldp packet hello.................................................................................................................................1125
debug ldp packet initialization......................................................................................................................1125
debug ldp packet keepalive.........................................................................................................................1126
debug ldp packet label.................................................................................................................................1126
debug ldp packet notification.......................................................................................................................1126
debug ldp tsm..............................................................................................................................................1126
debug ldp usm.............................................................................................................................................1127
Command Line Reference
October 2010
49
debug ldp vc................................................................................................................................................1127
debug ldp vc dsm........................................................................................................................................1127
debug ldp vc usm........................................................................................................................................1127
debug dot1x.................................................................................................................................................1128
debug dot1x all............................................................................................................................................1128
debug dot1x event.......................................................................................................................................1128
debug dot1x packet.....................................................................................................................................1129
debug dot1x timer........................................................................................................................................1129
debug lacp...................................................................................................................................................1129
debug lacp all..............................................................................................................................................1129
debug lacp event.........................................................................................................................................1130
debug lacp packet.......................................................................................................................................1130
debug lacp timer..........................................................................................................................................1130
debug igmp-snooping..................................................................................................................................1131
debug igmp-snooping all.............................................................................................................................1131
debug igmp-snooping event........................................................................................................................1131
debug igmp-snooping packet......................................................................................................................1131
debug igmp-snooping timer.........................................................................................................................1132
debug gvrp...................................................................................................................................................1132
debug gvrp all..............................................................................................................................................1132
debug gvrp cli..............................................................................................................................................1132
debug gvrp event.........................................................................................................................................1133
debug gvrp packet.......................................................................................................................................1133
debug gvrp timer..........................................................................................................................................1133
debug ospf...................................................................................................................................................1134
debug ospf events.......................................................................................................................................1134
debug ospf ifsm...........................................................................................................................................1134
debug ospf lsa.............................................................................................................................................1135
debug ospf nfsm..........................................................................................................................................1135
debug ospf nsm...........................................................................................................................................1136
debug ospf packet.......................................................................................................................................1136
debug ospf route..........................................................................................................................................1137
debug ospf all..............................................................................................................................................1137
debug isdn...................................................................................................................................................1138
debug isdn all..............................................................................................................................................1138
debug isdn cc..............................................................................................................................................1138
debug isdn q921..........................................................................................................................................1139
debug isdn q921-timers...............................................................................................................................1139
debug isdn q931..........................................................................................................................................1140
debug isdn q931-timers...............................................................................................................................1140
debug isdn physical-layer............................................................................................................................1140
debug isdn data-path...................................................................................................................................1141
debug isdn test-isdn-call..............................................................................................................................1141
debug isdn test-isdn-drop............................................................................................................................1142
debug isdn isdn-status.................................................................................................................................1142
debug isdn q931Statistics............................................................................................................................1142
debug isdn q921Statistics............................................................................................................................1143
debug packet-dump.....................................................................................................................................1143
debug tacacs...............................................................................................................................................1144
50
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 1: New in this release
The following section details what is new in Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 Command Line Reference
(NN47263-507) for Release 10.3.
Features
See the following sections for information about feature changes:
IPSec nailed up tunnel
IPSec nailed up branch office connections are formed when a policy is configured and does
not require the presence of data to trigger the establishment of a tunnel. When IPSec nailed
up tunnel is enabled on a head office Secure Router and the router receives leading data
designated for a branch office, the data is forwarded to the branch office without delay, because
the tunnel is already established.
For more information, see configure crypto ipsec policy nailed-up on page 879.
IPSec VPN bypass policy
The IPSec VPN bypass policy allows system administrators more flexibility when configuring
a head office to branch office network connected by a VPN tunnel.
For more information, see configure crypto ipsec policy bypass match address on page 876.
Jumbo frame support
Secure Router 2330/4134 supports jumbo frames for interfaces configured with PPP
encapsulation.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
51
New in this release
For more information , see:
configure interface bundle ppp mtu-mru-magic on page 187
Key usage extension checking
Key usage extension checking enhances X.509 digital certificate peer authentication by
ensuring that a peer digital certificate includes a specified key usage constraint, before an SA
establishment with the peer is authorized.
For more information, see configure crypto ike policy keyusage on page 885.
Multiple networks in a single IPSec policy
You can avoid configuring multiple IPSec policies for multiple source and destination networks
by associating the source and destination network addresses with one common IP address
object variable.
For more information, see configure crypto ipsec policy match object on page 878.
Packet filters for management services
With packet filters for management services, you can simplify the blocking of management
services by creating and applying a packet-filter rule list globally on the router, independent of
the router interfaces.
For more information, see the following:
• configure packet-filter-group management on page 824
• show packet-filter-rules management on page 825
• show ip packet-filter-stats management on page 825
• show ipv6 packet-filter-stats management on page 826
Periodic DPD
Periodic DPD provides the Secure Router with detection for dead network peers earlier than
on demand DPD. You can use periodic DPD for applications where consistent network
availability is a high priority, to detect connectivity failures, and reroute data to secondary paths.
For more information, see configure crypto keepalive mode on page 883.
52
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Features
Prioritizing IPSec policies
With Release 10.3, variables for existing CLI commands are modified so administrators can
prioritize IPSec policies by specifying the order in which policies are applied.
For more information, see configure crypto ipsec policy on page 875.
RIP scalability enhancements
Secure Router 2330/4134 uses hub and spoke routing topology to connect branch offices
(spoke) to head a office (hub). This topology requires the establishment of a VPN tunnel (IPsec
protected IP in IP tunnel) between the hub and spoke, and support for dynamic routing
protocols over the VPN tunnels.
For more information, see the following:
• configure interface bundle ip rip default-originate-only on page 490
• configure interface ethernet ip rip default-originate-only on page 491
• configure interface tunnel ip rip default-originate-only on page 494
• configure interface vlan ip rip default-originate-only on page 495
RSA certificate key size enhancement
The maximum key size for RSA certificates is increased to 4096 bits. The Secure Router now
supports RSA keys with 512, 1024, 2048, 3072, and 4096 bits. The factory default is 1024 bits.
For more information, see configure crypto keypair on page 884.
SNMP interface index persistency
SNMP interface index persistency helps the Secure Router maintain a consistent SNMP
interface index over system reboots.
For more information, see:
• configure system snmp-ifindex-persistent on page 406
• show snmp configuration on page 407
Command Line Reference
October 2010
53
New in this release
Triggered RIP
Triggered Routing Information Protocol (RIP) improves RIP efficiency by providing
modifications for RIP to transmit information on point-to-point interfaces, only when an update
to the routing database occurs.
For more information, see
• configure interface bundle ip rip triggered on page 490
• configure interface tunnel ip rip triggered on page 495
Tunnel failover using round robin DNS
With Release 10.3, previously existing IKE policy and IPSec policy CLI command variables
are modified to support naming network peers with a Domain Name Server (DNS) name along
with a specific IP address. With this application, DNS round robin replies can provide a form
of failover and load balancing for IPsec VPN tunnels..
For more information , see the following:
• configure crypto ipsec policy on page 875
• configure crypto ike policy on page 867
Tunnel failover using static weighted tunnels
Static weighted tunnels can specify primary and secondary branch office tunnels, which
provides an IPSec VPN tunnel failover capability for branch offices.
For more information see configure crypto failover on page 866.
Debug commands
The following new debug commands are available with Release 10.3:
• debug crypto ipsec mode spd on page 1104
• debug crypto failover on page 1105
• debug dhcp-client on page 1096
• debug tacacs on page 1144
54
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Other changes
Other changes
This document is updated with commands that were new for previous releases:
Release 10.2 commands
clear commands
• clear cfg_file on page 77
• clear event_log on page 78
• clear ip igmp statistics on page 628
• clear ip pim sparse-mode statistics on page 615
• clear ipv6 mld statistics on page 718
• clear ipv6 pim sparse-mode statistics on page 703
configure aaa and configure dst commands
• configure aaa source-address on page 912
• configure dst enable on page 81
• configure dst set on page 81
configure crypto commands
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy on page 835
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration address-pool on page 835
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration banner-enable on page
836
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration banner-text on page 836
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration client-domain-name on
page 837
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration client-may-storepassword on page 837
Command Line Reference
October 2010
55
New in this release
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration client-screen-saver on
page 838
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration dns-server on page 838
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration failover-list on page 839
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration keepalive enable on
page 839
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration keepalive interval on
page 840
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration keepalive retransmitions on
page 840
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration nat-keepalive on page 841
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration private-side-address on
page 842
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration split-tunnel mode on
page 842
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration split-tunnel network on
page 843
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy client configuration wins-server on page 844
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy local-address on page 844
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy mode on page 844
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal on page 845
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal authentication-method on page 845
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal dh-group on page 846
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal encryption-algorithm on page 847
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy proposal hash-algorithm on page 847
• configure crypto contivity-iras ike policy remote-id on page 848
• configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy on page 848
• configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy enable on page 849
• configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy match on page 849
• configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy proposal encryption-algorithm on page 850
• configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy proposal hash-algorithm on page 852
• configure crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy proposal lifetime on page 851
• configure crypto ike policy initial-contact on page 868
56
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Other changes
configure dialer commands
• configure dialer on page 79
• configure dialer answer-mode on page 159
• configure dialer async modem on page 79
• configure dialer async uart on page 80
• configure dialer idle-timeout on page 160
configure firewall and configure module commands
• configure firewall global algs on page 793
• configure firewall internet policy self nat-ip on page 801
• configure module e1 cas-custom on page 954
• configure module e1 cas-group timeslots on page 957
configure interface commands
• configure interface bundle isdn map on page 165
• configure interface bundle link dialer on page 175
• configure interface ethernet dhcp-client on page 418
• configure interface ip dvmrp default-listen on page 609
• configure interface ip dvmrp default-supply on page 609
• configure interface ip dvmrp prune-lifetime on page 611
• configure interface ip igmp limit on page 632
• configure interface ip igmp snooping mrouter interface on page 353
• configure interface ip igmp static-group on page 634
• configure interface ipv6 mld limit on page 722
• configure interface ipv6 mld static-group on page 724
• configure interface mpls admin-group on page 294
• configure interface mpls ip on page 295
• configure interface mpls protocol-ldp on page 295
• configure interface mpls protocol-rsvp on page 295
Command Line Reference
October 2010
57
New in this release
• configure interface tunnel gvrp on page 898
• configure interface vlan ip helper-address port on page 308
• configure interface vlan ip helper-address protocol on page 307
• configure interface vlan ip helper-address service on page 307
• configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping on page 354
• configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping querier on page 354
• configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping report-suppression on page 355
configure ip commands
• configure ip igmp limit on page 628
• configure ip igmp ssm-map enable on page 629
• configure ip igmp ssm-map static on page 629
• configure ip mroute on page 599
• configure ip multicast-lookup-mrib-only on page 601
• configure ip pim anycast-rp on page 618
• configure ip pim multipath on page 621
• configure ip proxy-dns add-cache on page 455
• configure ip proxy-dns enable on page 456
configure ip dvmrp commands
• configure ip dvmrp holddown disable on page 604
• configure ip dvmrp log-neighbor-changes on page 604
• configure ip dvmrp mfc-timeout on page 605
• configure ip dvmrp neighbor-probe-interval on page 605
• configure ip dvmrp neighbor-timeout on page 606
• configure ip dvmrp route-expiration-timeout on page 606
• configure ip dvmrp switch-timeout on page 607
• configure ip dvmrp triggered-update-interval on page 608
• configure ip dvmrp unconfirmed-route-timeout on page 608
58
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Other changes
configure ip nat commands
• configure ip nat access-group on page 445
• configure ip nat access-list on page 446
• configure ip nat address on page 446
• configure ip nat debug on page 447
• configure ip nat default_addr on page 447
• configure ip nat enable on page 447
• configure ip nat interface on page 448
• configure ip nat ip on page 448
• configure ip nat ip on page 448
• configure ip nat max_ports on page 449
• configure ip nat pass_thru on page 450
• configure ip nat pass-thru-multicast on page 450
• configure ip nat pool range on page 451
• configure ip nat port on page 451
• configure ip nat reverse on page 452
• configure ip nat reverseACL on page 452
• configure ip nat timeout on page 453
• configure ip nat trans_addr on page 453
• configure ip nat trans_mode on page 454
• configure ip nat unregistered on page 454
configure ipv6 commands
• configure ipv6 mld limit on page 718
• configure ipv6 mld ssm-map enable on page 719
• configure ipv6 mld ssm-map static on page 719
• configure ipv6 mroute on page 478
• configure ipv6 multicast-lookup-mrib-only on page 480
• configure ipv6 pim anycast-rp on page 707
• configure ipv6 pim log-neighbor-changes on page 708
Command Line Reference
October 2010
59
New in this release
• configure ipv6 pim multipath on page 708
• configure ipv6 pim rp embedded on page 710
configure reverse_telnet commands
• configure reverse_telnet enable on page 83
• configure reverse_telnet set_baud_rate on page 82
• configure reverse_telnet set_data_bits on page 83
• configure reverse_telnet set_flow_control on page 84
• configure reverse_telnet set_parity on page 85
• configure reverse_telnet set_stop_bits on page 85
• configure reverse_telnet telnet_port on page 86
• configure reverse_telnet telnet_timeout on page 87
configure router commands
• configure router bgp address-family ipv4 multicast on page 542
• configure router ospf neighbor on page 650
• configure router-id on page 87
configure sip-ua commands
• configure sip-ua outbound-proxy on page 936
• configure sip-ua register dynamic on page 938
• configure sip-ua sip-server keepalive target on page 939
configure system commands
• configure system logging syslog source-address on page 93
• configure system security firewall-disable on page 815
• configure system source-address on page 88
60
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Other changes
debug commands
• debug clear_clisession on page 1036
• debug spanning-tree all on page 1089
• debug spanning-tree cli on page 1089
• debug spanning-tree event on page 1090
• debug spanning-tree packet on page 1090
• debug spanning-tree timer on page 1091
• debug_eng on page 1036
show commands
• show crypto clients contivity on page 890
• show crypto contivity-iras ike policy on page 890
• show crypto contivity-iras ipsec policy on page 891
• show dst on page 99
• show ip igmp statistics on page 636
• show ip interfaces on page 469
• show ip pim sparse-mode rpf on page 626
• show ipv6 mld statistics on page 726
• show ipv6 pim sparse-mode rpf on page 714
• show ipv6 pim sparse-mode statistics on page 715
• show module configuration xdsl on page 75
• show module userstats xdsl on page 76
• show sntp on page 101
• show usb_userstat on page 101
• show vrrp virtualip-setting on page 598
sntp commands
• sntp broadcast on page 101
• sntp enable on page 102
Command Line Reference
October 2010
61
New in this release
• sntp retries on page 103
• configure sntp source-address on page 87
configure usb and configure vrrp-virtualip commands
• configure usb enable on page 95
• configure vrrp-virtualip allow-ping on page 597
configure voice commands
• configure voice class custom-cptone on page 945
• configure voice class dualtone on page 946
• configure voice dsp dtmf-level on page 947
Release 10.2.1 commands
• configure interface tunnel ip tcp-mss on page 899
• configure voice dsp agc-enable on page 946
• configure voice dsp dtmf-twist on page 947
• configure voice dsp no-rtcp-timeout on page 948
• interface ethernet ip tcp-mss on page 302
62
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 2: Basic CLI commands
This chapter describes the basic CLI commands used in the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134.
clear
Use this command to access the clear commands.
Syntax
clear
Example
SR# clear
configure admin_name
Use this command to modify the administrator account user name.
To modify the administrator user name, you must log in with level 1 user privileges using the
administrator account (default user name is admin and password is setup).
Syntax
admin_name <admin-name>
Table 1: Variable definitions
Variable
<admin-name>
Value
Specifies the new administrator user name.
Example
SR/configure# admin_name HQadmin
Command Line Reference
October 2010
63
Basic CLI commands
configure console_timeout
Use this command to configure a timeout in seconds for console sessions. The default value
is 0, which indicates no timeout.
Syntax
console_timeout <0-3600>
Example
SR/configure# console_timeout 900
configure flash
Use this command to copy a saved .cfg file from flash to the router to reinstate a previously
saved configuration. After you enter the command, the system prompts you to enter the full
file name.
Syntax
configure flash
Example
SR# configure flash
filename: SR4134.cfg
configure header
Use this command to add a header with descriptive information to the top of the configuration
file. The maximum length of the header is 80 characters.
Syntax
header "<header>"
Example
SR/configure# header "This file was originally activated on
07/16/07."
64
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface
configure interface
Use this command to enter the interface mode, and configure interface properties.
Syntax
interface <IFNAME>
Table 2: Variable definitions
Variable
<IFNAME>
Value
name of the interface for which the properties
are to be configured.
Example
SR/configure# interface ethernet 0/0
configure network
Use this command to copy a saved .cfg file from the network to the router to reinstate a
previously saved configuration. After you enter the command, the system prompts you to enter
the DNS name or IP address of the host and the path and name of the configuration file.
Syntax
configure network
Example
SR# configure network
host: 1.2.3.4
filename: /networks/SR4134.cfg
configure secure_passwords
Use this command to encrypt the user passwords to ensure that no one can view them in plain
text when they are displayed on screen, or viewed in the configuration file. Use the no form of
the command to display passwords in plain text.
Syntax
[no] secure_passwords
Command Line Reference
October 2010
65
Basic CLI commands
Example
SR/configure# secure_passwords
configure SYS_REM
Use this command to add comments at the beginning of a configuration. The comments appear
after saving the configuration using the save local command.
The maximum length of the comment string is 80 characters.
Syntax
SYS_REM "<comments>"
Example
SR/configure# SYS_REM “Configured on November 3, 2007 9:45 by JB.”
configure SYS_REM_
Use this command to add comments at the end of a configuration file. The comments appear
after saving the configuration using the save local command.
The maximum length of the comment string is 80 characters.
Syntax
SYS_REM_ "<comments>"
Example
SR/configure# SYS_REM_ "Everything left unchanged except IP packet
filter. JB 11/06/07 12:20."
configure terminal
Use this command to enter the configuration command mode from a console terminal or
management workstation and manually configure the router system parameters.
Syntax
configure terminal
Example
SR#
66
configure terminal
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure user
configure user
Use this command to configure users on the SR2330/4134.
To configure users, you must log in with level 1 user privileges using the administrator account.
You can configure any new user to have a user privilege level from 2 to 4. The administrator
account is the only account that has level 1 privileges.
Syntax
user <user-name> [<user-level>]
After you enter this command, the system prompts you to enter the password.
Table 3: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<user-name>
Specifies the user name.
[<user-level>]
Specifies the privilege level for the user, from
2 to 4.
Example
SR/configure#
user user1 2
exit
Use this command to exits the system CLI or exit from a lower-level command prompt to a
higher-level command prompt in the CLI hierarchy.
Syntax
exit <n>
Table 4: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<n>
Specifies the number of levels to exit. The
range is 1 - 6; the default is 1.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1#
Command Line Reference
exit 2
October 2010
67
Basic CLI commands
password
Use this command to change your own user password. If you are logged in using the
administrator user account, you can also change the passwords of other users.
After you enter the command, the system prompts you for the new password information.
Syntax
password
Table 5: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<old password>
current password in use.
<new password>
new password.
Example
SR#
password
pop
In configuration mode, use this command to reset the command prompt level to the main
configuration mode level ( SR/configure# ).
Syntax
pop
Table 6: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<old password>
current password in use.
<new password>
new password.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/3)#
pop
SR/configure#
68
Command Line Reference
October 2010
reboot
reboot
Use this command to reboot the router using the current boot parameters.
Syntax
reboot
Example
SR#
reboot
save
Use this command to save the current configuration to a .cfg file on the flash. Save your
configuration to flash each time you make configuration changes to allow the system to boot
from the latest configuration upon subsequent reboot.
You can also use this command to save the configuration to a network location using TFTP,
providing a backup of your configuration, or to copy the configuration to another router.
Syntax
save {local [<filename>] | network <IP address> <file path>}
Table 7: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
local [<filename>]
Specifies to save the configuration file to the
local flash. You can also specify an optional
filename. The default filename is system.cfg.
network <IP address> <file path>
Specifies the network IP address, path, and
file name for the saved file.
Example
SR#
save local
show
Use this command to access the show commands.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
69
Basic CLI commands
Syntax
show
Example
SR#
show
show console_timeout
Use this command to display the configured console timeout value.
Syntax
show console_timeout
Example
SR#
show console_timeout
show configuration running
Use this command to display the current running configuration.
Syntax
show configuration running
Example
SR#
show configuration running
show configuration stored
Use this command to display the configuration that is stored in Flash.
Syntax
show configuration stored
Example
SR#
70
show configuration stored
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show system configuration
show system configuration
Use this command to display the system configuration.
Syntax
show system configuration
Example
SR#
show system configuration
show user_accounts
Use this command to display configured users and their associated account levels.
Syntax
show user_accounts
Example
SR#
show user_accounts
show users
Use this command to display users who are actively connected to the router.
Syntax
show users
Example
SR#
show users
show whoami
Use this command to display the account used to log on to the router for the current session.
Syntax
show whoami
Command Line Reference
October 2010
71
Basic CLI commands
Example
SR#
show whoami
telnet
Use this command to open a Telnet session.
Syntax
telnet <hostname> <port_number> <outgoing-interface>
Example
SR#
72
telnet 2.2.2.2 2602
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 3: File management commands
configure terminal interface bundle atm max-vcc
Syntax
max-vcc <1-8>
Example
SR/configure/interface bundle sr-bo/atm#max-vcc 2
configure terminal interface bundle link encapsulation atm
atm
Use the following command to configure ATM on an ADSL module.
Any ADSL bundle interface that is configured with ATM encapsulation can be configured as
an Ethernet Layer 2 switched interface, or as an IP routed interface (supporting static, OSPF, or
RIP routing). The commands used to configure the bundles are the same as those used to
configure Ethernet ports. For detailed information about these commands, see Avaya Secure
Router 2330/4134 Configuration—Layer 2 Ethernet, NN47263-501 and Avaya Secure Router
2330/4134 Configuration—IPv4 and Routing, NN47263-502 .
Syntax
atm
Table 8: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
pvc <vpi/vci>
Specifies the virtual channel identifier (VCI)
and virtual path identifier (VPI) in the ATM
cell header. The VCI is a 16 bit field that
identifies a virtual channel and the VPI is an
eight bit field that identifies the virtual path.
The default is 0/35.
atm-encapsulation {aal5Snap |
aal5Mux}
Specifies the ATM encapsulation:
Command Line Reference
October 2010
73
File management commands
Variable
Value
• aal5Snap: Multiplexes multiple protocols
over the same PVC (LLC multiplexing).
• aal5mux: Assigns a single protocol to the
PVC (VC multiplexing).
class-vc <class-vc>
Specifies the VC class type.
protocol {pppoe | pppoa | ipoe Specifies the protocol on the PVC:
| ipoa | bridge}
• pppoe: Point to Point Protocol over
Ethernet
• pppoa: Point to Point Protocol over ATM
• ipoe: IP over Ethernet
• ipoa: IP over ATM
• bridge: Multi-Protocol Over ATM
Important:
Secure Router 2330/4134 release 10.2
does not support RIPv1 with IPoA or IPoE.
Only RIPv2 with IPoA or IPoE is
supported.
description “<description>”
Specifies a description for the PVC, delimited
by double quotes (“”).
enable
Enables the PVC. Use the no version of this
command to disable the PVC.
Example
SR/configure/interface bundle sr-bo/link xdsl 1/0/encapsulation
atm#atm
configure terminal module xdsl
Use this command to configure the ADSL small module.
Syntax
[no] module xdsl <slot/subslot>
Table 9: Variable definitions
Variable
[no] bitswap-coding
74
Command Line Reference
Value
Enables or disables bitswap coding on the
ADSL small module.
October 2010
show module configuration xdsl
Variable
Value
[no] L3-power-state
Enables or disables L3 power state on the
ADSL small module.
modulation-mode
Specifies the modulation mode for the ADSL
small module. Values include:
• ansi-dmt—ANSI T1.413
• adsl—ITU G.992.1 ( G.DMT )
• adsllite—ITU G.992.2 (G.Lite )
• adsl2—ITU G.992.3 ( ADSL2 )
• adsl2plus—ITU G.992.5 (ADSL2+ )
• reach-adsl2—ITU G.992.3 (Annex L)
• adsl2plusm—ITU G.992.5 (Annex M)
• all—All (default)
software_upgrade
Upgrades to the latest available software
version.
[no] sra
Enables or disables Seamless Rate
Adaptation (SRA) on the ADSL small
module.
[no] trellis_coding
Enables or disables trellis coding on the
ADSL small module.
Example
SR/configure#module xdsl 0/1 software_upgrade
show module configuration xdsl
Use this command to display the ADSL small module configuration.
Syntax
show module configuration xdsl <slot/subslot>
Example
SR#show module configuration xdsl 1/0
Command Line Reference
October 2010
75
File management commands
show module userstats xdsl
Use this command to display ADSL small module user statistics.
Syntax
show module userstats xdsl <slot/subslot>
Example
SR#show module userstats xdsl 1/0
76
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 4: Commissioning commands
admin_name
Use this command to change the administrator log-in name (Level 1 access) to a userspecified name.
Syntax
admin_name <WORD>
Table 10: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies the new name.
Example
SR/configure# admin_name fremont
boot_params
Use this command to configure the boot parameters.
Syntax
boot_params
Example
SR/configure# boot_params
clear cfg_file
Use this command to remove a configuration file from the flash. Use this command with caution
as it can delete all current configurations from the router. If you do not specify a filename, the
command deletes the system.cfg file by default.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
77
Commissioning commands
Syntax
clear cfg_file [<filename>]
You are prompted to enter y to delete, or n to cancel the operation.
Table 11: Variable definitions
Variable
[<filename>]
Value
The name of the file to delete. This is an
optional parameter. if You do not specify a
filename, the router deletes the system
default file (system.cfg).
Example
SR#clear cfg_file oldfile.cfg
clear telnet session
You can disconnect a specific Telnet session, if necessary, or you can disconnect all Telnet
sessions simultaneously.
Syntax
clear telnet_session <value>
clear telnet_sessions
Table 12: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>
Value
Specifies the Telnet session sequence
number. Enter a value from 1 to 16.
Example
SR# clear telnet_session 6
To quickly disconnect all Telnet sessions, use the command: clear telnet_sessions
clear event_log
Use this command to clear the contents of the event log.
78
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure dialer
Syntax
[no] clear event_log
Table 13: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Leaves the contents of the event log intact.
Example
SR# clear event_log
configure dialer
Use this command to create a dialer for an external modem.
Syntax
[no] dialer <name>
Table 14: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<name>
Specifies the dialer name, maximum 8 characters.
[no]
Deletes the dialer.
Example
SR/configure#dialer modem1
configure dialer async modem
Use this command to configure dialer async modem parameters.
Syntax
[no] async modem [answer <rings>] [at <at_string>] [call-set-timeout
<rings>] [dial-method {tone | pulse}] [enable] [phone-num <number>]
Table 15: Variable definitions
Variable
[answer <rings>]
Command Line Reference
Value
Specifies the number of rings before a call is answered. The
default value is 2.
October 2010
79
Commissioning commands
Variable
Value
at <at_string>
Specifies the AT string used to configure the dialer.
call-set-timeout <rings>
Specifies the number of unanswered rings before a call is
ended. The default value is 6.
dial-method {tone | pulse}
Specifies the dialing method. The default value is tone.
enable
Enables modem command functionality.
[no]
Disables dialer async parameters.
phone-num <number>
Specifies the called party phone number. The maximum is
25 characters.
Example
SR/configure/dialer dial1#
async modem answer 4
configure dialer async uart
Use this command to configure dialer async uart parameters.
Syntax
async uart [parity <parity>] [rate <baudrate>] [stopbits <stopbits>]
Table 16: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
rate <baudrate>
Specifies the Baud rate of the modem. Values include 2400,
9600, 38400, and 56000. The default value is 56000.
parity <parity>
Specifies the parity setting. Values include:
• 0—none
• 1—odd
• 2—even
The default value is 0 (none).
stopbits <stopbits>
Specifies the number of stopbits. Values include 1, 2, or 3.
The default value is 1.
Example
SR/configure/dialer dial1#async uart parity 1
80
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure dst enable
configure dst enable
Use this command to enable or disable daylight savings time.
Syntax
[no] dst enable
Table 17: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables daylight savings time.
Example
SR/configure#
dst enable
configure dst set
The daylight saving time (DST) feature allows you to configure a time offset for daylight saving.
Use this command to to configure DST on the Secure Router 2330/4134.
Syntax
dst set <device location> <start hour> <start minute> <start week of
month> <start day of week> <start month> <end hour> <end minute> <end
week of month> <end day of week> <end month> <dst duration hrs> <dst
duration minutes>
Table 18: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<device location>
Specifies the location of the device.
<start hour>
Specifies the start hour (00 - 23), in other
words, the hour at which the DST offset time
begins.
<start minute>
Specifies the start minute (00 - 59)
<start week of month>
Specifies the start week of <start month> (1
- 4)
<start day of week>
Specifies the start day of week (0 - sunday,
6 - saturday)
<start month>
Specifies the start month of year (1 - 12)
Command Line Reference
October 2010
81
Commissioning commands
Variable
Value
<end hour>
Specifies the end hour (00 - 23), in other
words, the hour at which the DST offset time
ends.
<end minute>
Specifies the end minute (00 - 59)
<end week of month>
Specifies the end week of <end month> (1 4)
<end day of week>
Specifies the end day of week (0 - sunday,
6 - saturday)
<end month>
Specifies the end month of year (1 - 12)
<dst duration hrs>
Specifies the number of offset hours to add
to the time at the start of DST (and remove
at the end of DST).
<dst duration minutes>
Specifies the number of offset minutes to add
to the time at the start of DST (and remove
at the end of DST).
Example
SR/configure#dst set office 08 30 1 2 5 23 59 3 0 11 12 30
configure reverse_telnet set_baud_rate
Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these
devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to configure the AUX port baud rate.
Syntax
[no] set_baud_rate <baud_rate>
Table 19: Variable definitions
Variable
<baud_rate>
82
Command Line Reference
Value
Sets the speed of the AUX port. Range is 50 115200 (default 9600).
October 2010
configure reverse_telnet set_data_bits
Variable
[no]
Value
Deletes the AUX port baud rate
configuration.
Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet#
set_baud_rate 60
configure reverse_telnet set_data_bits
Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these
devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to configure data bits for the AUX port.
Syntax
[no] set_data_bits <data_bits>
Table 20: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<data_bits>
Specifies the number of data bits for the AUX
port. Values range from 5 to 8. The default
value is 8.
[no]
Deletes the data bits configuration for the
AUX port.
Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet# set_data_bits 7
configure reverse_telnet enable
Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these
Command Line Reference
October 2010
83
Commissioning commands
devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to enable or disable reverse Telnet.
Syntax
[no] enable
Table 21: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables reverse Telnet.
Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet# enable
configure reverse_telnet set_flow_control
Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these
devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to configure the flow control for the AUX port.
Syntax
[no] set_flow_control <flow_control>
Table 22: Variable definitions
Variable
84
Value
<flow_control>
Configures flow control on the AUX port.
Range: 0-none, 1-software, 2-hardware
(default: 0).
[no]
Disables flow control configuration on the
AUX port.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure reverse_telnet set_parity
Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet# set_flow_control 2
configure reverse_telnet set_parity
Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these
devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to configure the AUX port parity.
Syntax
[no] set_parity <parity>
Table 23: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<parity>
Sets parity of the AUX port. Range: 0-none,
1-odd, 2-even (default: no parity).
[no]
Disables the AUX port parity configuration.
Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet#
set_parity 1
configure reverse_telnet set_stop_bits
Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these
devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to configure the reverse Telnet stop bits.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
85
Commissioning commands
Syntax
[no] set_stop_bits <stop_bits>
Table 24: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<stop_bits>
Configures the number of stop bits on the
AUX port. Range: 1 - 2 (default 1).
[no]
Disables the AUX port stop bits
configuration.
Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet#
set_stop_bits 2
configure reverse_telnet telnet_port
Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these
devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to configure the reverse telnet port.
Syntax
[no] telnet_port <telnet_port>
Table 25: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<telnet_port>
Specifies the Telnet port which reverse
Telnet listens on to establish the remote
console though the AUX port. Range :2000 65535 (default 2001).
[no]
Deletes the Telnet port configuration.
Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet# telnet_port 2010
86
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure reverse_telnet telnet_timeout
configure reverse_telnet telnet_timeout
Reverse Telnet gives you the ability to Telnet to a device, and then use a console connection
to connect to another device from there. For example, you can Telnet to a router, and then
connect into a switch, modem, or any other device that has a console port. There are many
devices that do not have remote access built into them, and the only access option for these
devices is a console session. With reverse Telnet, you can remotely manage these type of
devices through the Secure Router 4134.
The Secure Router 2330 does not have an AUX port and therefore cannot support reverse
Telnet.
Use this command to configure the reverse Telnet timeout.
Syntax
[no] telnet_timeout <telnet_timeout>
Table 26: Variable definitions
Variable
<telnet_timeout>
Value
Specifies the timeout for the reverse telnet
session in seconds. Range: 0 ( disable
timeout) - 7200 (default 600).
Example
SR/configure/reverse_telnet# telnet_timeout 120
configure router-id
Use this command to configure the router identifier IP address.
Syntax
router-id <ip_addr>
Example
SR/configure/# router-id 1.1.2.3
configure sntp source-address
Use this command to configure the SNTP server source IP address for all services.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
87
Commissioning commands
Syntax
source-address <ip-address> | <interface-name>
Table 27: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[ip-address]
Specifies the source address by IP address.
[interface-name]
Specifies the source address by interface name.
Example
SR/configure/sntp#source-address 1.2.2.1
configure system source-address
Use this command to configure the global source addresses for services.
Syntax
system source-address <ip-address> | <interface-name>
Table 28: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[ip-address]
Specifies the source address by IP address.
[interface-name]
Specifies the source address by interface name.
Example
SR/configure#system source-address 10.10.10.1
configure terminal system logging console priority
Use this command to configure console logging priority.
Console logging priority is critical by default.
Syntax
[no] system logging console priority{emerg | alert | crit | err | warn
| notice | info | debug | none}
88
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure terminal system logging syslog module ike
Table 29: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables console logging priority.
{emerg | alert | crit | err Specifies the priority of messages to log:
| warn | notice | info |
• emerg: emergency only alert
debug | none}
• alert: alert and above
• crit: critical and above
• err: error and above
• warn: warning and above
• notice: notification and above
• info: informational and above
• debug: all messages
• none: no messages
Example
SR/configure#system logging console priority warn
configure terminal system logging syslog module ike
Use this command to configure IKE message logging.
Syntax
[no] system logging syslog module ike{sys9 | sys10 | sys11 | sys12 |
sys13| sys14 | local0 | local1 | local2 | local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7}{emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice | info |
debug | none}
Table 30: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables IKE message logging.
sys9 | sys10 | sys11 |
sys12 | sys13| sys14 |
local0 | local1 | local2 |
local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7
Indicate system use.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
89
Commissioning commands
Variable
local0 | local1 | local2 |
local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7
Value
Indicate locally defined messages.
{emerg | alert | crit | err Specifies the level of messages to log:
| warn | notice | info |
• emerg: emergency only alert
debug | none}
• alert: alert and above
• crit: critical and above
• err: error and above
• warn: warning and above
• notice: notification and above
• info: informational and above
• debug: all messages
• none: no messages
Example
SR/configure#system logging syslog module ike sys9 warn
configure terminal system logging syslog module radius
Use this command to configure RADIUS message logging priority.
Syntax
[no] system logging syslog module radius{sys9 | sys10 | sys11 | sys12
| sys13| sys14 | local0 | local1 | local2 | local3 | local4 | local5
| local6 | local7}{emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice | info
| debug | none}
Table 31: Variable definitions
Variable
90
Value
[no]
Disables RADIUS message logging priority.
sys9 | sys10 | sys11 |
sys12 | sys13| sys14 |
local0 | local1 | local2 |
local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7
Indicate system use.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure terminal system logging syslog module userdb
Variable
local0 | local1 | local2 |
local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7
Value
Indicate locally defined messages.
{emerg | alert | crit | err Specifies the level of messages to log:
| warn | notice | info |
• emerg: emergency only alert
debug | none}
• alert: alert and above
• crit: critical and above
• err: error and above
• warn: warning and above
• notice: notification and above
• info: informational and above
• debug: all messages
• none: no messages
Example
SR/configure#system logging syslog module radius sys9 warn
configure terminal system logging syslog module userdb
Use this command to configure user database event message logging.
Syntax
[no] system logging syslog module userdb{sys9 | sys10 | sys11 | sys12
| sys13| sys14 | local0 | local1 | local2 | local3 | local4 | local5
| local6 | local7}{emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice | info
| debug | none}
Table 32: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables user database event message logging.
sys9 | sys10 | sys11 |
sys12 | sys13| sys14 |
local0 | local1 | local2 |
local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7
Indicate system use.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
91
Commissioning commands
Variable
local0 | local1 | local2 |
local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7
Value
Indicate locally defined messages.
{emerg | alert | crit | err Specifies the level of messages to log:
| warn | notice | info |
• emerg: emergency only alert
debug | none}
• alert: alert and above
• crit: critical and above
• err: error and above
• warn: warning and above
• notice: notification and above
• info: informational and above
• debug: all messages
• none: no messages
Example
SR/configure#system logging syslog module userdb sys9 warn
configure terminal system logging syslog module xauth
Use this command to configure extended authentication message logging for IKE.
Syntax
[no] system logging syslog module xauth{sys9 | sys10 | sys11 | sys12
| sys13| sys14 | local0 | local1 | local2 | local3 | local4 | local5
| local6 | local7}{emerg | alert | crit | err | warn | notice | info
| debug | none}
Table 33: Variable definitions
Variable
92
Value
[no]
Disables extended authentication message
logging for IKE.
sys9 | sys10 | sys11 |
sys12 | sys13| sys14 |
local0 | local1 | local2 |
local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7
Indicate system use.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure system logging syslog source-address
Variable
Value
local0 | local1 | local2 |
local3 | local4 | local5 |
local6 | local7
Indicate locally defined messages.
{emerg | alert | crit | err Specifies the level of messages to log:
| warn | notice | info |
• emerg: emergency only alert
debug | none}
• alert: alert and above
• crit: critical and above
• err: error and above
• warn: warning and above
• notice: notification and above
• info: informational and above
• debug: all messages
• none: no messages
Example
SR/configure#system logging syslog module xauth sys9 warn
configure system logging syslog source-address
Use this command to configure the Syslog server source IP address for all services.
Syntax
source-address <ip-address> | <interface-name>
Table 34: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[ip-address]
Specifies the Syslog source IP address.
[interface-name]
Specifies the source address by interface name.
Example
SR/configure/system/logging/syslog#source-address 10.1.1.1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
93
Commissioning commands
configure terminal system logging syslog enable
Use this command to enable syslog.
Syntax
system logging syslog enable
Example
SR/configure#system logging syslog enable
configure terminal system logging syslog host_ipaddr
Use this command to specify a host IP address and UDP port for syslog.
Syntax
[no] system logging syslog host_ipaddr <ipaddr> udp_portno <port>
Table 35: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables the syslog host IP address and UDP
port.
host_ipaddr <ipaddr>
Specifies the syslog host IP address.
udp_portno <port>
Specifies the syslog UDP port. Values range
from 1 to 65535. The default value is 514.
Example
SR/configure#system logging syslog host_ipaddr 10.10.10.1 udp_portno
455
configure terminal system logging syslog host_ipaddrv6
Use this command to specify a host IPv6 address and UDP port for syslog.
Syntax
[no] system logging syslog host_ipaddrv6 <ipv6_addr> udp_portno
<port>
94
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure usb enable
Table 36: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables the syslog host IPv6 address and UDP
port.
host_ipaddrv6 <ipv6_addr>
Specifies the syslog host IPv6 address.
udp_portno <port>
Specifies the syslog UDP port. Values range
from 1 to 65535. The default value is 514.
Example
SR/configure#system logging syslog host_ipaddr ::FFFF:0000 udp_portno
455
configure usb enable
Use this command to enable or disable the rear-panel USB port.
The Secure Router 2330 does not support a USB port.
Syntax
[no] usb enable
Table 37: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables the rear-panel USB port.
Example
SR/configure#usb enable
date
Use this command to configure the date on the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134.
Syntax
date <month> <day> <year>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
95
Commissioning commands
Table 38: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<day>
The current day in relation to the month.
Enter a value from 1 to 31.
<month>
The current month. Enter a value from 1 to
12.
<year>
The current year. Enter a value from 2000 to
2100.
Example
SR/configure# date 1 7 2005
ftp_server
Use this command to enable or disable the FTP server.
Syntax
[no] ftp_server
Example
SR/configure# ftp_server
ftp_user
Use this command to configure FTP users.
Syntax
ftp_user <username>
Example
SR/configure# ftp_user user01
hostname
Use this command to set or change the router name.
96
Command Line Reference
October 2010
ip address
Syntax
hostname <WORD>
Table 39: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies the name you want to assign to the
router.
Example
SR/configure# hostname samsung
ip address
Use this command to configure the IP address of the management port.
Syntax
ip address <ipaddr> <netmask>
Table 40: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<ipaddr>
Specifies the IP address that you assign to
the management port.
<netmask>
Specifies the network mask that you assign
to the management port.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/0)# ip address 10.11.12.13
255.255.255.0
ip route
Use this command to configure a static route for specifying a preferred route to a destination.
Syntax
ip route <netaddr/mask> <gateway>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
97
Commissioning commands
Table 41: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<netaddr/mask>
Specifies the IP address and the subnet
mask of the destination network.
<gateway>
Specifies the IP address or interface name of
the gateway.
Example
SR/configure# ip route 11.12.13.14/24 10.11.12.0
jumbo frame
Use 9216 to enable jumbo frames, save config and reboot.
Syntax
<WORD>Enter MTU Limit 1500 or 9216 (default =1500)
Table 42: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies the name you want to assign to the
router.
Example
SR/configure#system jumbo-mtu-limit>?
no user
Use this command to remove configured user names from the Secure Router 2330/4134.
Syntax
no user <username>
Example
SR/configure# no user user05
98
Command Line Reference
October 2010
ping
ping
Ping a device to verify the connection between the Secure Router 2330/4134 and that network
device. If the network device sends a ping reply, a message indicates that the specified IP
address is alive and can communicate with the router. If the router does not receive a reply,
the message indicates that the address is not responding.
Syntax
ping <ipaddr>
Table 43: Variable definitions
Variable
<ipaddr>
Value
Specifies the destination IP address.
Example
SR# ping 10.11.12.13
show chassis
Use the procedure in this section to view summary information about the Secure Router
2330/4134 chassis, including its operational status. After you install interface modules, you
can use the show chassis command to verify that the Secure Router 2330/4134 recognizes
the modules.
Syntax
show chassis
Example
SR# show chassis
show dst
Use this command to display the DST configuration and status.
Syntax
show dst
Command Line Reference
October 2010
99
Commissioning commands
Example
SR#
show dst
show module alarms
Use this command to check the system for alarms.
Syntax
show module alarms {t1|e1|ct3|serial|hssi|t3} <slot/port>
Example
SR# show module alarms serial 2/1
show module configuration
Use this command to quickly check the state and configuration of installed interface modules.
Syntax
show module configuration {t1|e1|ct3|serial|hssi|t3} <slot/port>
Example
SR# show module configuration serial 2/1
show module configuration all
Use this command to check the state and configuration of all installed interface modules.
Syntax
show module configuration all
Example
SR# show module configuration all
100
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show telnet
show telnet
View the Telnet server settings for information about the status of the Telnet server (enabled
or disabled) and the Telnet session timeout value.
Syntax
show telnet
Example
SR# show telnet
show sntp
Use this command to display the SNTP configuration.
Syntax
show sntp
Example
SR# show sntp
show usb_userstat
Use this command to display the status of the USB port.
Syntax
show usb_userstat
Example
SR#show usb_userstat
sntp broadcast
Use this command to enable or disable SNTP client broadcast.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
101
Commissioning commands
Syntax
sntp broadcast
Table 44: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables SNTP client broadcast.
Example
SR/configure# sntp broadcast
sntp broadcast timeout
Use this command to set the timeout value for the response from the server.
Syntax
[no] sntp broadcast timeout <value>
Table 45: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables SNTP broadcast timeout.
<value>
Specifies the timeout value in seconds. The
default timeout value is 1024 seconds.
Example
SR/configure# sntp broadcast timeout 500
sntp enable
Use this command to enable or disable SNTP client.
Syntax
sntp enable
Table 46: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
102
Command Line Reference
Value
Disables SNTP client.
October 2010
sntp server
Example
SR/configure# sntp enable
sntp server
The Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) synchronizes the internal clocks of various network
devices across large, diverse networks to universal standard time.
Use this command to configure the location of the SNTP server.
Syntax
sntp server {ipaddr|hostname}
Table 47: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
{ipaddr|hostname}
The IP address or host name of the
broadcast server. The default value is any
broadcast server.
Example
SR/configure# sntp server 11.12.13.14
sntp retries
Use this command to the number of retries for each SNTP client to connect to an SNTP server.
Syntax
[no] sntp retries <count>
Table 48: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<count>
Specifies the number of retries the SNTP client to connect to
an SNTP server. Values range from 1 to 5. The default value
is 3.
[no]
Disables SNTP client retries.
Example
SR/configure#sntp retries 4
Command Line Reference
October 2010
103
Commissioning commands
system jumbo-mtu-limit
The Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 supports jumbo frames. Use this command to configure
the Secure Router 2330/4134 system settings to support jumbo frames.
Important:
The Secure Router 4134 management Ethernet interface (FE 0/0) on the rear panel does
not support jumbo frames. Therefore, the management port Maximum Transmission Unit
(MTU) can be configured with a value in the range of 64 to 1500 bytes.
Syntax
system jumbo-mtu-limit <value>
Table 49: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>
Value
Valid values for the jumbo MTU limit are 1500
and 9216 bytes. The default value is 1500
bytes.
Example
SR/configure# system jumbo-mtu-limit 9216
system reset-to-factory
Resetting the router returns it to a factory-default configuration. Use this command to reset the
Secure Router 2330/4134.
Syntax
system reset-to-factory {system|users}
Table 50: Variable definitions
Variable
{system|users}
104
Command Line Reference
Value
Enter system to remove all information
stored in memory, which includes user
information, event logs, crash logs,
command logs, and boot parameters. Enter
users to remove all users and information
related to users.
October 2010
telnet banner
Example
SR/configure# system reset-to-factory system
telnet banner
Use this command to configure a message to be showed after a telnet login.
Syntax
telnet_banner banner <string> [banner1] [banner2]
Table 51: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<string>
The banner text that you want to appear in
Telnet sessions. Enter the banner text in
quotation marks. The banner text can be up
to 255 characters in length. Use \n to begin
a new line within the banner.
[banner1]
An optional parameter that you use to extend
the banner text. If you require the banner text
be more than 255 characters in length, use
banner1 <string> to continue the
banner text.
[banner2]
An optional parameter that you use to extend
the banner text.
Example
SR/configure# telnet_banner banner Welcome to Telnet
telnet_server
Use this command to enable or disable the telnet service.
Syntax
[no] telnet_server
Example
SR/configure# telnet_server
Command Line Reference
October 2010
105
Commissioning commands
telnet timeout
You can configure the timeout value for Telnet sessions. A Telnet session disconnects if it
remains inactive for the configured session duration. Use this command to enable or disable
the telnet server.
Syntax
telnet_timeout <value>
Table 52: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>
Value
Enter the time in seconds (from 0 to 3600)
after which inactive Telnet sessions
automatically disconnect. The default value
is 900 seconds. If you enter a value of 0
seconds, inactive Telnet sessions do not
automatically disconnect.
Example
SR/configure# telnet_timeout 300
tftp server
Use this command to enable the TFTP service.
Syntax
[no] tftp_server
Example
SR/configure# tftp_server
utc
Use this command to set the current time for the Secure Router 2330/4134 in relation to
Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
Syntax
utc <+|-> <hour offset> <minute offset>
106
Command Line Reference
October 2010
utc
Table 53: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<+|->
The time zone offset. Enter + to indicate that
your time zone is ahead of UTC. Enter - to
indicate that your time zone is behind UTC.
<hour offset>
The number of hours that your local time is
offset from UTC. Enter a value from 0 to 23.
<minute offset>
The number of minutes that your local time
is offset from UTC. Enter a value from 0 to 59.
Example
SR/configure# utc - 4 0
Command Line Reference
October 2010
107
Commissioning commands
108
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 5: T1/E1 module configuration
commands
clear module
Use this command to clear user statistics for a WAN module interface.
Syntax
clear module {e1_userstats|t1_userstats} <slot/port>
Example
SR#
clear module e1_userstats 2/1
configure interface bundle drop
Use this command to allow the router system to drop an errored T1 or E1 link from the bundle. A
bundle is dropped if excessive errors of a user-specified type occur for a user-defined time
interval.
This parameter does not apply for single-T1 or E1 link and N x DS0 (fractional T1 or E1)
bundles.
Syntax
drop error_type {es | ses | uas | eev | bpv | css | oof | crc } <dropvalue>
Table 54: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
error_type
Error condition that will cause droppage of a
T1 or E1 link from the bundle.
es
Errored Seconds
ses
Severely Errored Seconds
uas
Unavailable Seconds
eev
Excessive Error Violations Seconds
Command Line Reference
October 2010
109
T1/E1 module configuration commands
Variable
Value
bpv
Bipolar Violations
css
Controlled Slip Seconds
oof
Out of Frame Seconds
crc
CRC-6 Errors
<drop-value>
Drop time in consecutive seconds (1-10 for
es, ses, uas) or drop counts.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# drop error_type ses 10
configure interface bundle link e1/t1
Use this command to link a bundle to the T1/E1 interface to group DS0’s into one configurable
interface, and to configure the encapsulation.
Syntax
link [t1 | e1] <slot/port>[:<DS0>] [speed {56 | 64}] [invert_data
{inverted_data}]
Table 55: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<slot/port>
Specifies the slot and port of the T1 or E1
interface to configure.
[:<DS0>]
Optional DS0 channels to be assigned to a
fractional T1 bundle (1 - 24).
[speed {56 | 64}]
Transmission speed of all DS0 channels in
the bundle (56 or 64 kbps). If this parameter
is not entered, all DS0 channels operate at
64 kbps.
[invert_data {inverted_data}]
Whether or not to invert the data on all DS0
channels (optional entry). If inverted_data is
not entered, the data is not inverted on any
DS0 channels.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01# link e1 3/1
110
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure module e1 alarms
configure module e1 alarms
When thresholds are exceeded, the system generates alarms that indicate the possible
deterioration of an E1 link. Use this command to define one alarm threshold for each available
parameter.
Syntax
alarms thresholds user < 1 - 10 > [ ses | es | uas | css | oof | crc
| bpv ] < sampling-interval > < rising-threshold > < fallingthreshold > sample_type [absolute | delta]
Table 56: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
1-10
Alarm threshold number.
absolute
The errored second or event count is
compared directly to the specified threshold
values, and the appropriate alarm type
(rising or falling) is reported.
ses | es | uas | css | oof | crc | bpv
bpv: Threshold for bipolar violation crc:
Threshold for cyclic redundancy check css:
Threshold for controlled slip second es:
Threshold for errored seconds oof:
Threshold for out of frame ses: Threshold for
severely errored seconds uas: Threshold for
unavailable seconds
delta
The errored second or event count is
compared to the difference between the
rising and falling thresholds, and a rising
alarm is reported if the actual error count
exceeds that difference. This is the default
setting if you do not specify a sampling type.
falling-threshold
Minimum number of errored seconds or
events below which a falling alarm is
reported. This alarm is reported if a rising
alarm was previously reported and the
number of errored seconds or events
subsequently dropped below this minimum
threshold. The falling threshold value must
be less than the rising threshold value above.
The range is 0 - 2147483647.
rising-threshold
Number of errored seconds or events which,
if exceeded during any sampling interval,
Command Line Reference
October 2010
111
T1/E1 module configuration commands
Variable
Value
results in a rising alarm. The range is 0 2147483647
sampling-interval
Sampling interval, in seconds. The range is
1 - 65535.
Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)/alarms/thresholds#
user 1 ses 300 50 30
In this example, the monitored parameter is the number of Severely Errored Seconds that
occur. The sampling interval is set to 300 seconds (5 minutes). The rising alarm threshold is
50 SES and the falling alarm threshold is 30 SES. Delta sampling is used (by default), in which a
rising alarm is reported if the SES count increases by 20 (50 - 30 = 20) during any sampling
interval. Similarly, a falling alarm is reported if the SES count decreases by 20 during any
interval.
configure module e1 alarms hierarchy
Use this command to enable or disable the hierarchy for displaying Receive Loss of Signal
(RLOS) and Receive Loss of Frame (RLOF) on an E1 link.
Syntax
[no] alarms hierarchy
Table 57: Variable definitions
Variable
no
Value
Disables hierarchy.
Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)# alarms hierarchy
configure module e1 circuitId
Use this command to specify an optional circuit ID for the E1 interface.
Syntax
cicuitId <circuit-id>
112
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure module e1 clock_source
Table 58: Variable definitions
Variable
<circuit-id>
Value
optional circuit ID for the E1 channel.
Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#
circuit_Id Main01
configure module e1 clock_source
Use this command to configure the clock source to set the network timing source for an E1 link.
Syntax
clock_source {internal | line}
Table 59: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
internal
Sets the clock source to the internal clock of
the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134
(default).
line
Sets the clock source to be recovered from
the incoming E1 signal (loop timing).
Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#
clock_source line
configure module e1 contactInfo
Use this command to specify contact information for a person who can provide details
regarding the E1 link.
Syntax
contactInfo <contact-info>
Table 60: Variable definitions
Variable
<contact-info>
Command Line Reference
Value
person to contact for information regarding
the E1 link.
October 2010
113
T1/E1 module configuration commands
Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#
contactInfo James Smythe
configure module e1 description
Use this command to enter a description for the E1 interface.
Syntax
description <port-description>
Table 61: Variable definitions
Variable
port-description
Value
Describes the E1 interface.
Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#
description Connected to branch fas2/0
configure module e1 enable
Use this command to enable the E1 interface to allow the link to transmit and receive data.
Syntax
[no] enable
Table 62: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Takes the E1 link out of service. This action
sends an all-ones Alarm Indication Signal
(AIS) to the far end and places the link out of
service.
Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)# enable
114
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure module e1 framing
configure module e1 framing
Use this command to set the framing mode for the E1 link.
Syntax
framing {crc|non_crc|disable}
Table 63: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
crc
Specifies CRC framing format for E1
(default).
non_crc
Specifies non-CRC framing format for E1.
disable
Disables the E1 framer.
Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#
framing noncrc
configure module e1 linecode
Use this command to set the type of line coding for the E1 link.
Syntax
linecode {hdb3|ami}
Table 64: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
ami
AMI linecode for E1.
hdb3
HDB3 linecode for E1 (default).
Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#
linecode ami
configure module e1 linemode
Use this command to configure the line mode for the E1 interface.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
115
T1/E1 module configuration commands
Syntax
linemode {long_haul | short_haul}
Table 65: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
long_haul
Long haul type for linemode configuration.
Operations up to 6 dB. (default).
short_haul
Short haul type for linemode configuration.
Operations up to 43 dB.
Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#
linemode short_haul
configure module e1 name
Use this command to assign a name to the E1 link.
Syntax
name <name>
Table 66: Variable definitions
Variable
<name>
Value
Assigns a name to the E1 link (max 16
bytes).
Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)#
name test1
configure module e1 yellow_alarm
Use this command to configure the yellow alarm operation on the E1 link.
Syntax
yellow_alarm {generate | detect | gen_det | disable}
116
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure module t1 alarms thresholds user
Table 67: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
detect
Detect incoming yellow alarms from the
network.
disable
Disable yellow alarm generator.
gen_det
Generate and detect yellow alarms (default
state).
generate
Generate and send yellow alarms to the
network.
Example
SR/configure/module/e1 (3/1)/alarms/thresholds#
gen_det
yellow_alarm
configure module t1 alarms thresholds user
Use this command to set the T1 user statistic alarm thresholds.
When user-configurable thresholds are exceeded, the SR2330/4134 generates alarms that
indicate the possible deterioration of a T1 link. Refer to the following parameters to determine
the specific T1 data type that needs to be configured. You can define one alarm threshold for
each parameter.
Syntax
alarms thresholds user < 1 - 10 > [ ses | es | uas | eev | css | oof
| crc | bpv ] < sampling-interval > < rising-threshold > < fallingthreshold > sample_type [ absolute | delta ]
Table 68: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
1-10
Alarm threshold number.
absolute | delta
absolute: The errored second or event count
is compared directly to the specified
threshold values, and the appropriate alarm
type (rising or falling) is reported. delta: The
errored second or event count is compared
to the difference between the rising and
falling thresholds, and a rising alarm is
reported if the actual error count exceeds
that difference. This is the default setting if
you do not specify a sampling type.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
117
T1/E1 module configuration commands
Variable
Value
ses | es | uas | eev | css | oof | crc | bpv
Specifies the threshold type: bpv: Threshold
for bipolar violation crc: Threshold for cyclic
redundancy check css: Threshold for
controlled slip second eev: Threshold for esf
error events es: Threshold for errored
seconds oof: Threshold for out of frame ses:
Threshold for severely errored seconds uas:
Threshold for unavailable seconds
falling-threshold
Minimum number of errored seconds or
events below which a falling alarm is
reported. This alarm is reported if a rising
alarm was previously reported and the
number of errored seconds or events
subsequently dropped below this minimum
threshold. The falling threshold value must
be less than the rising threshold value above.
The range is 0 - 2147483647.
rising-threshold
Number of errored seconds or events which,
if exceeded during any sampling interval,
results in a rising alarm. The range is 0 2147483647
sampling-interval
Sampling interval, in seconds. The range is
1 - 65535.
Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)/alarms/thresholds#
user 1 ses 300 50 30
In this example, the monitored parameter is the number of Severely Errored Seconds that
occur. The sampling interval is set to 300 seconds (5 minutes). The rising alarm threshold is
50 SES and the falling alarm threshold is 30 SES. Delta sampling is used (by default), in which a
rising alarm is reported if the SES count increases by 20 (50 - 30 = 20) during any sampling
interval. Similarly, a falling alarm is reported if the SES count decreases by 20 during any
interval.
configure module t1 alarms hierarchy
Use this command to enable or disable the hierarchy for displaying Receive Loss of Signal
(RLOS) and Receive Loss of Frame (RLOF) on a T1 link.
Syntax
[no] alarms hierarchy
118
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure module t1 circuitId
Table 69: Variable definitions
Variable
no
Value
Disables hierarchy.
Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)# alarms hierarchy
configure module t1 circuitId
Use this command to specify an optional circuit name for a T1 channel.
Syntax
cicuitId [cktId] <circuit-id>
Table 70: Variable definitions
Variable
<circuit-id>
Value
Optional circuit ID for the T1 channel.
Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#
circuit_Id Main01
configure module t1 clock_source
Use this command to specify a network timing source for a T1 link.
Syntax
clock_source {backplane|internal|line}
Table 71: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
backplane
Sets the clock source to the backplane of the
SR2330/4134.
internal
Sets the clock source to the internal clock of
the SR2330/4134 (default).
line
Sets the clock source to be recovered from
the incoming T1 signal (loop timing).
Command Line Reference
October 2010
119
T1/E1 module configuration commands
Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#
clock_source line
configure module t1 contactInfo
Use this command to specify a person to contact for information regarding the T1 link.
Syntax
contactInfo <contact-info>
Table 72: Variable definitions
Variable
<contact-info>
Value
Person to contact for information regarding
the T1 link.
Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#
contactInfo James Smythe
configure module t1 description
Use this command to enter a description for the T1 interface.
Syntax
description <port-description>
Table 73: Variable definitions
Variable
<port-description>
Value
Describes the T1 interface.
Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#
fas2/0
description Connected to Chicago's
configure module t1 enable
Use this command to places a T1 link in service and allow the link to transmit and receive data.
120
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure module t1 framing
Syntax
[no] enable
Table 74: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Takes the T1 link out of service. This action
sends an all-ones Alarm Indication Signal
(AIS) to the far end and places the link out of
service.
Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)# enable
configure module t1 framing
Use this command to configure T1 framing.
Syntax
framing {esf| d4}
Table 75: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
esf
Specifies extended super frame framing
format for T1 (default).
d4
Specifies super frame framing format for T1.
Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#
framing esf
configure module t1 linecode
Use this command to set the type of line coding for a T1 link.
Syntax
linecode {b8zs|ami}
Command Line Reference
October 2010
121
T1/E1 module configuration commands
Table 76: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
ami
AMI linecode for T1
b8zs
B8Zs linecode for T1 (default)
Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#
linecode b8zs
configure module t1 linemode csu
Use this command to set the amount of T1 line build out (LBO) for the Channel Service Unit
(CSU) interface.
Syntax
linemode csu [lbo] {db_zero | db7_5 | db15 | db22_5}
Table 77: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
db7_5
Configure LBO for zero db (default)
db15
Configure LBO for 7.5 db
db22_5
Configure LBO for 15 db
db_zero
Configure LBO for 22.5 db
Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)# linemode csu db15
configure module t1 linemode dsx
Use this command to set the amount of T1 signal equalization based on the cabling distance
to the DSX cross-connec.
Syntax
linemode dsx [cable-length] <length>
122
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure module t1 loopback_framing
Table 78: Variable definitions
Variable
<length>
Value
1: specifies cable length of 0-110 2: specifies
cable length of 110-220 3: specifies cable
length of 220-330 4: specifies cable length of
330-440 5: specifies cable length of 440-550
6: specifies cable length of 550-660
Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)# linemode dsx 2
configure module t1 loopback_framing
Use this command to set the loopback framing mode for in-band loopcode to overwriting or
insertion.
Syntax
loopback_framing {overwrite | insert}
Table 79: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
overwrite
Overwriting of framing for in-band loopcode
for T1 (default).
insert
Insertion of framing for in-band loopcode for
T1.
Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)# loopback_framing insert
configure module t1 name
Use this command to specify a name for the T1 link.
Syntax
name <name>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
123
T1/E1 module configuration commands
Table 80: Variable definitions
Variable
name
Value
Assigns a name to the T1 link (max 15 bytes).
Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#
name test1
configure module t1 yellow_alarm
Use this command to set the yellow alarm operation on a T1 link.
Syntax
yellow_alarm {generate | detect | gen_det | disable}
Table 81: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
detect
Detect incoming yellow alarms from the
network.
disable
Disable yellow alarm generator.
gen_det
Generate and detect yellow alarms (default
state).
generate
Generate and send yellow alarms to the
network.
Example
SR/configure/module/t1 (3/1)#
yellow_alarm gen_det
show module alarms
Use this command to display the alarms detected on an E1 or T1 module.
This command also shows individual user threshold alarms for all user statistics currently
configured with alarm thresholds. To view the current user alarm threshold settings, use the
show module thresholds command.
To display the alarms in real-time, specify the desired refresh interval in minutes when entering
this command. To return to the system command prompt, type q.
124
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show module ansistats
Syntax
show module alarms {e1|t1} <slot/port> [refresh_interval <1-65535>]
Table 82: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[refresh_interval <1-65535>] Specifies how often, in minutes, the alarm display is updated
(optional entry; minimum is 1 minute). If you do not specify
an interval, you must repeat the command to update the
alarm display.
Example
SR#
show module alarms t1 2/1
show module ansistats
Use this command to display ANSI statistics for a T1 interface.
The command shows the current 15-minute interval statistics, the elapsed time in the current
sampling interval, and the total counts for the past 8 hours. These statistics can be cleared
only by the carrier by FDL requests from the remote end.
You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96).
Syntax
show module ansistats t1 <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]
Example
SR#
show module ansistats t1 2/1
show module configuration
Use this command to display the configuration for a specified E1 or T1 WAN module.
Syntax
show module configuration {e1|t1} <slot/port>
Example
SR#
show module configuration t1 2/1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
125
T1/E1 module configuration commands
show module ietfstats
Use this command to display IETF performance statistics for T1 or E1 module interfaces. You
can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals you
wish to view (from 1 to 96).
Syntax
show module ietfstats {e1|t1} <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]
Example
SR#
show module ietfstats t1 2/1
show module itutstats
Use this command to display ITUT performance statistics for an E1 interface. You can view
statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals you wish to view
(from 1 to 96).
Syntax
show module itutstats e1 <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]
Example
SR#
show module itutstats e1 2/1
show module thresholds
Use this command to show the alarm threshold settings for a module interface. Alarm
thresholds are configured on a per-module basis.
Syntax
show module thresholds {e1|t1} <slot/port>
Example
SR#
126
show module thresholds t1 2/1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show module userstats
show module userstats
Use this command to display performance statistics for a WAN module interface.
You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96). To clear these statistics after viewing them, use the clear
module command.
Syntax
show module userstats {e1|t1} <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]
Example
SR#
show module userstats t1 2/1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
127
T1/E1 module configuration commands
128
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 6: DS3 module configuration
commands
clear module t3_userstats
Use this command to clear user statistics for a DS3 WAN module interface.
Syntax
clear module t3_userstats <slot/port>
Example
SR#
clear module t3_userstats 6/1
configure interface bundle link t3
Use this command to link a bundle to a DS3 interface to configure the encapsulation for the
interface.
Syntax
link t3 <slot/port>
Table 83: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot/port>
Value
Specifies the slot and port of the DS3
interface to configure.
Example
SR/interface/bundle/wan1#
link t3 7/1
configure module t3 alarms thresholds user
Use this command to set the T1 user statistic alarm thresholds.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
129
DS3 module configuration commands
When user-configurable thresholds are exceeded, the SR4134 generates alarms that indicate
the possible deterioration of a T1 link. Refer to the following parameters to determine the
specific T1 data type that needs to be configured. You can define one alarm threshold for each
parameter.
Syntax
alarms thresholds user < 1 - 10 > [ lcv | fbe | pbe | cpbe| febe| |
exz | cofa ] < sampling-interval > < rising-threshold > < fallingthreshold > sample_type [absolute | delta] [t1 <1-28>]
Table 84: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
1-10
Alarm threshold number.
absolute
The errored second or event count is
compared directly to the specified threshold
values, and the appropriate alarm type
(rising or falling) is reported.
lcv | fbe | pbe | cpbe| febe| |exz | cofa
cofa: Threshold for COFA cpbe: Threshold
for CPBE exz: Threshold for EXZ fbe:
Threshold for FBE febe: Threshold for FEBE
lcv: Threshold for LCV pbe: Threshold for
PBE
falling-threshold
Minimum number of errored seconds or
events below which a falling alarm is
reported. This alarm is reported if a rising
alarm was previously reported and the
number of errored seconds or events
subsequently dropped below this minimum
threshold. The falling threshold value must
be less than the rising threshold value above.
The range is 0 - 2147483647.
rising-threshold
Number of errored seconds or events which,
if exceeded during any sampling interval,
results in a rising alarm. The range is 0 2147483647
sampling-interval
Sampling interval, in seconds. The range is
1 - 65535.
sampling-interval
Sampling interval, in seconds. The range is
1 - 65535.
Example
SR/configure/module/t3 (7/1)/alarms/thresholds#
absolute
user 1 lcv 300 50 25
In this example, the monitored parameter is the LCVs that occur. The sampling interval is set
to 300 seconds (5 minutes). The rising alarm threshold is 50 LCVs and the falling alarm
threshold is 25 LCVs. Absolute sampling is used, in which a rising alarm is reported if the LCV
130
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure module t3 cable_length
count exceeds 50 during any sampling interval. A falling alarm is also reported if the LCV count
subsequently falls back below 25 during that interval.
configure module t3 cable_length
Use this command to set the DS3 link transmit signal build-out to condition the outgoing signal
according to the cabling distance to the external DS3 device.
Syntax
cable_length <1-2>
Table 85: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
1
0-225 feet (default)
2
226 - 450 feet
Example
SR/configure/module/t3 (7/1)#
cable_length 2
configure module t3 clock_source
Use this command to specify the network timing source for a DS3 WAN link.
Syntax
clock_source {internal|line}
Table 86: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
internal
Specifies the local clock (default).
line
Specifies the network clock.
Example
SR/configure/module/t3 (7/1)#
Command Line Reference
clock_source line
October 2010
131
DS3 module configuration commands
configure module t3 framing
Use this command to configure framing for the DS3 link.
Important:
The Clear Channel DS3 interface module does not currently support the use of the M13
framing format. Only the default framing format of C-BIT can be used on Clear Channel DS3
interface modules.
Syntax
framing {c_bit}
Table 87: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
c_bit
specifies the framing format for T3 (default).
m13
Specifies the M13 framing format for T3.
Example
SR/configure/module/t3 (7/1)#
framing c_bit
configure module t3 name
Use this command to assign a name to the DS3 link.
Syntax
name <name>
Table 88: Variable definitions
Variable
<name>
Value
Specifies a name to be assigned to the T3
link (max 15 bytes).
Example
SR/configure/module/t3 (7/1)#
132
Command Line Reference
name test1
October 2010
show module alarms
show module alarms
Use this command to display the alarms detected on a DS3 module.
This command also shows individual user threshold alarms for all user statistics currently
configured with alarm thresholds. To view the current user alarm threshold settings, use the
show module thresholds command.
To display the alarms in real-time, specify the desired refresh interval in minutes when entering
this command. To return to the system command prompt, type q.
Syntax
show module alarms t3 <slot/port> [refresh_interval <1-65535>]
Table 89: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[refresh_interval <1-65535>] Specifies how often, in minutes, the alarm display is updated
(optional entry; minimum is 1 minute). If you do not specify
an interval, you must repeat the command to update the
alarm display.
Example
SR#
show module alarms t3 6/1
show module ansistats
Use this command to display ANSI statistics for a DS3 interface.
The command shows the current 15-minute interval statistics, the elapsed time in the current
sampling interval, and the total counts for the past 8 hours. These statistics can be cleared
only by the carrier by FDL requests from the remote end.
You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96).
Syntax
show module ansistats t3 <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]
Example
SR#
show module ansistats t3 6/1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
133
DS3 module configuration commands
show module configuration
Use this command to display the configuration for a specified DS3 WAN module interface.
Syntax
show module configuration t3 <slot/port>
Example
SR#
show module configuration t3 6/1
show module ietfstats
Use this command to display IETF performance statistics for DS3 module interfaces. You can
view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals you wish
to view (from 1 to 96).
Syntax
show module ietfstats t3 <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]
Example
SR#
show module ietfstats t3 6/1
show module thresholds
Use this command to show the alarm threshold settings for a DS3 module interface. Alarm
thresholds are configured on a per-module basis.
Syntax
show module thresholds t3 <slot/port>
Example
SR#
show module thresholds t3 6/1
show module userstats
Use this command to display performance statistics for a DS3 WAN module interface.
134
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show module userstats
You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96). To clear these statistics after viewing them, use the clear
module command.
Syntax
show module userstats t3 <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]
Example
SR#
show module userstats t3 6/1 interval_range 5
Command Line Reference
October 2010
135
DS3 module configuration commands
136
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 7: CT3 module configuration
commands
clear module ct3_userstats
Use this command to clear user statistics for a CT3 WAN module interface.
Syntax
clear module ct3_userstats <slot/port>
Example
SR#
clear module ct3_userstats 6/1
configure interface bundle link ct3
Use this command to link a bundle to a DS3 interface to configure the encapsulation for the
interface.
Syntax
link ct3 <slot/port/t1no>[:<DS0>] [speed {56 | 64}] [invert_data
{inverted_data}]
Table 90: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<slot/port/t1no>
Specifies the slot and port of the CT3
interface, as well as the T1 channels to
configure from the CT3 link.
[:<DS0>]
Optional DS0 channels to be assigned to a
fractional T1 bundle (1 - 24).
[speed {56 | 64}]
Transmission speed of all DS0 channels in
the bundle (56 or 64 kbps). If this parameter
is not entered, all DS0 channels will operate
at 64 kbps.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
137
CT3 module configuration commands
Variable
[invert_data {inverted_data}]
Value
Whether or not to invert the data on all DS0
channels (optional entry). If inverted_data is
not entered, the data will not be inverted on
any DS0 channels.
Example
SR/interface/bundle/wan1#
link ct3 7/1/5-7
configure module ct3 alarms thresholds user
Use this command to set the alarm thresholds for the CT3 and CT3 T1 user statistics gathered
by the SR4134.
Each router gathers seven types of user statistics for a CT3 WAN link, and you can set a
separate alarm threshold for each type of statistic. Each router also gathers 10 types of user
statistics for every T1 channel of a CT3 link.
• To show the current user statistic alarm threshold settings, use the show module
thresholds ct3 command.
• To view the user statistic alarms in progress, use the show module alarms ct3
command.
• To view the actual user statistics, use the show module userstats ct3 command.
Syntax
alarms thresholds user < 1 - 10 > [ lcv | fbe | pbe | cpbe| febe| cofa
| ses | es | bes | uas | eev | lofc | css | oof | crc | bpv ] <
sampling-interval > < rising-threshold > < falling-threshold >
sample_type [absolute | delta] [t1 <1-28>]
Table 91: Variable definitions
Variable
138
Value
1-10
Alarm threshold number.
absolute
The errored second or event count is
compared directly to the specified threshold
values, and the appropriate alarm type
(rising or falling) is reported.
lcv | fbe | pbe | cpbe| febe| |exz | cofa
cofa: Threshold for COFA cpbe: Threshold
for CPBE exz: Threshold for EXZ fbe:
Threshold for FBE febe: Threshold for FEBE
lcv: Threshold for LCV pbe: Threshold for
PBE
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure module ct3 alarms hierarchy
Variable
Value
falling-threshold
Minimum number of errored seconds or
events below which a falling alarm is
reported. This alarm is reported if a rising
alarm was previously reported and the
number of errored seconds or events
subsequently dropped below this minimum
threshold. The falling threshold value must
be less than the rising threshold value above.
The range is 0 - 2147483647.
rising-threshold
Number of errored seconds or events which,
if exceeded during any sampling interval,
results in a rising alarm. The range is 0 2147483647
sampling-interval
Sampling interval, in seconds. The range is
1 - 65535.
sampling-interval
Sampling interval, in seconds. The range is
1 - 65535.
Example
SR/configure/module/ct3 (7/1)/alarms/thresholds#
25 absolute
user 1 lcv 300 50
In this example, the monitored parameter is the LCVs that occur. The sampling interval is set
to 300 seconds (5 minutes). The rising alarm threshold is 50 LCVs and the falling alarm
threshold is 25 LCVs. Absolute sampling is used, in which a rising alarm is reported if the LCV
count exceeds 50 during any sampling interval. A falling alarm is also reported if the LCV count
subsequently falls back below 25 during that interval.
configure module ct3 alarms hierarchy
Use this command to enable or disable the hierarchy for displaying Receive Loss of Signal
(RLOS) and Receive Loss of Frame (RLOF) on a CT3 T1 link.
To verify that the alarms has been enabled or disabled, use the show module
configuration command. The display indicates whether RLOS and RLOF are On or
Off .
Syntax
[no] alarms hierarchy <t1no>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
139
CT3 module configuration commands
Table 92: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
no
Disables hierarchy.
<t1no>
Specifies the T1 link.
Example
SR/configure/module/ct3 (7/1)# alarms hierarchy 3
configure module ct3 cable_length
Use this command to set the CT3 link transmit signal build-out to condition the outgoing signal
according to the cabling distance to the external CT3 device.
Syntax
cable_length [1|2]
Table 93: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
1
0-225 feet (default)
2
226 - 450 feet
Example
SR/configure/module/ct3(7/1)#
cable_length 2
configure module ct3 clock_source
Use this command to specify the network timing source for a CT3 WAN link.
Syntax
clock_source [internal|line]
Table 94: Variable definitions
Variable
internal
140
Command Line Reference
Value
Specifies the local clock generated by the
router (default).
October 2010
configure module ct3 enable
Variable
line
Value
Specifies the clock signal recovered from the
incoming CT3 signal. Use this setting if the
system is loop-timed from the far-end CT3
system.
Example
SR/configure/module/ct3(7/1)#
clock_source line
configure module ct3 enable
Use this command to place a CT3 T1 link in service and allow the link to transmit and receive
data. By default, the T1 links are enabled.
Syntax
[no] enable <1-28>
Table 95: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Takes the T1 link out of service. This action
sends an all-ones Alarm Indication Signal
(AIS) to the far end and places the link out of
service.
<1-28>
Specifies an individual T1 or a range of T1s.
Example
SR/configure/module/ct3 (7/1)# enable 7
configure module ct3 framing
Use this command to configure either C-bit or M13 framing for the CT3 link.
Contact your carrier to determine the appropriate setting.
Syntax
framing [c_bit|m13]
Command Line Reference
October 2010
141
CT3 module configuration commands
Table 96: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
c_bit
Specifies C-bit framing format for CT3
(default).
m13
Specifies M13 framing format for CT3
Example
SR/configure/module/ct3 (7/1)#
framing c_bit
configure module ct3 t1
Use this command to configure the properties for the T1 connections in the CT3 interface:
Syntax
t1 <t1-no> [framing {esf | d4}] [yellowalarm {generate | detect |
gen_det | disable}] [clock_source {backplane | internal | line}]
[name <name>] [description <t1-description>] [cicuitId <circuit-id>]
[contactInfo <contact-info>]
Table 97: Variable definitions
Variable
142
Value
<t1-no>
T1 number or range of T1s (1-28).
[framing {esf | d4}]
esf: Extended Super Frame framing format
for T1 (default) d4: Super Frame framing
format for T1
[yellowalarm {generate | detect | gen_det |
disable}]
generate: Generate and send yellow alarms
to the network. detect: Detect incoming
yellow alarms from the network. gen_det:
Generate and detect yellow alarms. disable:
Disable yellow alarm generator (default
state).
[clock_source {backplane | internal | line}]
backplane: Sets the clock source to the
backplane of the SR4134. internal: Sets the
clock source to the internal clock of the
SR4134. line: Sets the clock source to be
recovered from the incoming T1 signal (loop
timing).
[name <name>]
Assigns a name to the T1 link (max 15 bytes).
[description <t1-description>]
Describes the T1 interface.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show module alarms
Variable
Value
[cicuitId <circuit-id>]
Optional circuit ID for the T1 channel.
[contactInfo <contact-info>]
Person to contact for information regarding
the T1 link.
Example
SR/configure/module/ct3 (7/1)# t1 4 esf line gen_det circuitId
Main01 contactInfo JamesSmythe description SJ-Fremont
In this example, T1 channel 4 is set up for ESF framing, B8ZS line coding, external clocking,
and yellow alarm generation and detection.
show module alarms
Use this command to display the alarms detected on a CT3 module.
This command also shows individual user threshold alarms for all user statistics currently
configured with alarm thresholds. To view the current user alarm threshold settings, use the
show module thresholds command.
To display the alarms in real-time, specify the desired refresh interval in minutes when entering
this command. To return to the system command prompt, type q.
Syntax
show module alarms ct3 <slot/port>[:t1-no]
Table 98: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[refresh_interval <1-65535>] Specifies how often, in minutes, the alarm display is updated
(optional entry; minimum is 1 minute). If you do not specify
an interval, you must repeat the command to update the
alarm display.
[:t1-no]
Specifies a T1 channel for viewing T1 alarms on CT3
modules. The range is 1 - 28. You can view only one channel
at a time.
Example
SR#
show module alarms ct3 6/1:10
Command Line Reference
October 2010
143
CT3 module configuration commands
show module ansistats
Use this command to display ANSI statistics for a CT3 interface.
The command shows the current 15-minute interval statistics, the elapsed time in the current
sampling interval, and the total counts for the past 8 hours. These statistics can be cleared
only by the carrier by FDL requests from the remote end.
You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96).
Syntax
show module ansistats ct3 <slot/port> [t1_no <t1-no>] [interval_range
<1-96>]
Example
SR#
show module ansistats ct3 6/1 t1_no 10
show module configuration
Use this command to display the configuration for a specified CT3 WAN module interface.
Syntax
show module configuration ct3 <slot/port>[:t1-no]
Example
SR#
show module configuration ct3 6/1:10
show module ietfstats
Use this command to display IETF performance statistics for CT3 module interfaces. You can
view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals you wish
to view (from 1 to 96).
Syntax
show module ietfstats ct3 <slot/port> [t1_no <t1-no>] [interval_range
<1-96>]
Example
SR#
144
show module ietfstats ct3 6/1 t1_no 10
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show module thresholds
show module thresholds
Use this command to show the alarm threshold settings for a CT3 module interface. Alarm
thresholds are configured on a per-module basis.
Syntax
show module thresholds ct3 <slot/port> [t1_no <t1-no>]
Example
SR#
show module thresholds ct3 6/1 t1_no 10
show module userstats
Use this command to display performance statistics for a CT3 WAN module interface.
You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96). To clear these statistics after viewing them, use the clear
module command.
Syntax
show module userstats ct3 <slot/port> [t1_no <t1-no>] [interval_range
<1-96>]
Example
SR#
show module userstats ct3 6/1 t1_no 10 interval_range 5
Command Line Reference
October 2010
145
CT3 module configuration commands
146
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 8: Serial module configuration
commands
clear module serial_userstats
Use this command to clear user statistics for a serial WAN module interface.
Syntax
clear module serial_userstats <slot/port>
Example
SR#
clear module serial_userstats 2/1
configure interface bundle link serial
Use this command to link a bundle to the serial interface in order to configure the encapsulation
for the interface.
Syntax
link serial <slot/port>
Table 99: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot/port>
Value
Specifies the slot and port of the serial
interface to configure.
Example
SR/interface/bundle/wan1#
link serial 4/1
configure module serial
Use this command to configure the serial module mode
Command Line Reference
October 2010
147
Serial module configuration commands
Syntax
{ x21 | v35 | S232 | S449 | S530 | S530A }
Table 100: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
x21
X.21 mode.
v35
V.35 mode.
S232
RS-232 mode.
S449
RS-449 mode.
S530
EIA-530 mode.
S530A
EIA-530A mode.
Example
SR/configure/module/serial (4/1)#
x21
configure module serial clock_rate
Use this command to configure the clock rate for the serial interface.
Syntax
clock_rate <clock-rate>
Table 101: Variable definitions
Variable
<clock-rate>
Value
Valid range for X.21, V.35, S449, S530, and
S530A: 56000 - 2000000 Valid range for
S232: 1200 - 115000
Example
SR/configure/module/serial (4/1)/x21#
clock_rate 56000
configure module serial clock_source
Use this command to configure the clock source for the serial interface.
148
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure module serial crc
Important:
When you specify the serial port clock source as an external network clock (clock_source
line), use the serial clock_rate command to specify a clock rate that is equal to the
speed of the clock provided by the far-end equipment.
Syntax
clock_source {internal | line}
Table 102: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
internal
Specifies the clock source is received from
the router.
line
Specifies the clock source is received from
an external network clock.
Example
SR/configure/module/serial (4/1)/x21#
clock_source internal
configure module serial crc
Use this command to configure the CRC check sum for the serial interface.
Syntax
crc {16 | 32}
Table 103: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
16
Specifies 16 bits in the check sum.
32
Specifies 32 bits in the check sum.
Example
SR/configure/module/serial (4/1)/x21# crc 32
configure module serial data_mode
Use this command to configure the data mode for the serial interface.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
149
Serial module configuration commands
Syntax
data_mode {normal | inverted}
Table 104: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
inverted
Specifies that data is sent inverted.
normal
Specifies that data is sent without
modification.
Example
SR/configure/module/serial (4/1)/x21# data_mode normal
configure module serial mode
Use this command to configure the operational mode for the serial interface.
Syntax
mode {dte | dce}
Table 105: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
dte
Specifies that the port is operating as a Data
Terminal Equipment. This is the default for all
serial port modes.
dce
Specifies that the port is operating as a Data
Communications Equipment
Example
SR/configure/module/serial (4/1)/x21# mode dte
configure module serial name
Use this command to configure the name for the serial interface.
Syntax
name <name>
150
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show module alarms
Table 106: Variable definitions
Variable
<name>
Value
Specifies the name of the interface (max 16
bytes)
Example
SR/configure/module/serial (4/1)/x21#
name toSJ
show module alarms
Use this command to display the alarms detected on a serial module.
To display the alarms in real-time, specify the desired refresh interval in minutes when entering
this command. To return to the system command prompt, type q.
Syntax
show module alarms serial <slot/port> [refresh_interval <1-65535>]
Table 107: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[refresh_interval <1-65535>] Specifies how often, in minutes, the alarm display is updated
(optional entry; minimum is 1 minute). If you do not specify
an interval, you must repeat the command to update the
alarm display.
Example
SR#
show module alarms serial 2/1
show module configuration
Use this command to display the configuration for a specified serial WAN module interface.
Syntax
show module configuration serial <slot/port>
Example
SR#
show module configuration serial 2/1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
151
Serial module configuration commands
show module userstats
Use this command to display performance statistics for a serial WAN module interface.
You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96). To clear these statistics after viewing them, use the clear
module command.
Syntax
show module userstats serial <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]
Example
SR#
152
show module userstats serial 2/1 interval_range 5
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 9: HSSI module configuration
commands
clear module hssi_userstats
Use this command to clear user statistics for a hssi WAN module interface.
Syntax
clear module hssi_userstats <slot/port>
Example
SR#
clear module hssi_userstats 6/1
configure interface bundle link hssi
Use this command to link a bundle to the HSSI interface in order to configure the encapsulation
for the interface.
Syntax
link hssi <slot/port>
Table 108: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot/port>
Value
specifies the slot and port of the HSSI
interface to configure.
Example
SR/interface/bundle/wan1#
link serial 6/1
configure module hssi clock_rate
Use this command to configure the clock rate for the HSSI interface.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
153
HSSI module configuration commands
Syntax
clock_rate <1000000 - 52000000>
Table 109: Variable definitions
Variable
<1000000 - 52000000>
Value
Specifies the clock rate for the HSSI
interface.
Example
SR/configure/module/hssi (5/1)#
clock_rate 1000001
configure module hssi clock_source
Use this command to configure the clock source for the HSSI interface.
Syntax
clock_source {internal|line}
Table 110: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
internal
specifies the clock source is received from
the router.
line
specifies the clock source is received from an
external network clock.
Example
SR/configure/module/hssi (5/1)#
clock_source internal
configure module hssi crc
Use this command to configure the CRC check sum for the HSSI interface.
Syntax
crc {16|32}
154
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure module hssi data_mode
Table 111: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
16
Specifies 16 bits in the check sum.
32
Specifies 32 bits in the check sum.
Example
SR/configure/module/hssi (5/1)#
crc 16
configure module hssi data_mode
Use this command to configure the data mode for the HSSI interface.
Syntax
data_mode {normal|inverted}
Table 112: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
inverted
Specifies that data is sent inverted.
normal
Specifies that data is sent without modification.
Example
SR/configure/module/hssi (5/1)#
data_mode inverted
configure module hssi mode
Use this command to configure the operational mode for the HSSI interface.
Syntax
mode {dte|dce}
Example
SR/configure/module/hssi (5/1)#
Command Line Reference
mode dte
October 2010
155
HSSI module configuration commands
configure module hssi name
Use this command to assign a name to the HSSI interface.
Syntax
name <name>
Table 113: Variable definitions
Variable
<name>
Value
specifies the name for the HSSI interface
(max 16 bytes).
Example
SR/configure/module/hssi (5/1)#
name test1
show module alarms
Use this command to display the alarms detected on a HSSI module.
To display the alarms in real-time, specify the desired refresh interval in minutes when entering
this command. To return to the system command prompt, type q.
Syntax
show module alarms hssi <slot/port> [refresh_interval <1-65535>]
Table 114: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[refresh_interval <1-65535>] Specifies how often, in minutes, the alarm display is updated
(optional entry; minimum is 1 minute). If you do not specify
an interval, you must repeat the command to update the
alarm display.
Example
SR#
156
show module alarms hssi 6/1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show module configuration
show module configuration
Use this command to display the configuration for a specified HSSI WAN module interface.
Syntax
show module configuration hssi <slot/port>
Example
SR#
show module configuration hssi 6/1
show module userstats
Use this command to display performance statistics for a HSSI WAN module interface.
You can view statistics for multiple 15-minute intervals by specifying the number of intervals
you wish to view (from 1 to 96). To clear these statistics after viewing them, use the clear
module command.
Syntax
show module userstats hssi <slot/port> [interval_range <1-96>]
Example
SR#
show module userstats hssi 6/1 interval_range 5
Command Line Reference
October 2010
157
HSSI module configuration commands
158
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 10: ISDN configuration commands
clear isdn bri-statistics
Use this command to clear ISDN BRI statistics.
Syntax
clear isdn bri-statistics <slot/port>
Example
SR#
clear isdn bri-statistics 2/1
clear isdn pri-statistics
Use this command to clear ISDN PRI statistics.
Syntax
clear isdn pri-statistics <slot/port>
Example
SR#
clear isdn pri-statistics 2/1
configure dialer answer-mode
Use this command to configure management CLI service mode.
Syntax
[no] answer-mode [answer-mode <enable | disable>] [priority {high |
low}]
Table 115: Variable definitions
Variable
answer-mode <enable | disable>
Command Line Reference
Value
Enables or disables answer mode.
October 2010
159
ISDN configuration commands
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables the answer mode configuration.
priority {high | low}
Specifies the answer mode priority level. The
default is low.
Example
SR/configure/dialer dial2#answer-mode answer-mode enable
configure dialer idle-timeout
Use this command to configure the dialer idle-timeout interval.
Syntax
[no] idle-timeout <timeout>
Table 116: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables the dialer idle-timeout interval configuration.
<timeout>
Specifies the idle timeout time. Values range from 1 to 6000
seconds. The default value is 180 seconds.
Example
SR/configure/#dialer dial2idle-timeout 120
configure interface bundle isdn activate
Use this command to activate ISDN with user data.
If you change any of the ISDN properties (except callingnum, callednum, idle-timeout, callback, and connect-delay), you must deactivate ISDN (using the no activate command) and
then reactivate ISDN for the changes to be applied.
Syntax
activate
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
160
Command Line Reference
activate
October 2010
configure interface bundle isdn answer
configure interface bundle isdn answer
Use this command to configure the called party and sub-address in the incoming setup
message.
Syntax
{answer1 | answer2} <callednum> [sub-address <sub-address>]
Table 117: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
callednum
Caller party number (maximum of 20 digits).
[sub-address <sub-address>]
Sub address (maximum of 10 digits).
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
answer1 2342345
configure interface bundle isdn call-back
Use this command to enable call-back for the interface. (The interface uses the caller value to
place the call.)
Syntax
[no] call-back
Table 118: Variable definitions
Variable
no
Value
Disables call back.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
call-back
configure interface bundle isdn callednum
Use this command to configure the called party and sub-address. Typically this is the number to
be called.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
161
ISDN configuration commands
Syntax
callednum <called-num> sub-address <sub-address>
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
callednum 2363623
configure interface bundle isdn caller
Use this command to configure the origin of the call. This command configures the caller to
screen the incoming call. If the incoming call matches with the caller configured then the call
is put through.
Syntax
caller <caller-num>
Table 119: Variable definitions
Variable
<caller-num>
Value
Telephone number (maximum of 20 digits) of
the caller.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
caller 180012345678
configure interface bundle isdn callingnum
Use this command to configure the calling number and the sub-address.
Synatx
callingnum <callingnum> [sub-address <sub-address>]
Table 120: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<calling-num>
Calling number.
[sub-address <sub-address>]
Sub address (maximum of 10 digits).
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
162
Command Line Reference
callingnum 2345632
October 2010
configure interface bundle isdn connect-delay
configure interface bundle isdn connect-delay
Use this command to configure the connect delay period used to connect the ISDN call.
Syntax
connect-delay <1-60>
Table 121: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-60>
Value
Delay in number of seconds. Valid range is
1-60. The default is 15.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
connect-delay 23
configure interface bundle isdn disconnect-cause
Use this command to configure the disconnect cause code.
Syntax
disconnect-cause <disconnect-cause>
Table 122: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<disconnect-cause>
1 unassigned number 2 no route to transit
network 3 no route to destination 6 channel
unacceptable 7 call awarded and being
delivered 9 prefix 1 dialed in error 16 normal
call clearing 17 user busy (default) 18 no user
response 19 no answer (user alerted ) 21 call
rejected 22 number changed 24 number
unassigned 26 non selected User clearing 27
destination out of order 28 invalid number
format 29 facility rejected 30 response to
satus enquiry 31 normal unspecified 34 no
circuit/channel available 34 no circuit/
channel available 35 call queued 38 network
out of order 41 temporary failure 42 switch
equipment congestion 43 access info
discarded 44 requested circuit/channel
Command Line Reference
October 2010
163
ISDN configuration commands
unavailable 47 resources unavailable,
unspecified 49 quality of Service unavailable
50 requested facility not subscribed 52
outgoing calls barred 54 incoming calls
barred 57 bearer capability not authorized 58
bearer capability not available 59 call
restriction 60 terminal call redirection
rejected 62 unauthorized service 63 service
or option unavailable 65 bearer capability not
implemented 66 channel type not
implemented 69 requested facility not
implemented 70 only restricted digital bear
cap is avail 79 service or option not
implemented 81 invalid call reference 82
channel does not exist 83 susp. call exists,
call id is invalid 84 call identity is in use 85 no
call suspended 86 call id has been cleared
88 incompatible destination 91 invalid transit
network selection 92 invalid facility
parameter 95 invalid message, unspecified
96 mandatory info element is missing 97
message type is non-existent or not
implemented 98 message type invalid in call
state or not implemented 99 info element
non-existent or not implemented 100 invalid
info element 101 message type not
compatible with call state 102 recovery on
timer expiry 103 message received with
mandatory info element of incorrect length
111 protocol error, unspecified 112 protocol
discriminator error 113 bearer service not
available 114 end-to-end info transfer
impossible 126 entering conversation mode
127 interworking specified
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1 isdn#
disconnect-cause 34
configure interface bundle isdn idle-timeout
Use this command to configure the idle timeout period before disconnecting the ISDN call.
Syntax
idle-timeout <0-60>
164
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface bundle isdn map
Table 123: Variable definitions
Variable
<0-60>
Value
Idle timeout in minutes. Valid range is 0-60
minutes. The default is 5 minutes. A value of
0 disables the timeout feature.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
idle-timeout 45
configure interface bundle isdn map
Use this command to override the default ISDN type and plan generated by the router with
custom values.
Syntax
[no] map <address> <plan> <type>
Table 124: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Reverts to the default ISDN type and plan.
<address>
Specifies either the calling number or the
called number. This parameter can be a
regular expression also for pattern matching.
It specifies that the ISDN type and plan will
be overridden for addresses that match the
regular expression.
<plan>
Specifies the numbering plan:
• Unknown: unknown with bit value 0000
• isdn: ISDN/telephony numbering- E.164/E.
163 with bit value 0001
• tel: telephony numbering—E.163 with bit
value 0010
• data: data numbering—X.121 with bit
value 0011
• telex: telex numbering—
Recommendation F.69 with bit value 0100
Command Line Reference
October 2010
165
ISDN configuration commands
Variable
Value
• national: national standard numbering with
bit value 1000
• private: private numbering with bit value
1001
<type>
Specifies the type:
• unknown: unknown with bit value 000
• international: international number with bit
value 001
• national: national number with bit value
010
• network: network specific number with bit
value 011
• subscriber: subscriber number with bit
value 100
• overlap: overlap sending with bit value
1001
• abbreviated: abbreviated number with bit
value 110
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
map 2363623 1000 010
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers
Use this command to access the ISDN Q921 timer commands, which are used to configure
Layer 2 timers for the ISDN interface.
Syntax
q921-timer
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
q921-timers
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers k
Use this command to configure outstanding I frames.
166
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers n200
Syntax
k <1-10>
Table 125: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-10>
Value
Value (default: 7)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q921-timers#
q921-timer k 5
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers n200
Use this command to configure the n200 value.
Syntax
n200 <1-10>
Table 126: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-10>
Value
Value (default: 3)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q921-timers#
n200 6
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers n201
Use this command to configure the n201 value.
Syntax
n201 <500-2000>
Table 127: Variable definitions
Variable
<500-2000>
Value
Value (default: 1028)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q921-timers#
Command Line Reference
n201 1500
October 2010
167
ISDN configuration commands
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers t200
Use this command to configure the t200 timer.
Syntax
t200 <1-10>
Table 128: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-10>
Value
Time in seconds (default: 2)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q921-timers#
t200 5
q921-timer
configure interface bundle isdn q921-timers t203
Use this command to configure the t203 timer.
Syntax
t203 <5-15>
Table 129: Variable definitions
Variable
<5-15>
Value
Time in seconds (default: 5)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q921-timers#
t203 10
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers
Use this command to access the ISDN Q931 timer commands, which are used to configure
Layer 3 timers for the ISDN interface.
Syntax
q931-timers
168
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t303
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
q931-timers
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t303
Use this command to configure the t303 setup sent timer.
Syntax
t303 <2-10>
Table 130: Variable definitions
Variable
<2-10>
Value
Time in seconds (default: 4)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#
t303 5
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t304
Use this command to configure the t304 setup ack received timer.
Syntax
t304 <20-50>
Table 131: Variable definitions
Variable
<20-50>
Value
Time in seconds (default: 30)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#
t304 40
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t305
Use this command to configure the t305 disconnect sent timer (user).
Command Line Reference
October 2010
169
ISDN configuration commands
Syntax
t305 <20-50>
Table 132: Variable definitions
Variable
<20-50>
Value
Time in seconds (default: 30)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#
t305 40
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t308
Use this command to configure the t308 Release sent timer.
Syntax
t308 <2-10>
Table 133: Variable definitions
Variable
<2-10>
Value
Time in seconds (default: 4)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#
t308 6
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t310
Use this command to configure the t310 call proceeding received timer.
Syntax
t310 <20-50>
Table 134: Variable definitions
Variable
<20-50>
Value
Time in seconds (default: 30).
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#
170
Command Line Reference
t310 40
October 2010
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t313
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t313
Use this command to configure t313 connect sent, waiting for connect ack timer.
Syntax
t313 <2-10>
Table 135: Variable definitions
Variable
<2-10>
Value
Time in seconds (default: 4)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#
t313 6
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t316
Use this command to configure the t316 restart sent, wait for restart ack timer.
Syntax
t316 <110-140>
Table 136: Variable definitions
Variable
<110-140>
Value
Time in seconds (default: 120)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#
t316 130
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t319
Use this command to configure the t319 timer.
Syntax
t319 <2-10>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
171
ISDN configuration commands
Table 137: Variable definitions
Variable
<2-10>
Value
Time in seconds (default: 4)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#
t319 6
configure interface bundle isdn q931-timers t322
Use this command to configure the t322 status enquiry sent timer
Syntax
t322 <2-10>
Table 138: Variable definitions
Variable
<2-10>
Value
Time in seconds (default: 4)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn/q931-timers#
t322 6
configure interface bundle isdn spid1
Use this command to configure the service profile ID for channel B1. This is the primary service
profile ID. The service profile is applicable for ISDN BRI only
Syntax
spid1 <spid>
Table 139: Variable definitions
Variable
<spid>
Value
Service profile ID (maximum 20 digits)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
172
Command Line Reference
spid1 245345
October 2010
configure interface bundle isdn spid2
configure interface bundle isdn spid2
Use this command to configure the service profile ID for channel B2. This is the secondary
service profile ID. The service profile is applicable for ISDN BRI only
Syntax
spid2 <spid>
Table 140: Variable definitions
Variable
<spid>
Value
Service profile ID (maximum 20 digits)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
spid2 345345
configure interface bundle isdn switch-type
Use this command to configure the switch type for the specified bundle.
Primary switch types are only supported on PRI interfaces. Basic switch types are supported
on BRI interfaces. Shut down the bundle before changing the interface type.
Syntax
[no] switch-type <TYPE>
Table 141: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
basic-ni
National ISDN Switch type
basic-dms
NT DMS-100 switch type
basic-5ess
AT&T basic rate switch type (defaultdan)
basicntt
ntt switch type
basic-euro
Euro basic switch type
basic-ccitt
CCITT basic switch type
basic1tr6
German 1tr6 basic switch type
basicvn3
French basic switch type
primary-dms100
DMS100 primary rate switch type
Command Line Reference
October 2010
173
ISDN configuration commands
Variable
Value
primary-ntt
NTT primary rate switch type
primary-ni2
National ISDN 2 primary rate switch type
primary-euro
Euro ISDN primary rate switch type
primary-ccitt
CCITT/ITU-T primary rate switch type
primary-4ess
AT&T primary rate switch type
primary-5ess
AT&T primary switch type (default)
primary-vn3
French primary rate switch type
primary-qsig:
Q Signalling switch type
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
switch-type primary-dms100
configure interface bundle isdn tei-mode
Use this command to configure the Terminal Endpoint Identifier (TEI) mode to provision ISDN
BRI as point-to-point or point-to-multipoint. The TEI mode is applicable for ISDN BRI only.
Syntax
tei-mode {point-to-point | point-to-multipoint}
Table 142: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
point-to-point
Point to point.
point-to-multipoint
Point to multipoint.
Example
SR#/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
tei-mode point-to-point
configure interface bundle isdn tei-value
Use this command to provision a static TEI value for the interface. The TEI value is applicable
only for ISDN BRI in point-to-point mode.
Syntax
tei-value <0-63>
174
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface bundle link bri
Table 143: Variable definitions
Variable
<0-63>
Value
TEI value. Valid range is 0-63. The default is
0.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1/isdn#
tei-value 32
configure interface bundle link bri
Use this command to link a bundle to the BRI interface in order to configure the ISDN properties
and encapsulation for the interface.
Syntax
link bri <slot/port:links>
Table 144: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
slot/port
slot and port of the BRI module.
links
1 (64Kb/s) or 2 (128 Kb/s)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle bri1#
link bri 3/1:2
configure interface bundle link dialer
Use this command to configure a bundle to use a dialer.
Syntax
link dialer <dialer>
Table 145: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<dialer>
Specifies the dialer name for the bundle to
use.
[no]
Disables the use of a dialer for the bundle.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
175
ISDN configuration commands
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#link dialer dial2
configure interface bundle link prie1|prit1
Use this command to link a bundle to the PRI interface in order to configure the ISDN properties
and encapsulation for the interface.
Syntax
link {pri_e1 | pri_t1} <slot/port:links>
Table 146: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
pri_e1
Configure a PRI link on E1 module.
pri_t1
Configure a PRI link on T1 module.
slot/port
slot and port of the PRI module.
links
Range for E1: 1 - 30 Range for T1: 1 - 23
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle pri1#
link pri_t1 3/1:10
show isdn bri-statistics
Use this command to display ISDN BRI statistics.
Syntax
show isdn bri-statistics <slot/port>
Example
SR#
show isdn bri-statistics 2/1
show isdn global
Use this command to display global ISDN configuration for the router.
176
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show isdn interface
Syntax
show isdn global
Example
SR#
show isdn global
show isdn interface
Use this command to display ISDN information for the specified interface.
Syntax
show isdn interface <IFNAME>
Table 147: Variable definitions
Variable
<IFNAME>
Value
Specifies the name of the interface (max 8
characters).
Example
SR#
show isdn interface s1
show isdn interfaces
Use this command to display ISDN information for all interfaces.
Syntax
show isdn interfaces
Example
SR#
show isdn interfaces
show isdn pri-statistics
Use this command to display ISDN PRI statistics.
Syntax
show isdn pri-statistics <slot/port>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
177
ISDN configuration commands
Example
SR#
178
show isdn pri-statistics 2/1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 11: WAN bundle commands
clear interface bundle
Use this command to clear the WAN bundle counters.
Syntax
clear interface {bundles | bundle <bundle-name> [<dlci>] }
Example
SR# clear interface bundle wan1
configure interface bundle contact
Use this command to specify contact information for a person who can provide information
regarding the WAN bundle.
Syntax
contact <"contact-info">
Table 148: Variable definitions
Variable
<"contact-info">
Value
Text string providing contact info. Specified
in quotation marks. Maximum 15 bytes.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# contact "j brown"
configure interface bundle description
Use this command to specify a description for the WAN bundle.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
179
WAN bundle commands
Syntax
description <description>
Table 149: Variable definitions
Variable
<description>
Value
Text string providing a description of the
WAN bundle. Specified in quotation marks.
Maximum length is 25 bytes.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# description "to NC branch office"
configure interface bundle shutdown
Use this command to shut down the WAN bundle interface.
Syntax
[no] shutdown
Table 150: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Re-enables the WAN bundle interface.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# shutdown
show interface bundle
Use this command to show the WAN bundle configuration.
Syntax
show interface bundle <bundle-name> [pvc <dlci>]
Example
SR# show interface bundle wan1
180
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 12: HDLC configuration commands
configure interface bundle encapsulation hdlc
Use this command to select HDLC as the protocol encapsulation for a bundle.
Syntax
encapsulation hdlc
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
encapsulation hdlc
configure interface bundle hdlc
Use this command to set the mtu and keepalive parameters for an HDLC encapsulated bundle.
Syntax
hdlc [keepalive <0-120>] [packet_type {unicast|broadcast}] [mtu
<64-4500>]
Table 151: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[keepalive <0-120>]
Specifies the keepalive interval for the link, in
seconds. Default is 10 seconds. To turn off
the keepalive, enter 0.
[packet_type {unicast|broadcast}]
Specifies the keepalive packet type, either
unicast or broadcast. Default is unicast.
[mtu <64-4500>]
Specifies the maximum transmission unit.
This is the maximum packet size that can be
transmitted, in bytes. Default is 1500.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
Command Line Reference
hdlc broadcast
October 2010
181
HDLC configuration commands
182
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 13: PPP/MLPPP configuration
commands
configure interface bundle encapsulation ppp|mlppp
Use this command to set the bundle encapsulation to PPP or MLPPP. If you choose PPP in a
multilink bundle, the router automatically activates MLPPP. Further, you can enable MLPPP
on a bundle containing a single link by specifying the encapsulation as MLPPP.
Syntax
encapsulation {ppp | mlppp}
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
encapsulation ppp
configure interface bundle mlppp
Use this command to configure mlppp properties
Syntax
mlppp [mrru <mrru_range> ] [sequence {long | short} ] [seg_threshold
<64-4500> ] [differential_delay <0-128> ] [discriminator <A.B.C.D> ]
[minimum_links <min-links>]
Table 152: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[mrru <mrru_range> ]
Maximum receive reconstructed unit range, specified as
<minimum-default-maxiumum>. Specifies the minimum,
default, and maximum number of octets in the information
fields of reassembled packets. Default value is
1500-1524-8192.
[sequence {long | short} ]
MLPPP sequence number length. Short is 12 bits, long is 24
bits. The default is long.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
183
PPP/MLPPP configuration commands
Variable
Value
[seg_threshold <64-4500> ]
All packet fragments are equal to or less than seg_threshold.
The range is 64 - 4500; the default is 512.
[differential_delay <0-128> ] Tolerance, in milliseconds, to differential delay between links
(default: 128)
[discriminator <A.B.C.D> ]
IP address of the MLPPP bundle (default: bundle IP address)
[minimum_links <min-links>] Minimum number of links that have to be active for this
interface to remain active (default: 1).
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01# mlppp mrru 1200-1500-1800
sequence short seg_threshold 1400 differential_delay 20 discriminator
10.1.100.5
configure interface bundle ppp authentication
Use this command to configure the user authentication.
Syntax
ppp authentication {pap|chap}
Table 153: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
chap
Specifies CHAP authentication.
pap
Specifies PAP authentication.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
ppp authentication chap
configure interface bundle ppp authentication_database
Use this command to configure the method to use for user authentication.
Syntax
ppp authentication-database {local|radius}
184
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface bundle ppp echo-interval
Table 154: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
local
Specifies local authentication.
radius
Specifies RADIUS authentication.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
local
ppp authentication-database
configure interface bundle ppp echo-interval
Use this command to configure the echo interval for the interface.
Syntax
ppp echo-interval <3-60>
Table 155: Variable definitions
Variable
<3-60>
Value
Specifies the interval in seconds (default is
5).
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
ppp echo-interval 10
configure interface bundle ppp interleave
Use this command to enable or disable interleaving on the interface.
Syntax
[no] ppp interleave
Table 156: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables interleaving.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
Command Line Reference
ppp interleave
October 2010
185
PPP/MLPPP configuration commands
configure interface bundle ppp ip-rtp-reserve
Use this command to configure the UDP port range for LFI treatment along with maximum
bandwidth reserved for voice traffic.
Syntax
ppp ip-rtp-reserve <start-port> <end-port> <max-bwidth>
Table 157: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<start-port>
Low-end port value in decimal - default 1024.
Valid range: 1024 - 65535
<end-port>
High-end port value in decimal - default
65535. Valid range: 1024 - 65535
<max-bwidth>
Maximum bandwidth in Kb/s. Default is 32.
Valid range: 4 - 2000
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
ppp ip-rtp-reserve 2000 2002 64
configure interface bundle ppp lfi-fragment-delay
Use this command to configure the fragmentation delay for interleaving.
Syntax
ppp lfi-fragment-delay <10-50>
Table 158: Variable definitions
Variable
<10-50>
Value
Specifies the delay in milliseconds (default is
10).
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
186
Command Line Reference
ppp lfi-fragment-delay 15
October 2010
configure interface bundle ppp mtu-mru-magic
configure interface bundle ppp mtu-mru-magic
Use this command to configure the MTU, MRU, and magic number parameters for the PPP or
MLPPP bundle.
Important:
Enable Jumbo frames in the system setting to allow max MTU of 4500 to be used.
SR/configure# system jumbo-mtu-limit >?
WORD Enter MTU Limit 1500 or 9216 (default =1500)
Enter 9216 to enable jumbo frames, save config and reboot.
Syntax
ppp mtu-mru-magic <mtu-range> [mru <mru-range>] [magic_check {enable|
disable}]
Table 159: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<mtu-range>
Maximum transmission unit range, specified
as <minimum-default-maxiumum>. Default
value is 64-1500-9216. The Maximum
Transmit Unit (MTU) is the maximum size of
the PPP information field that the interface
can transmit.
<mru-range>
Maximum receive unit range, specified as
<minimum-default-maximum>. Default value
is 64-1500-9216. The Maximum Receive
Unit (MRU) is the maximum size of the PPP
information field that the interface can
receive.
enable
Enables magic number, which is a random
number chosen to distinguish the two ends
of a link and to detect loopback error
conditions.
disable
Disables magic number.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
mru 100-200-500 magic_check enable
Command Line Reference
ppp mtu-mru-range 100-250-1000
October 2010
187
PPP/MLPPP configuration commands
configure interface bundle ppp pap|chap peer-name
Use this command to configure the peer name and password for PAP or CHAP authentication.
This command causes the bundle to flap in order to re-trigger negotiation. Therefore, before
you modify the PPP PAP or CHAP peer name (or sent username) parameters, shutdown the
bundle (using the shutdown command) and reenable it (using the no shutdown command)
after you complete the configuration .
Syntax
ppp {pap | chap} peer-name <peername> <password>
Table 160: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
chap
Configure properties for CHAP
pap
Configure properties for PAP
<peername>
PAP or CHAP username expected from the peer.
<password>
PAP or CHAP password for peer.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
ppp chap peer-name user2 pass2
configure interface bundle ppp pap|chap sent-username
Use this command to configure the sent username and password for PAP or CHAP.
This command causes the bundle to flap in order to re-trigger negotiation. Therefore, before
you modify the PPP PAP or CHAP sent username (or peername) parameters, shutdown the
bundle (using the shutdown command) and reenable it (using the no shutdown command)
after you complete the configuration .
Syntax
ppp {pap | chap} sent-username <username> <password>
Table 161: Variable definitions
Variable
188
Value
chap
Configure properties for CHAP.
pap
Configure properties for PAP.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface bundle ppp peer-addr
Variable
Value
<username>
PAP or CHAP username for PPP/MLPPP bundle.
<password>
PAP or CHAP password for PPP/MLPPP bundle.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
pass1
ppp chap sent-username user1
configure interface bundle ppp peer-addr
Use this command to configure the peer IP address for the PPP bundle.
Syntax
ppp peer-addr <A.B.C.D>
Table 162: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D>
Value
Specifies the IP address of the peer.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
ppp peer_addr 105.100.10.1
configure interface bundle ppp retry-interval
Use this command to configure the retry timer for the PPP bundle.
Syntax
ppp retry-interval <3-60>
Table 163: Variable definitions
Variable
<3-60>
Value
Specifies the interval in seconds. Default
value is 3.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
Command Line Reference
ppp retry-interval 8
October 2010
189
PPP/MLPPP configuration commands
configure interface bundle ppp src-addr
Use this command to configure the negotiating IP address of the bundle.
Syntax
ppp src-addr <A.B.C.D>
Table 164: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D>
Value
Specifies the negotiating IP address of the
bundle (default is source forwarding address
of the bundle).
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
ppp ipaddress 105.100.10.1
configure interface bundle rtp
Use this command to enable or disable the RTP Header Compression feature. Before enabling
RTP Header Compression, the bundle must be configured with a link, encapsulated with PPP
protocol, and assigned an IPv4 address. When this command is enabled, the RTP options are
negotiated with the peer during the IPCP phase.
Syntax
[no] rtp
Table 165: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables RTP
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
190
Command Line Reference
rtp
October 2010
configure interface bundle rtp connections
configure interface bundle rtp connections
Use this command to configure the maximum number of connections for which RTP header
compression is applicable on transmit or receive side.
Syntax
[no] connections <1–1000>
Table 166: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Resets the number of connections to the
default value (1000).
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/rtp#
connections 500
configure interface bundle rtp negotiation ipcp
Use this command to enable negotiation of RTP options with the peer. This command allows
interoperability with legacy Tasman products. Since the default behaviour of RTP is to enable
negotiation, use the no form of this command in order to interoperate with legacy Tasman
products that do not support negotiation.
Syntax
[no] negotiation ipcp
Table 167: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables negotiation of RTP options during
the IPCP phase
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/rtp#
no negotiation ipcp
configure interface bundle rtp timeout
Use this command to configure the timeout (flushing time) in seconds for the context table
entries for both compressor and decompressor engine. The flushing for any particular context
Command Line Reference
October 2010
191
PPP/MLPPP configuration commands
entry will happen only if for this (timeout) duration no packets are received with that particular
context-identifier (CID).
Syntax
[no] timeout <3-1000>
Table 168: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Sets the timeout value to the default (5
seconds).
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/rtp#
192
Command Line Reference
timeout 10
October 2010
Chapter 14: Frame Relay configuration
commands
clear fr invarp
Use this command to clear the inverse ARP statistics for a frame relay bundle.
Syntax
clear fr invarp {<bundle-name> | all}
Example
SR#
clear fr invarp wan1
clear fr lmistats
Use this command to clear the LMI statistics for a bundle.
Syntax
clear fr lmistats <bundle-name>
Example
SR#
clear fr lmistats wan1
clear fr vcstats
Use this command to clear virtual circuit statistics for a frame relay bundle.
Syntax
clear fr vcstats <bundle-name> <16-1022> [stat-type <1-3>]
Command Line Reference
October 2010
193
Frame Relay configuration commands
Table 169: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<bundle-name>
Specifies the bundle name.
<16-1022>
Specifies the DLCI number.
[stat-type <1-3>]
Specifies the type of statistics: 1=RXMON, 2=INJECT,
3=1490. Default is 1.
Example
SR#
clear fr vcstats wan1 20
clear interface avcs
Use this command to clear the counters for AVC interfaces.
Syntax
clear interface {avc <avc-name> | avcs}
Example
SR#
clear interface avc avc1
configure fr invarp
Use this command to configure the Inverse ARP polling timer interval. This is how often the
system polls other frame relay devices for IP data. This function eliminates the need for PVC
map entries.
Syntax
fr invarp <interval>
Table 170: Variable definitions
Variable
<interval>
Value
Time interval for polling The range is 30 - 300 seconds; the
default is 30 seconds.
Example
SR/configure fr invarp 60
194
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure fr mfr_e2e_enhanced
configure fr mfr_e2e_enhanced
Use this command to switch the MFR mode from MFR End-to-End standard FRF.15 mode
(default) to MFR End-to-End Router enhanced FRF.15 mode.
This command automatically applies the settings to all existing AVCs without rebooting the
system. However, if the settings are saved, they are used the next time that the system is
rebooted.
Enhanced FRF.15 is a proprietary protocol and can only work between Avaya Secure Router
2330/4134 systems.
In addition to the features of Standard FRF.15, Enhanced mode calculates differential delay
between CVCs; those with unacceptable delay are taken out of active data transfer, thus
improving overall throughput of the AVC. Also, end-to-end keepalive messages are sent per
CVC, thus helping to maintain the VC integrity across both ends. Keepalive messages also
detect software/hardware loopbacks.
Syntax
[no] fr mfr_e2e_enhanced
Example
SR/configure#
fr mfr_e2e_enhanced
configure interface avc
Use this command to configure a new AVC. Each AVC requires a unique AVC name for
identification.
Syntax
interface avc <avc_name> <dlci>
Table 171: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
avc <avc_name>
Assigns a name to the aggregated virtual
circuit.
dlci <dlci>
DLCI number of the AVC to be configured
The range is 16 - 1022.
Example
SR/configure# interface avc avc1 20
Command Line Reference
October 2010
195
Frame Relay configuration commands
configure interface avc class
Use this command to configure the number of links required to activate the AVC.
In class D and E, only the administrator can bring the AVC status up or down by modifying the
configured shaping parameters of one or more CVCs. In such cases, the remote AVC does
not learn of the updated status.
If the network administrator sets an AVC in the class “D” parameter and then administratively
reduces the CIR of any CVC that causes the local AVC to go down (because of the class D
setting), the remote AVC will not go down because the local and remote CIR values do not
match. To avoid this problem, either change the CIR for the remote CVC to match the local
CIR value or reduce the class D CIR value.
Syntax
class [A | B | C ][D | E]
Table 172: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
A
If any CVC is up, AVC is up. This is the
default.
B
If all CVCs are up, AVC is up.
C
If the user-supplied threshold is satisfied,
AVC is up
D
If every CVC has a CIR greater than or equal
to user supplied threshold value, AVC is up
E
If the total CIR is above the user supplied
threshold, then AVC is up
Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20# class A
configure interface avc cvc
Use this command to add a PVC from a specific bundle to the AVC. The system can bundle
as many as 28 PVCs into one AVC. A CVC cannot be shared between separate AVCs..
Syntax
cvc <dlci> <bundle-name>
196
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface avc diff_delay
Table 173: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<dlci>
DLCI of the virtual PVC. The range is 16 –
1022
<bundle-name>
Name of the bundle the CVC belongs to.
Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20#
cvc 22 wan03
configure interface avc diff_delay
Use this command to configure the maximum differential delay allows for a CVC.
When the AVC is in Router Enhanced FRF.15 mode, using the “no diff_delay” command will
disable differential delay calculations and will not take any action toward dropping any CVC
that is above the configured differential delay limit. The display of CVCs will, however, display
the individual differential delay values for the system administrator’s awareness when the show
interface avc x 16 command is used.
Syntax
[no] diff_delay <diff-delay>
Table 174: Variable definitions
Variable
<diff-delay>
Value
Tolerance, in milliseconds, to differential
delay between frame relay links The range is
10 - 128; the default is 100.
Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20# diff_delay 25
configure interface avc enable avc
Use this command to enable the AVC.
Syntax
[no] enable avc
Command Line Reference
October 2010
197
Frame Relay configuration commands
Table 175: Variable definitions
Variable
no
Value
Disables the AVC.
Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20#
enable avc
configure interface avc enable cvc
Use this command to enable a CVC on an AVC.
Syntax
[no] enable cvc <dlci> <bundle-name>
Table 176: Variable definitions
Variable
no
Value
Disables the CVC.
Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20#
enable cvc 30 wan1
configure interface avc enable mfr_e2e_enhanced
Use this command to enable enhanced FRF.15.
Enhanced FRF.15 is a proprietary protocol and can only work between SR2330/4134 systems.
In addition to the features of Standard FRF.15, Enhanced mode supports end-to-end status
integrity of CVCs (that does not depend on LMI), software loopback detection, and differential
delay calculations.
Syntax
[no] enable mfr_e2e_enhanced
Table 177: Variable definitions
Variable
no
198
Command Line Reference
Value
Specifies normal FRF.15.
October 2010
configure interface avc fragment_size
Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20#
enable mfr_e2e_enhanced
configure interface avc fragment_size
Use this command to configure fragment size for the bundle above which a packet is
fragmented. Packets are intelligently fragmented when the fragment size is exceeded.
Syntax
fragment_size <56-4096>
Table 178: Variable definitions
Variable
<56-4096>
Value
Maximum number of bytes in each frame.
The range is 56 – 4096; default is 1500.
Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20# fragment_size 2048
configure interface avc ip address
Use this command to assign a routing destination IP address and subnet to the AVC.
Syntax
ip address <A.B.C.D> <mask>
Table 179: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
IP address of the AVC is dotted notation.
<mask>
Subnet mask of the AVC.
Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20# ip address 192.5.72.1
255.255.255.0
Command Line Reference
October 2010
199
Frame Relay configuration commands
configure interface avc ip directed broadcast
Use this command to enable or disable forwarding of direct broadcasts from this interface. By
default, directed broadcasts are enabled.
Syntax
[no] ip directed_broadcast
Table 180: Variable definitions
Variable
no
Value
Disables directed broadcasts.
Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20# ip directed_broadcast
configure interface avc map
Use this command to assign a static route to an AVC. Once a static route has been assigned,
inverse ARP ceases to function. If a destination IP address is changed, the static route is not
updated.
Syntax
[no] map <A.B.C.D>
Table 181: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the remote IP address.
[no]
Removes the static route.
Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20#
map 10.1.100.20
configure interface avc seg_threshold
Use this command to configure the segmentation threshold for the AVC.
200
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface avc sequence
The segmentation threshold can never be greater than the frame size. This is the time interval
between acknowledgement requests sent to destination devices.
Syntax
mfr seg_threshold <56-4096>
Table 182: Variable definitions
Variable
<56-4096>
Value
All packet fragments will be equal to or
greater than this value. Packets less than
2xseg_threshold will be forwarded rather
than fragmented. The range is 56 – 4096;
default is 512 If the segmentation threshold
you enter is greater than the frame size, the
system disregards it.
Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20# seg_threshold 56
configure interface avc sequence
Use this command to set the sequence length of an AVC. You can choose either 12- or 24bit spacing.
Syntax
sequence {long | short}
Table 183: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
long
24-bit sequence space
short
12-bit sequence space
Example
SR/configure/interface/avc avc1 20# sequence long
configure interface bundle encapulation frelay|mfr
Use this command to set the bundle encapsulation to Frame Relay or MFR.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
201
Frame Relay configuration commands
Syntax
encapsulation [frelay|mfr]
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01#
mfr
configure interface bundle fr enable interface
Use this command to enable or disable Frame Relay on the bundle.
Syntax
[no] enable interface
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr#
enable interface
configure interface bundle fr enable pvc
Use this command to enable or disable PVCs on the bundle
Syntax
[no] enable pvc {<dlci> | all }
Table 184: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
{<dlci> | all }
Specifies the DLCI number. Enter all to
specify all PVCs.
[no]
Disables the PVC.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr# enable pvc 20
configure interface bundle fr enable fragment_rfc1490
Use this command to enable or disable RFC 1490 fragmentation on the bundle.
202
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface bundle fr frame_size
Syntax
[no] enable fragment_1490
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr#
enable fragment_1490
configure interface bundle fr frame_size
Use this command to configure the maximum frame size for the Frame Relay bundle.
Syntax
fr frame_size <56-9216>
Table 185: Variable definitions
Variable
<56-9216>
Value
Specifies the maximum frame size in bytes
(default 1600).
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr#
fr frame_size 80
configure interface bundle fr interleave enable
Use this command to enable interleaving.
Syntax
[no] enable
Table 186: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables interleaving.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/interleave#
Command Line Reference
enable
October 2010
203
Frame Relay configuration commands
configure interface bundle fr interleave hiprio
Use this command to configure the traffic properties for high-priority packets.
Syntax
hiprio <committed-rate> <burst-rate>
Table 187: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<committed-rate>
Committed rate as a percentage of the total
CIR of FRF.12 fragmentation enabled PVCs.
<burst-rate>
Burst (excess) rate as a percentage of the
total CIR of FRF.12 fragmentation enabled
PVCs.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/interleave#
hiprio 10 20
configure interface bundle fr intf_type
Use this command to configure the interface as DCE, DTE, or NNI.
Syntax
intf_type {dce | dte | nni}
Table 188: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
dce
Data circuit-terminating equipment.
dte
Data terminal equipment.
nni
Network to network interface.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr#
204
Command Line Reference
intf_type dce
October 2010
configure interface bundle fr lmi
configure interface bundle fr lmi
Use this command to configure the local management interface type.
Syntax
lmi lmi_type {ansi | cisco | q933a}
Table 189: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
ansi
ANSI T1.617 Annex D (default)
cisco
Cisco LMI
q933a
ITU-T Q.933 Annex A
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr#
lmi lmi_type ansi
configure interface bundle fr lmi dce
Use this command to configure the LMI status polling interval and error threshold parameters.
In the DCE mode, the system responds to LMI polls from the remote DTE device.
This command applies for both DCE and NNI interface types.
Syntax
dce [n392 <1-10>] [n393 <1-10>] [t392 <5-255>]
Table 190: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[n392 <1-10>]
Error threshold (the maximum number of
unreceived LMI status inquiries accepted by
the system before the interface is declared
down). The range is 1 - 10; the default is 9.
This value must always be less than the n393
value.
[n393 <1-10>]
Maximum number of LMI polling intervals
during which the n392 error threshold is
counted. The range is 1 - 10; the default is 10.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
205
Frame Relay configuration commands
Variable
Value
[t392 <5-255>]
Polling verification timer. The range is 5-255;
the default is 15.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/lmi#
dce n392 4 n393 5
configure interface bundle fr lmi dte
Use this command to configure the LMI status polling interval and error threshold parameters.
In the DTE mode, the system sends LMI polls to the remote DTE device.
This command applies for both DTE and NNI interface types.
Syntax
dte [n392 <1-10>] [n393 <1-10>] [n391 <1-255>]
Table 191: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[n392 <1-10>]
Error threshold (maximum number of unanswered LMI status
inquiries accepted by the system before the interface is
declared down). The range is 1 - 10; the default is 9. This
value must always be less than the n393 value below.
[n393 <1-10>]
Maximum number of LMI polling intervals during which the
n392 error threshold above is counted. The range is 1 - 10;
the default is 10.
[n391 <1-255>]
Number of LMI status inquiries that pass before the system
sends a full status inquiry message. The range is 1 - 255; the
default is 6.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/lmi#
dte n392 4 n393 5
configure interface bundle fr lmi fast_recovery
Use this command to configure the local management interface
Syntax
[no] fast_recovery
206
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface bundle fr lmi keepalive
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/lmi#
fast_recovery
configure interface bundle fr lmi keepalive
Use this command to configure the local management interface
Syntax
keepalive <5-255>
Table 192: Variable definitions
Variable
<5-255>
Value
The range is 5 - 255 seconds. The default is
10 seconds for DTE/NNI. The default is 15
seconds for DCE.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/lmi# keepalive 20
configure interface bundle fr mfr ack_msg
Use this command to configure the ack message timer and retries.
Syntax
mfr ack_msg [ack_timer <1-10>] [max_retry (1-5>]
Table 193: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[ack_timer <1-10>]
Time interval for which the system waits for
an acknowledgement from the network
device. The range is 1 - 10 seconds; the
default is 4 seconds.
[max_retry (1-5>]
Maximum number of additional times the
system sends an acknowledgement request
to a device before dropping a link from the
bundle. The range is 1 - 5 attempts; the
default is 2.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
207
Frame Relay configuration commands
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr# mfr ack_msg ack_timer 5
max_retry 3
configure interface bundle fr mfr class
Use this command to configure the number of links required to activate the bundle.
Syntax
mfr class [A | B | C] [threshold <1-28>]
Table 194: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
A
bundle is up when at least one link is up
(default)
B
bundle is up when all links are up
C
bundle is up when user-specified number of
links are up
[threshold <1-28>]
Minimum number of activated links required
to activate the bundle (default: all).
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr# mfr class A
configure interface bundle fr mfr diff_delay
Use this command to configure the differential delay for the MFR bundle.
Syntax
mfr diff_delay <diff-delay>
Table 195: Variable definitions
Variable
<diff-delay>
208
Command Line Reference
Value
Tolerance, in milliseconds, to differential
delay between frame relay links The range is
10 - 128; the default is 100.
October 2010
configure interface bundle fr mfr fragment_size
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr# mfr diff_delay 110
configure interface bundle fr mfr fragment_size
Use this command to configure fragment size for the bundle above which a packet is
fragmented.
Syntax
mfr fragment_size <56-9216>
Table 196: Variable definitions
Variable
<56-9216>
Value
Maximum number of bytes in each frame.
The range is 56 – 4096; default is 1500.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr# mfr fragment_size 2000
configure interface bundle fr mfr hello_timer
Use this command to configure the hello timer for the MFR bundle. This is the time interval
between acknowledgement requests sent to destination devices.
Syntax
mfr hello_timer <1-180>
Table 197: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-180>
Value
Interval in seconds (default: 10).
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr# mfr 20
Command Line Reference
October 2010
209
Frame Relay configuration commands
configure interface bundle fr mfr seg_threshold
Use this command to configure the segmentation threshold.
The segmentation threshold can never be greater than the frame size. This is the time interval
between acknowledgement requests sent to destination devices.
Syntax
mfr seg_threshold <56-4096>
Table 198: Variable definitions
Variable
<56-4096>
Value
All packet fragments will be equal to or
greater than seg_threshold. Packets less
than 2 x seg_threshold will be forwarded
rather than fragmented. The range is 56 4096; the default is 512. If the segmentation
threshold you enter is greater than the frame
size, the system disregards it.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr# mfr seg_threshold 1024
configure interface bundle fr pvc
Use this command to add a PVC to the Frame Relay bundle.
Syntax
[no] pvc <16-1022>
Table 199: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<16-1022>
specifies the data link connection identifier
(DLCI) of the PVC.
[no]
Deletes the PVC.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr#
210
Command Line Reference
pvc 999
October 2010
configure interface bundle fr pvc crypto
configure interface bundle fr pvc crypto
Configure the specified PVC as a trusted or untrusted interface for security features.
Syntax
crypto { trusted | untrusted }
Table 200: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
trusted
Interface is part of a trusted network.
untrusted
Interface is part of an untrusted network.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20#
configure interface bundle fr pvc desc
Use this command to configure a description for the PVC.
Syntax
desc <"name">
Table 201: Variable definitions
Variable
<"name">
Value
Name of the PVC Use a string of upto 64
characters, enclosed in quotes.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# desc "link to east
branch"
configure interface bundle fr pvc enable
Use this command to enable or disable the selected PVC.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
211
Frame Relay configuration commands
Syntax
[no] enable
Table 202: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables the PVC.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# enable
configure interface bundle fr pvc frf12
Use this command to provision FRF12 on the PVC.
Syntax
frf12 [framesize <56-4096>]
Table 203: Variable definitions
Variable
[framesize <56-4096>]
Value
Maximum frame size in bytes (default:1600)
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# frf12 framesize 2000
configure interface bundle fr pvc frf20 config
Use this command to configure FRF.20 IP header compression properties.
Syntax
frf20 config [retries_timeout <retries_timeout>] [retries <retries>]
[f_max_period <f_max_period>] [f_max_time <f_max_time>] [timeout
<timeout>]
Table 204: Variable definitions
Variable
[retries_timeout <retries_timeout>]
212
Command Line Reference
Value
Specifies the timeout of the FRF.20 state
machine. 1-10 (default 3).
October 2010
configure interface bundle fr pvc frf20 enable
Variable
Value
[retries <retries>]
Specifies the number of retries for
negotiation. 1-10 (default 3).
[f_max_period <f_max_period>]
Negotiable number of TCP headers before
context state. 0-0xFFF. (default 256).
[f_max_time <f_max_time>]
Negotiable time interval between full
headers. 0-0xff (default 5).
[timeout <timeout>]
Timeout for RTP entries in seconds. 3-1000.
(default 5).
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# frf20 config retries
5
configure interface bundle fr pvc frf20 enable
Use this command to enable FRF.20 IP header compression.
Syntax
[no] frf20 enable
Table 205: Variable definitions
Variable
no
Value
Disables FRF.20 compression.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# [no] frf20 enable
configure interface bundle fr pvc ip address
Use this command to configure an IP address for the PVC.
Syntax
ip address <A.B.C.D> <netmask> [type <broadcast>]}
Command Line Reference
October 2010
213
Frame Relay configuration commands
Table 206: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
IP address of the PVC.
<netmask>
Subnet mask of the PVC.
[type <broadcast>]
Specifies a broadcast interface.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# ip address 192.5.72.1
255.255.255.0 broadcast
configure interface bundle fr pvc ipv6 address
Use this command to configure an IPv6 address for the PVC.
Syntax
ipv6 address {<X:X::X:X/M> | <prefix-name> <Y:Y::Y:Y/M> }
Table 207: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
X:X::X:X/M
IPv6 prefix address.
<prefix-name>
Prefix name to be referred to assign IPv6
address to this interface.
<Y:Y::Y:Y/N>
Subnet prefix number to be ORed with NW
prefix referred by the prefix name.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# ipv6 address
PrefixName FFFF::0000/24
configure interface bundle fr pvc map
Use this command to assign a static route to a PVC. Once a static route has been assigned,
inverse ARP ceases to function. If a destination IP address is changed, the static route is not
updated.
Syntax
[no] map ipv4 <A.B.C.D>
214
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface bundle fr pvc policing
Table 208: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the remote IP address.
[no]
Removes the static route.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# map ipv4 10.1.100.2
configure interface bundle fr pvc policing
Use this command to enable or disable PVC traffic policing on incoming traffic for a PVC.
Policing sets the committed information rate (CIR) and data burst parameters that control the
data flow on the PVC in the incoming direction. Policing is automatically enabled on all PVCs of
all Frame Relay bundles.
Syntax
policing [cir <n>] [bc <n>] [be <n>] [<de>]
Table 209: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
cir <n>
The committed information rate for the PVC,
in bits per second. Non-committed PVCs are
created by setting the PVC CIR to 0.
bc <n>
Maximum committed (guaranteed)
transmission burst size for the PVC, in
bits.The default is bundle bandwidth rate.
Generally, this value exceeds CIR and may
be a multiple of that value.
be <n>
Excess burst size (number of bits in excess
of bc value); non-guaranteed. Default is 0
<de>
Enable discard-eligible (DE) bit on a PVC.
The default is OFF. This setting allows lower
priority PVCs to designate their traffic as
eligible for discard during the periods of
heavy congestion.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# policing cir 128000
bc 256000 be 32000 de
Command Line Reference
October 2010
215
Frame Relay configuration commands
configure interface bundle fr pvc shaping
Use this command to enable or disable PVC traffic shaping on outgoing traffic for a PVC.
Shaping sets the committed information rate and data burst parameters that control the data
flow on the PVC in the outgoing direction. Shaping is automatically enabled on all PVCs of all
Frame Relay bundles.
Syntax
shaping [cir <n>] [bcmax <n>] [bcmin <n>] [be <n>]
Table 210: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
cir <n>
The committed information rate for the PVC,
in bits per second. The default is bundle
bandwidth rate. Setting the PVC CIR to 0
creates non-committed PVCs.
bcmax <n>
Maximum committed (guanranteed)
transmission burst size for the PVC, in bits.
The default is bundle bandwidth rate.
Generally, this value exceeds CIR and may
be a multiple of that value
bcmin <n>
Minimum committed (guanranteed)
transmission burst size for the PVC, in bits.
Generally, this is a value greater than cir and
less than bcmax.
be <n>
Excess burst size (number of bits in excess
of bcmax); non-guaranteed. Default is 0.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# shaping cir 128000
bcmax 256000 bcmin 192000 be 64000
configure interface bundle fr pvc switch
Use this command to enable Layer 2 switching between the current PVC and another PVC on
the same bundle, or between the current PVC and a PVC on another bundle.
To ensure correct switching, specify both the PVC number and the bundle name. Before
enabling switching, configure the other bundle and associated PVC. Both of the bundles and
PVCs must exist to enable switching.
216
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show fr avcs
Syntax
[no] switch <dlci> <bundle>
Table 211: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<dlci>
The DLCI number of the other PVC.
Allowable range: 16-1022
<bundle>
The name of the WAN bundle to which the
other PVC belongs. This entry is not required
if both PVCs are on the same bundle.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle SF_01/fr/pvc 20# switch 20 wan1
show fr avcs
Use this command to display the configured AVCs on the router.
Syntax
show fr avcs
Example
SR#
show fr avcs
show fr cvcs
Use this command to display the configured CVCs on the router.
Syntax
show fr cvcs
Example
SR#
show fr cvcs
show fr invarp
Use this command to display the inverse ARP statistics for a frame relay bundle.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
217
Frame Relay configuration commands
Syntax
show fr invarp {<bundle-name> | all}
Example
SR#
show fr invarp wan1
show fr invarp_int
Use this command to display the time interval configured for the frame relay inverse ARP timer..
Syntax
show fr invarp_int
Example
SR#
show fr invarp_int
show fr lmistats
Use this command to display the LMI statistics for a bundle.
Syntax
show fr lmistats <bundle-name>
Example
SR#
show fr lmistats wan1
show fr pvcs
Use this command to show all PVCs including their bundle name, PVC number and status,
and policing (enabled or disabled) information. If the PVC is switched to another PVC, that
PVC number is shown. If the PVC terminates at a LAN, the PVC IP address is shown.
Syntax
show fr pvcs
Example
SR#
218
show fr pvcs
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show fr vcstats
show fr vcstats
Use this command to display virtual circuit statistics for a frame relay bundle.
Syntax
show fr vcstats <bundle-name> <16-1022> [stat-type <1-3>]
Table 212: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<bundle-name>
Specifies the bundle name.
<16-1022>
Specifies the DLCI number.
[stat-type <1-3>]
Specifies the type of statistics: 1=RXMON, 2=INJECT,
3=1490. Default is 1.
Example
SR#
show fr vcstats wan1 20
show interface avcs
Use this command to display information about a DTE-to-DTE MFR AVC, including the status
of the AVC and the status of each CVC in the AVC.
Syntax
show interface avc <avc-name> <dlci>
Example
SR#
show interface avc avc1 30
Command Line Reference
October 2010
219
Frame Relay configuration commands
220
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 15: Static LSP commands
mpls static-ftn
Use this command to configure a static FTN entry on an ingress LER to set a static MPLS
action for a specific FEC.
Syntax
[no] mpls static-ftn <FEC/Mask> <outgoing-label> <next-hop>
<outgoing-if-name>
Table 213: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Deletes the specified static FTN entry.
<FEC/Mask>
Specifies the Forwarding Equivalence Class,
with mask (A.B.C.D/M).
<outgoing-label>
Specifies the outgoing label value:
• 0: explicit null
• 3: implicit null
• 16-1048575
<next-hop>
Specifies the next hop IPv4 address.
<outgoing-if-name>
Specifies the outgoing interface name.
Example
SR/configure# mpls static-ftn 192.168.1.0/24 1000 192.168.2.1
ethernet0/2
mpls static-ilm
Use this command to configure a static ILM entry on a transit or egress LSR interface to set a
static MPLS action for packets with a specific label.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
221
Static LSP commands
Syntax
[no] mpls static-ilm <label-in> <if-name-in> [pop] | [swap <labelout> <next-hop> <if-name-out>]
Table 214: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Deletes the specified static ILM entry.
<label-in>
Specifies the incoming label value. (16 1039)
<if-name-in>
Specifies the incoming interface name.
[pop]
Specifies to pop the incoming label.
swap
Specifies to swap the incoming label.
<label-out>
Specifies the outgoing label value for swap:
• 0: explicit null
• 3: implicit null
• 16-1048575
<next-hop>
Specifies the next hop IP address.
<if-name-out>
Specifies the outgoing interface name for
swap:
Example
SR/configure# mpls static-ilm 1000 ethernet0/2 swap 1010 192.168.2.2
ethernet 5/4
show mpls static-ftn
Use this command to display the static FTN entry to verify the configuration.
Syntax
show mpls static-ftn
Example
SR# show mpls static-ftn
222
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show mpls static-ilm
show mpls static-ilm
Use this command to display the static ILM entry to verify the configuration.
Syntax
show mpls static-ilm
Example
SR# show mpls static-ilm
show mpls stats-ftn
Use this command to display statistics for the MPLS static FTN.
Syntax
show mpls stats-ftn
Example
SR# show mpls stats-ftn
show mpls stats-ilm
Use this command to display statistics for the MPLS static ILM.
Syntax
show mpls static-ilm
Example
SR# show mpls stats-ilm
Command Line Reference
October 2010
223
Static LSP commands
224
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 16: LDP commands
Important:
LDP can only be enabled on WAN bundles and chassis Ethernet ports. Module Ethernet ports do not
support LDP.
clear ldp adjacency
Use this command to clear LDP adjacencies.
Syntax
clear ldp adjacency {<A.B.C.D>|all}
Table 215: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
LDP adjacency address.
all
Clears all LDP adjacencies.
Example
SR# clear ldp adjacency all
clear ldp statistics
Use this command to clear LDP statistics.
Syntax
clear ldp statistics [advertise-labels for <prefix-list>]
Table 216: Variable definitions
Variable
[advertise-labels for <prefix-list>]
Command Line Reference
Value
Clears IP prefix list of advertise-labels.
October 2010
225
LDP commands
Example
SR# clear ldp statistics
configure interface ldp advertisement-mode
Use this command to configure the label advertisement mode to control when the interface
advertises FEC-to-label bindings to LDP peers.
The label advertisement mode you configure for an interface overrides the global
advertisement mode.
Syntax
[no] ldp advertisement-mode {downstream-unsolicited}
Table 217: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the advertisement mode to the global
value.
{downstream-unsolicited}
Specifies downstream-unsolicited mode: the
router distributes labels to peers without
waiting for a label request. This mode is
typically used with the liberal label retention
mode.
Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp advertisement-mode
configure interface ldp hello-interval
Use this command to configure the interval for sending hello packets through the interface to
create maintain adjacencies.
Whenever a new router comes up, it sends out a hello packet to a specified, multicast address
announcing itself to the network. Hello messages are sent to the All Routers Multicast Group
(224.0.0.2). Receipt of a hello packet from another LSR creates a hello adjacency with that
LSR.
For optimum performance, set the hello-interval value to no more than one-third the hold time
value.
The hello interval you configure for an interface overrides the global value.
226
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface ldp hold-time
Syntax
[no] ldp hello-interval <1-65535>
Table 218: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the hello interval to the global value.
<1-65535>
Specifies the hello interval in seconds.
Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp hello-interval 90
configure interface ldp hold-time
Use this command to set the maximum period that the interface waits for a hello packet from
a peer before it rejects an existing adjacency. The hold time timer is reset every time a hello
packet is received from the peer in question.
The hold time you configure for an interface overrides the global value.
Syntax
[no] ldp hold-time <1-65535>
Table 219: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the hold time to the global value.
<1-65535>
Specifies the hold time in seconds.
Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp hold-time 180
configure interface ldp keepalive-interval
Use this command to set the interval at which the LSR sends keepalive messages to the peer in
order to maintain an LDP session.
Each LSR must send keepalive messages at regular intervals to LDP peers to keep the
sessions active. The keepalive interval determines the time-interval between successive
keepalive messages.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
227
LDP commands
The keepalive interval you configure for an interface overrides the global value.
Syntax
[no] ldp keepalive-interval <1-65535>
Table 220: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the keepalive interval to the global
value.
<1-65535>
Specifies the keepalive interval in seconds.
Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp keepalive-interval 180
configure interface ldp keepalive-timeout
Use this command to configure the maximum period that the LSR waits for a keepalive
message from a peer before the LDP session times out. The keepalive timer is reset every
time a keepalive packet is received from the peer in question. For optimum performance, set
this value to no more than three times the keepalive interval value
When you configure this property at the interface level, the configured value overrides the value
set using the global keepalive-timeout command.
The keepalive timeout you configure for an interface overrides the global value.
Syntax
[no] ldp keepalive-timeout <1-65535>
Table 221: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the keepalive timeout to the global
value.
<1-65535>
Specifies the keepalive timeout in seconds.
Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp keepalive-timeout 300
228
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface ldp label-retention-mode
configure interface ldp label-retention-mode
Use this command to set the retention mode to be used for all labels exchanged through the
specified interface.
If an LDP session is already operational, any changes made to the retention mode apply only to
labels received after the router processes the mode change command. All previously received
labels remain unchanged.
The label retention mode you configure for an interface overrides the global value.
Syntax
[no] ldp label-retention-mode {liberal}
Table 222: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the keepalive timeout to the global
value.
{liberal}
Specifies to retain all labels binding to FEC
received from label distribution peers, even
if the LSR is not the current next hop.
Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp label-retention-mode liberal
configure interface ldp multicast-hellos
Use this command to enable multicast hello exchange on an interface to enable autodiscovery of LDP peers on directly connected networks. Multicast hellos are enabled by default.
Enabling or disabling multicast hellos for an interface overrides the global state.
Syntax
[no] ldp multicast-hellos
Table 223: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Command Line Reference
Value
Disables multicast hellos on the interface.
October 2010
229
LDP commands
Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp multicast-hellos
configure interface ldp targeted-peer-hello-interval
Use this command to configure the targeted peer hello interval for sending hello packets
through the interface to the targeted peer.
The targeted LDP peer hello interval configure for an interface overrides the global value.
Syntax
[no] ldp targeted-peer-hello-interval <1-65535>
Table 224: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the targeted peer hello interval to the
default value.
<1-65535>
Specifies the targeted peer hello interval in
seconds.
Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp targeted-peer-hello-interval 60
configure interface ldp targeted-peer-hold-time
Use this command to configure the targeted LDP peer hold time to set time that the router
waits before rejecting an adjacency with targeted peers. For optimal performance, set this
value to no less than three times the hello interval value for targeted peers.
Syntax
[no] ldp targeted-peer-hold-time <1-65535>
Table 225: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the hold time to the global value.
<1-65535>
Specifies the hold time in seconds.
Example
SR/interface/bundle wan# ldp targeted-peer-hold-time 180
230
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ldp
configure router ldp
Use this command to enable LDP and to allow configuration of LDP properties on the router.
Syntax
router ldp
Example
SR/configure# router ldp
configure router ldp advertise-labels
Use this command to configure ACL rules to permit or deny the advertisement of labels for
specific routes to a configured list of neighbors. After the routes are redistributed, denied routes
are no longer advertised to the listed LDP neighbors.
Syntax
[no] advertise-labels [for any to none] | {for <prefix-acl> to [any |
<peer-acl>] }
Table 226: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Specifies destinations that do not advertise
their labels to specified LDP neighbors.
(When used together with for any to none,
this enables the distribution of all locally
assigned labels to all LDP neighbors.)
[for any to none]
Prevents the distribution of any locally
assigned labels to any neighbors.
<prefix-acl>
Prefix access control list that specifies the
destinations that have their labels
advertised.
[any | <peer-acl>]
Specifies the neighbors that receive label
advertisements, using a peer access control
list name. Enter any to specify all neighbors.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# advertise-labels for any to none
Command Line Reference
October 2010
231
LDP commands
configure router ldp advertisement-mode
Use this command to set the label advertisement mode for an interface for the current LSR to
downstream-on-demand.
Syntax
[no] advertisement-mode {downstream-unsolicited}
Table 227: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the default advertisement mode to the
default value. (Default: downstreamunsolicited.)
{downstream-unsolicited}
Specifies downstream-unsolicited mode: the
router distributes labels to peers without
waiting for a label request. This mode is
typically used with the liberal label retention
mode.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# advertisement-mode downstream-unsolicited
configure router ldp control-mode
Use this command to set the control mode for label processing.
Syntax
[no] control-mode {independent | ordered}
Table 228: Variable definitions
Variable
232
Value
[no]
Sets the label control mode to the default
value (independent).
independent
Independent processing sets the mode to
instant replies: the LSR advertises label
mappings to neighbors at any time.
ordered
In ordered mode, an LSR only advertises
label mappings for an FEC when it is the
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ldp explicit-null
Variable
Value
egress router for the FEC, or when it has
received a label mapping from the current
next hop for the FEC.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# control-mode independent
configure router ldp explicit-null
Use this command to enable explicit null labels on router. By default, implicit null labels are
advertised on the egress route.
Syntax
[no] explicit-null
Table 229: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables explicit null labels.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# explicit-null
configure router ldp hello-interval
Use this command to configure the interval for sending hello packets through LSR interfaces
to create and maintain adjacencies.
Whenever a new router comes up, it sends out a hello packet to a specified, multicast address
announcing itself to the network. Hello messages are sent to the All Routers Multicast Group
(224.0.0.2). Receipt of a hello packet from another LSR creates a hello adjacency with that
LSR.
For optimum performance, set the hello-interval value to no more than one-third the holdtime value.
Syntax
[no] hello-interval <1-65535>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
233
LDP commands
Table 230: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the hello interval to the default value (2
seconds).
<1-65535>
Specifies the hello interval in seconds.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# hello-interval 635
configure router ldp hold-time
Use this command to configure the maximum period that the LSR waits for a hello packet
from a peer before it rejects an existing adjacency. The hold timer is reset every time a hello
packet is received from the peer in question.
Syntax
[no] hold-time <1-65535>
Table 231: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the hold time to the default value (15
seconds).
<1-65535>
Specifies the hold-time value in seconds.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# hold-time 635
configure router ldp keepalive-interval
Use this command to set the interval at which the LSR sends keepalive messages to the peer in
order to maintain an LDP session.
Each LSR must send keepalive messages at regular intervals to LDP peers to keep the
sessions active. The keepalive interval determines the time-interval between successive
keepalive messages.
Syntax
[no] keepalive-interval <1-65535>
234
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ldp keepalive-timeout
Table 232: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the keepalive interval to the default
value (30 seconds).
<1-65535>
Specifies the keepalive interval in seconds.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# keepalive-interval 60
configure router ldp keepalive-timeout
Configure the keepalive timeout to set the maximum period that the LSR waits for a keepalive
message from a peer before the LDP session times out. The keepalive timer is reset every
time a keepalive packet is received from the peer in question. For optimum performance, set
this value to no more than three times the keepalive interval value.
Syntax
[no] keepalive-timeout <1-65535>
Table 233: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the keepalive timeout to the default
value (30 seconds).
<1-65535>
Specifies the keepalive timeout in seconds.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# keepalive-timeout 90
configure router ldp label-retention-mode
Use this command to set the retention mode to be used for all labels exchanged via the given
interface.
Syntax
[no] label-retention-mode {liberal}
Command Line Reference
October 2010
235
LDP commands
Table 234: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the keepalive timeout to the default
value.
{liberal}
Specifies to retain all labels binding to FEC
received from label distribution peers, even
if the LSR is not the current next hop.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# label-retention-mode liberal
configure router ldp loop-detection
Use this command to enable the hop count limit method for detecting looping LSPs. Loop
detection ensures that a loop is detected while establishing a label switched path and before
any data is passed over that LSP.
Syntax
[no] loop-detection
Table 235: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables loop-detection.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp#
loop-detection
configure router ldp loop-detection-count
Use this command to set the maximum hop-count value for loop detection.
Syntax
[no] loop-detection-count <1-255>
236
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ldp multicast-hellos
Table 236: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the loop detection count to the default
value.
<1-255>
Specifies the loop detection count.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# loop-detection-count 30
configure router ldp multicast-hellos
Use this command to enable multicast hello exchange on all interfaces to enable autodiscovery of LDP peers on directly connected networks. Multicast hellos are disabled by
default.
Syntax
[no] multicast-hellos
Table 237: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables multicast hellos on all interfaces.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# multicast-hellos
configure router ldp propagate-release
The label advertisement mode (downstream unsolicited) controls how labels are propagated
to upstream routers. Use this command to enable the propagation of labels to next-hop routers
even if the upstream router does not hold a label for the specified FEC. In this case, the LSR
can propagate the label to the Next Hop.
Syntax
[no] propagate-release
Command Line Reference
October 2010
237
LDP commands
Table 238: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables the release of labels to downstream
routers.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# propagate-release
configure router ldp request-retry
Use this command to enable to enable repeated requests for a label when it has been rejected
for a valid reason.
Syntax
[no] request-retry
Table 239: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables request retries.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# request-retry
configure router ldp request-retry-timeout
Use this command to configure the interval between request retries.
Syntax
[no] request-retry-timeout <1-65535>
Table 240: Variable definitions
Variable
238
Value
[no]
Sets the request retry timeout to the default
value. The default timeout is 5 seconds.
<1-65535>
Specifies the interval between request
retries in seconds.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ldp targeted-peer
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# request-retry-timeout 35
configure router ldp targeted-peer
Use this command to specify a targeted LDP peer to send targeted hello messages to a specific
IP address. This allows the router to establish an LDP session to a non-directly connected LSR.
Syntax
targeted-peer <targeted-peer-ip>
Table 241: Variable definitions
Variable
<targeted-peer-ip>
Value
Specifies the IPv4 address of the targeted
peer.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# targeted-peer 10.1.1.1
configure router ldp targeted-peer-hello-interval
Use this command to set the interval for sending unicast hello packets to targeted peers via
this interface.
Syntax
[no] targeted-peer-hello-interval <1-65535>
Table 242: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the targeted peer hello interval to the
default value.
<1-65535>
Specifies the targeted peer hello interval in
seconds.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# targeted-peer-hello-interval 635
Command Line Reference
October 2010
239
LDP commands
configure router ldp targeted-peer-hold-time
Use this command to set the time-out value that is the time that the router waits before rejecting
an adjacency with a targeted peer. The timer is reset every time a targeted hello packet is
received from a targeted peer. For optimal performance, set this value to no less than three
times the hello interval value for targeted peers.
Syntax
[no] targeted-peer-hold-time <1-65535>
Table 243: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-65535>
Value
Specifies the targeted peer hold time value
in seconds. The default is 45 seconds.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# targeted-peer-hold-time 635
configure router ldp transport-address
Use this command to configure the transport address for a label space. The transport address
is the address used for the TCP session over which LDP is running.
If you manually configure the transport address for the label space, the transport address must
be a loopback address.
If you do not manually configure the transport address, LDP uses a physical interface address
as the transport address.
Syntax
[no] transport-address <transport-ip-address>
Table 244: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Deletes the transport address.
<transport-ip-address>
Specifies the transport IP address.
Example
SR/configure/router/ldp# transport-address 10.1.2.3
240
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ldp adjacency
show ldp adjacency
Use this command to show LDP adjacencies.
Syntax
show ldp adjacency
Example
SR# show ldp adjacency
show ldp advertise-labels
Use this command to display the IP access list of LDP advertise-labels.
Syntax
show ldp advertise-labels
Example
SR# show ldp advertise-labels
show ldp fec
Use this command to display FECs known to the current LSR.
Syntax
show ldp fec [A.B.C.D/M]
If the IP address is not specified, all FECs are displayed.
Example
SR# show ldp fec 10.10.1.0/24
show ldp interface
Use this command to display detailed LDP information for an interface.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
241
LDP commands
Syntax
show ldp interface <interface-name>
Table 245: Variable definitions
Variable
<interface-name>
Value
Displays LDP information for the specified
interface. If this value is not specified,
information for all interfaces is displayed.
Example
SR# show ldp interface ethernet0/3
show ldp lsp
Use this command to display LDP LSP configuration.
Syntax
show ldp lsp [detail]
Table 246: Variable definitions
Variable
[detail]
Value
Displays advertise-label information in
addition to LDP LSP information.
Example
SR# show ldp lsp
show ldp lsp fec
Use this command to display the configuration of the LDP LSP corresponding to a particular
FEC.
Syntax
show ldp lsp fec <A.B.C.D/M> [detail]
Table 247: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D/M>
242
Command Line Reference
Value
FEC with mask.
October 2010
show ldp lsp host
Variable
[detail]
Value
Displays advertise-label information in
addition to LDP LSP information.
Example
SR# show ldp lsp fec 10.10.1.0/24
show ldp lsp host
Use this command to display LDP LSP host .
Syntax
show ldp lsp host [detail]
Table 248: Variable definitions
Variable
[detail]
Value
Displays advertise-label information in
addition to LDP LSP host information.
Example
SR# show ldp lsp host
show ldp lsp prefix
Use this command to display LDP LSP prefix.
Syntax
show ldp lsp prefix [detail]
Table 249: Variable definitions
Variable
[detail]
Value
Displays advertise-label information in
addition to LDP LSP prefix information.
Example
SR# show ldp lsp prefix
Command Line Reference
October 2010
243
LDP commands
show ldp session
Use this command to display LDP sessions.
Syntax
show ldp session [<A.B.C.D> | detail]
Table 250: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Displays information for established
sessions with the peer specified by this IP
address. If this value is not specified,
information for all peers is displayed.
[detail]
Displays detailed information for all sessions
established between the current LSR and
other LSRs.
Example
SR# show ldp
show ldp statistics
Use this command to display LDP packet statistics.
Syntax
show ldp statistics
Example
SR# show ldp statistics
show ldp statistics advertise-labels
Use this command to display LDP advertise-labels statistics.
Syntax
show ldp statistics advertise-labels
244
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ldp statistics advertise-labels
Example
SR# show ldp advertise-labels
Command Line Reference
October 2010
245
LDP commands
246
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 17: RSVP-TE commands
Important:
RSVP-TE can only be enabled on WAN bundles and chassis Ethernet ports. Module Ethernet ports do
not support RSVP-TE.
clear mpls traffic-eng-lsp
Use this command to clear data for MPLS traffic-engineered LSPs.
Syntax
clear mpls traffic-eng-lsp [ingress | non-ingress | all | <LSP-name>]
Table 251: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
ingress
Clears data for ingress LSP.
non-ingress
Clears data for non-ingress LSP.
all
Clears data for all configured LSPs.
<LSP-name>
Clears data for the specifies LSP.
Example
SR# clear mpls traffic-eng-lsp ingress
clear rsvp session
Use this command to clear RSVP sessions.
Syntax
clear rsvp session {<session-tunnel-id> | all}
Command Line Reference
October 2010
247
RSVP-TE commands
Table 252: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<session-tunnel-id>
Specifies the session tunnel ID to clear.
all
Clears all RSVP sessions configured.
Example
SR# clear rsvp session tunnel1
clear rsvp statistics
Use this command to clear RSVP statistics.
Syntax
clear rsvp statistics
Example
SR# clear rsvp statistics
configure interface rsvp ack-wait-timeout
Use this command to configure the acknowledgement wait timeout for reliable messaging for
all neighbors detected on the specified interface.
Syntax
[no] rsvp ack-wait-timeout <1-65535>
Table 253: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the acknowledgement wait timeout to
the default value. (10 seconds)
<1-65535>
Specifies the acknowledgement wait timeout
value in seconds.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp ack-wait-timeout 30
248
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface rsvp hello-interval
configure interface rsvp hello-interval
Use this command to enable the sending of Hello packets on the interface and set the interval
value between successive Hello packets to neighbors.
For optimum performance, set the Hello interval value to no more than one-third the hold time
value.
The hello interval you configure for an interface overrides the global value.
Syntax
[no] rsvp hello-interval <1-65535>
Table 254: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the hello interval to the default value (2
seconds).
<1-65535>
Specifies the hello interval in seconds.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp hello-interval 10
configure interface rsvp hello-receipt
Use this command to enable the receipt of Hello messages from peers connected through the
specified interface.
Syntax
[no] rsvp hello-receipt
Table 255: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables hello receipt.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp hello-receipt
Command Line Reference
October 2010
249
RSVP-TE commands
configure interface rsvp hello-timeout
Use this command to configure the hello timeout on the interface to specify the interval that
the interface waits for a Hello message from a connected peer before the interface resets all
sessions shared with this particular peer.
Syntax
[no] rsvp hello-timeout <1-65535>
Table 256: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the hello timeout to the default value (10
seconds).
<1-65535>
Specifies the hello timeout in seconds.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp hello-timeout 20
configure interface rsvp keep-multiplier
Use this command to configure the interface keep multiplier.
The refresh time and keep multiplier are two interrelated timing parameters used to calculate
the valid Reservation Lifetime for an LSP. Use the following formula to calculate the reservation
lifetime for an LSP: L >= (K + 0.5)* 1.5 * R K = keep-multiplier R = refresh timer Refresh
messages are sent periodically so that the neighbors do not timeout.
Syntax
[no] rsvp keep-multiplier <1-255>
Table 257: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the keep multiplier to the global value.
<1-255>
Sets the keep multiplier value.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp keep-multiplier 15
250
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface rsvp message-ack
configure interface rsvp message-ack
Use this command to enable the reliable messaging form of refresh reduction for all messages
being sent to the neighbors that have been detected on the specified interface.
Syntax
[no] rsvp message-ack
Table 258: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables message acknowledgement.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp message-ack
configure interface rsvp refresh-reduction
Use this command to enable Refresh Reduction capability advertisement to allow an interface
to advertise the refresh reduction capability.
Syntax
[no] rsvp refresh-reduction
Table 259: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disable refresh reduction capability
advertisement on the interface.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp refresh-reduction
configure interface rsvp refresh-time
Use this command to configure the interface refresh time. The refresh time and keep multiplier
are two interrelated timing parameters used to calculate the valid Reservation Lifetime for an
LSP. Refresh time regulates the interval between Refresh messages which include Path and
Reservation Request (Resv) messages. Refresh messages are sent periodically so that the
Command Line Reference
October 2010
251
RSVP-TE commands
reservation does not timeout in the neighboring nodes. Each sender and receiver host sends
Path and Resv messages, downstream and upstream respectively, along the paths.
Syntax
[no] rsvp refresh-time <1-65535>
Table 260: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the interface RSVP refresh time to the
global value.
<1-65535>
Sets the interface RSVP refresh time.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle wan1# rsvp refresh-time 10
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp
Use this command to create a new RSVP traffic-engineered LSP. Once the trafficengineered LSP is minimally configured with required attributes (ingress and egress IP
addresses), an RSVP session is created for this LSP, which enables the exchange of
messages and completes the LSP setup.
Syntax
[no] mpls traffic-eng-lsp <LSP-name>
Table 261: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes the traffic-engineering LSP and all
the configured attributes, except the
specified primary path.
<LSP-name>
Specifies the name of the LSP.
Example
SR/configure# mpls traffic-eng-lsp lsp1
252
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp ext-tunnel-id
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp ext-tunnel-id
Use this command to configure the extended tunnel identifier used in RSVP messages. The
extended tunnel ID specifies a unique 4 octet identifier for all sessions. If no extended tunnel
ID is specified, the LSR-ID for the router is used as the extended tunnel ID for all LSPs.
Syntax
[no] ext-tunnel-id <A.B.C.D>
Table 262: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Deletes the extended tunnel ID.
<A.B.C.D>
IPv4 representation for extended tunnel ID.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# ext-tunnel-id 10.2.3.4
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp from
Use this command to specify the IPv4 address of the LSP ingress. This address is typically
the router-id.
Syntax
from <ingress-IP>
Table 263: Variable definitions
Variable
<ingress-IP>
Value
Specifies the IPv4 address for the LSP
ingress router or interface. The address
specified is uses as the sender address in the
sender template object in Path messages.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# from 10.1.1.1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
253
RSVP-TE commands
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp map-route
Use this command to map routes to a given RSVP-TE LSP to forward traffic to the LSP.
If the primary LSP goes down, all the mapped routes can automatically use a secondary LSP as
a backup for the primary LSP, if the secondary LSP is configured.
Syntax
[no] map-route <ipaddr/mask>
Table 264: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes the route mapping.
<ipaddr/mask>
Specifies the IP address to be mapped. The
IP address and mask can be in format
A.B.C.D X.X.X.X or A.B.C.D/X.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# map-route 10.1.1.1 255.255.0.0
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary affinity
Use this command to reenable affinity for the LSP.
With affinity enabled, the LSP can match desired attributes, represented by affinity bits, to link
attributes. This allows the LSP to include (include-any) or exclude (exclude-any) the configured
administrative groups in the LSP.
Syntax
{primary | secondary} affinity
Table 265: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary affinity
254
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary bandwidth
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary
bandwidth
Use this command to specify the bandwidth for the RSVP-TE LSP to ensure the LSP meets
desired traffic requirements.
Syntax
[no] [primary|secondary] {bandwidth <bandwidth> [k|m|g]}
Table 266: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes the specified configuration.
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
{bandwidth <bandwidth> [k|m|g]}
1000 - 10000000000 bits. You can also
specify the bandwidth in terms of kilobits (k)
megabits (m) or gigabits (g). For example, for
1 megabit, enter 1m
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary bandwidth 1m
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary cspf
Use this command to reenable CSPF on a particular LSP. To enable CSPF on an LSP, CSPF
must be globally enabled.
Syntax
{primary | secondary} cspf
Table 267: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
255
RSVP-TE commands
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary cspf
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary cspfretry-limit
Use this command to specify the number of retries that CSPF performs for a request received
from RSVP.
Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} cspf-retry-limit <1-65535>
Table 268: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the retry limit to the default value: 0
(indefinite).
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
<1-65535>
Specifies the number of times CSPF tries to
perform a request received from RSVP.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary cspf-retry-limit 4
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary cspfretry-timer
Use this command to specify the time between each retry that CSPF performs for a request
received from RSVP.
Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} cspf-retry-timer <1-600>
Table 269: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
256
Command Line Reference
Value
Sets the retry timer to the default value: 0
(indefinite).
October 2010
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary exclude-any
Variable
Value
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
<1-600>
Timeout between successive retries, in
seconds.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary cspf-retry-timer 50
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary excludeany
Use this command to specify administrative groups to be excluded from an LSP.
If you specify an exclude-any list, any link that belongs to even one of the groups specified
in the exclude list cannot be chosen for the LSP.
Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} exclude-any <admin-group-name>
Table 270: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes the specified group from the
exclude-any list.
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
<admin-group-name>
Specifies the name of the administrative
group to exclude from the LSP.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary exclude-any admingrp4
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute
bandwidth
Use this command to configure bandwidth for fast reroute.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
257
RSVP-TE commands
Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute bandwidth <bandwidth>
Table 271: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Deletes the fast reroute bandwidth
configuration.
<bandwidth>
Specifies the fast reroute bandwidth, from 1
to 10000000000 bits. You can also specify
the bandwidth in units of kilobits, megabits,
or gigabits (k, m, or g). For example, to
specify 10 kilobits, enter 10k.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute bandwidth
10k
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute excludeany
Use this command to specify the administrative groups to be excluded from the fast reroute
set up.
When you specify the exclude-any list, any link that belongs to even one of the groups specified
in the exclude list cannot be chosen for the alternate route.
Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute exclude-any <groupname>
Table 272: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Deletes the specified group from the
exclude-any list.
<groupname>
Specify the administrative group to be
excluded from the fast reroute set up.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute exclude-any
admingrp3
258
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute hold-priority
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute holdpriority
Use this command to set the hold priority for the detour LSP
Configure the hold priority value for the alternate path. The hold priority determines the degree
to which the alternate path holds onto its reservation for a session after the path has been
set up successfully. When the hold priority is high, the existing path is less likely to give up its
reservation.
Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute hold-priority <0-7>
Table 273: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the hold priority to the default value: 0
(highest).
<0-7>
Specifies the fast reroute hold priority, from
highest priority (0) to lowest priority (7)
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute holdpriority 6
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute hop-limit
Use this command to place a limit on the number of hops in the alternate path.
Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute hop-limit <1-255>
Table 274: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the configured hop limit to the default
value (255).
<1-255>
Specifies the maximum number of hops for
fast reroute.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
259
RSVP-TE commands
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute hop-limit 6
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute includeany
Use this command to set the administrative groups to include in the fast reroute set up. To be
added to the alternate route, links must belong to at least one of the administrative groups
listed in the include-any list.
Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute include-any <admin-group-name>
Table 275: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes a previously configured group from the
specified list.
<admin-group-name>
Specifies the administrative group name.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute include-any
admingrp1
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute nodeprotection
Use this command to set node protection to bypass the failed node completely during fast
reroute.
Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute node-protection
Table 276: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
260
Command Line Reference
Value
Disables node protection.
October 2010
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute protection one-to-one
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute nodeprotection
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute
protection one-to-one
Use this command to enable the local repair of explicit routes for which this router is a transit
node. Use the no parameter with this command to disable local repair of explicit routes.
Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute protection one-to-one
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute protection
one-to-one
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary fast-reroute setuppriority
Use this command to determine whether the alternate path can preempt an existing LSP. The
setup priority of the alternate path must be higher than the hold priority of an existing LSP
for the existing LSP to be preempted..
For RSVP-TE LSP, do not configure the setup priority to be higher than the hold priority.
Syntax
[no] primary fast-reroute setup-priority <0-7>
Table 277: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the setup priority to the default value: 7
(lowest).
<0-7>
Specifies the setup priority, from highest
priority (0) to lowest priority (7)
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary fast-reroute setuppriority 1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
261
RSVP-TE commands
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary filter
Use this command to configure the filter to fixed or shared filter style for RSVP-TE LSP. Use
the fixed filter style to prevent rerouting of an LSP and to prevent other LSPs from using the
bandwidth reserved for this LSP.
Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} filter {fixed | shared-explicit}
Table 278: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
fixed
Specifies a distinct reservation. A distinct
reservation request is created for data
packets from this LSP.
shared-explicit
Specifies a shared reservation environment.
It creates a single reservation into which
flows from all LSPs are combined.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary filter fixed
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary holdpriority
Use this command to configure the hold priority value for the selected RSVP-TE LSP. The hold
priority determines the degree to which an LSP holds onto its reservation for a session after
the LSP has been set up successfully. When the hold priority is high, the existing LSP is less
likely to give up its reservation.
Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} hold-priority <0-7>
Table 279: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
262
Command Line Reference
Value
Sets the hold priority to the default value: 0
(highest).
October 2010
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary hop-limit
Variable
Value
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
<0-7>
Specifies the hold priority, from highest
priority (0) to lowest priority (7)
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary hold-priority 6
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary hop-limit
Use this command to place a limit on the number of hops in the RSVP-TE LSP.
If a primary path exists when you configure a hop limit, the hop limit is compared with the
current number of hops in the primary path. If the number of hops in the primary path exceeds
the configure hop limit, the existing session is torn down and no Path messages are sent out.
The hop limit data is sent to the CSPF server, if CSPF is being used.
Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} hop-limit <1-255>
Table 280: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the hop limit to the default value (255).
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
<1-255>
Specifies the acceptable number of hops.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary hop-limit 15
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary includeany
Use this command to set the administrative groups to include in an LSP. To be added to the
LSP, links must belong to at least one of the administrative groups listed in the include-any list.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
263
RSVP-TE commands
Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} include-any <admin-group-name>
Table 281: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes a previously configured group from the
specified list.
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
<admin-group-name>
Specifies the administrative group name.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary include-any admingrp1
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary labelrecord
Use this command to set whether to record all labels exchanged between RSVP enabled
routers during the reservation setup process. Label recording can help in debugging problems.
Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} label-record
Table 282: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables label recording.
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
label-record
Specifies to record all the labels exchanged
for an LSP from the ingress to the egress.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary label-record
264
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary no-affinity
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary noaffinity
Use this command to disable the use of sending out session attribute objects with resource
affinity data.
With affinity enabled, the LSP can match desired attributes, represented by affinity bits, to link
attributes. This allows the LSP to include (include-any) or exclude (exclude-any) the configured
administrative groups in the LSP.
Syntax
{primary | secondary} no-affinity
Table 283: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
no-affinity
Disables affinity.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary no-affinity
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary no-cspf
Use this command to disable CSPF on a particular LSP.
Syntax
{primary | secondary} no-cspf
Table 284: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary no-cspf
Command Line Reference
October 2010
265
RSVP-TE commands
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary norecord-route
Use this command to disable recording of the route taken by PATH and RESV messages,
which confirm the establishment of reservations and identify errors. Route recording is enabled
by default.
Syntax
{primary|secondary} no-record-route
Table 285: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary no-record-route
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary recordroute
Use this command to reenable recording of the route taken by PATH and RESV messages,
which confirm the establishment of reservations and identify errors. Route recording is enabled
by default.
Syntax
{primary|secondary} record-route
Table 286: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary record-route
266
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary retry-limit
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary retry-limit
If a session is in a nonexistent state due to the receipt of a Path Error message, it tries to
recreate the LSP for the number of times specified by the retry-limit command.
Although the same retry command controls both the MPLS traffic engineering tunnel and the
session, the retry-limit value affects only the session and not the traffic-engineering tunnel. If
the traffic tunnel is in an incomplete state, the code keeps trying forever to bring it to a complete
state, irrespective of the retry-limit value.
Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} retry-limit <1-65535>
Table 287: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
<1-65535>
The number of times the system tries to set
up the LSP. Default is 0 (indefinite).
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary retry-limit 6
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary retrytimer
Use this command to specify a retry interval for an RSVP-TE LSP. Use the no parameter to
revert to the default.
Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} retry-timer <1-600>
Table 288: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Reverts to the default value (30 seconds).
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
267
RSVP-TE commands
Variable
<1-600>
Value
Time, in seconds, that the system waits
before retrying LSP setup.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary retry-timer 60
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary reuseroute-record
Use this command to configure the updated Route Record List as an Explicit Route (with all
strict nodes) when a path message is sent out at the next refresh. Use the no parameter to
disable the use of the Route Record List as the explicit route.
The ERO list contains the hops to be taken to reach the egress from the current LSR. If CSPF is
not available, to place an ERO with all strict routes, use this command to modify the ERO after
receiving the Resv message. The future Path messages have the ERO with all strict nodes,
identifying each and every node to be traversed.
Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} reuse-route-record
Table 289: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables the route record list as an explicit
route.
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary reuse-route-record
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary setuppriority
Use this command to configure the setup priority to determine whether a new LSP can preempt
an existing LSP. The setup priority of the new LSP must be higher than the hold priority of an
existing LSP for the existing LSP to be preempted.
268
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary traffic
For RSVP-TE LSP, do not configure the setup priority to be higher than the hold priority.
Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} setup-priority <0-7>
Table 290: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the setup priority to the default value: 7
(lowest).
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
<0-7>
Specifies the setup priority, from highest
priority (0) to lowest priority (7)
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary setup-priority 1
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary traffic
Use this command tospecify controlled-load or guaranteed traffic for the LSP. Controlledload service approximates the behavior of best-effort service under unloaded conditions.
Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} traffic {guaranteed | controlled-load}
Table 291: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
guaranteed
Specifies guaranteed traffic.
controlled-load
Specifies controlled load traffic, which
approximates the behavior of best-effort
service under unloaded conditions.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary traffic controlled-load
Command Line Reference
October 2010
269
RSVP-TE commands
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp primary|secondary trafficeng-path
When you have defined an RSVP-TE explicit route path, use this command to associate the
path with a primary or secondary LSP.
Syntax
[no] {primary | secondary} traffic-eng-path <path-name>
Table 292: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes the configured explicit route.
primary
Specifies the primary LSP.
secondary
Specifies the secondary LSP.
<path-name>
Specifies the name of the path.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# primary traffic-eng-path path1
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp to
When configuring a traffic-engineered LSP, use this command to specify the address of the
egress router to create an RSVP session.
This is a mandatory step in the creation of a traffic-engineered LSP. If an egress router is not
defined, no RSVP-TE session cannot be created.
Syntax
[no] to <egress-IP>
Table 293: Variable definitions
Variable
270
Value
[no]
Deletes the specified LSP egress IP
address.
<egress-IP>
Specifies the IPv4 address for the LSP
egress router.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp traffic-eng-lsp-restart
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# to 10.2.2.2
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp traffic-eng-lsp-restart
Use this command to restart the LSP setup procedure if the creation of an RSVP-TE LSP fails.
Syntax
traffic-eng-lsp-restart
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# traffic-eng-lsp-restart
configure mpls traffic-eng-lsp update-type
Use this command to configure the method of creating and tearing down sessions (primary
and secondary) when attributes for the MPLS traffic-engineering LSP are modified.
Syntax
update-type {make-before-break | break-before-mak }
Table 294: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
make-before-break
Specifies that a new LSP is created for each
attribute update. Once the new LSP
becomes operational, the original LSP is torn
down. (Default value)
break-before-make
Specifies that, for each attribute update, the
existing LSP is torn down and then recreated with the new attributes.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-lsp# update-type make-before-break
configure mpls traffic-eng-path
When all nodes in the path do not support the required traffic engineering extensions to enable
CSPF, use this command to configure an RSVP-TE explicit route.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
271
RSVP-TE commands
Syntax
[no] mpls traffic-eng-path <path-name>
Table 295: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes the specified path.
<path-name>
Specifies the path name.
Example
SR/configure# mpls traffic-eng-path path1
configure mpls traffic-eng-path hop-address
When all nodes in the path do not support the required traffic engineering extensions to enable
CSPF, use this command to configure an RSVP-TE explicit route.
Syntax
[no] hop-address <hop-address> [loose|strict]
Table 296: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes the specified hop.
<hop-address>
IPv4 address of the hop.
loose
Specifies loose hops: the route taken form
one router to the next need not be a direct
path: messages exchanged between the two
routers can pass through other routers.
strict
Specifies strict hops: the route taken from
one router to the next must be a directly
connected path. This ensures that routing is
enforced on the basis of each link.
Example
SR/configure/mpls/traffic-eng-path# hop-address 10.2.2.1 loose
272
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure mpls tunnel-mode
configure mpls tunnel-mode
Configure the MPLS tunnel mode to determine the relationship between label EXP and IP
packet DSCP values.
Syntax
[no] mpls tunnel-mode {pipe | short-pipe | uniform}
Table 297: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the MPLS tunnel mode to the default
value (uniform).
pipe
Specifies that changes made to the EXP
value on the uppermost label are propagated
to other MPLS labels but not to the IP packet.
Here, the DSCP value in the IP packet
remains unchanged, but the PHB is chosen
based on the removed EXP value.
short-pipe
Specifies that changes made to the EXP
value on the uppermost label are propagated
to other MPLS labels but not to the IP packet.
Here, the DSCP value in the IP packet
remains unchanged, and the PHB is chosen
based on the removed EXP value.
uniform
Specifies that changes made to the EXP
value on the uppermost label are applied to
all labels in the stack, including the IP packet.
Example
SR/configure# mpls tunnel-mode pipe
configure router rsvp
Use this command to enable RSVP-TE and to enable configuration of RSVP-TE properties on
the router.
Syntax
router rsvp
Command Line Reference
October 2010
273
RSVP-TE commands
Example
SR/configure# router rsvp
configure router rsvp ack-wait-timeout
Use this command to configure the acknowledgement wait timeout for reliable messaging for
all neighbors detected on the LSR.
Syntax
[no] ack-wait-timeout <1-65535>
Table 298: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the acknowledgement wait timeout to
the default value. (10 seconds)
<1-65535>
Specifies the acknowledgement wait timeout
value in seconds.
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# ack-wait-timeout 50
configure router rsvp cspf
By default, CSPF is enabled for traffic-engineered LSPs. If you have disabled CSPF on the
router, use this command to reenable CSPF.
Syntax
cspf
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# cspf
configure router rsvp detour-identification
Use this command to specify the detour LSP identification method, either path-specific or
sender-template.
274
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router rsvp explicit-null
Syntax
[no] detour-identification [path | sender-template]
Table 299: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the detour LSP identification method to
the default value (sender-template).
path
Sets path specific detour LSP identification
method. In this method, a new RSVP object
(DETOUR) is added to the PATH message to
differentiate it from the protected LSP's path
messages. Since, a detour has the same
session object as the protected LSP, it might
share common network resources.
sender-template
Sets sender-template specific detour LSP
identification method. In this method, a
detour shares the RSVP Session object and
LSPID with the protected LSP and changes
the ingress IP address in the RSVP PATH
message. According to the RSVP resource
sharing rules, this LSP can be merged with
the protected LSP as they have same
session object.
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# detour-identification sender-template
configure router rsvp explicit-null
Use this command to enable explicit null labels on the router. By default, implicit null labels are
advertised on the egress router.
Syntax
[no] explicit-null
Table 300: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disable explicit null labels.
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp#
Command Line Reference
explicit-null
October 2010
275
RSVP-TE commands
configure router rsvp from
Use this command to specify the source loopback address for IPv4 packets being sent out by
the RSVP daemon.
Syntax
[no] from <loopback-IP-address>
Table 301: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Deletes the specified loopback address.
<loopback-IP-address>
Loopback IPv4 address.
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# from 10.1.1.1
configure router rsvp hello-interval
Use this command to enable the sending of Hello packets on all interfaces and set the interval
value between successive Hello packets to neighbors.
Whenever a new router comes up, it sends out a hello packet to a specified, multicast address
announcing itself to the network. Hello messages are sent to the All Routers Multicast Group
(224.0.0.2). Receipt of a hello packet from another LSR creates a hello adjacency with that
LSR.
For optimum performance, set the hello-interval value to no more than one-third the holdtime value.
Syntax
[no] hello-interval <1-65535>
Table 302: Variable definitions
Variable
276
Value
[no]
Sets the hello interval to the default value (2
seconds).
<1-65535>
Specifies the hello interval in seconds.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router rsvp hello-receipt
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# hello-interval 5
configure router rsvp hello-receipt
Use this command to enable the receipt of Hello messages from peers connected through all
RSVP interfaces.
Syntax
[no] hello-receipt
Table 303: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables hello receipt.
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# hello-receipt
configure router rsvp hello-timeout
Use this command to configure the global hello timeout, which specifies the interval that the
LSR waits for a Hello message from a connected peer before the LSR resets all sessions
shared with this particular peer.
Syntax
[no] hello-timeout <1-65535>
Table 304: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the Hello timeout to the default value (10
seconds).
<1-65535>
Specifies the Hello timeout in seconds.
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# hello-timeout 5
Command Line Reference
October 2010
277
RSVP-TE commands
configure router rsvp keep-multiplier
Use this command to configure the keep multiplier.
The refresh time and keep multiplier are two interrelated timing parameters used to calculate
the valid Reservation Lifetime for an LSP. Use the following formula to calculate the reservation
lifetime for an LSP: L >= (K + 0.5)* 1.5 * R K = keep-multiplier R = refresh timer Refresh
messages are sent periodically so that the neighbors do not timeout.
Syntax
[no] keep-multiplier <1-255>
Table 305: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the keep multiplier to the default value
(3).
<1-255>
Sets the keep multiplier value.
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# keep-multiplier 10
configure router rsvp loop-detection
Use this command to enable loop detection for RSVP LSPs. Loop detection ensures that a
loop is detected while establishing a label switched path and before any data is passed over
that LSP.
Syntax
loop-detection
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# loop-detection
configure router rsvp message-ack
Use this command to enable the reliable messaging form of refresh reduction for all messages
being sent to the neighbors that have been detected on the LSR.
278
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router rsvp neighbor
Syntax
[no] message-ack
Table 306: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables message acknowledgement.
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# message-ack
configure router rsvp neighbor
Use this command to explicitly specify a neighbor to exchange Hello messages with. Any Hello
messages from a neighbor that is not explicitly specified will be rejected. Use the no parameter
to remove an IPv4 neighbor from the system.
Syntax
[no] neighbor <neighbor-IP-address>
Table 307: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes an IPv4 neighbor from the system.
<neighbor-IP-address>
IPv4 address of the neighbor.
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# neighbor 10.1.2.3
configure router rsvp no-cspf
By default, CSPF is enabled for traffic-engineered LSPs. Use this command to disable CSPF
when all nodes in the path do not support the required traffic engineering extensions. You must
then manually configure LSPs to use an explicit path. The LSP is then established only along
the manually configured path.
Syntax
no-cspf
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# no-cspf
Command Line Reference
October 2010
279
RSVP-TE commands
configure router rsvp no-loop-detection
Use this command to disable loop detection for RSVP LSPs. Loop detection ensures that a
loop is detected while establishing a label switched path and before any data is passed over
that LSP.
Syntax
no-loop-detection
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# no-loop-detection
configure router rsvp no-php
Use this command to disable PHP, in which case the egress router sends neither implicit null
nor explicit null labels. Rather, it sends non-reserved labels (labels from the label pool range
allotted to RSVP) to the upstream router.
With the PHP state set to enabled on the router (the default state), an egress router sends
either implicit null or explicit null labels for LSPs.
Use the show rsvp command to display the status of Penultimate-Hop-Popping.
Syntax
no-php
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# no-php
configure router rsvp php
Use this command to reenable PHP after it has been disabled.
With the PHP state set to enabled on the router (the default state), an egress router sends
either implicit null or explicit null labels for LSPs.
Use the show rsvp command to display the status of Penultimate-Hop-Popping.
Syntax
php
280
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router rsvp refresh-reduction
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# php
configure router rsvp refresh-reduction
Use this command to enable Refresh Reduction capability advertisement to allow the LSR to
advertise the refresh reduction capability.
Syntax
[no] refresh-reduction
Table 308: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables refresh reduction capability
advertisement.
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# refresh-reduction
configure router rsvp refresh-time
Use this command to configure the global refresh time. The refresh time and keep multiplier
are two interrelated timing parameters used to calculate the valid Reservation Lifetime for an
LSP. Refresh time regulates the interval between Refresh messages which include Path and
Reservation Request (Resv) messages. Refresh messages are sent periodically so that the
reservation does not timeout in the neighboring nodes. Each sender and receiver host sends
Path and Resv messages, downstream and upstream respectively, along the paths.
Syntax
[no] refresh-time <1-65535>
Table 309: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Sets the global RSVP refresh time to the
default value.
<1-65535>
Sets the global RSVP refresh time.
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# refresh-time 10
Command Line Reference
October 2010
281
RSVP-TE commands
configure RSVP-TE filter
Use this command to filter style to prevent rerouting of an LSP and to prevent other LSPs from
using the bandwidth reserved for this LSP.
Syntax
filter [fixed|shared-explicit]
Table 310: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
fixed
specifies a distinct reservation. A distinct
reservation request is created for data
packets from this LSP.
shared-explicit
specifies a shared reservation environment.
It creates a single reservation into which
flows from all LSPs are combined.
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# refresh-time 10
SR/configure/rsvp-te LSP# filter fixed
configure retry limit
Use this command for configuring the retry limit for RSVP-TE LSP.
Syntax
retry-limit <1-65535>
Table 311: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-65535>
Value
The number of times the system tries to set
up the LSP. Default is 0.
Example
SR/configure/router/rsvp# retry-limit 10
282
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show mpls admin-groups
show mpls admin-groups
Use this command to display the configured MPLS administrative groups.
Syntax
show mpls admin-groups
Example
SR# show mpls admin-groups
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session
Use this command to display session-related information for configured LSPs.
Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session [up|down] [detail]
Table 312: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
up
Displays sessions that are currently
operational.
down
Displays sessions that are currently not
operational.
[detail]
Displays detailed session-related
information.
Example
SR#
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session up
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session lsp-name
Use this command to display information only for sessions with a specified name.
Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session <lsp-name> [primary | secondary]
Command Line Reference
October 2010
283
RSVP-TE commands
Table 313: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<lsp-name>
Specifies the name of the LSP to be
displayed.
primary
Displays primary sessions.
secondary
Displays secondary sessions.
Example
SR#
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session LSP1
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session count
Use this command to display the count of existing sessions on the router.
Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session count
Example
SR#
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session count
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress
Use this command to display session-related information for an egress router.
Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress [up|down] [detail]
Table 314: Variable definitions
Variable
284
Value
up
Displays sessions that are currently
operational.
down
Displays sessions that are currently not
operational.
[detail]
Displays detailed session-related
information.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress
Example
SR#
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress
Use this command to display session-related information for a specified egress router.
Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress <A.B.C.D>
Table 315: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D>
Value
IPv4 address of the router being specified as
the egress router.
Example
SR#
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session egress 10.2.3.4
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress
Use this command to display session-related information for an ingress router.
Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress [up|down] [detail]
Table 316: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
up
Displays sessions that are currently
operational.
down
Displays sessions that are currently not
operational.
[detail]
Displays detailed session-related
information.
Example
SR#
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress up
Command Line Reference
October 2010
285
RSVP-TE commands
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress
Use this command to display session-related information for a specified ingress router.
Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress <A.B.C.D>
Table 317: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D>
Value
IPv4 address of the router being specified as
the ingress router.
Example
SR#
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session ingress 10.1.1.2
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session transit
Use this command to display session-related information for the transit or intermediate router.
Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session transit [up | down] [detail]
Table 318: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
up
Displays sessions that are currently
operational.
down
Displays sessions that are currently not
operational.
[detail]
Displays detailed session-related
information.
Example
SR#
286
show mpls traffic-eng-lsp session transit up
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show mpls traffic-eng-path
show mpls traffic-eng-path
Use this command to display the configured MPLS traffic engineering paths and their
configured hops. Specify the path name to show hops related to a specific path. If no path
name is specified all the mpls traffic engineering paths are displayed.
Syntax
show mpls traffic-eng-path <path-name>
Table 319: Variable definitions
Variable
<path-name>
Value
Specifies the path name.
Example
SR# show mpls traffic-eng-path path1
show mpls tunnel-mode
Use this command to display tunnel mode information.
Syntax
show mpls tunnel-mode
Example
SR# show mpls tunnel-mode
show rsvp interface
Use this command to display the RSVP-TE interface information.
Syntax
show rsvp interface <interface-name>
Table 320: Variable definitions
Variable
<interface-name>
Command Line Reference
Value
Displays RSVP-TE information for the
specified interface. If this value is not
October 2010
287
RSVP-TE commands
Variable
Value
specified, information for all interfaces is
displayed.
Example
SR# show rsvp interface ethernet0/3
show rsvp neighbor
Use this command to display the RSVP-TE neighbors.
Syntax
show rsvp neighbor <A.B.C.D>
Table 321: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D>
Value
Neighbor IP address.
Example
SR# show rsvp neighbour 10.1.2.3
show rsvp nexthop-cache
Use this command to display the next-hop data cached by RSVP-TE.
Syntax
show rsvp nexthop-cache
Example
SR#
show rsvp nexthop-cache
show rsvp statistics
Use this command to display the counts for various messages exchanged by the daemon. This
displays the list of packet types, the number of sent packets and the number of received
packets.
288
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show rsvp summary-refresh
Syntax
show rsvp statistics
Example
SR# show rsvp statistics
show rsvp summary-refresh
Use this command to display RSVP-TE summary refresh data.
Syntax
show rsvp summary-refresh
Example
SR# show rsvp summary-refresh
show rsvp version
Use this command to display RSVP-TE version.
Syntax
show rsvp version
Example
SR# show rsvp version
Command Line Reference
October 2010
289
RSVP-TE commands
290
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 18: Common MPLS commands
clear mpls statistics
Use this command to clear MPLS statistics.
Syntax
clear mpls statistics [ftn | ilm | interface | lsp | vc]
Example
SR# clear mpls statistics ftn
show mpls interface
Use this command to display summarized information of the MPLs-enabled interfaces.
Syntax
show mpls interface
Example
SR# show mpls interface
show mpls stats-interface
Use this command to display MPLS interface statistics.
Syntax
show mpls stats-interface
Example
SR# show mpls stats-interface
Command Line Reference
October 2010
291
Common MPLS commands
show mpls stats-lsp
Use this command to display originating LSP statistics
Syntax
show mpls stats-lsp
Example
SR# show mpls stats-lsp
show mpls table-forwarding
Use this command to display all LSPs originating from this router. It also displays codes
indicating the selected FTN (FEC to Next-Hop-Label-Forwarding-Entry).
Syntax
show mpls table-forwarding
Example
SR# show mpls table-forwarding
show mpls table-ilm
Use this command to display the MPLS Incoming Label Map table.
Syntax
show mpls table-ilm
Example
SR# show mpls table-ilm
292
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 19: MPLS pseudowire commands
configure interface bundle mpls l2-circuit
Use this command to bind an interface (attachment circuit) to an MPLS Layer-2 virtual circuit.
This specifies the source interface where virtual circuit traffic is sent and received. In addition to
Ethernet ports, with the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134, you can bind WAN bundles running
PPP.
To bind a bundle to the Layer 2 virtual circuit, you must first encapsulate the bundle with PPP.
Then, after the bundle is bound to the circuit, you must also set the encapsulation for the bound
WAN interface to PPP.
Syntax
mpls l2-circuit <VC-ID>
Example
SR/interface/bundle wan1# mpls l2-circuit vc1
configure interface bundle mpls l2-circuit encapsulation
ppp
Use this command to set the encapsulation for the bound WAN interface to PPP.
Syntax
encapsulation ppp
Example
SR/interface/bundle wan1/mpls/l2-circuit vc1# encapsulation ppp
configure interface bundle mpls l2-circuit encapsulation
Use this command to set the encapsulation for the bound Ethernet interface to Ethernet or
VLAN.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
293
MPLS pseudowire commands
Syntax
encapsulation {ethernet | vlan}
Example
SR/interface/bundle wan1/mpls/l2-circuit vc2# encapsulation ethernet
configure interface ethernet mpls l2-circuit
Use this command to bind an Ethernet interface (attachment circuit) to an MPLS Layer-2 virtual
circuit. This specifies the source interface where virtual circuit traffic is sent and received. With
the SR4134, you can bind any Ethernet ports (including ports on Ethernet modules). However,
the virtual circuit peer must be reachable through a WAN interface or a chassis Ethernet port,
otherwise, the pseudowire cannot be established.
Syntax
mpls l2-circuit <VC-ID>
Example
SR/interface/ethernet (6/12)# mpls l2-circuit vc1
configure interface ethernet switchport mode l2vpn
Use this command to configure the interface mode for the Ethernet attachment circuit as
L2VPN.
Syntax
switchport mode l2vpn
Example
SR/interface/ethernet (6/12)# switchport mode l2vpn
configure interface mpls admin-group
Use this command to assign an interface to an administrative group.
Syntax
[no] mpls admin-group <admin-group-name>
294
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface mpls ip
Table 322: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes the interface from the specified administrative
group.
<admin-group-name>
Specifies the name of the administrative group.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/1#mpls admin-group group1
configure interface mpls ip
Use this command to enable MPLS on the interface.
Syntax
mpls ip
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/1#mpls ip
configure interface mpls protocol-ldp
Use this command to enable LDP on the interface.
Syntax
mpls protocol-ldp
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/1#mpls protocol-ldp
configure interface mpls protocol-rsvp
Use this command to enable RSVP-TE on the interface.
Syntax
mpls protocol-rsvp
Command Line Reference
October 2010
295
MPLS pseudowire commands
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/1#mpls protocol-rsvp
configure mpls l2-circuit
Use this command to create a Layer 2 virtual circuit.
Syntax
[no] mpls l2-circuit <VC-name> <VC-ID> <peer-IP> [<VC-groupname>]
Table 323: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<VC-name>
Virtual circuit name.
<VC-ID>
Virtual circuit ID: 1-1000000.
<peer-ip>
IPv4 address for the virtual circuit end point.
[<VC-groupname>]
Virtual circuit group name identifier. Not
currently supported.
Example
SR#
mpls l2-circuit toSJ vc1 10.1.2.3
configure mpls static-l2-circuit-ftn
Use this command to create an MPLS Layer-2 Virtual Circuit static FTN entry for an interface.
Note: The interface must be bound to the Virtual Circuit ID specified before this command is
executed
Syntax
[no] mpls static-l2-circuit-ftn <VC-ID> <label-out> <peer-ip>
<incoming-l2-if-name> <outgoing-if-name>
Table 324: Variable definitions
Variable
296
Value
<VC-ID>
Virtual circuit ID: 1-1000000.
<label-out>
Outgoing label for the FEC.
<peer-ip>
IPv4 address for the virtual circuit peer.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm
Variable
Value
<incoming-l2-if-name>
Specifies the incoming Layer 2 interface
name.
<outgoing-if-name>
Specifies the outgoing MPLS tunnel
interface name.
Example
SR# static-l2-circuit-ftn vc1 110 10.1.2.3 ethernet0/3 LSP2
configure mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm
Use this command to create an MPLS Layer-2 Virtual Circuit static ILM entry in the ILM table
to which the incoming interface specified is bound. Upon receipt of a labeled packet on an
MPLS-enabled router, a lookup is done based on the incoming label in the ILM table. If a match
is found, the packet is forwarded directly to the bound Layer 2 interface (without further
analysis).
Syntax
[no] mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm <VC-ID> <label-in> <peer-ip>
<incoming-if-name> <outgoing-l2-if-name>
Table 325: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<VC-ID>
Virtual circuit ID: 1-1000000.
<label-in>
Incoming VC label: 1040-2063.
<peer-ip>
IPv4 address for the virtual circuit peer.
<incoming-if-name>
Specifies the incoming MPLS tunnel
interface name.
<outgoing-l2-if-name>
Specifies the outgoing Layer 2 interface
name.
Example
SR# static-l2-circuit-ilm vc1 100 10.1.2.3 LSP1 ethernet0/3
show ldp mpls-l2-circuit
Use this command to display the Layer-2 virtual circuit summary information.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
297
MPLS pseudowire commands
Syntax
show ldp mpls-l2-circuit [<VC-ID>][detail]
Example
SR# show ldp mpls-l2-circuit vc1
show mpls l2-circuit
Use this command to display MPLS Layer-2 Virtual Circuit data.
Syntax
show mpls l2-circuit [<VC-name>]
Example
SR# show mpls l2-circuit vc1
show mpls l2-circuit-group
Use this command to display MPLS Layer-2 Virtual Circuit group data.
Syntax
show mpls l2-circuit-group [<VC-group-name>]
Example
SR# show mpls l2-circuit-group vcgroup1
show mpls static-l2-circuit-ftn
Use this command to display the static L2-circuit FTN entry.
Syntax
show mpls static-l2-circuit-ftn
Example
SR# show mpls static-l2-circuit-ftn
298
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm
show mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm
Use this command to display the static L2-circuit ILM entry.
Syntax
show mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm
Example
SR# show mpls static-l2-circuit-ilm
show mpls stats-vc
Use this command to display the Layer-2 virtual circuit statistics.
Syntax
show mpls stats-vc
Example
SR# show mpls stats-vc
show mpls table-vc
Use this command to display the Layer-2 virtual circuit table.
Syntax
show mpls table-vc
Example
SR# show mpls table-vc
Command Line Reference
October 2010
299
MPLS pseudowire commands
300
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 20: Ethernet interface commands
interface ethernet
Use this command to access next-level commands for configuring an Ethernet port.
Syntax
interface ethernet <slot/port>
Table 326: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot/port>
Value
The slot and port numbers that identify the
port to configure. For example, 7/1.
Example
SR/configure# interface ethernet 0/0
interface ethernet description
Use this command to configure a description for an Ethernet interface.
Syntax
description <string>
Table 327: Variable definitions
Variable
<string>
Value
Specifies the description. The string length
for a description is 76 characters. You must
enclose the description in quotation marks.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# description "Main LAN"
Command Line Reference
October 2010
301
Ethernet interface commands
interface ethernet ip tcp-mss
Use this command to specify the TCP MSS clamping value for an Ethernet interface.
Syntax
ip tcp-mss <value>
Table 328: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>
Value
Specifies the TCP MSS clamping value for the tunnel. Values
range from 536 to 9176.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/4#ip tcp-mss 555
interface ethernet mtu
Use this command to configure the MTU size for an Ethernet interface.
Important:
The Secure Router 4134 management Ethernet interface (FE 0/0) on the rear panel does
not support jumbo frames. Therefore, the management port Maximum Transmission Unit
(MTU) can be configured with a value in the range of 64 to 1500 bytes.
Syntax
mtu <size>
Table 329: Variable definitions
Variable
<size>
Value
Specifies the MTU size. Valid values are 64
to 9216. The default value is 1500.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# mtu 9216
302
Command Line Reference
October 2010
interface ethernet REM
interface ethernet REM
Use this command to add comments at the beginning of the Ethernet area of a configuration
file.
Syntax
REM <string>
Table 330: Variable definitions
Variable
<string>
Value
Specifies the comments. The string length
for comments is 80 characters. You must
enclose comments in quotation marks.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# REM "Configured on July 30"
interface ethernet REM_
Use this command to add comments to an interface. The comments appear at the end of the
Ethernet area of a configuration file.
Syntax
REM_ <string>
Table 331: Variable definitions
Variable
<string>
Value
Specifies the comments. The string length
for comments is 80 characters. You must
enclose comments in quotation marks.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# REM_ "Configured on July 30".
Command Line Reference
October 2010
303
Ethernet interface commands
interface ethernet speed
Use this command to configure the speed of an Ethernet interface.
Syntax
speed {10|100|1000|auto} mode {half_duplex| full_duplex}
Table 332: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
{10 | 100 | 1000 | auto}
Specifies the speed of the port. The default
value is auto.
{half_duplex | full_duplex}
Specifies the operating mode for the port.
The default value is half_duplex.
<slot/port>
Specifies the slot and port numbers that
identify the port for configuration. For
example, 6/1.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# speed auto mode full_duplex
interface ethernet traffic-class-table
Use this command to configure the traffic class tables values, specifically, the user priority and
number of supported traffic classes.
Syntax
traffic-class-table user-priority <user priority> num-trafficclasses <traffic classes> value <value>
Table 333: Variable definitions
Variable
304
Value
<traffic classes>
Specifies the number of traffic classes
supported. Valid values are 1 to 8.
<user priority>
Specifies the user priority value. Valid values
are 0 to 7.
<value>
Specifies the value to be used for the given
user priority and number of traffic classes.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
interface ethernet user-priority
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# traffic-class-table userpriority 1 num-traffic-classes 3 value 3
interface ethernet user-priority
Use this command to configure the default user priority associated with a Layer 2 interface.
Syntax
user-priority <value>
Table 334: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>
Value
Specifies the user priority value for the
interface. Valid values are 0 to 7.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# user-priority 3
system jumbo-mtu-limit
The Secure Router 2330/4134 supports jumbo frames. Use this command to configure the
Secure Router 2330/4134 system settings to support jumbo frames.
Important:
The Secure Router 4134 management Ethernet interface (FE 0/0) on the rear panel does
not support jumbo frames. Therefore, the management port Maximum Transmission Unit
(MTU) can be configured with a value in the range of 64 to 1500 bytes.
Syntax
system jumbo-mtu-limit <value>
Table 335: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>
Command Line Reference
Value
Valid values for the jumbo MTU limit are 1500
and 9216 bytes. The default value is 1500
bytes.
October 2010
305
Ethernet interface commands
Example
SR/configure# system jumbo-mtu-limit 9216
306
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 21: Interface mode commands
configure interface vlan ip helper-address service
Use this command to configure the VLAN IP Helper address service.
Syntax
[no] ip helper-address <A.B.C.D> service <service>
Table 336: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the IP address.
[no]
Disables the VLAN IP Helper address service.
<service>
Specifies the service name to specify IP helper for a service.
Available options are:
• dns—Domain Name Service
• netbios-dgm—NetBIOS datagram service
• netbios-ns—NetBIOS name service
• netbios-ss—NetBIOS session service
• tftp—Trivial File Transfer Protocol
• time—Time
Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip helper-address 10.10.1.1
service dns
configure interface vlan ip helper-address protocol
Use this command to configure the VLAN IP Helper address protocol
Syntax
[no] ip helper-address <A.B.C.D> protocol <protocol>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
307
Interface mode commands
Table 337: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the IP address.
[no]
Specifies the service name to specify IP helper for a service.
Available options are:
<protocol>
Specifies the protocol to be used. Options available are:
UDP—to a specific UDP port.
Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip helper-address protocol udp
configure interface vlan ip helper-address port
Use this command to configure the VLAN IP helper address port.
Syntax
[no] ip helper-address <A.B.C.D> port <port>
Table 338: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the IP helper address.
[no]
Disables the VLAN IP Helper address port.
<port>
Specifies the port number. Values range from 1 to 65535.
Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip helper-address 10.10.1.1 port 52
switchport
Use this command to configure an interface as a Layer 2 interface. Also use this command to
create an access port.
Syntax
switchport
308
Command Line Reference
October 2010
no switchport
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport
no switchport
Use this command to disable a configured link (trunk, access, or hybrid) on an interface.
Syntax
no switchport
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# no switchport
switchport mode hybrid
A hybrid link is a LAN segment that contains both VLAN-aware and VLAN-unaware devices.
Consequently, a hybrid link can carry both VLAN tagged frames and other (untagged or prioritytagged) frames.
Use this command to enable a hybrid link between devices.
Syntax
switchport mode hybrid
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport mode hybrid
To disable a hybrid link on an interface, enter: no switchport
switchport mode trunk
Trunk links are required to pass VLAN information between devices. You can configure a trunk
port to be a member of all the VLANs that exist on the device. That port then carries traffic
for all the VLANs between the devices. To distinguish between the traffic flows, a trunk port
must mark the frames with special tags as they pass between the devices. You must enable
trunking on both sides of a link. If two devices are connected together, for example, you must
configure both device ports for trunking.
Use this command to enable trunking between the devices.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
309
Interface mode commands
Syntax
switchport mode trunk
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport mode trunk
To disable a trunk link on an interface, enter: no switchport
switchport hybrid allowed
Use this command to add VLANs to the selected hybrid link.
Syntax
switchport hybrid allowed vlan {all|<vid>} egress {tagged|untagged}
Table 339: Variable definitions
Variable
<vid>
Value
Specifies a VLAN ID.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport hybrid allowed vlan
all egress tagged
switchport hybrid remove
Use this command to remove VLANs from the selected hybrid link.
Syntax
switchport hybrid remove vlan {all|<vid>} egress {tagged|untagged}
Table 340: Variable definitions
Variable
<vid>
Value
Specifies a VLAN ID.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport hybrid remove vlan
3 egress tagged
310
Command Line Reference
October 2010
switchport trunk allowed
switchport trunk allowed
Use this command to add VLANs to the selected trunk link.
Syntax
switchport trunk allowed vlan {all|<vid>}
Table 341: Variable definitions
Variable
<vid>
Value
Specifies a VLAN ID.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport trunk allowed vlan
all
switchport trunk remove
Use this command to remove VLANs from the selected trunk link.
Syntax
switchport trunk remove vlan {all|<vid>}
Table 342: Variable definitions
Variable
<vid>
Value
Specifies a VLAN ID.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport trunk remove vlan 3
switchport pvid
There can be only one VLAN assigned to an access port. VLAN ID 1 is the default VLAN
assigned to each port. Use this command to change the VLAN assigned to an access link.
Syntax
switchport pvid <vid>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
311
Interface mode commands
Table 343: Variable definitions
Variable
<vid>
Value
Specifies a VLAN ID.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# switchport pvid 10
show bridge port
Use this command to view information related to the interface mode.
Syntax
show bridge port
Example
SR# show bridge port
show interface ethernet
Use this command to view information related to the operation of the port.
Syntax
show interface ethernet <slot/port>
Example
SR# show interface ethernet 6/1
show interface ethernets
Use this command to display information for all Ethernet interfaces.
Syntax
show interface ethernets
Example
SR#show interface ethernets
312
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 22: MAC address table commands
mac address
Use this command to add a list of interfaces and associated MAC addresses to the Layer 2
forwarding table.
Syntax
[no] mac address <mac addr> {forward|discard} <interface> vlan <vid>
Table 344: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
{forward | discard}
Specify whether frames received with the
configured MAC address are to be discarded
or forwarded.
<interface>
Specifies the interface on which the frame
enters the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134.
For example, ethernet6/1.
[no]
Deletes a static MAC address entry from the
MAC address table.
<vid>
Specifies the VLAN ID of the received
frames.
Example
SR/configure# mac address 0000.5555.5550 forward ethernet6/1 vlan 10
mac aging-time
Use this command to specify an age-out time for a learned MAC address. The learned MAC
address will persist until the configured age-out time is expired.
Syntax
[no] mac aging-time <age-out value>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
313
MAC address table commands
Table 345: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<age-out value>
The number of seconds that a learned MAC
address persists. The default age-out time
value is 300 seconds. Valid values are 10 to
630 seconds.
[no]
Restores the default age-out time for a
learned MAC address.
Example
SR/configure/bridge# mac aging-time 400
show bridge config
After you have configured the MAC Address entries and aging time, use this command to verify
successful operation by viewing summary information about bridge configuration.
Syntax
show bridge config
Example
SR# show bridge config
show bridge detail
After you have configured the MAC Address entries and aging time, use this command to verify
successful operation by viewing detailed bridge configuration information.
Syntax
show bridge detail
Example
SR# show bridge detail
show bridge mac
Use this command to view information about the MAC table on a bridge.
314
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bridge mac address
Syntax
show bridge mac [slot/port] [vid]
Table 346: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[slot/port]
Specifies the port from which you gather the
MAC table information. This is an optional
parameter.
[vid]
Specifies a VLAN ID. This is an optional
parameter.
Example
SR# show bridge mac 6/1 10
show bridge mac address
Use this command to view information for a specific MAC address on a bridge.
Syntax
show bridge mac address <mac addr>
Table 347: Variable definitions
Variable
<mac addr>
Value
Specifies the MAC address in
HHHH.HHHH.HHHH format.
Example
SR# show bridge mac address 0000.5555.6666
show bridge mac dynamic
Use this command to view information about dynamic MAC entries.
Syntax
show bridge mac dynamic [vid]
Command Line Reference
October 2010
315
MAC address table commands
Table 348: Variable definitions
Variable
[vid]
Value
Specifies a VLAN ID. This is an optional
parameter.
Example
SR# show bridge mac dynamic 10
show bridge mac static
After you have configured static MAC Address entries, use this command to verify operation
by viewing information about static MAC entries.
Syntax
show bridge mac static
Example
SR# show bridge mac static
show bridge mac multicast
Use this command to view information about multicast MAC entries.
Syntax
show bridge mac multicast [vid]
Table 349: Variable definitions
Variable
[vid]
Value
Specifies a VLAN ID. This is an optional
parameter.
Example
SR# show bridge mac multicast
316
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bridge mac unicast
show bridge mac unicast
Use this command to view information about multicast MAC entries.
Syntax
show bridge mac unicast [vid]
Table 350: Variable definitions
Variable
[vid]
Value
Specifies a VLAN ID. This is an optional
parameter.
Example
SR# show bridge mac unicast 10
Command Line Reference
October 2010
317
MAC address table commands
318
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 23: PoE commands
poe detect3af
Use this command to enable 802.3af-compliant device detection.
Syntax
[no] poe detect3af <slot>
Table 351: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables 802.3af detection for the module in
the specified slot. 802.3af is disabled by
default.
<slot>
Specifies the slot in which the interface
module is installed on which you enable
802.3af-compliant device detection. Valid
values for <slot> are 5, 6, and 7. When
disabled, both 802.3af compliant devices
and legacy devices are detected. For
example, if you configure poe
detect3af <5>, only legacy devices are
detected in the ports of the module inserted
in slot 5.
Example
SR/configure# poe detect3af 6
poe portmode
Use this command to configure PoE port modes. Port modes are auto, static, or never.
Important:
When the system comes up for the first time, power is disabled for safety reasons, even
though ports are in "auto" mode.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
319
PoE commands
Syntax
[no] poe portmode <slot/port> <mode>
Table 352: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<mode>
Specifies the port mode. Valid values for
mode are 1 to 3 (1=auto; 2=static; 3=never.
The default value for mode is 1.
Auto mode: Enables port power on the
specified port (with a power limit of 16 W). If
you set the port to auto mode, then port
power is enabled to the port, and the default
power of 16 W (maximum) can be supplied
to the device connected to the specified port.
Static mode: Sets the power limit for the
specified port to 16 W and enables power on
the port. After setting the port mode to
"static", you can set the port power limit in the
range of 37 to 16000 milliwatts (mW) using
the poe portpowerlimit command.
Never mode: Disables power on the
specified port until you change the mode to
either "auto" or "static". Port power is always
disabled in "never" mode.
[no]
Resets the port mode to the default value of
"auto".
<slot/port>
Specifies the slot and port number that
identify the port to configure. Valid values for
slot are 5 to 7. Valid values for port are 1 to
24.
Example
SR/configure# poe portmode 6/1 never
poe portpower
Use this command to enable power on a port.
You can configure this only when the mode of operation is "auto" or "static" mode. If you use
this command when the mode of operation is "never", the command has no impact on the
system configuration. For ports that are in "auto" or "static" mode, the port power is enabled
and powered devices connected to these ports receive power.
The default value is power disabled on all 24 ports of a PoE card.
320
Command Line Reference
October 2010
poe portpowerlimit
Syntax
[no] poe portpower <slot/port>
Table 353: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables power on the specified port.
You can configure this only when the mode
of operation is "auto" or "static" mode. If you
use this command when the mode of
operation is "never", the command has no
impact on the system configuration. For ports
that are in "auto" or "static" mode, the port
power is disabled and powered devices
connected to these ports do not receive
power.
<slot/port>
Specifies the slot and port number that
identify the port to configure. Valid values for
slot are 5 to 7. Valid values for port are 1 to
24.
Example
SR/configure# poe portpower 6/1
poe portpowerlimit
Use this command to configure PoE port power limits.
Important:
The power limit is set with an accuracy of 100mW. For example, if the power limit is set to
any value in the range 37 to 99, the power limit is set to 0. If the power limit is set to any
value in the range 100 to 199, the power limit is set to 100 mW. If the power limit is set to
any value in the range 15900 to 15999, the power limit is set to 15900 mW.
Syntax
[no] poe portpowerlimit <slot/port> <power limit>
Table 354: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Resets the power limit to the default value
(16000 mW).
<power limit>
Specifies the power limit for a port that is in
static mode. Valid values for the power limit
Command Line Reference
October 2010
321
PoE commands
Variable
Value
are 37 to 16000 milliwatts (mW). The default
value is 16000 mW (that is, 16 W).
<slot/port>
Specifies the slot and port number that
identify the port to configure. Valid values for
slot are 5 to 7. Valid values for port are 1 to
24.
Example
SR/configure# poe portpowerlimit 6/1 37
poe portpriority
Use this command to configure the priority of PoE ports. When available power falls below the
configured value, the lowest priority ports are shut down first.
Syntax
[no] poe portpriority <slot/port> <port priority>
Table 355: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Resets the port priority to the default value
(3). This command also removes the port
priority configuration for this port from the
running configuration.
<port priority>
Valid values for <port priority> are in the
range of 1 to 3 (1=critical; 2=high; 3=low).
The default value for port priority is 3.
<slot/port>
Specifies the slot and port number that
identify the port to configure. Valid values for
slot are 5 to 7. Valid values for port are 1 to
24.
Example
SR/configure# poe portpriority 6/1 2
322
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show poe portconfig
show poe portconfig
Use this command to view information about the priority and power limit configured for a
specified port.
Syntax
show poe portconfig <slot/port>
Table 356: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot/port>
Value
Specifies the slot and port number that
identify the port for which you want to view
information. Valid values for slot are 5 to 7.
Valid values for port are 1 to 24.
Example
SR# show poe portconfig 6/1
show poe portspower
Use this command to view information about the current power drawn by each device
connected to the ports of a PoE module.
Syntax
show poe portspower <slot>
Table 357: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot>
Value
Specifies the slot in which the interface
module is installed. Valid values for <slot>
are 5, 6, and 7.
Example
SR# show poe portspower <slot>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
323
PoE commands
show poe portstatus
Use this command to view information about the status of port power for the given port, as well
as the reason for the port becoming disabled.
Syntax
show poe portstatus <slot/port>
Table 358: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot/port>
Value
Specifies the slot and port number that
identify the port for which you want to view
information. Valid values for slot are 5 to 7.
Valid values for port are 1 to 24.
Example
SR# show poe portstatus 6/1
show poe totalpower
Use this command to view information about the total power consumed by the devices
connected to the ports of a PoE module.
Syntax
show poe totalpower <slot>
Table 359: Variable definitions
Variable
<slot>
Value
Specifies the slot in which the interface
module is installed. Valid values for <slot>
are 5, 6, and 7.
Example
SR# show poe totalpower 6
324
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 24: VLAN commands
vlan database
Use this command to enter the VLAN configuration mode.
Syntax
vlan database
Example
SR/configure# vlan database
vlan
Use this command to create VLANs in the bridge global database and to remove VLANs from
the database.
Syntax
[no] vlan <vid> [name <WORD>]
Table 360: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[name <WORD>]
The name that you assign to the VLAN. This
parameter is optional.
[no]
Removes a VLAN from the database.
<vid>
The VLAN identification number that you
assign. Valid values are 2 to 4000.
Example
SR/configure/vlan#
Command Line Reference
vlan 10
October 2010
325
VLAN commands
show bridge vlan
After you have configured VLANs, use this command to verify operation and the interfaces to
which the VLAN is assigned.
Syntax
show bridge vlan
Example
SR# show bridge vlan
interface vlan
Use this command to select a VLAN interface.
Syntax
interface vlan vlan<vid>
Example
SR/configure# interface vlan vlan10
shutdown
Use this procedure to shut down a VLAN interface.
Syntax
shutdown
Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan10# shutdown
vlan classification
Use this command to enter VLAN classification configuration mode.
326
Command Line Reference
October 2010
rule ipv4
Syntax
vlan classification
Example
SR/configure# vlan classification
rule ipv4
Use this command to create an IPv4 subnet-based VLAN classification rule. If the source IP
address matches the IP subnet specified in the VLAN classification rule, the received packets
are mapped to the specified VLAN.
Syntax
[no] rule <id> ipv4 {ipaddr/netmask|ipaddr} vlan <vid>
Table 361: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<id>
Specifies the VLAN classifier rule ID. Valid
values are 1 to 12.
{ipaddr/netmask|ipaddr}
Specifies the IPv4 address. Specify either an
IP address, or a subnet. For example,
10.11.12.13/24.
[no]
Removes an IPv4 subnet-based VLAN
classification rule.
<vid>
Specifies the VLAN ID.
Example
SR/configure/vlan classification# rule 2 ip4 20.20.20.10/32 vlan 2
rule protocol
Use this command to create a protocol-based VLAN classification rule. If the protocol type
matches the protocol specified in the VLAN classification rule, the received packets are
mapped to the specified VLAN.
Syntax
[no] rule <id> protocol <protocol> encap <encapsulation>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
327
VLAN commands
Table 362: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<id>
Specifies the VLAN classifier rule ID. Valid
values are 1 to 12.
<protocol>
The protocol parameter is either a number
(from 0 to 65535), or one of the following:
• ipv4
• ipv6
• mpls
• arp
• rarp
• vlan-tagged
• appletalk
• ipx
• pppoe-disc
• pppoe-session
[no]
Removes a protocol-based VLAN
classification rule.
<encapsulation>
Specifies the encapsulation type. Enter one
of the following:
• ethv2
• llcsnap
• llc
Example
SR/configure/vlan classification# rule 3 protocol mpls en llcsnap
vlan classification ipv4
After you have defined protocol rules, you can apply those rules to an interface. Use this
command to apply an IPv4 subnet-based classification rule to an interface.
Important:
You can apply VLAN classification rules only on hybrid ports.
328
Command Line Reference
October 2010
vlan classification protocol rule
Syntax
[no] vlan classification ipv4
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# vlan classification ipv4
vlan classification protocol rule
After you have defined protocol rules, you can apply those rules to an interface. Use this
command to apply a protocol-based classification rule to an interface.
Important:
You can apply VLAN classification rules only on hybrid ports.
Syntax
[no] vlan classification protocol rule <id> vlan <vid>
Table 363: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<id>
Specifies the VLAN classifier rule ID. Valid
values are 1 to 12.
[no]
Removes a protocol-based VLAN
classification rule from the interface.
<vid>
Specifies the VLAN ID.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# vlan classification protocol
rule 1 vlan 4
switchport mode access vlan-stacking
Use this command to enable VLAN stacking on an interface.
Note that the no command option is unavailable for VLAN stacking. To disable VLAN stacking,
enter switchport mode access for the interface.
Syntax
switchport mode access vlan-stacking
Command Line Reference
October 2010
329
VLAN commands
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/2)# switchport mode access vlanstacking
show bridge port
Use this command to verify the successful operation of your VLAN stacking configuration.
Syntax
show bridge port
Example
SR# show bridge port
330
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 25: MSTP commands
bridge
Use this command to access the bridge configuration context.
Syntax
bridge
Example
SR/configure# bridge
bridge forward-delay
Forward delay is the time interval that bridges use to transition root and designated ports to
the forwarding state. When the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 powers up, or when a device is
connected to a port, the port normally enters the Spanning Tree listening state. When the
forward delay timer expires, the port enters the learning state. When the forward delay timer
expires a second time, the port transitions to the forwarding state.
Use this command to configure the forward-delay time interval.
Syntax
[no] forward-delay <time value>
Table 364: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Restores the forward delay value to the
default setting (15 seconds).
<time value>
Specifies the forward time delay, expressed
in seconds. The default value is 15 seconds.
Valid values are 4 to 30 seconds.
Example
SR/configure/bridge#
Command Line Reference
forward-delay 20
October 2010
331
MSTP commands
bridge hello-time
The Secure Router 2330/4134 transmits a BPDU at every hello time.
The hello time is the time, in seconds, after which (if the bridge is the root bridge) all the bridges
in a bridged LAN exchange BPDUs. A very low hello time value results in excessive traffic on
the network, while a higher value delays the detection of topology change.
Use this command to configure the bridge hello time.
Syntax
[no] hello-time <time value>
Table 365: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Restores the hello time value to the default
setting (2 seconds).
<time value>
Specifies the interval, expressed in seconds,
between BPDU exchanges. The default
value is 2 seconds. Valid values are 1 to 10
seconds.
Example
SR/configure/bridge# hello-time 5
bridge max-age
The maximum age time represents the maximum age of the information after which the
information becomes stale. Use this command to configure the maximum age time.
Syntax
[no] max-age <time value>
Table 366: Variable definitions
Variable
332
Value
[no]
Restores the maximum age time to the
default setting (20 seconds).
<time value>
The maximum age time, expressed in
seconds. The default value is 20 seconds.
Valid values are 6 to 40 seconds.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
bridge priority
Example
SR/configure/bridge# max-age 15
bridge priority
You can assign a priority to the bridge. The lower the priority, the greater the chance that the
bridge becomes root for the Common Spanning Tree.
Syntax
[no] priority <value>
Table 367: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Restores the bridge priority value to the
default setting (32768).
<value>
Specifies the bridge priority. The default
value is 32768 (or hex 0x8000). Valid values
are 0 to 61440, and are increments of 4096.
Example
SR/configure/bridge# priority 61440
mstp
Use this command to access the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) configuration
context.
Syntax
mstp
Example
SR/configure/bridge# mstp
mstp instance
Use this command to create an MSTP instance.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
333
MSTP commands
Syntax
instance <instance id>
Table 368: Variable definitions
Variable
<instance id>
Value
Specifies the MSTP instance ID. Valid values
are 1 to 15.
Example
SR/configure/bridge/mstp# instance 1
mstp instance priority
You can assign a priority value for a bridge associated with an instance. The lower the priority,
the greater the chance the bridge becomes root for that instance. Use the procedure in this
section to configure priority for an instance.
Syntax
[no] priority <value>
Table 369: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Restores the default priority value for an
instance. The default value for priority is
32768.
<value>
Specifies the priority that you assign to the
instance. The default value for priority is
32768. Bridge priority values are in
increments of 4096. Valid values are 0 to
61440.
Example
SR/configure/bridge/mstp/instance 1# priority 100
mstp max-hops
Hop count in the packet gets decremented on every node that it traverses. Once the hop count
reaches zero, the packet becomes stale. Use this command to configure the maximum hops
for a BPDU.
334
Command Line Reference
October 2010
mstp region
Syntax
[no] max-hops <value>
Table 370: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Restores the default maximum hops value
for a BPDU (20).
<value>
The maximum hops for which a BPDU is
valid. Valid values are 1 to 40. The default
value is 20.
Example
SR/configure/bridge/mstp# max-hops 15
mstp region
Use this command to configure the MSTP region name.
Syntax
region <region-name>
Table 371: Variable definitions
Variable
<region-name>
Value
The name you specify for the MSTP region.
Example
SR/configure/bridge/mstp# region region1
mstp revision
Use this command to configure the MSTP revision number.
Syntax
[no] revision <revision number>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
335
MSTP commands
Table 372: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Restores the default revision number (0).
<revision number>
The revision number that you assign. The
default value is 0. Valid values are 0 to 255.
Example
SR/configure/bridge/mstp# revision 1
spanning-tree
Use this command to access the Spanning Tree configuration context.
Syntax
spanning-tree
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# spanning-tree
spanning-tree force-version
You can configure MSTP, RSTP, or STP on a port of a bridge. If STP is configured on the port,
only STP packets flow through that port. MSTP is enabled on every port, by default. Use this
command to set the Spanning Tree version on a port.
Syntax
[no] force-version <WORD>
Table 373: Variable definitions
Variable
336
Value
[no]
Restores the default Spanning Tree version
(MSTP) on a port.
<WORD>
Specifies the STP version for the port. Valid
values for <WORD> are STP, RSTP, and
MSTP. The default value is MSTP.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
spanning-tree link-type
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree# force-version
RSTP
spanning-tree link-type
Use this command to configure the link type.
Syntax
[no] link-type <type>
Table 374: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Restores the default link type (point-topoint) for an interface.
<type>
Specifies the link type. Valid values are pointto-point and shared. The default value is
point-to-point.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree# link-type
shared
instance path-cost
Use this command to configure the cost of a path for an MSTP instance.
Syntax
[no] path-cost <value>
Table 375: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Restores the default path cost value for an
MSTP instance.
<value>
Specifies the path cost that you assign to the
MSTP instance. Valid values are 1 to
200000000. The default value is auto-detect.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
337
MSTP commands
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree/instance 2#
path-cost 1
instance priority
Use this command to configure the port priority for an MSTP instance.
Syntax
[no] priority <value>
Table 376: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Restores the default priority value for an
MSTP instance.
<value>
Specifies the port priority that you assign to
the MSTP instance. The default value for
priority is 32768. Bridge priority values are in
increments of 4096. Valid values are 0 to
61440.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree/instance 2#
priority 100
spanning-tree portfast
Use this command to enable rapid transitions.
Syntax
[no] portfast
Table 377: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables rapid transitions.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree# portfast
338
Command Line Reference
October 2010
spanning-tree portfast bpdu-filter
spanning-tree portfast bpdu-filter
The Spanning Tree Protocol sends BPDUs from all ports. Enabling the BPDU Filter feature
ensures that PortFast-enabled ports do not transmit or receive any BPDUs. Use this command
to enable PortFast BPDU filter on a port.
Syntax
[no] portfast bpdu-filter
Table 378: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables PortFast BPDU filter for a port.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree# portfast bpdufilter
spanning-tree portfast bpdu-guard
Use this command to enable BPDU Guard on a PortFast-enabled port.
Syntax
[no] portfast bpdu-guard
Table 379: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables BPDU Guard on a port.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree# portfast bpduguard
spanning-tree path-cost
The port with the least path cost is selected as the preferred port for traffic transmission. Use
this command to configure the path cost for a port.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
339
MSTP commands
Syntax
[no] path-cost <value>
Table 380: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Restores the default path cost (auto-detect).
<value>
Specifies the path cost. The default value is
auto-detect. Valid values are 1 to
200000000.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree# path-cost 1000
spanning-tree priority
The lower the port priority, the greater the chance that the port is selected for traffic
transmission. Use this command to configure the priority for a port.
Syntax
[no] priority <value>
Table 381: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Restores the default link priority (128).
<value>
Specifies the link priority. The default value is
128. Valid values are 0 to 240.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/spanning-tree# priority 100
show spanning-tree
Use these commands to show information about the state and role of all ports in Common
Spanning Tree.
Syntax
show spanning-tree
show spanning-tree [detail]
340
Command Line Reference
October 2010
clear spanning-tree mstp
show spanning-tree [interface <interface id>]
show spanning-tree [mstp instance]
show spanning-tree [mstp instance vlan]
show spanning-tree [mstp instance <instance id>]
show spanning-tree [mstp instance <instance id> vlan]
show spanning-tree [mstp instance <instance id> port]
Table 382: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface id>
Shows Spanning Tree information for the
specified interface.
<instance id>
Shows Spanning Tree information for the
specified instance. Instance ID is a value
from 1 to 15.
Example
SR# show spanning-tree mstp instance 5
clear spanning-tree mstp
Use this command to reset Spanning Tree.
Syntax
clear spanning-tree mstp all
clear spanning-tree mstp interface <interface id>
clear spanning-tree mstp instance <instance id>
Table 383: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface id>
Resets Spanning Tree on the specified
interface.
<instance id>
Resets Spanning Tree on the specified
instance. Instance ID is a value from 1 to 15.
Example
SR# clear spanning-tree mstp interface ethernet6/1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
341
MSTP commands
clear spanning-tree statistics
Use this command to clear Spanning Tree statistics.
Syntax
clear spanning-tree statistics
Example
SR# clear spanning-tree statistics
342
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 26: LACP commands
lacp
Use this command to select the LACP configuration mode.
Syntax
lacp
Example
SR/configure# lacp
lacp channel-group mode
Use this command to enable LACP on an Ethernet interface.
Syntax
[no] channel-group <value> {static|mode <mode>}
Table 384: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes LACP configuration from an
interface.
{static | mode <mode>}
Specifies the LACP mode of the channel
group. Enter static or mode <mode>.
Valid values for mode are active or
passive.
In static mode, the link aggregation forms
without any LACP negotiation. That is, the
Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 neither
sends the LACP packet nor processes any
incoming LACP packet.
In passive mode, the Avaya Secure Router
2330/4134 does not initiate the channel, but
does understand incoming LACP packets.
The peer (in active state) initiates negotiation
Command Line Reference
October 2010
343
LACP commands
Variable
Value
to form the aggregation channel with the
peer.
In the active state, the Avaya Secure Router
2330/4134 initiates the negotiation. The link
aggregate forms if the other end is running in
LACP active or passive mode.
<value>
Specifies the channel group ID number. Valid
values are 1 to 8.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/lacp# channel-group 1 mode
active
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/lacp# channel-group 2 static
lacp priority
Use this command to configure the system priority for a local system. The system priority is
used in determining the system responsible for resolving conflicts in the choice of aggregation
groups. Lower numerical values have higher priorities.
Syntax
[no]priority <priority value>
Table 385: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<priority value>
Specifies the LACP priority that you assign
to the system. The default value is 32768.
Valid values are 1 to 65535.
[no]
Resets the system priority of the local system
to the default value (32768).
Example
SR/configure/lacp# priority 65535
interface lag
You can treat a Link Aggregation Group (LAG) as an interface. You can configure a LAG as a
Layer 3, access, trunk, or hybrid interface. Use this command to select a LAG interface.
344
Command Line Reference
October 2010
lacp timeout
Syntax
interface lag lag<id>
Table 386: Variable definitions
Variable
lag<id>
Value
Specifies the LACP interface bundle. The
<id> parameter is a channel group ID. For
example, lag1. Valid values are 1 to 8.
Example
SR/configure# interface lag lag1
lacp timeout
Use this command to set a short or long timeout on a port.
Syntax
timeout <short|long>
Table 387: Variable definitions
Variable
<short | long>
Value
Specifies an interval of time between LACP
Protocol Data Units (PDUs), after which the
bridge considers the LACP link partner to be
down. The supported values are the
following:
• short: a fast timeout. This is
approximately 3 seconds.
• long: a slow timeout. This is
approximately 90 seconds.
The default value is long.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)# timeout short
show lacp channel-group
Use this command to view channel-group information
Command Line Reference
October 2010
345
LACP commands
Syntax
show lacp channel-group [summary]
Example
SR# show lacp channel-group
show lacp dynamic
Use this command to view LACP dynamic information.
Syntax
show lacp dynamic {channel-group|detail|memberport}
Example
SR# show lacp dynamic detail
show lacp member-port
Use this command to view aggregator member information.
Syntax
show lacp member-port
Example
SR# show lacp member-port
346
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 27: IGMP snooping commands
ip igmp snooping
Use this command to access the IGMP Snooping configuration mode.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping
Example
SR/configure# ip igmp snooping
snooping enable
Use this command to globally enable IGMP Snooping.
Syntax
snooping enable
Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping# snooping enable
snooping disable
Use this command to globally disable IGMP Snooping.
Syntax
snooping disable
Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping# snooping disable
Command Line Reference
October 2010
347
IGMP snooping commands
fast-leave enable
Use this command to enable fast leave processing.
Syntax
fast-leave enable
Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping/vlan 2# fast-leave enable
fast-leave disable
Use this command to disable fast leave processing.
Syntax
fast-leave disable
Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping/vlan 2# fast-leave disable
last-member-query-interval
Use the procedure in this section to configure the last member query interval.
The Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 does not support the "no" command option to remove a
configured last member query interval. To remove existing configuration, you must reconfigure
the interval to a new value. For example, to reset a configured last member query interval to
the default value (1000 ms), you must explicitly reconfigure the last member query interval to
1000 ms.
Syntax
last-member-query-interval <interval>
Table 388: Variable definitions
Variable
<interval>
348
Command Line Reference
Value
Specifies the maximum response time
inserted into group-specific queries sent in
response to "leave group" messages, and is
October 2010
max-response-time
Variable
Value
also the amount of time between groupspecific query messages.
Valid values (in milliseconds) are in the range
of 1000 to 25500.
The default value is 1000 milliseconds.
Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping/vlan 2# last-member-query-interval
2500
max-response-time
Use this command to specify the maximum response time to insert into query messages.
The Secure Router 2330/4134 does not support the "no" command option to remove a
configured maximum response time from a VLAN. To remove existing configuration, you must
reconfigure the maximum response time to a new value. For example, to reset a configured
maximum response time to the default value (100 centiseconds [cs]), you must use the
procedure in this section to explicitly reconfigure the maximum response time to 100 cs.
Syntax
max-response-time <value>
Table 389: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>
Value
Specifies the maximum response time
(expressed in centiseconds) to insert into the
periodic general queries sent by a querier.
Valid values are 100 to 2000. The default
value is 100.
Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping/vlan 10# max-response-time 200
ip igmp snooping mrouter
Use this command to specify a static mrouter port. The interface you configure as an mrouter
port should be a member of the specified VLAN.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
349
IGMP snooping commands
Syntax
[no] mrouter <IFNAME>
Table 390: Variable definitions
Variable
<IFNAME>
Value
The interface name, or name of the port. For
example, ethernet7/1.
Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping/vlan 2# mrouter ethernet 6/1
proxy enable
IGMP proxy allows the router to function as proxy for the hosts that are attached downstream of
the router. Use this command to enable IGMP proxy for the Secure Router 2330/4134.
Syntax
proxy enable
Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping# proxy enable
proxy disable
Use this command to disable IGMP proxy for the Secure Router 2330/4134.
Syntax
proxy disable
Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping# proxy disable
querier enable
You can configure the Secure Router 2330/4134 as a querier or non-querier. Use this command
to enable querier functionality.
350
Command Line Reference
October 2010
querier disable
Syntax
querier enable
Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping# querier enable
querier disable
Use this command to disable querier functionality on the Secure Router 2330/4134.
Syntax
querier disable
Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping# querier disable
query-interval
Use this command to configure the query interval of the querier.
The Secure Router 2330/4134 does not support the "no" command option to remove a
configured query interval from a VLAN. To remove existing configuration, you must reconfigure
the interval to a new value. For example, to reset a configured query interval to the default
value (125000 ms), you must use the procedure in this section to explicitly reconfigure the
query interval to 125000 ms.
Syntax
query-interval <interval>
Table 391: Variable definitions
Variable
<interval>
Value
The time between two queries sent by the
IGMP querier, expressed in milliseconds.
Valid values are 125000 to 300000. The
default value is 125000.
Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping/vlan 2# query-interval 300000
Command Line Reference
October 2010
351
IGMP snooping commands
ip igmp snooping version
IGMP Snooping on the Secure Router 2330/4134 supports both IGMPv1 and IGMPv2 protocol
messages for learning hosts and routers. You can force the version to use.
Use this command to specify the IGMP version of the query messages generated when the
querier feature is enabled.
The Secure Router 2330/4134 does not support the "no" command option for configuring the
IGMP version on a VLAN. You can change the IGMP version on a VLAN.
Syntax
version {1|2}
Table 392: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-2>
Value
Specifies the IGMP version number. If you do
not specify an IGMP version, the Secure
Router 2330/4134 uses IGMPv2.
Example
SR/configure/ip/igmp/snooping/vlan 2# version 1
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (5/1)/ip/igmp/snooping# version 1
clear ip igmp snooping groups
You can clear IP IGMP Snooping groups based on an interface name, a multicast group
address, or based on a VLAN.
Syntax
clear ip igmp snooping groups
clear ip igmp snooping groups [interface name]
clear ip igmp snooping groups [multicast group addr]
clear ip igmp snooping groups [vid]
352
Command Line Reference
October 2010
clear ip igmp snooping mrouter
Table 393: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface name>
Specifies the name of the interface. For
example, ethernet6/1.
<multicast group addr>
Specifies the multicast group address.
<vid>
Specifies the VLAN ID.
Example
SR# clear ip igmp snooping groups ethernet6/1
clear ip igmp snooping mrouter
Use this command to clear the IGMP Snooping multicast router information.
Syntax
clear ip igmp snooping mrouter
Example
SR# clear ip igmp snooping mrouter
clear ip igmp snooping statistics
Use the following command to clear IGMP Snooping statistics.
Syntax
clear ip igmp snooping statistics
Example
SR# clear ip igmp snooping statistics
configure interface ip igmp snooping mrouter interface
Use this command to configure mrouter ports on a VLAN for IGMP snooping. By default, no
mrouter ports are configured.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp snooping mrouter interface <if-name>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
353
IGMP snooping commands
Table 394: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<vid>
Specifies the ID of the VLAN interface to
configure.
[no]
Removes the specified mrouter port.
<if-name>
Specifies the name of the interface to
configure as an mrouter port.
Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip igmp snooping mrouter interface
vlan3
configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping
Use this command to configure the status of IGMP snooping on a VLAN interface. By default,
IGMP snooping is enabled on a VLAN.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp snooping
Table 395: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables IGMP snooping on the interface.
Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip igmp snooping
configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping querier
If a VLAN receives no IGMP traffic from a multicast router, enable IGMP-snooping querier on
the VLAN to provide multicast traffic support. With IGMP-snooping querier enabled, the
interface uses its own IP address as the querier address. By default, IGMP-snooping querier
is disabled.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp snooping querier
354
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Table 396: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables the IGMP-snooping querier on the
VLAN.
Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip igmp snooping querier
configure interface vlan ip igmp snooping reportsuppression
Use this command to configure IGMP report suppression on a VLAN. IGMP report
suppression, also known as IGMP proxy, forwards the first IGMP report for a group, and
suppresses any subsquent reports for the same group. By default, IGMP report suppression
is disabled.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp snooping report-suppression
Table 397: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables IGMP report suppression.
Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip igmp snooping reportsuppression
show ip igmp snooping configuration
Use this command to display IGMP Snooping configuration information.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping configuration
Example
SR# show ip igmp snooping configuration
Command Line Reference
October 2010
355
IGMP snooping commands
show ip igmp snooping detail
Use this command to view detailed information about your IGMP Snooping configuration.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping detail
Example
SR# show ip igmp snooping detail
show ip igmp snooping groups
Use the following commands to view information about the IGMP Snooping groups configured
on the Secure Router 2330/4134.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping groups
show ip igmp snooping groups [vid]
show ip igmp snooping groups [interface name]
show ip igmp snooping groups [multicast group addr]
Example
SR# show ip igmp snooping groups ethernet6/1
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Use this command to view information about the IGMP Snooping multicast router port.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping mrouter <vid>
Variable
<vid>
Value
Specifies the VLAN ID for which to display
the IGMP snooping configuration.
Example
SR# show ip igmp snooping mrouter
356
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ip igmp snooping statistics
show ip igmp snooping statistics
Use this command to view IGMP Snooping statistics.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping statistics
Example
SR# show ip igmp snooping statistics
Command Line Reference
October 2010
357
IGMP snooping commands
358
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 28: GVRP commands
clear gvrp
Use this command to clear GVRP statistics or to reset GVRP state-machine.
Syntax
clear gvrp <option>
Table 398: Variable definitions
Variable
<option>
Value
Specifies the option you want to clear. Values
are state-machine [interface
name], which resets the GVRP state
machine, and statistics
[interface name], which clears the
GVRP statistics.
Example
SR# clear gvrp statistics ethernet6/1
dynamic-vlan-creation
GVRP can dynamically create VLANs on devices for trunking purposes. When you enable
GVRP dynamic VLAN creation, an Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 adds VLANs to its
database when it receives GVRP join messages about VLANs it does not have.
You configure dynamic VLAN creation on a device-by-device basis. GVRP does not
synchronize between devices, but adds VLANs only on devices that have dynamic creation
enabled to pass traffic between trunks.
To enable dynamic VLAN creation, all the trunk ports on the router must be 802.1Q and they
all must be GVRP-enabled ports. If the router has any non-802.1Q trunk ports, or if the 802.1Q
ports that exist are not configured for GVRP, you cannot enable the feature. VLANs are added
only for join messages received across a normal registration port.
Use the commands in this section to configure GVRP for dynamic VLAN creation.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
359
GVRP commands
Syntax
[no] dynamic-vlan-creation
Table 399: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables dynamic VLAN creation.
Example
SR/configure/gvrp#
dynamic-vlan-creation
gvrp enable
By default, GVRP is not enabled for the router. You must first enable GVRP on the router before
you can configure the 802.1Q ports for GVRP operation.
Use the commands in this section to enable or disable GVRP globally and on an interface.
Syntax
[no] gvrp-enable
Table 400: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables GVRP.
Example
SR/configure/gvrp# no gvrp-enable
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/gvrp# no gvrp-enable
registration-state
By default, GVRP ports are in the "normal" registration mode. The ports use GVRP join
messages from neighboring switches to prune the VLANs running across the 802.1Q trunk
link. If the device on the other side is incapable of sending GVRP messages, or if you do not
want to allow the switch to prune any of the VLANs, use the "fixed" mode. Fixed mode ports
will forward for all VLANs that exist in the switch database. Ports in forbidden mode forward
only for VLAN 1.
Use this command to configure the port registration state.
360
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show gvrp
Syntax
registration-state {normal|fixed|forbidden}
Table 401: Variable definitions
Variable
{normal | fixed | forbidden}
Value
Specify the port registration state. By default,
GVRP ports are in the "normal" registration
mode. The ports use GVRP join messages
from neighboring switches to prune the
VLANs running across the 802.1Q trunk link.
If the device on the other side is incapable of
sending GVRP messages, or if you do not
want to allow the switch to prune any of the
VLANs, use the "fixed" mode. Fixed mode
ports will forward for all VLANs that exist in
the switch database.
Ports in forbidden mode forward only for
VLAN 1.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/gvrp# registration-state
normal
show gvrp
Use this command to view information about the GVRP configuration and operation on the
Secure Router 2330/4134.
Syntax
show gvrp <option>
Table 402: Variable definitions
Variable
<option>
Value
Specifies the type of GVRP information you
want to view. Enter one of the following
options:
• detail: detailed information.
• state-machine: the finite state machine.
You can specify a specific interface for
which to gather information with this option.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
361
GVRP commands
Variable
Value
• statistics: GVRP statistics. You can specify
a specific interface for which to gather
information with this option.
• timer: the GVRP timer. You can specify a
specific interface for which to gather
information with this option.
Example
SR# show gvrp statistics ethernet6/1
timer join
Use the GVRP timer command to adjust the values of the join, leave, and leaveall timers. Timer
values are in centi-seconds and valid values are from 1 to 10000. You must maintain the
following relationship for the various timer values:
• Leave time must be greater than or equal to three times the join time.
• Leaveall time must be greater than the leave time.
Use the command in this section to configure GVRP timers. This procedure is optional.
To reset GVRP timers to default values, you must reconfigure the timers to the default values
(the Secure Router 2330/4134 does not support the no command option for this command.
Syntax
timer join <value> leave <value> leaveall <value>
Table 403: Variable definitions
Variable
362
Value
join <value>
Specifies the value for the join timer. Each
GARP application entity sends a "join"
message twice, for reliability, and uses a join
timer to set the sending interval.
The timer value is expressed in centiseconds. Valid values are in the range 1 to
10000.
The join timer default is 20.
leave <value>
Specifies the value for the leave timer. The
leave timer starts upon receipt of a "leave"
message sent for deregistering attribute
information. If no join message is received
before this timer expires, the GARP
Command Line Reference
October 2010
timer join
Variable
Value
application entity removes the attribute
information, as requested.
The timer value is expressed in centiseconds. Valid values are in the range 1 to
10000.
The leave timer default is 60.
leaveall <value>
Specifies the value for the leaveall timer. The
leaveall timer starts when a GARP
application entity starts. When this timer
expires, the entity sends a "leaveall"
message so that other entities can reregister attribute information, and then a
leaveall timer starts again.
The timer value is expressed in centiseconds. Valid values are in the range 1 to
10000.
The leaveall timer default is 1000.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/1)/gvrp# timer join 10 leave 30
leaveall 100
Command Line Reference
October 2010
363
GVRP commands
364
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 29: Ethernet Connectivity Fault
Management commands
configure oam cfm enable
Use this command to enable Ethernet CFM globally.
Syntax
[no] enable
Table 404: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables CFM globally.
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm# enable
configure oam cfm ethtype
Use this command to configure the ethertype for CFM frames.
Syntax
ethtype <value>
Table 405: Variable definitions
Variable
<value>
Value
Valid values are 88E6 and 8902. The default
value is 88E6. Use the value 88E6 for
interaction with MERS. Use the value 8902
for interaction with third-party equipment.
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm# ethtype 8902
Command Line Reference
October 2010
365
Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands
configure oam cfm linktrace
Use this command to specify the path trace cache entries in the database.
Syntax
linktrace <cache size>
Table 406: Variable definitions
Variable
<cache size>
Value
The number of path trace cache entries in the
database. Enter a value in the range 1 to 200.
The default value is 100.
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm# linktrace 150
configure oam cfm md
Use this command to create a Maintenance Domain (MD) within which you can manage
Ethernet traffic.
Syntax
md <WORD>
Table 407: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
The short name for the MD (up to eight
characters).
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm# md MD1
configure oam cfm md name
Use this command to a full name for an MD.
366
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure oam cfm md level
Syntax
name <WORD>
Table 408: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
The full name of the MD (up to 31
characters). Place quotation marks around
the full name. The full name is used in CCM,
if you configure a full name for the MD. If you
do not configure a full name, the short name
of the MD is used in CCM.
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1# name “MD1 full-name”
configure oam cfm md level
Use this command to specify the MD level. Ensure you specify the level for each MD. The
levels separate MDs from each other and provide different areas of functionality.
Syntax
level <level>
Table 409: Variable definitions
Variable
<level>
Value
The MD level. The default value for this
parameter is 7. To configure the level, enter
a value in the range 0 to 7. The levels define
the MD as follows:
• 0–2 (operator levels)
• 3–4 (provider levels)
• 5–7 (customer levels)
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1# level 6
Command Line Reference
October 2010
367
Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands
configure oam cfm md ma
Use this command to define a Maintenance Association (MA) within an MD.
Syntax
ma <WORD>
Table 410: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
The short name for the MA (up to eight
characters).
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1# ma MA1
configure oam cfm md ma cc
Use this command to define continuity check parameters for an MA.
Syntax
cc [cc-interval <value>] [cc-priority <value>] [auto-detect-rmeps
{enable|disable}]
Table 411: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
auto-detect-rmeps {enable|disable}
Turns the auto-detection of remote MEPs on
or off. The default is disable.
cc-interval <value>
The CCM transmission interval in ms. Enter
one of the following values:
• 1000
• 10000
• 60000
• 600000
The default value is 10000 ms.
368
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure oam cfm md ma mep
Variable
cc-priority <value>
Value
The CCM priority. This value is the 3-bit user
priority field in the VLAN tag. Enter a value in
the range 0 to 7. The default value is 7.
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# cc cc-interval 1000 cc-priority 3
auto-detect-rmeps enable
configure oam cfm md ma mep
Use this command to define an MEP within an MA. Each MEP and remote MEP must have a
unique ID within an MA. If two or more MEPs share the same ID, CFM raises an event indicating
a duplicate MEP exists in the MA.
Important:
The Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 does not support the Fault Notification Generator
(FNG) in Release 10.1. You may see these parameters in the CLI for MEPs, but you cannot
configure this feature.
Syntax
[no] mep <mep id> <interface id> mep-state {enable|disable} [ccstate {enable|disable}]
Table 412: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
cc-state {enable|disable}
Enable or disable the transmission of CCM
on the MEP. The default value is enable.
mep-state {enable | disable}
An MEP is disabled by default. Enter
enable when you create the MEP to ensure
it is activated. If you must later deactivate the
MEP, use this command and enter
disable.
<interface id>
The interface name. The interface ID can be
up to 16 characters. There is no default
value.
<mep id>
The numerical identifier for the MEP. There
is no default value. Enter a value in the range
from 1 to 8191.
[no]
Enter no to delete an existing MEP.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
369
Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# mep 101 0/1 mep-state enable
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# no mep 101 0/1
configure oam cfm md ma name
Use this command to specify the full name for the MA.
Syntax
name <WORD>
Table 413: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
The full name of the MA (up to 31
characters). Place quotation marks around
the full name.
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# name "MA1 full-name"
configure oam cfm md ma remove-ad-rmeps
Use this command to remove auto-detected remote MEPs from an MA.
Syntax
remove-ad-rmeps
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# remove-ad-rmeps
configure oam cfm md ma rmep
Use this command to create a remote MEP (RMEP).
Syntax
[no] rmep <rmep id> [mac addr]
370
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure oam cfm md ma vlan
Table 414: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[mac addr]
The MAC address of the host. Enter the MAC
address in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff. This
parameter is optional. The Secure Router
2330/4134 can auto-detect remote MEPs.
<rmep id>
The numerical identifier for the remote MEP.
There is no default value. Enter a value in the
range from 1 to 8191.
[no]
Enter no to delete an existing remote MEP.
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# rmep 12 11:12:13:14:15:16
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# no rmep 12
configure oam cfm md ma vlan
Use this command to specify the VLAN with which the MA is associated.
Syntax
vlan <vid>
Table 415: Variable definitions
Variable
<vid>
Value
The VLAN ID with which to associate the MA.
The default value is 0 (untagged). Enter a
VID in the range 0 to 4000.
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1/ma MA1# vlan <vid>
configure oam cfm md mip
Use this command to define a Maintenance Intermediate Point (MIP) within an MD.
Syntax
[no] mip <mip id>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
371
Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands
Table 416: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<mip id>
The numerical identifier for the MIP. There is
no default value. Enter a value in the range
from 1 to 8191.
[no]
Enter no to delete an existing MIP.
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1# mip 10
configure oam cfm md mip interface
Use this command to specify the MIP interface.
Syntax
mip <mip id> interface <interface id>
Table 417: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface id>
The interface name. The interface ID can be
up to 16 characters. There is no default
value.
<mip id>
The numerical identifier for the MIP. There is
no default value. Enter a value in the range
from 1 to 8191.
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1# mip 10 interface ethernet0/1
configure oam cfm md mip state
Use this command to specify the state (enabled or disabled) for a MIP. An MIP is enabled by
default when you create it.
Syntax
mip <mip id> state {enable|disable}
372
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure oam cfm md mip vlan
Table 418: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<mip id>
The numerical identifier for the MIP. There is
no default value. Enter a value in the range
from 1 to 8191.
{enable | disable}
Enable or disable the MIP. An MIP is enabled
when you create it—it is not necessary to
configure the state as enabled when you
create an MIP.
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1# mip 10 state disable
configure oam cfm md mip vlan
Use this command to specify the VLAN with which the MIP is associated.
Syntax
mip <mip id> vlan <vid>
Table 419: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<mip id>
The numerical identifier for the MIP. There is
no default value. Enter a value in the range
from 1 to 8191.
<vid>
The VLAN ID with which to associate the
MIP. The default value is 0 (untagged). Enter
a VID in the range 0 to 4000.
Example
SR/configure/oam/cfm/md MD1# mip 10 vlan 10
test oam cfm
Use this command to access the CFM test commands. Use these commands to send loopback
or linktrace messages.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
373
Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands
Syntax
cfm <md-short-name> <ma-short-name> <mep id>
Table 420: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<ma-short-name>
The short name of the MA.
<md-short-name>
The short name of the MD.
<mep id>
The numerical identifier for the local MEP.
There is no default value. Enter a value in the
range from 1 to 8191.
Example
SR/test/oam# cfm MD1 MA1 11
test oam cfm lbmmep
Use this command to issue CFM loopback messages and to verify a successful path to a
remote MEP.
Syntax
lbmmep {rmep-id <remote_identifier>|mac-addr <remote_macaddr>}
[burst-count <burst_count>] [data-size <data_size>] [pattern-type
<pattern_type>] [priority <priority_indicator>]
Table 421: Variable definitions
Variable
374
Value
{rmep-id <remote_identifier> | mac-addr
<remote_macaddr>}
Enter either the remote MEP ID or the MAC
address of the host for the remote MEP.
Enter a value in the range from 1 to 8191 for
the RMEP ID. Enter a MAC address in the
form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff.
[burst-count <burst_count>]
The LBM burst count. The default burst count
is 1. The range is 1 to 200.
[data-size <data_size>]
The LBM data size. The default data size is
0. The range is 0 to 504.
[pattern-type <pattern_type>]
The pattern type for the CFM loopback test.
The pattern type is applicable only if the data
size is non-zero. The default is a pattern of
all ones.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
test oam cfm lbmmip
Variable
[priority <priority_indicator>]
Value
The user priority field in the VLAN tag. The
default priority indicator is 7. The range is 0
to 7.
Example
SR/test/oam/cfm MD1 MA1 11# lbmmep rmep-id 12
test oam cfm lbmmip
Use this command to issue CFM loopback messages and to verify a successful path to a
remote MIP.
Syntax
lbmmip <remote_macaddr> [burst-count <burst_count>] [dataSize
<data_size>] [pattern-type <pattern_type>] [priority
<priority_indicator>]
Table 422: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<remote_macaddr>
The MAC address of the host for the remote
MIP. Enter a MAC address in the form
aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff.
[burst-count <burst_count>]
The LBM burst count. The default burst count
is 1. The range is 1 to 200.
[dataSize <data_size>]
The LBM data size. The default data size is
0. The range is 0 to 504.
[pattern-type <pattern_type>]
The pattern type for the CFM loopback test.
The pattern type is applicable only if the data
size is non-zero. The default is a pattern of
all ones.
[priority <priority_indicator>]
The user priority field in the VLAN tag. The
default priority indicator is 7. The range is 0
to 7.
Example
SR/test/oam/cfm MD1 MA1 11# lbmmip 21:22:23:24:25:26
Command Line Reference
October 2010
375
Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands
test oam cfm ltmmep
Use this command to issue CFM path trace messages and to discover the path to a remote
MEP.
Syntax
ltmmep {rmep-id <remote_identifier>|mac-addr <remote_macaddr>} [ttl
<ttl_value>] [priority <priority_indicator>]
Table 423: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
{rmep-id <remote_identifier> | mac-addr
<remote_macaddr>}
Enter either the remote MEP ID or the MAC
address of the host for the remote MEP.
[ttl <ttl_value>]
The "time to live" value. Similar to the IPv4
TTL value, the CFM TTL value is
decremented by one unit on every hop. If the
TTL value drops to zero before the LTM
reaches its destination, the linktrace test
terminates. Enter a value from 1 to 255. The
default value is 64.
[priority <priority_indicator>]
The user priority field in the VLAN tag. The
default priority indicator is 7. The range is 0
to 7.
Example
SR/test/oam/cfm MD1 MA1 11# ltmmep rmep-id 12
test oam cfm ltmmip
Use this command to issue CFM path trace messages and to discover the path to a remote MIP.
Syntax
ltmmip <remote_macaddr> [ttl <ttl_value>] [priority
<priority_indicator>]
Table 424: Variable definitions
Variable
<remote_macaddr>
376
Command Line Reference
Value
The MAC address of the host for the remote
MIP.
October 2010
show cfm cc-configs
Variable
Value
[ttl <ttl_value>]
The "time to live" value. Similar to the IPv4
TTL value, the CFM TTL value is
decremented by one unit on every hop. If the
TTL value drops to zero before the LTM
reaches its destination, the linktrace test
terminates. Enter a value from 1 to 255. The
default value is 64.
[priority <priority_indicator>]
The user priority field in the VLAN tag. The
default priority indicator is 7. The range is 0
to 7.
Example
SR/test/oam/cfm MD1 MA1 11# ltmmip 21:22:23:24:25:26
show cfm cc-configs
Use this command to display information about CC configuration.
Syntax
show cfm cc-configs
Example
SR# show cfm cc-configs
show cfm cc-configs ma md
Use this command to display information about CC configuration for a specific MA within a
specific MD.
Syntax
show cfm cc-configs ma <WORD> md <WORD>
Example
SR# show cfm cc-configs ma MA1 md MD1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
377
Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands
show cfm errors
Use this command to display information about CC errors logged to the Secure Router
2330/4134 since the reset or clear of a specific MEP.
Syntax
show cfm errors mep <mep id> md <WORD> ma <WORD>
Table 425: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
ma <WORD>
The short name of the MA (up to eight
characters).
md <WORD>
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters).
<mep id>
The numerical identifier for the MEP. Values
are in the range from 1 to 8191.
Example
SR# show cfm errors mep 11 md MD1 ma MA1
show cfm global-config
Use this command to display CFM global configuration.
Syntax
show cfm global-config
Example
SR# show cfm global-config
show cfm linktrace-cache
Use this command to display path trace cache entries logged to the Secure Router 2330/4134
since a reset or clear.
378
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show cfm ma
Syntax
show cfm linktrace-cache [session <session id>] [mep <mep id>] [rmepid <rmep id>] [ma <WORD>] [md <WORD>] [mac-addr <mac addr>]
Table 426: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<mep id>
The numerical identifier for the local MEP.
Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.
<rmep id>
The numerical identifier for the remote MEP.
Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.
md <WORD>
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters). For example MD1.
ma <WORD>
The short name of the MA (up to eight
characters). For example MA1.
<mac addr>
The MAC address of the remote host. Enter
a MAC address in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff.
<session id>
The linktrace test session ID. Values are in
the range 1 to 4294967295.
Example
SR# show cfm linktrace-cache session 5527
show cfm ma
Use this command to display detailed information for a specific MA.
Syntax
show cfm ma <WORD> [md-name <WORD>]
Table 427: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
ma <WORD>
The short name of the MA (up to eight
characters). For example, MA1.
md-name <WORD>
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters). For example, MD1.
Example
SR# show cfm ma MA1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
379
Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands
show cfm mas
Use this command to display summary information for all MAs within an MD.
Syntax
show cfm mas md <WORD>
Table 428: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters).
Example
SR# show cfm mas md MD1
show cfm md
Use this command to display detailed information for a specific MD.
Syntax
show cfm md <WORD>
Table 429: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters).
Example
SR# show cfm md MD1
show cfm mds
Use this command to display summary information for all MDs.
Syntax
show cfm mds
380
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show cfm mep
Example
SR# show cfm mds
show cfm mep
Use this command to display detailed information for a specific MEP.
Syntax
show cfm mep <mep id> [ma <WORD>] [md <WORD>]
Table 430: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<mep id>
The numerical identifier for the MEP. Values
are in the range from 1 to 8191.
ma <WORD>
The short name of the MA (up to eight
characters).
md <WORD>
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters).
Example
SR# show cfm mep 11
show cfm meps
Use this command to display summary information for all MEPs configured within the specified
MA (and MD).
Syntax
show cfm meps ma <WORD> md <WORD>
Table 431: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
ma <WORD>
The short name of the MA (up to eight
characters).
md <WORD>
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters).
Command Line Reference
October 2010
381
Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands
Example
SR# show cfm meps ma MA1 md MD1
show cfm mip
Use this command to display detailed information for a specific MIP.
Syntax
show cfm mip <mip id> [md <WORD>]
Table 432: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<mip id>
The numerical identifier for the MIP. Values
are in the range from 1 to 8191.
md <WORD>
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters).
Example
SR# show cfm mip 1
show cfm mips
Use this command to display summary information for all MIPs configured in the Secure Router
2330/4134.
Syntax
show cfm mips [md <WORD>]
Table 433: Variable definitions
Variable
md <WORD>
Value
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters).
Example
SR# show cfm mips
382
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show cfm rmep
show cfm rmep
Use this command to display summary information for a remote MEP configured within the
specified MA (and MD).
Syntax
show cfm rmep <rmep id> ma <WORD> md <WORD>
Table 434: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
ma <WORD>
The short name of the MA (up to eight
characters).
md <WORD>
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters).
<rmep id>
The numerical identifier for the remote MEP.
Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.
Example
SR# show cfm rmep 11 ma MA1 md MD1
show cfm stats
Use this command to display statistics logged to the Secure Router 2330/4134 since a reset
or clear.
Syntax
show cfm mep-stats [mep <mep id> md <WORD> ma <WORD>]
show cfm mip-stats [md <WORD> mip <mip id>]
Table 435: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
ma <WORD>
The short name of the MA (up to eight
characters).
md <WORD>
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters).
<mep id>
The numerical identifier for the MEP. Values
are in the range from 1 to 8191.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
383
Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands
Variable
<mip id>
Value
The numerical identifier for the MIP. Values
are in the range from 1 to 8191.
Example
SR# show cfm mep-stats mep 12
clear cfm errors
Use this command to clear CCM errors logged to the Secure Router 2330/4134.
Syntax
clear cfm errors mep <mep id> md <WORD> ma <WORD>
Table 436: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
mep <mep id>
The numerical identifier for the local MEP.
Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.
ma <WORD>
The short name of the MA (up to eight
characters).
md <WORD>
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters).
Example
SR# clear cfm errors mep 11 md MD1 ma MA1
clear cfm linktrace-cache
Use this command to clear the path trace cache entries logged to the Secure Router
2330/4134.
Syntax
clear cfm linktrace-cache [session <session id>] [mep <mep id>]
[rmep-id <rmep id>] [ma <WORD>] [md <WORD>] [mac-addr <mac addr>]
384
Command Line Reference
October 2010
clear cfm stats
Table 437: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<mep id>
The numerical identifier for the local MEP.
Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.
<rmep id>
The numerical identifier for the remote MEP.
Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.
md <WORD>
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters). For example MD1.
ma <WORD>
The short name of the MA (up to eight
characters). For example MA1.
<mac addr>
The MAC address of the remote host. Enter
a MAC address in the form aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff.
<session id>
The linktrace test session ID. Values are in
the range 1 to 4294967295.
Example
SR# clear cfm linktrace-cache session 2
clear cfm stats
Use this command to clear CFM stats logged to the Secure Router 2330/4134.
Syntax
clear cfm mep-stats [mep <mep id> md <WORD> ma <WORD>]
clear cfm mip-stats [md <WORD> mip <mip id>]
Table 438: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
mep <mep id>
The numerical identifier for the local MEP.
Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.
mip <mip id>
The numerical identifier for the local MIP.
Values are in the range from 1 to 8191.
ma <WORD>
The short name of the MA (up to eight
characters).
md <WORD>
The short name of the MD (up to eight
characters).
Command Line Reference
October 2010
385
Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands
Example
SR# clear cfm mip-stats md MD1 mip 12
debug oam cfm dump-data
Use this command to enable or disable the dump of data for Ethernet CFM.
Syntax
cfm dump-data {0|1}
Table 439: Variable definitions
Variable
{0 | 1}
Value
Enables or disables the dump of data. Enter
0 for disable and 1 to enable. The default
value is 0.
Example
SR/debug/oam# cfm dump-data 0
debug oam cfm debug-feature debug-level
Use this command to specify the feature to debug and the level at which to debug.
Secure Router 2330/4134 does not write the debug information to a log file. The Secure Router
2330/4134 displays the debug information only on your screen.
Important:
You can use a debug level of 1 to 4. As the level increases, the amount of debug information
also increases.
Important:
Use the debug commands with caution. The debug command output is code-specific. Use
the show commands to understand the behavior of your system.
Syntax
cfm debug-feature <"value"> debug-level <level>
386
Command Line Reference
October 2010
debug oam cfm debug-feature debug-level
Table 440: Variable definitions
Variable
<level>
Value
Sets the debug level. Enter a value in the
range of 0 to 4. The default value is 0. The
level values correspond to the following
descriptions:
• 0 = none
• 1 = major
• 2 = minor
• 3 = detail
• 4 = flood
<"value">
Specifies the feature. Use quotation marks
around the feature description. The feature
description can be up to 127 characters and
uses any of the following words:
• ALL
• CCI
• CCR
• CLI
• DISPATCH
• ERR
• FRAME
• LB
• LPORT
• LT
• MA
• MD
• MEP
• MIP
• PORT
• QUE
• RMEP
• RSP
• RX
• STARTUP
Command Line Reference
October 2010
387
Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management commands
Variable
Value
• TIMERS
• TX
Example
SR/debug/oam# cfm debug-feature "LT LPORT MIP" debug-level 3
388
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 30: Port mirroring commands
mirror source
Use this command to configure one mirroring port (destination port) for each mirrored port
(source port). The analyzer and monitor ports can reside either on the same slot or on different
slots.
Syntax
[no] mirror source <interface id> destination <interface id>
direction {both|receive}
Table 441: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
destination <interface id>
The interface ID that identifies the mirroring
port. For example, ethernet5/1.
direction {both|receive}
The direction of packets that you want to
mirror. Use a value of both to mirror both
transmit and receive packets. Use a value of
receive to mirror receive packets only.
[no]
Disables port mirroring.
source <interface id>
The interface ID that identifies the mirrored
port. For example, ethernet6/1.
Example
SR/configure# mirror source ethernet5/1 destination 6/1 direction
both
show mirror
Use this command to view summary information about mirrored ports on the Avaya Secure
Router 2330/4134.
Syntax
show mirror
Command Line Reference
October 2010
389
Port mirroring commands
Example
SR# show mirror
390
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 31: Bridge configuration commands
configure bridge priority
Use this command to set the bridge priority for the common instance. The lower the priority
value, the greater the chance that the bridge becomes the root bridge.
Syntax
priority <value>
Table 442: Variable definitions
Variable
value
Value
bridge priority. The default value is 32768.
Valid values are 0 to 61440, and are
increments of 4096.
Example
SR# priority 5
configure maximum aging time
Use this command to set the maximum aging time for a bridge.
Syntax
max-age < max-age value>
Table 443: Variable definitions
Variable
max-age value
Value
maximum time, expressed in seconds, to
listen for the root bridge. The default value is
20 seconds. Valid values are 6 to 40
seconds.
Example
SR# max-age 36
Command Line Reference
October 2010
391
Bridge configuration commands
configure forward time delay
Use this command to set the time after which (if this bridge is the root bridge) each port changes
its state to learning and forwarding.
Syntax
forward-time <forward delay value>
Table 444: Variable definitions
Variable
forward delay value
Value
forwarding time delay, expressed in seconds.
The default value is 15 seconds. Valid values
are 4 to 30 seconds.
Example
SR# forward-time 5
configure static MAC address
Use this command to to statically configure a bridge entry to forward or discard matching
frames.
Syntax
mac address <mac addr> {forward|discard} <interface> vlan <vid>
Table 445: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<mac addr>
MAC address, expressed in
HHHH.HHHH.HHHH format.
<forward|discard>
action to take when matching frames enter
the specified interface.
<interface>
interface on which the frame enters the unit.
<vid>
VLAN ID. Valid values are 1 to 4094.
Example
SR# mac address HHHH.HHHH.HHHH forward interface vlan 5
392
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 32: SNMP commands
clear snmp-stats
use this command to clear SNMP statistics.
Syntax
clear snmp-stats
Example
SR#
clear snmp-stats
configure snmp-server chassis-id
Use this command to name the SNMP host system.
Syntax
chassis-id <name>
Table 446: Variable definitions
Variable
<name>
Value
Specifies the name of the host system.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server# chassis-id SJ-ca
configure snmp-server community
Use this command to set the SNMP community name and access privileges.
Syntax
community <string> [access_privilege {ro|rw}]
Command Line Reference
October 2010
393
SNMP commands
Table 447: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
ro
Read-only (can get but not set MIB
parameters)
rw
Read/write (can get and set MIB parameters)
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server# community network1 rw
configure snmp-server contact
Use this command to specify a contact person for the SNMP MIB.
Syntax
contact <"contact-name">
Table 448: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<"contact-name">
Name of the person to contact regarding the
SNMP MIB, enclosed in quotation marks.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#
contact "JCameron"
configure snmp-server enable traps bgp
Use this command to enable or disable BGP-related traps.
Syntax
[no] bgp [trap_est] [trap_back]
Table 449: Variable definitions
Variable
394
Value
[trap_est]
Enables BGP established notification trap.
[trap_back]
Enables BGP backward transition
notification trap.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure snmp-server enable traps bundle
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
bgp trap_est
configure snmp-server enable traps bundle
Use this command to enable or disable bundle-related traps.
Syntax
[no] bundle [trap_bundle bundle_up_down] [trap_link link_up_down]
Table 450: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[trap_bundle bundle_up_down]
Enables bundle Enable/Disable notification
trap.
[trap_link link_up_down]
Enables bundle link Enable/Disable
notification trap.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
bundle_up_down
bundle trap_bundle
configure snmp-server enable traps cfm
Use this command to enable or disable the CFM group of traps.
Syntax
[no] cfm
Table 451: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables the CFM group of traps.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#cfm
Command Line Reference
October 2010
395
SNMP commands
configure snmp-server enable traps config
Use this command to enable or disable traps for configuration changes and saves.
Syntax
[no] config [trap_change change] [trap_save save]
Table 452: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[trap_change change]
Enables the configuration trap.
[trap_save save]
Enables the save trap.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
config trap_change change
configure snmp-server enable traps dvmrp
Use this command to enable or disable DVMRP related traps.
Syntax
dvmrp <neighbor-loss> <neighbor-not-pruning>
Table 453: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<neighbor-loss>
Specifies DVMRP neighbor loss traps.
<neighbor-not-pruning>
Specifies DVMRP non-pruning neighbor
traps.
[no]
Disables the DVMRP related traps.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#dvmrp neighbor-loss
396
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure snmp-server enable traps enable-all
configure snmp-server enable traps enable-all
Use this command to enable or disable all traps.
Syntax
[no] enable-all
Table 454: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables all traps.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#enable-all
configure snmp-server enable traps environment
Use this command to enable or disable traps for fan failure or temperature level changes.
Syntax
[no] environment [trap_fan fan] [trap_temp temperature] [trap_power
power]
Table 455: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[trap_fan fan]
Enables fan failure trap.
[trap_temp temperature]
Enables temperature level change trap.
[trap_power power]
Enables power supply status change trap.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
environment trap_fan fan
configure snmp-server enable traps frame_relay
Use this command to enable or disable traps for frame relay virtual circuit state changes.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
397
SNMP commands
Syntax
[no] frame_relay [trap_vcstate vcstate]
Table 456: Variable definitions
Variable
[trap_vcstate vcstate]
Value
Enables VC state change trap.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
vcstate
frame_relay trap_vcstate
configure snmp-server enable traps ospf error
Use this command to enable or disable OSPF error-related traps.
Syntax
[no] ospf error [authentication-failure | bad-packet | config-error |
virt-authentication-failure | virt-bad-packet | virt-config-error]
Table 457: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
authentication-failure
Authentication failure on non-virtual
interfaces.
bad-packet
Packet parse failure on non-virtual
interfaces.
config-error
Config mismatch errors on non-virtual
interfaces.
virt-authentication-failure
Authentication failure on virtual interfaces.
virt-bad-packet
Packet parse failure on virtual interfaces.
virt-config-error
Config mismatch errors on virtual interfaces.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
failure
398
Command Line Reference
ospf error authentication-
October 2010
configure snmp-server enable traps ospf lsa
configure snmp-server enable traps ospf lsa
Use this command to enable or disable OSPF LSA-related traps.
Syntax
[no] ospf lsa [lsa-maxage|lsa-originate]
Table 458: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
lsa-maxage
LSA aged to maxage.
lsa-originate
New LSA originated.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
ospf lsa lsa-maxage
configure snmp-server enable traps ospf retransmit
Use this command to enable or disable OSPF retransmit-related traps.
Syntax
[no] ospf retransmit [packets|virt-packets]
Table 459: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
packets
Packet retransmission on non-virtual
interfaces.
virt-packets
Packet retransmission on virtual interfaces.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
ospf retransmit packets
configure snmp-server enable traps ospf state-change
Use this command to enable or disable OSPF state-change-related traps.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
399
SNMP commands
Syntax
[no] ospf state-change [if-state-change|neighbor-state-change|
virtif-state-change|virtneighbor-state-change]
Table 460: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
if-state-change
Non-virtual interface state changes.
neighbor-state-change
Non-virtual neighbor state changes.
virtif-state-change
Virtual interface state changes.
virtneighbor-state-change
Virtual neighbor state changes.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
change
ospf state-change if-state-
configure snmp-server enable traps pim
Use this command to configure PIM-SM related traps.
Syntax
[no] pim <interface-election> <invalid-join-prune> <invalidregister> <neighbor-loss> <rp-mapping-change>
Table 461: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface-election>
Specifies a new DR or DF election trap.
<invalid-join-prune>
Specifies an invalid join or prune receive
message trap.
<invalid-register>
Specifies an invalid register received trap.
<neighbor-loss>
Specifies neighbor loss traps.
[no]
Disables PIM-SM related traps.
<rp-mapping-change>
Specifies RP mapping change trap.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/trap#pim interface-election
400
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure snmp-server enable traps pimv6
configure snmp-server enable traps pimv6
Use this command to configure PIM IPv6 related traps.
Syntax
[no] pimv6 <interface-election> <invalid-join-prune> <invalidregister> <neighbor-loss> <rp-mapping-change>
Table 462: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface-election>
Specifies a new IPv6 DR or DF election trap.
<invalid-join-prune>
Specifies an invalid IPv6 join or prune
receive message trap.
<invalid-register>
Specifies an invalid IPv6 register received
trap.
<neighbor-loss>
Specifies IPv6 neighbor loss traps.
[no]
Disables PIM IPv6 related traps.
<rp-mapping-change>
Specifies IPv6 RP mapping change trap.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/trap#pimv6 invalid-join-prune
configure snmp-server enable traps snmp
Use this command to enable or disable traps for SNMP authentication failure.
Syntax
[no] snmp [trap_auth auth_fail]
Table 463: Variable definitions
Variable
[trap_auth auth_fail]
Value
Enables authentication failure trap
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
Command Line Reference
snmp trap_auth auth_fail
October 2010
401
SNMP commands
configure snmp-server enable traps sntp
Use this command to enable or disable client traps for the simple network timing protocol.
Syntax
[no] sntp
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
sntp
configure snmp-server enable traps ssm
Use this command to enable or disable an SSM group of traps.
Syntax
[no] ssm
Table 464: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables an SSM group of traps.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps# ssm
configure snmp-server enable traps system
Use this command to enable or disable traps for reporting system shutdowns, user logins and
logouts, and user login failures.
Syntax
[no] system [trap_shutdown shutdown] [trap_login login] [trap_logoff
logoff] [trap_loginfail loginfail] [trap_authloginfail authfail]
[trap_authloginsuccess authsuccess] [trap_logout logout]
Table 465: Variable definitions
Variable
[trap_shutdown shutdown]
402
Command Line Reference
Value
Enables traps for system shutdowns.
October 2010
configure snmp-server enable traps vrrp
Variable
Value
[trap_login login]
Enables traps for system logons.
[trap_logoff logoff]
Enables traps for system logoffs.
[trap_loginfail loginfail]
Enables traps for failed user login attempts.
[trap_authloginfail authfail]
Enables authentication login fail trap.
[trap_authloginsuccess authsuccess]
Enables authentication login success trap.
[trap_logout logout]
Enables authentication logout trap.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
shutdown
system trap_shutdown
configure snmp-server enable traps vrrp
Use this command to enable or disable VRRP group traps.
Syntax
[no] vrrp
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server/enable/traps#
vrrp
configure snmp-server location
Use this command to define the SNMP host system location.
Syntax
location <"location-name">
Table 466: Variable definitions
Variable
<"location-name">
Value
Specifies the location of the host system,
enclosed in quotation marks.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#
Command Line Reference
location SJ-ca
October 2010
403
SNMP commands
configure snmp-server snmp-enable
Use this command to enable or disable the SNMP server.
Syntax
[no] snmp-enable
Table 467: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables the SNMP server.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#
snmp-enable
configure snmp-server snmp-source
Use this command to configures the SNMP source IP address.
Syntax
snmp-source <A.B.C.D>
Table 468: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D>
Value
Specifies the SNMP source IP address.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#
snmp-source 10.12.3.4
configure snmp-server source-address
Use this command to configure the SNMP server source address for all services.
Syntax
source-address <ip-address> | <interface-name>
404
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure snmp-server trap-host
Table 469: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[ip-address]
Specifies the SNMP server source IP address.
[interface-name]
Specifies the source address by interface name.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#source-address 10.1.1.2
configure snmp-server trap-host
Use this command to assign IP addresses and names to the hosts that will receive SNMP traps
from the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 system.
When configuring SNMP operation, use this command first to allow the system to send traps
when it boots up and finds events to send as traps. Then, use the configure snmp-server
enable traps commands to specify which traps to report.
If multiple hosts are used, repeat this command for each host. Up to 10 hosts can be configured.
Syntax
trap-host <host> <community>
Table 470: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<host>
Host name of SNMP trap hose Enter an IP
address.
<community>
SNMP community string. Enter a word; use
up to 64 characters.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#
trap-host 10.10.10.4 Alarm_sys
configure snmp-server trap-source
Use this command to configure SNMP trap messages so that they are sent to a specific IP
address. Otherwise, traps are sent to the system default address.
Syntax
trap-source <A.B.C.D>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
405
SNMP commands
Table 471: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D>
Value
Specifies the IP address for SNMP trap
messages
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#
trap-source 10.10.10.3
configure snmp-server trap-version
Use this command to configure the SNMP version for trap hosts.
Syntax
trap-version {1|2}
Table 472: Variable definitions
Variable
{1|2}
Value
Specifies the trap version. Default is 1.
Example
SR/configure/snmp-server#
trap-version 2
configure system snmp-ifindex-persistent
Use this command to enable or disable SNMP interface index persistency for the Secure
Router.
Syntax
[no] system snmp-ifindex-persistent
The following message appears:
WARNING : System configuration must be saved (in system.cfg) after
enabling/disabling Index Persistence
Table 473: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
406
Command Line Reference
Value
Disables SNMP interface index persistency
for the Secure Router.
October 2010
show snmp communities
Example
SR/configure#system snmp-ifindex-persistent
show snmp communities
Use this command to display the configured SNMP communities.
Syntax
show snmp communities
Example
SR#
show snmp communities
show snmp configuration
Use this command to display the SNMP interface index persistency configuration status.
Syntax
show snmp configuration
Example
SR#show snmp configuration
show snmp snmp-source
Use this command to display the configured SNMP source IP address.
Syntax
show snmp snmp-source
Example
SR#
show snmp snmp-source
show snmp status
Use this command to display the SNMP generic status information.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
407
SNMP commands
Syntax
show snmp status
Example
SR#
show snmp status
show snmp trap-host
Use this command to display the configured trap receivers.
Syntax
show snmp trap-host
Example
SR#
show snmp trap-host
show snmp trap-source
Use this command to display the configured trap source IP address.
Syntax
show snmp trap-source
Example
SR#
show snmp trap-source
show snmp trap-version
Use this command to display the configured trap version.
Syntax
show snmp trap-version
Example
SR#
408
show snmp trap-version
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show snmp traps
show snmp traps
Use this command to display the SNMP trap configurations.
Syntax
show snmp traps
Example
SR#
show snmp traps
Command Line Reference
October 2010
409
SNMP commands
410
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 33: RMON commands
configure rmon alarm
Use this command to configure an RMON Alarm for a variable. Before configuring an alarm a
valid RMON event should be configured which can be associated with the RMON alarm.
The maximum number of alarms is 100.
Syntax
[no] rmon alarm <1-65535> <variable> <interval> <rising-threshold>
<falling-threshold> <rising-event> <falling-event> [type <type>]
[startup <startup>] [owner <owner>]
Table 474: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<1-65535>
Specifies the index number for the alarm entry.
<variable>
Specifies the variable to be monitored.
<interval>
Specifies the alarm interval. Valid range is 1 - 3600.
<rising-threshold>
Specifies the rising threshold.
<falling-threshold>
Specifies the falling threshold.
<rising-event>
Specifies the rising event index.
<falling-event>
Specifies the falling event index.
[type <type>]
Optional parameter. Specifies the alarm sample type,
absolute or delta. If not specified, the default value is used
(absolute).
[startup <startup>]
Optional parameter. Specifies the alarm trigger, rising, falling,
or rise_fall. If not specified, the default value is used
(rise_fall).
[owner <owner>]
Optional parameter. Specifies the owner of the entry. If not
specified, the default value is used (CLI-Manager).
Example
SR/configure# rmon alarm 12 1.3.6.1.2.1.5.1.0 100 2300 4300 1 3 type
delta startup rising owner Manager-1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
411
RMON commands
configure rmon enable
Use this command to enable Remote Monitoring to collect Ethernet statistics or history
statistics.
Syntax
rmon enable
Example
SR/configure# rmon enable
configure rmon event
Use this command to configure an RMON event which can be associated with the RMON
alarms.
The maximum number of events is 100, and the maximum number of logs per event is also 100.
Syntax
[no] rmon event <1-65535> <type> [community <community>] [description
<description>] [owner <owner>]
Table 475: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<1-65535>
Specifies the index number for the event entry.
<type>
Specifies the type of event: log, trap, or log-trap.
[community <community>]
Specifies the community for sending traps.
[description <description>]
Specifies a description about the event.
[owner <owner>]
Specifies the owner of the event.
Example
SR/configure# rmon event 2 log description "event 2" owner Manager-2
configure rmon history
To collect the Ethernet history statistics, use this command after enabling RMON .
412
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure rmon statistics
The maximum number of history controls per interface is 10. The maximum number of history
buckets per control is 100.
Syntax
[no] history <ethernet_interface> [interval <interval>] [buckets
<buckets>] [owner <owner>]
Table 476: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<ethernet_interface>
Specifies the Ethernet interface on which to collect history
statistics.
[interval <interval>]
Specifies the history interval.
[buckets <buckets>]
Specifies the number of buckets for Ethernet history.
[owner <owner>]
Specifies the owner of this entry.
Example
SR/configure# rmon history ethernet0/1 interval 2 buckets 100
configure rmon statistics
Use this command to collect the Ethernet statistics
Syntax
statistics <ethernet_interface> [owner <owner>]
Table 477: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<ethernet_interface>
Specifies the Ethernet interface on which to collect history
statistics.
[owner <owner>]
Specifies the owner of this entry.
Example
SR/configure# rmon statistics ethernet0/2
show rmon alarm
Use this command to show configuration information for a specific RMON alarm .
Command Line Reference
October 2010
413
RMON commands
Syntax
show rmon alarm <1-65535>
Example
SR# show rmon alarm 1
show rmon alarms
Use this command to show all RMON alarm configuration information.
Syntax
show rmon alarms
Example
SR# show rmon alarms
show rmon ethernet_history
Use this command shows RMON ethernet history table information.
Syntax
show rmon ethernet_history
Example
SR# show rmon ethernet_history ethernet0/4
show rmon events
Use this command to show the configuration of RMON events.
Syntax
show rmon events {<1-65535>|all}
Example
SR# show rmon events 1
414
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show rmon history_control
show rmon history_control
Use this command to show the RMON history control configuration,
Syntax
show rmon history_control <ethernet-interface>
Example
SR# show rmon history_control ethernet0/1
show rmon logs
Use this command to show RMON logs.
Syntax
show rmon logs
Example
SR# show rmon logs
show rmon statistics
Use this command to show RMON statistics data for a specific Ethernet interface.
Syntax
show rmon statistics <ethernet-interface>
Example
SR# show rmon statistics ethernet0/2
Command Line Reference
October 2010
415
RMON commands
416
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 34: DHCPv4 commands
clear ip dhcps bindings
Use this command to clear DHCPv4 server bindings.
Syntax
clear ip dhcps bindings
Example
SR# clear ip dhcps bindings
clear ip dhcps statistics
Use this command to clear DHCPv4 server statistics.
Syntax
clear ip dhcps statistics
Example
SR# clear ip dhcps statistics
configure hostname
Use this command to configure the host name.
Syntax
[no] hostname <host-name>
Table 478: Variable definitions
Variable
<host-name>
Command Line Reference
Value
Specifies the network name of the system.
October 2010
417
DHCPv4 commands
Example
SR/configure# hostname 10.1.10.1
configure interface ethernet dhcp-client
Use this command to configure a DHCP client on an Ethernet interface.
Syntax
[no] dhcp-client [enable] [hostname <host-name>] [lease <duration>]
[request-default-router] [retry-interval <interval>] [route-metric
<route-metric>]
Table 479: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
enable
Enables DHCP client.
lease <duration>
Specifies the duration of the lease in seconds. Values range
from 30 to 4294967 seconds..
hostname <host-name>
Specifies the hostname of the DHCP client.
[no]
Disables DHCP parameters.
request-default-router
Specifies the interface to work with.
retry-interval <interval>
Specifies the timeout interval, in seconds, for the DHCPv4
client negotiation process.
route-metric <route-metric>
Specifies a route metric for the default route: 1–254. Default
value is 254.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 1/1#dhcp-client enable
configure interface dhcp-relay
Use this command to configure the DHCP relay server and gateway addresses.
Syntax
dhcp-relay <server-ip-address> <gateway-ip-address>
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)# dhcp-relay 120.5.4.3
100.4.3.2
418
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip dhcps enable
configure ip dhcps enable
Use this command to enable the DHCP server.
Syntax
[no] enable
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps# enable
configure ip dhcps interface
Use this command to enable DHCP server on an interface.
Syntax
interface <interface-name> [<dlci>]
Table 480: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface-name>
Specifies the Ethernet slot and port or the
WAN bundle interface name.
[<dlci>]
Specifies the DLCI for a frame relay PVC.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps# interface ethernet0/1
configure ip dhcps pool
Use this command to configure the DHCP address pool. This command enters the DHCP
configuration mode for the specified pool, hence, all commands executed before the next exit
command apply to this pool.
You can create multiple DHCP server pools on devices with multiple interfaces. The router can
act as DHCP server on two interfaces to distribute different information to clients on the two
different networks.
Syntax
[no] pool <pool-name>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
419
DHCPv4 commands
Table 481: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<pool-name>
The pool identifier.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps# pool P2
configure ip dhcps pool altvlan
Use this command to configure the Avaya IP Deskphone alternate VLAN ID for the address
pool.
Syntax
altvlan <0-65535>
Table 482: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<0-65535>
Specifies the alternate VLAN ID value.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# altvlan 100
configure ip dhcps pool callserver
Use this command to configure the Avaya Call Server name for the address pool.
Syntax
callserver <A.B.C.D> [port <port>] [appserver <A.B.C.D>] [svpserver
<A.B.C.D>]
Table 483: Variable definitions
420
Variable
Value
callserver <A.B.C.D>
Specifies the call server IP address.
[port <port>]
Specifies the call server port. Range is 1024 65535 (default 4100).
[appserver <A.B.C.D>]
Specifies the application server IP address.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip dhcps pool clientid
[svpserver <A.B.C.D>]
Specifies the spectraLink Voice Priority
(SVP) server IP address.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# callserver 10.2.3.4
configure ip dhcps pool clientid
Use this command to configure the client ID for the address pool.
Syntax
clientid <client-id>
Table 484: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<client-id>
Specifies the client ID in form of
aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# clientid 00:50:52:f5:20:00
configure ip dhcps pool commit
Use this command to commit the current pool configuration.
Syntax
commit
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# commit
configure ip dhcps pool default_router
Use this command to configure the default router address for the address pool.
Syntax
default_router <A.B.C.D>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
421
DHCPv4 commands
Table 485: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Network number in A.B.C.D form.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# default_router 10.5.4.3
configure ip dhcps pool dnsserver
Use this command to configure the DNS server name for the address pool.
Syntax
dnsserver <A.B.C.D>
Table 486: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
DNS server IP address.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# dnsserver 10.8.7.6
configure ip dhcps pool domain
Use this command to configure the domain name for the address pool.
Syntax
domain <domain>
Table 487: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<domain>
Domain name string.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# domain mydomain
422
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip dhcps pool exclude-range
configure ip dhcps pool exclude-range
Use this command to add or modify address ranges to be excluded from the address pool.
Syntax
exclude-range <start-ip> <end-ip>
Table 488: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<start-ip> <end-ip>
Specifies the starting and ending IP address
range to exclude.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# exclude-range 10.1.1.0 10.1.1.5
configure ip dhcps pool host
Use this command to configure the host IP address for the address pool.
Syntax
host <A.B.C.D> <mask>
Table 489: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D> <mask>
Specifies the host IP address.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# host 10.2.3.1 255.255.255.0
configure ip dhcps pool hwaddr
Use this command to configure the hardware address for the address pool.
Syntax
hwaddr <hwaddr>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
423
DHCPv4 commands
Table 490: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<hwaddr>
Specifies the hardware address in the form
of aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# hwaddr 00:50:52:a5:10:00
configure ip dhcps pool lease
Use this command to set the address lease time in seconds (default: 3600 seconds).
Syntax
lease <0-4294967>
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# lease 4000
configure ip dhcps pool netbios_name_server
Use this command to configure NetBIOS name server for the address pool.
Syntax
netbios_name_server <A.B.C.D>
Table 491: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
NetBIOS name server IP address.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# netbios_name_server 10.6.7.8
configure ip dhcps pool network
Use this command to configure the network for the address pool.
424
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip dhcps pool tftpserver
Syntax
network <A.B.C.D> <mask>
Table 492: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D> <mask>
Speciies the network number and mask.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# network 10.2.4.5 255.255.255.0
configure ip dhcps pool tftpserver
Use this command to configure TFTP server name for address pool.
Syntax
tftpserver <A.B.C.D>
Table 493: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the TFTP server IP address.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# tftpserver 10.9.8.7
configure ip dhcps pool wireless
Use this command to configure Avaya Phone Wireless server name for the address pool.
Syntax
wireless <A.B.C.D>
Table 494: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the wireless IP address.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps/pool p2# wireless 10.10.9.8
Command Line Reference
October 2010
425
DHCPv4 commands
configure ip dhcps relay
Use this command to configure the addresses of relay agents.
Syntax
relay <relay-address> <network-address>
Table 495: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<relay-address> <network-address>
Specifies the IP address and network of relay
agents that DHCP listens to.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps# relay 192.169.1.1 10.1.1.1
configure ip dhcps remote_database
Use this command to configure a remote DHCP server database.
Syntax
remote_database <database-url> <interval>
Table 496: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<database-url>
Specifies the database URL: ftp://
<user>:<password>@<host>:<port>/<urlpath>
<interval>
Specifies the update interval in seconds.
Default: 600.
Example
SR/configure/ip/dhcps#
426
Command Line Reference
ftp://test:123@avaya:2222/test/config
October 2010
configure ip domain_name
configure ip domain_name
Use this command to configure the default domain name.
Syntax
[no] ip domain_name <domain-name>
Table 497: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<domain-name>
Domain name.
Example
SR/configure# ip domain_name myDomain
configure ip name_server
Use this command to configure the secondary DNS name server.
Syntax
[no] ip name_server <server-ip>
Table 498: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<server-ip>
IP address or IPv6 address of the name
server to add.
Example
SR/configure# ip name_server 123.70.0.23
configure ip pname_server
Use this command to configure the primary DNS name server.
Syntax
[no] ip pname_server <server-ip>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
427
DHCPv4 commands
Table 499: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<server-ip>
IP address or IPv6 address of the name
server to add.
Example
SR/configure# ip pname_server 10.1.100.16
show dhcp-relay
Use this command to display the DHCP relay state on the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134.
Syntax
show dhcp-relay
Example
SR# show dhcp-relay
show ip dhcps address_pools
Use this command to display DHCPv4 server address pools.
Syntax
show ip dhcps address_pools
Example
SR# show ip dhcps address_pools
show ip dhcps bindings
Use this command to display DHCPv4 server bindings.
Syntax
show ip dhcps bindings
Example
SR# show ip dhcps bindings
428
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ip dhcps config
show ip dhcps config
Use this command to display DHCPv4 server configuration.
Syntax
show ip dhcps config
Example
SR# show ip dhcps config
show ip dhcps interfaces
Use this command to display DHCPv4 server interface.
Syntax
show ip dhcps interface
Example
SR# show ip dhcps interfaces
show ip dhcps statistics
Use this command to display DHCPv4 server statistics.
Syntax
show ip dhcps statistics
Example
SR# show ip dhcps statistics
show ip dns
Use this command to display the current DNS configuration.
Syntax
show ip dns
Command Line Reference
October 2010
429
DHCPv4 commands
Example
SR# show ip dns
430
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 35: DHCPv6 commands
configure interface ipv6 dhcp client
Use this command to enable DHCPv6 client on the specified interface.
The current implementation can enable the client on only one interface at any time.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 dhcp client pd <pdname> [rapid-commit]
Table 500: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<pdname>
The general prefix name that has to be
associated with the prefix(es) obtained by
this DHCPv6 client.
[rapid-commit]
Enables the client to use the rapid-commit
option feature provided by the protocol.
When the rapid-commit is enabled, the client
will use the SOLICIT-REPLY message
exchange to get the prefix information. In
other words, the client would send the
SOLICIT message with rapid-commit
enabled. If the server is configured to accept
the rapid-commit option from the client, it
would send a REPLY packet with all the
prefix information back to client. With these
two messages, the DHCPv6 protocol
operation will be complete. If the rapidcommit is not enabled by client or if the
server is not accepting the rapid-commit, the
server will send an ADVERTISE message as
a reply to the SOLICIT message (rather than
a REPLY message). The client will receive
the ADVERTISE message and it would send
a REQUEST message to server. The server
will then reply with a REPLY message along
with prefix information. In this non rapidcommit mode, FOUR messages are needed
in the message exchange.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
431
DHCPv6 commands
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)# ipv6 dhcp client pd pdname
configure interface ipv6 dhcp relay
Use this command to enable DHCPv6 relay on this interface to listen for client messages.
The current implementation can enable the relay on only one interface at any time.
If you have to change the server IPv6 address, then disable the relay and re-enable it with the
required server IPv6 address. The “no” form of the command disables the relay.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 dhcp relay server-ipv6 <server-ipv6-address> <interfacename>
Table 501: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<server-ipv6-address>
Specifies the IPv6 address of the DHCPv6
server to which the client requests have to be
forwarded.
<interface-name>
If the DHCPv6 server address is a global
scope address, this parameter is not
required. If the DHCPv6 server address is a
link local scope address, this parameter is
mandatory.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)# ipv6 dhcp relay server-ipv6
fe80::99 ethernet0/4
configure interface ipv6 dhcp server
Use this command to enable DHCPv6 client on the specified interface. The current
implementation can enable DHCPv6 server on only one interface at any time.
The rapid-commit option and the preference value can be modified even after the server is
enabled.
If this command is executed with a pool name, for example, xyz, that does not exist, the
command will still succeed, but the server will not be able to provide any parameter to the
client. At the same time, it is possible to configure this new pool (the same xyz) after enabling
432
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ipv6 dhcp pool
the server. This methodology is chosen to provide the flexibility for the user to configure the
pool either before or after enabling the server.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 dhcp server <pool-name> [rapid-commit] [preference <0-255>]
Table 502: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<pool-name>
Identifies the DHCPv6 pool from which the
server has to lookup the parameters.
[rapid-commit]
Optional parameter that allows the DHCPv6
server to accept the rapid-commit option
from clients.
[preference <0-255>]
Optional parameter that specifies a
preference value.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)# ipv6 dhcp server pool1
configure ipv6 dhcp pool
Use this command to configure a DHCPv6 address pool.
Syntax
ipv6 dhcp pool <poolname>
Example
SR/enable# ipv6 dhcp pool pool1
configure ipv6 dhcp pool dns-server
Use this command to configure the DNS servers for the pool.
Syntax
dns-server <dns-server-value>
Table 503: Variable definitions
Variable
<dns-server-value>
Command Line Reference
Value
DNS server ipv6 prefix (X:X::X:X)
October 2010
433
DHCPv6 commands
Example
SR/enable/ipv6/dhcp/pool pool1# dns-server ::FFFF:0000
configure ipv6 dhcp pool domain-name
Use this command to configure the domain name for the pool.
Syntax
domain-name <domain-name value>
Table 504: Variable definitions
Variable
<domain-name value>
Value
Domain name.
Example
SR/enable/ipv6/dhcp/pool pool1# domain-name mydomain
configure ipv6 dhcp pool ntp-server
Use this command to configure the NTP server for the pool.
Syntax
ntp-server <ntp-server-value>
Table 505: Variable definitions
Variable
<ntp-server-value>
Value
NTP server (X:X::X:X).
Example
SR/enable/ipv6/dhcp/pool pool1# ntp-server ::FFFF:0000
configure ipv6 dhcp pool prefix-delegation
Use this command to build a prefix list.
434
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ipv6 dhcp binding
Syntax
prefix-delegation <IPPrefix> <DUID> [ lifetime {<valid-lifetimevalue> | infinite} {<preferred-lifetime-value> | infinite} ]
Table 506: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<IPPrefix>
IPv6 prefix (X:X::X:X/M)
<DUID>
DUID in hh:hh:tt:tt:m1:m2:m3:m4:m5:m6,
last 6 bytes are MAC
{ <valid-lifetime-value> | infinite }
Specifies the valid lifetime in seconds, in the
range of 60 - 4294967295, or infinite.
{<preferred-lifetime-value> | infinite}
Specifies the preferred lifetime in seconds, in
the range of 60 - 4294967295, or infinite.
Example
SR/enable/ipv6/dhcp/pool pool1# prefix-delegation 4444::/64
00:03:00:01:11:22:33:44:55:66 lifetime 70 60
show ipv6 dhcp binding
Use this command to display DHCPv6 binding.
Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp binding
Example
SR# show ipv6 dhcp binding
show ipv6 dhcp DUIDs
Use this command to display DHCPv6 DUIDs.
Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp duids
Example
SR# show ipv6 dhcp duids
Command Line Reference
October 2010
435
DHCPv6 commands
show ipv6 dhcp interface
Usethis command to display DHCPv6 interface.
Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp interface
Example
SR# show ipv6 dhcp interface
show ipv6 dhcp pool
Use this command to display DHCPv6 pool.
Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp pool
Example
SR# show ipv6 dhcp pool
436
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 36: Network access commands
clear telnet_session
Use this command to clear a specific Telnet connection. Use the show users command to
show a Telnet session's sequence number.
Syntax
clear telnet_session <1-16>
Example
SR# clear telnet_sesion 3
clear telnet_sessions
Use this command to clear all Telnet connections.
Syntax
clear telnet_sessions
Example
SR# clear telnet_sesions
configure ftp_server
Use this command to enable the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) server on the Secure Router.
Syntax
[no] ftp_server
Example
SR/configure# ftp_server
Command Line Reference
October 2010
437
Network access commands
configure ftp_user
Use this command to create the FTP user account.
Syntax
ftp_user <username>
Table 507: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<username>
Creates the new username for the FTP
account.
Example
SR/configure# ftp_user username
configure telnet_banner
Use this command to configure a Telnet session display banner.
Syntax
telnet_banner banner <banner> [banner1 <banner1>] [banner2 <banner2>]
Table 508: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
banner <banner>
Sets the banner text.
[banner1 <banner1>]
Use this option to configure a message of
more than 80 characters (for the second line
of text).
[banner2 <banner2>]
Use this option to add a third text line to the
message. The entire message cannot
exceed 255 characters. To insert a blank line
between text lines, type '\n'.
Example
SR/configure#
438
Command Line Reference
telnet_banner banner NC branch router
October 2010
configure telnet_server
configure telnet_server
Use this command to enable the Telnet server.
Syntax
[no] telnet_server
Example
SR/configure#
telnet_server
configure telnet_timeout
Use this command to configure the Telnet session timeout.
Syntax
telnet_timeout <0-3600>
Table 509: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<0-3600>
Specifies the number of seconds after which
an inactive Telnet session times out.
Example
SR/configure#
telnet_timeout 300
configure tftp_server
Use this command to enable the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server on the Secure
Router.
Syntax
[no] tftp_server
Example
SR/configure#
Command Line Reference
tftp_server
October 2010
439
Network access commands
telnet
Use this command to telnet to a remote system.
Syntax
telnet <host-name> [portno <port>] [interface <outgoing-if>]
Example
SR/configure#
telnet 10.12.34.5
show ftp
Use this command to display the status of the FTP server.
Syntax
show ftp
Example
SR# show ftp
show telnet
Use this command to display the status of the Telnet server.
Syntax
show telnet
Example
SR# show telnet
show tftp_server_info
Use this command to display the status of the TFTP server.
Syntax
show tftp_server_info
440
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show tftp_server_info
Example
SR# show tftp_server_info
Command Line Reference
October 2010
441
Network access commands
442
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 37: IPv4 routing commands
clear ip prefix-list
Use this command to reset the hit count to zero in the prefix-list entries.
Syntax
ip prefix-list <listname> [<A.B.C.D/M>]
Table 510: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<listname>
Specifies the name of the prefix-list.
[<A.B.C.D/M>]
IP prefix and length.
Example
SR/configure#
clear ip prefix-list List1
configure access-list
Use this command to configure an access list.
Syntax
access-list <listname> [permit|deny|remark]
Table 511: Variable definitions
Variable
<listname>
Value
A name for the access list.
Example
SR/configure#
Command Line Reference
access-list mylist permit any
October 2010
443
IPv4 routing commands
configure interface ip address
Use this command to configure the IP address and subnet mask for an interface.
Syntax
ip address <address> <mask>
Table 512: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<address>
The IP address for the interface.
<mask>
The subnet mask for the interface.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/3)#
255.255.0.0
ip address 10.10.0.1
configure interface ip proxy_arp
Use this command to enable proxy arp.
Syntax
ip proxy_arp
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/3)#
ip proxy_arp
configure interface ip redirects
Use this command to configure ICMP redirect messages on an interface. Use the no form of
this command to disable redirects.
Syntax
[no] ip redirects
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/3)#
444
Command Line Reference
ip redirects
October 2010
configure interface ip unreachables
configure interface ip unreachables
Use this command to enable ICMP destination unreachable messages on an interface. Use
the no form of this command to disable this feature.
Syntax
[no] ip unreachables
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/3)#
ip unreachables
configure ip load-balancing
Use this command to specify a load balancing policy for equal cost routes.
Syntax
ip load-balancing policy [per-flow|per-packet]
Table 513: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
per-flow
Per IP destination load balancing.
per-packet
Round robin load balancing. Not effective on
Ethernet module cards.
Example
SR/configure# ip load-balancing policy per-flow
configure ip nat access-group
Use this command to apply and access list to a NAT pool.
Syntax
[no] access-group <name> <static> <dynamic> <address>
Table 514: Variable definitions
Variable
Command Line Reference
Value
October 2010
445
IPv4 routing commands
<address>
Specifies dynamic address translation.
<dynamic>
Specifies dynamic port translation.
<name>
Specifies the rule list name.
[no]
Deletes the access-group.
<static>
Specifies static address and port translation.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#access-group list2 static
configure ip nat access-list
Use this command to create or modify an IP access list.
Syntax
[no] access-list <name>
Table 515: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<name>
Specifies the filter rule list name.
[no]
Deletes the access list.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#access-list office
configure ip nat address
Use this command to add a static IP address to the network address translation table..
Syntax
[no] address <local_ipaddr> <global_ipaddr>
Table 516: Variable definitions
446
Variable
Value
<global_ipaddr>
Specifies a global IP address to add to the
translation table.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip nat debug
<local_ipaddr>
Specifies a local IP address to add to the
translation table.
[no]
Deletes the static IP addresses.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#address 10.10.10.1 10.1.1.1
configure ip nat debug
Use this command to recalculate the entire TCP checksum.
Syntax
[no] debug
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#debug
configure ip nat default_addr
Use this command to add or delete a default dynamic port translation IP address.
Syntax
[no] default_addr <ipaddr>
Table 517: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<ipaddr>
Specifies the default IP address.
[no]
Deletes the default IP address.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#default_addr 1.1.1.1
configure ip nat enable
Use this command to enable or disable network address translation modes.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
447
IPv4 routing commands
Syntax
[no] enable
Table 518: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables network address translation
modes.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#enable
configure ip nat interface
Use this command to add or delete a global NAT interface.
Syntax
[no] interface <slot/port> | <bundle_name>
Table 519: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<bundle_name>
Specifies a bundle name for and interface
bundle.
[no]
Deletes the global NAT interface.
<slot/port>
Specifies an Ethernet interface slot and port
number.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#interface 1/2
configure ip nat ip
Use this command to change the dynamic port translation IP address.
Syntax
[no] ip <old_ipaddr> <new_ipaddr>
448
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip nat max_entries
Table 520: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<new_ipaddr>
Specifies the new dynamic port translation IP
address.
[no]
Disables the change of the dynamic port
translation IP address.
<old_ipaddr>
Specifies the old dynamic port translation IP
address.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#ip 1.1.1.1 1.2.2.1
configure ip nat max_entries
Use this command to configure the maximum limit for port translations.
Syntax
[no] max_entries <number>
Table 521: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Deletes the maximum number for port
translations.
<number>
Specifies the maximum number for port
translations.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#max_entries 4
configure ip nat max_ports
Use this command to configure the maximum number of port translations for a translation
address.
Syntax
[no] max_ports <ipaddr> <number>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
449
IPv4 routing commands
Table 522: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<ipaddr>
Specifies the translation IP address.
[no]
Deletes the maximum number of ports
translations for a translation address.
<number>
Specifies the maximum number of port
translations for the selected IP address.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#max_ports 10.10.10.1 4
configure ip nat pass_thru
Use this command to allow or disallow the passing of non-translated packets through the NAT
pool.
Syntax
[no] pass_thru
Table 523: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disallows the passing of non-translated
packets through the NAT pool.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#pass_thru
configure ip nat pass-thru-multicast
Use this command to allow or disallow the passing of multicast packets through the NAT pool.
Syntax
[no] pass-thru-multicast
Table 524: Variable definitions
Variable
450
Command Line Reference
Value
October 2010
configure ip nat pool range
[no]
Disallows the passing of multicast packets
through the NAT pool.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#pass-thru-multicast
configure ip nat pool range
Use this command to configure the address pool range for dynamic IP address translation..
Syntax
[no] range <start_ipaddr> <end_ipaddr> <net_mask>
Table 525: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<end_ipaddr>
Specifies the IP address at the end of the
pool range.
<net_mask>
Specifies the network mask.
[no]
Deletes the address pool range.
<start_ipaddr>
Specifies the IP address at the start of the
pool range.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat/pool p2#range 10.10.10.2
10.10.10.8.255.255.255.0
configure ip nat port
Use this command to add a static port to the network address translation table..
Syntax
[no] port <tcp | udp | addr> <local_ipaddr> <local_port>
<global_ipaddr> <global_port>
Table 526: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<global_ipaddr>
Specifies the global IP address.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
451
IPv4 routing commands
<global_port>
Specifies the global port to translate. Values
range from 1 to 65535.
<local_ipaddr>
Specifies the local IP address.
<local_port>
Specifies the local port to translate. Values
range from 1 to 65535.
[no]
Deletes the static port.
<tcp | udp | addr>
Specifies the protocol.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#port tcp 10.10.10.1 40 10.10.0.0 25
configure ip nat reverse
Use this command to enable or disable reverse NAT.
Syntax
[no] reverse
Table 527: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables reverse NAT.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#reverse
configure ip nat reverseACL
Use this command to enable or disable reverse ACL NAT.
Syntax
[no] reverseACL
Table 528: Variable definitions
452
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables reverse ACL NAT.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip nat timeout
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#reverseACL
configure ip nat timeout
Use this command to configure the timeout for dynamic translation entries..
Syntax
[no] timeout <tcp | udp | addr> <seconds>
Table 529: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
<seconds>
Specifies the timeout time in seconds.
Defaults by protocol are:
• tcp—7200
• udp—60
• addr—3600
<tcp | udp | addr>
Specifies the protocol.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#timeout tcp 2200
configure ip nat trans_addr
Use this command to add or delete a dynamic port translation IP address.
Syntax
[no] trans_addr <ip_addr>
Table 530: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<ip_addr>
Specifies the translation IP address.
[no]
Deletes the translation IP address.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
453
IPv4 routing commands
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#trans_addr 10.1.1.1
configure ip nat trans_mode
Use this command to configure the translation mode.
Syntax
[no] trans_mode mode <overflow | round_robin>
Table 531: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables the translation mode.
<overflow | round_robin>
Specifies Overflow or Round Robin
translation mode.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#trans_mode mode overflow
configure ip nat unregistered
Use this command to select that only unregistered local IP addresses are translated.
Syntax
[no] unregistered
Table 532: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Selects that not only unregistered local IP
addresses are translated.
Example
SR/configure/ip/nat#unregistered
454
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip prefix-list
configure ip prefix-list
Use this command to configure IP prefix lists.
Syntax
ip prefix-list {sequence-number | <listname>} {description
<description> | [seq <1-4294967295>] {deny|permit} {<A.B.C.D/M>|any} }
Table 533: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
sequence-number
Include/exclude sequence numbers in
NVGEN.
<listname>
The name of the prefix list.
description <description>
Up to 80 characters describing this prefix-list.
{deny|permit}
Reject or forward packets.
{<A.B.C.D/M>|any}
Configure by IP address or any prefix match.
Example
SR/configure# ip prefix-list mylist deny 10.0.0.0/8
configure ip proxy-dns add-cache
Use this command to add or delete a DNS cache entry.
Syntax
[no] ip proxy-dns add-cache <domain>
Table 534: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<domain>
Specifies the domain to add to the proxy cache.
[no]
Deletes the DNS cache entry.
Example
SR/configure#ip proxy-dns add-cache Dom2
Command Line Reference
October 2010
455
IPv4 routing commands
configure ip proxy-dns enable
Use this command to enable or disable Proxy DNS.
Syntax
[no] ip proxy-dns enable
Table 535: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables Proxy DNS.
Example
SR/configure#ip proxy-dns enable
configure ip route
Use this command to configure a static IP route.
Syntax
ip route <destprefix> <ipaddressmask> <gatewayip|interface>
<distvalue>
Table 536: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<address>
The IP destination prefix for the route to be
added.
<mask>
The IP destination prefix mask for the route
to be added.
<gatewayip>
The IP gateway address of the route to be
added.
<interface>
The name of the interface.
<distvalue>
The distance value for the route, in the range
1 to 255.
Example
SR/configure# ip route 10.1.200.0 255.255.0.0 10.2.71.5 2
456
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure route-map
configure route-map
Use this command to configure a route map.
Syntax
route-map <route-map-name> [deny|permit] <1-65535>
Table 537: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<1-65535>
Specifies the sequence number for insertion
or deletion.
Example
SR/configure# route-map route1 permit 1
configure route-map match as-path
Use this command to match a BGP autonomous system path access list. Use the no form of
this command to remove a path list entry.
Syntax
[no] match as-path <list-name>
Table 538: Variable definitions
Variable
<list-name>
Value
Specifies an autonomous system path
access list name.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
match as-path myaccesslist
configure route-map match community
Use this command to specify the BGP community to be matched. Use the no parameter with
this command to remove the community list entry.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
457
IPv4 routing commands
Syntax
[no] match community <community>
Table 539: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<community>
Specifies the community-list name.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
match community mylist
configure route-map match interface
Use this command to configure interface match criterion. Before configuring match criterion,
you first need to configure the route map using the route-map command. The match interface
command specifies the next-hop interface name of a route to be matched. Use the no form of
this command to remove the specified match criterion
Syntax
[no] match interface <ifname>
Table 540: Variable definitions
Variable
<ifname>
Value
Specifies the interface you want to match.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
match interface ethernet0/3
configure route-map match ip address
Use this command to configure the match address of a route. Use the no form of this command
to remove the ip address entry.
Syntax
[no] match ip address <accesslistid>
458
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure route-map match ip address prefix-list
Table 541: Variable definitions
Variable
<accesslistid>
Value
The access list to match. Can be specified
as:
• <WORD> - The name of the access list
• <1 - 199> - The IP access list number
• <1300 - 2699> - The expanded-range IP
access list number
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
match ip address mylist1
configure route-map match ip address prefix-list
Use this command to match entries of prefix lists. Use the no form of this command to disable
this function.
Syntax
[no] match ip address prefix-list <listname>
Table 542: Variable definitions
Variable
<listname>
Value
The IP address prefix list name.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
match ip address prefix-list prefix1
configure route-map match ip next-hop
Use this command to specify a next-hop address to be matched in a route-map. Use the no
parameter with this command to disable this function.
Syntax
[no] match ip next-hop <accesslistid>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
459
IPv4 routing commands
Table 543: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<accesslistid>
The access list to match. Can be specified
as:
• <WORD> - The name of the access list
• <1 - 199> - The IP access list number
• <1300 - 2699> - The expanded-range IP
access list number
• prefix-list <prefix-list> - The IP address
prefix list name.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
match ip next-hop prefix-list prefix2
configure route-map match metric
Use this command to match a route metric value. Use the no form of this command to disable
this function
Syntax
[no] match metric <metric>
Table 544: Variable definitions
Variable
<metric>
Value
The metric value, in the range 0 to
4294967295.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
match metric 106 888999
configure route-map match origin
Use this command to match BGP origin code. Use the no parameter with this command to
disable this matching.
Syntax
[no] match origin {egp|igp|incomplete}
460
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure route-map match route-type
Table 545: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
egp
Remote EGP
igp
Local IGP
incomplete
Unknown heritage
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
match origin egp
configure route-map match route-type
Use this command to match specified external route type. Use the no parameter with this
command to turn off the matching.
Syntax
[no] match route-type {type-1 | type-2}
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
match route-type type-1
configure route-map match source-protocol
Use this command to match source protocols. Use the no form of this command to disable this
function.
Syntax
[no] match source-protocol <protocol>
Table 546: Variable definitions
Variable
<protocol>
Value
The protocol to match. Possible values are:
• connected - Match all connected protocols
• ospf - Match ospf source protocol
• rip - Match rip source protocol
• static - Match all static protocols
Command Line Reference
October 2010
461
IPv4 routing commands
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
match source-protocol rip
configure route-map match tag
Use this command to match the specified tag value. Use the no parameter with this command
to turn off the declaration.
Syntax
[no] match tag <0-4294967295>
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
match tag 1234
configure route-map set aggregator
Use this command to set the BGP AS number for the route map and router ID. Use the no
parameter with this command to disable this function.
Syntax
[no] set aggregator as <1-65535> <A.B.C.D>
Table 547: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<1-65535>
Specifies the AS number of aggregator.
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the IP address of aggregator.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
set aggregator as 2 10.2.4.6
configure route-map set as-path
Use this command to modify a BGP autonomous system path for a route. Use the no parameter
with this command to disable this function.
Syntax
[no] set as-path prepend <1-65535>
462
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure route-map set atomic-aggregate
Table 548: Variable definitions
Variable
<1-65535>
Value
Prepends this number to the AS path.
Maximum list size is 255.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
set as-path prepend 10
configure route-map set atomic-aggregate
Use this command to set a BGP atomic aggregate attribute. Use the no parameter with this
command to disable this function
Syntax
[no] set atomic-aggregate
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
set atomic-aggregate
configure route-map set comm-list
Use this command to delete the matched BGP communities from the community attribute of
an inbound or outbound update when applying route-map. Use the no parameter with this
command to disable this feature
Syntax
[no] set comm-list <comm-list> delete
Table 549: Variable definitions
Variable
<comm-list>
Value
Specifies the community-list name.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
Command Line Reference
set comm-list 34 delete
October 2010
463
IPv4 routing commands
configure route-map set community
Use this command to set the BGP communities attribute. Use the no parameter with this
command to delete the entry.
Syntax
[no] set community [community-number <AA:NN>] [internet] [local-AS]
[no-advertise] [no-export][additive]
Table 550: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[community-number <AA:NN>]
Specifies the community number in aa:nn
format.
[internet]
Specifies the Internet.
[local-AS]
Specifies no sending outside the local AS
(well-known community).
[no-advertise]
Specifies no advertisement of this route to
eBGP peers.
[no-export]
Specifies no advertisement of this route to
any peer.
[additive]
Adds to the existing community.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
set community no-export no-advertise
configure route-map set dampening
Use this command to enable route-flap dampening and set parameters.
Syntax
[no] set dampening <reachtime> [<reuse-value> <suppress-value> <maxsuppress-time>] [<unreachtime>]
Table 551: Variable definitions
Variable
<reachtime>
464
Command Line Reference
Value
Specifies the reachability half-life time in
minutes (1-145). The time for the penalty to
October 2010
configure route-map set ip next-hop
Variable
Value
decrease to one-half of its current value. The
default is 15 minutes.
<reuse-value>
Specifies the reuse-limit value (1-20000).
When the penalty for a suppressed route
decays below the reuse value, the routes
become unsuppressed. The default reuse
limit is 750.
<suppress-value>
Specifies the suppress-limit value (1-20000).
When the penalty for a route exceeds the
suppress value, the route is suppressed. The
default suppress limit is 2000.
<max-suppress-time>
Specifies the max-suppress-time in minutes.
Maximum time that a dampened route is
suppressed (1-255). The default maxsuppress value is 4 times the half-life time
(60 minutes).
[<unreachtime>]
Specifies the un-reachability half-life time for
penalty, in minutes (1-45). The default value
is 15 minutes.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
set dampening 20 333 534 30
configure route-map set ip next-hop
Use this command to set the next-hop IP address to the routes. Use the no form of this
command to turn off the setting.
Syntax
[no] set ip next-hop <A.B.C.D>
Table 552: Variable definitions
Variable
<A.B.C.D>
Value
Specifies the IP address of the next-hop.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
Command Line Reference
set ip next-hop 10.10.0.67
October 2010
465
IPv4 routing commands
configure route-map set local-preference
Use this command to set the BGP local preference path attribute.
Syntax
[no] set local-preference <0 - 4294967295>
Table 553: Variable definitions
Variable
<0 - 4294967295>
Value
Sets the local preference value.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
set local-preference 100
configure route-map set metric
Use this command to specify a metric value for a route. Use the no form of this command to
disable this function.
Syntax
[no] set metric <metric>
Table 554: Variable definitions
Variable
<metric>
Value
The metric value for the route, in the range 0
to 4294967295.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
set metric 600
configure route-map set metric-type
Use this command to set the metric type for the destination routing protocol. Use the no form
of this command to return to the default.
466
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure route-map set origin
Syntax
[no] set metric-type {type1|type2}
Table 555: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
type1
Sets to external type 1 metric.
type2
Sets to external type 2 metric.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
metric-type type1
configure route-map set origin
Use this command to set the BGP origin code. Use the no form of this command to delete an
entry.
Syntax
[no] set origin {egp|igp|incomplete}
Table 556: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
egp
Specifies a remote EGP system.
igp
Specifies a local IGP system.
incomplete
Specifies a system of unknown heritage.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
set origin egp
configure route-map set originator-id
Use this command to set the BGP originator ID attribute. Use the no form of this command to
disable this function.
Syntax
[no] set originator-id <A.B.C.D>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
467
IPv4 routing commands
Table 557: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the IP address of originator.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
set originator-id 1.1.1.1
configure route-map set tag
Use this command to set a specified tag value. Use the no form of this command to return to
the default.
This command is valid for OSPF only.
Syntax
[no] set tag <0-4294967295>
Table 558: Variable definitions
Variable
<0 - 4294967295>
Value
Tag value for the destination routing protocol.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
set tag 6
configure route-map set weight
Use this command to set BGP weights for the routing table. Use the no form of this command to
delete an entry.
The weight value is used to assist in best path selection. It is assigned locally to a router. When
there are several routes with a common destination, the routes with a higher weight value are
preferred.
To use the set weight command, you must first have a match clause. Match and set commands
set the conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another. The match
command specifies the match criteria under which redistribution is allowed for the current
route-map. The set command specifies the set redistribution actions to be performed, if the
match criteria are met.
468
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ip interfaces
In the configuration: match as-path 10 set weight 400 all routes that apply to accesslist 10 will have the weight set at 400. If the packets do not match any of the defined criteria,
they are routed through the normal routing process.
Syntax
[no] set weight <0 - 4294967295>
Table 559: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<0 - 4294967295>
Specifies the weight value.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
set weight 400
show ip interfaces
Use this command to display interface information
Syntax
show ip interfaces [interface <ifname>] [format <detail | brief>]
Table 560: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[interface <ifname>]
Specifies the interface name for which you
want to display information.
format <detail | brief>
Displays a summary of interface information.
• brief—displays a brief summary for the
specified interface.
• detail—displays a detailed summary for
the specified interface.
Example
SR#
show ip interfaces interface ethernet0/3
show ip prefix-list
Use this command to display a prefix list.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
469
IPv4 routing commands
Syntax
show ip prefix-list [<name>|detail|summary]
Table 561: Variable definitions
Variable
<name>
Value
The name of the prefix list you want to
display.
Example
SR#
show ip prefix-list list1
show ip protocols
Use this command to display IP routing protocol process parameters and statistics.
Syntax
show ip protocols [bgp|ospf|rip]
Example
SR#
show ip protocols rip
show ip route
Use this command to display the IP routing table.
Syntax
show ip route <routetype>
Table 562: Variable definitions
Variable
<routetype>
Value
Optional route-type information to display.
Possible options are:
• A.B.C.D - The network in the IP routing
table to display.
• database - The IP routing table database
to display.
• bgp - Display BGP information.
470
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show route-map
Variable
Value
• connected - Display connected route
information.
• ospf - Display OSPF information.
• rip - Display RIP information.
• static - Display static information.
• summary - Display a summary of all routes.
Example
SR#
show ip route bgp
show route-map
Use this command to show user readable route-map information.
Syntax
show route-map
Example
SR#
show route-map
Command Line Reference
October 2010
471
IPv4 routing commands
472
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 38: IPv6 routing commands
clear ipv6 mroute
Use this command to clear configured IPv6 multicast static routes.
Syntax
clear ipv6 mroute {all | <group-addr> [<source-addr>]}
Table 563: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
all
Deletes routes for all multicast groups.
<group-addr>
Specifies the group IPv6 address of the
routes to clear.
[source-addr]
Specifies the source IPv6 address of the
routes to clear.
Example
SR#
clear ipv6 mroute all
clear ipv6 neighbors
Use this command to remove all the dynamically learnt neighbor entries.
Syntax
clear ipv6 neighbors
Example
SR# clear ipv6 neighbors
Command Line Reference
October 2010
473
IPv6 routing commands
clear ipv6 prefix-list
Use this command to reset the hit count to zero in the prefix-list entries.
Syntax
clear ipv6 prefix-list <prefix-list>
Table 564: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<prefix-list>
Specifies the name of the prefix-list.
Example
SR#
clear ipv6 prefix-list List1
configure interface ipv6 address
Use this command to configure the IPv6 address for an interface.
Syntax
ipv6 address {<X:X::X:X/M> [eui-64 | anycast] | <prefix-name>
[<X:X::X:X/M>] }
Table 565: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<X:X::X:X/M>
IPv6 prefix address.
<prefix-name>
Prefix name to be referred to assign IPv6
address to this interface
[<X:X::X:X/M>]
Subnet prefix number to be ORed with NW
prefix referred by gen_prefix_name
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/4)#
474
Command Line Reference
ipv6 address ::FFFF:0000/4
October 2010
configure interface ipv6 enable
configure interface ipv6 enable
Use this command to enable IPv6 on the interface.
Syntax
ipv6 enable
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/4)#
ipv6 enable
configure interface ipv6 nd
Use this command to configure Neighbor Discovery (ND) parameters.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 nd { dad-attempts <dad-attempts> | managed-config-flag |
ns-interval <ns-interval> | other-config-flag | ra-interval <rainterval> | ra-interval-min <ra-interval-min> | ra-lifetime <ralifetime> | reachable-time <nd-reachable-time>| suppress-ra }
Table 566: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
dad-attempts <dad-attempts>
Number of NS to be sent to validate DUP
status (0-600). Use 0 to disable DAD on this
interface. (default: 1)
managed-config-flag
Enable MANAGED bit on the RAs sent on
this interface.
ns-interval <ns-interval>
Configure the interval in milliseconds
between IPv6 NS retransmission on an
interface (1000 - 3600000). Default is 1000.
other-config-flag
Enable OTHER bit on the RAs sent on this
interface.
ra-interval <ra-interval>
Configure maximum interval between router
advertisements in seconds (4 - 1800).
ra-interval-min <ra-interval-min>
Configure minimum interval between router
advertisements in seconds (1 - 600).
ra-lifetime <ra-lifetime>
Router lifetime value in seconds (0-9000).
Command Line Reference
October 2010
475
IPv6 routing commands
reachable-time <nd-reachable-time>
NS Reachability time in milliseconds (0 3600000; default: 30000).
suppress-ra
Suppress the transmission of RA on this
interface. Use the no parameter to enable it
again.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/4)#
ipv6 nd dad-attempts 30
configure interface ipv6 redirects
Use this command to allow the interface to send ICMP redirect messages when a better route
exists for a destination IP address.
Syntax
ipv6 redirects
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/4)#
ipv6 redirects
configure ipv6 access-list
Use this command to configure an access list for filtering frames. Use the no parameter to
remove a specified access-list.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 access-list <listname> [permit|deny|remark] {X:X::X:X/M |
any}
Table 567: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<listname>
A name for the access list.
{X:X::X:X/M | any}
Specifies the prefix to match.
Example
SR/configure#
476
Command Line Reference
ipv6 access-list mylist permit 3ffe:506::/32
October 2010
configure ipv6 general-prefix
configure ipv6 general-prefix
Use this command to configure a general prefix name with an NW prefix.
Syntax
ipv6 general-prefix <prefix-name> <NW-name>
Table 568: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<prefix-name>
Prefix name
<NW-name>
NW prefix in the format: xxxx:yyyy::/
prefix_len
Example
SR/configure#
ipv6 general-prefix myprefix ::FFFF:0000/24
configure ipv6 hop-limit
Use this command to configure the hop-limit for outgoing IPv6 packets.
Syntax
ipv6 hop-limit <hop-limit>
Table 569: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<hop-limit>
Hop limit on outgoing IPv6 packets, in the
range 1 - 255.
Example
SR/configure#
ipv6 hop-limit 65
configure ipv6 icmp rate-limit
Use this command to configure ICMPv6 rate limit.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
477
IPv6 routing commands
Syntax
ipv6 icmp rate-limit <rate-limit>
Table 570: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<rate-limit>
Specifies the time interval for sending ICMP
messages in milliseconds (default : 500ms,
0 disables rate limit). Acceptable values are
in the range: 0 - 1000000
Example
SR/configure#
ipv6 icmp rate-limit 5000
configure ipv6 load-balancing
Use this command to specify load balancing policy for equal cost routes (default = per flow).
Syntax
ipv6 load-balancing policy { per-flow | per-packet }
Table 571: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
per-flow
per IP destination load balancing
per-packet
round robin load balancing
Example
SR/configure#
ipv6 load-balancing policy per-flow
configure ipv6 mroute
Use this command to configure a multicast static route. By default no multicast static routes
are configured.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 mroute <source-address/mask> [<protocol>] [<RPF-addr>| <ifname>] [<distance>]
478
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ipv6 multicast-routing
Table 572: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes the configured multicast static
route.
<source-address/mask>
Specifies the multicast source IPv6 address
(X:X::X:X) and address mask length (0-128).
[<protocol>]
Specifies the unicast routing protocol:
• bgp: BGP
• isis: IS IS
• ospf: OSPF
• rip: RIP
• static
[<RPF-addr>]
Specifies the RPF address (X:X::X:X) for the
multicast route. The host IPV6 address can
be a directly connected system or a remote
system. When it is a remote system, a
recursive lookup is done from the unicast
routing table to find a directly connected
system; the recursive lookup is done up to
only one level.
<if-name>
Specifies the incoming interface name. You
can specify the interface for non-broadcast
interfaces only.
[<distance>]
Specifies a distance for the multicast route,
which determines whether a unicast route or
multicast static route is used for the RPF
lookup. Lower distances take precedence. If
the multicast static route has the same
distance as other RPF sources, the multicast
static route takes precedence. Default is 0.
Range is 0-255.
Example
SR/configure#ipv6 mroute 100::0/64 10.0.0.1/24 bgp
configure ipv6 multicast-routing
Use this command to enable the routing and forwarding of IPv6 multicast.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
479
IPv6 routing commands
Syntax
ipv6 multicast-routing
Example
SR/configure#
ipv6 multicast-routing
configure ipv6 multicast-lookup-mrib-only
Use this command to configure the router to perform IPv6 multicast lookups in the MRIB only. If
you do not enable this feature, the device does a multicast route lookup in the URIB as well
as in the MRIB. By default, this feature is disabled.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 multicast-lookup-mrib-only
Table 573: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables the multicast lookup in MRIB only
feature.
Example
SR/configure#ipv6 multicast-lookup-mrib-only
configure ipv6 neighbor
Use this command to configure a static entry in IPv6 ND Cache.
Syntax
ipv6 neighbor <neighbor-ip> <neighbor-mac> <interface_name>
Table 574: Variable definitions
480
Variable
Value
<neighbor-ip>
Neighbor's IPv6 address.
<neighbor-mac>
Neighbor's MAC address in
HH:HH:HH:HH:HH:HH format.
<interface_name>
Interface on which this neighbor entry has to
be added, for example: ethernet0/2. This
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ipv6 prefix-list
parameter is required for link-local
neighbors.
Example
SR/configure#
ethernet0/1
ipv6 neighbor 4465:: 00:04:00:01:11:22:33:44:55:66
configure ipv6 prefix-list
Use this command to create an entry for an IPv6 prefix-list.
Syntax
ipv6 prefix-list {sequence-number | <listname>} {description
<description> | [seq <1-4294967295>] {deny|permit} {<X:X::X:X/M>|
any} }
Table 575: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<sequence-number>
Include/exclude sequence numbers in
NVGEN.
<listname>
The name of the prefix list.
description <description>
Up to 80 characters describing this prefix-list.
{deny|permit}
Reject or forward packets.
{<X:X::X:X/M> | any}
Configure by IP address or any prefix match.
Example
SR/configure#
ipv6 prefix-list list deny ::FFFF:FFF0/2
configure ipv6 route
Use this command to establish static routes.
Syntax
ipv6 route <X:X::X:X/M> <gatewayip|interface> [<distvalue>]
Table 576: Variable definitions
Variable
Command Line Reference
Value
October 2010
481
IPv6 routing commands
<X:X::X:X/M>
The IPv6 destination prefix for the route to be
added.
<gatewayip|interface>
The address or interface name of the IPv6
gateway of the route to be added.
[<distvalue>]
The distance value for the route, in the range
1 to 255.
Example
SR/configure#
ipv6 route 3ffe:506::/32
configure ipv6 unicast-routing
Use this command to enable IPv6 unicast forwarding.
Syntax
ipv6 unicast-routing
Example
SR/configure#
ipv6 unicast-routing
configure route-map match ipv6 address
Use this command to configure the match address of a route. Use the no form of this command
to remove the IPv6 address entry.
Syntax
[no] match ipv6 address <accesslistid>
Table 577: Variable definitions
Variable
<accesslistid>
Value
The access list to match. Can be specified
as:
• <WORD> - The name of the access list
• <1 - 199> - The IP access list number
• <1300 - 2699> - The expanded-range IP
access list number
482
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure route-map match ipv6 address prefix-list
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
match ip address mylist1
configure route-map match ipv6 address prefix-list
Use this command to match entries of prefix lists. Use the no form of this command to disable
this function.
Syntax
[no] match ipv6 address prefix-list <listname>
Table 578: Variable definitions
Variable
<listname>
Value
The IPv6 address prefix list name.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
match ipv6 address prefix-list prefix1
configure route-map set ipv6 next-hop
Use this command to set a next hop-address. Use the no parameter with this command to
delete an entry.
Syntax
[no] set ipv6 next-hop [local] <X:X::X:X>
Table 579: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
local
Specifies that the address is local. (If not
specified, the address is considered global.)
<X:X::X:X>
Specifies the IPv6 address if the next hop.
Example
SR/configure/route-map#
Command Line Reference
set ipv6 next-hop ffff::10:10
October 2010
483
IPv6 routing commands
show ipv6 access-list
Use this command to display a list of IPv6 access lists.
Syntax
show ipv6 access-list [<access-list>]
Table 580: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[<access-list>]
Specifies the IPv6 access-list to display.
Example
SR# show ipv6 access-list list2
show ipv6 general-prefix
Use this command to display the general prefixes that are configured through CLI and also
obtained from DHCPv6.
Syntax
show ipv6 general-prefix
Example
SR# show ipv6 general-prefix
show ipv6 interfaces
Use this command to display IPv6 interface configuration information. If no interface is
specified, information for all interfaces is displayed.
Syntax
show ipv6 interfaces [interface <interface-name>] [format {detail|
brief}]
Example
SR# show ipv6 interfaces ethernet0/3 format brief
484
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ipv6 mroute
show ipv6 mroute
Use this command to display the IPv6 multicast routing table.
Syntax
show ipv6 mroute [<group-ip>] [<source-ip>] [summary]
Table 581: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[<group-ip>]
Specifies the group IP address {<X:X::X:X>).
[<source-ip>]
Specifies the source IP address
{<X:X::X:X>).
summary
Specifies a summary display.
Example
SR# show ipv6 mroute 3ffe::10 summary
show ipv6 mtu
Use this command to display the learned PMTU.
Syntax
show ipv6 mtu
Example
SR# show ipv6 mtu
show ipv6 mvif
Use this command to display IPv6 multicast interfaces.
Syntax
show ipv6 mvif [<interface-name>]
Example
SR# show ipv6 mvif ethernet6/7
Command Line Reference
October 2010
485
IPv6 routing commands
show ipv6 neighbors
Use this command to display the Neighbor Discovery (ND) Cache Information.
Syntax
show ipv6 neighbors
Example
SR# show ipv6 neighbors
show ipv6 prefix-list
Use this command to display information about a prefix list.
Syntax
show ipv6 prefix-list [detail|summary] [<list-name>]
Table 582: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
detail
Specifies detailed display.
summary
Specifies summary display.
<list-name>
Specifies the name of the prefix list to display.
Example
SR# show ipv6
show ipv6 route
Use this command to display the IPv6 routing table.
Syntax
show ip route <routetype>
Table 583: Variable definitions
Variable
486
Command Line Reference
Value
October 2010
show ipv6 routers
<routetype>
Optional route-type information to display.
Possible options are:
• X:X::X:X - IPv6 address
• X:X::X:X/M - IPv6 prefix
• database - The IP routing table database
to display.
• bgp - Display BGP information.
• connected - Display connected route
information.
• ospf - Display OSPF information.
• rip - Display RIP information.
• static - Display static information.
• summary - Display a summary of all routes.
Example
SR# show ipv6 route bgp
show ipv6 routers
Use this command to display IPV6 Router Advertisement Information.
Syntax
show ipv6 routers
Example
SR# show ipv6 routers
Command Line Reference
October 2010
487
IPv6 routing commands
488
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 39: RIP commands
clear ip rip route
Use this command to clear specific data from the RIP routing table.
Syntax
clear ip rip route [A.B.C.D/M | static | connected | rip | ospf | bgp
|all]
Table 584: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
A.B.C.D/M
Removes entries which exactly match this
destination address from the RIP routing
table.
static
Removes static entries from the RIP routing
table..
connected
Removes redistributed connected entries
from RIPng routing table.
rip
Removes only RIP routes from the RIP
routing table.
ospf
Removes only BGP routes from the RIP
routing table.
bgp
Removes only BGP routes from the RIP
routing table.
all
Clears the entire RIP routing table.
Example
SR# clear ip rip route rip
Command Line Reference
October 2010
489
RIP commands
configure interface bundle ip rip default-originate-only
Use this command to enable or disable the ability for a Secure Router to send only default RIP
route information to a network peer on an interface bundle.
Syntax
[no] ip rip default-originate-only [metric <1 — 15>]
Variable definitions
Variable
Value
metric <1 – 15>
Specifies the metric value to be used in
redistributing information. Values range from
1 to 15.
[no]
Disables the ability for a Secure Router to
send only default RIP route information to a
network peer on an interface bundle.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle bun1#ip rip default-originate-only
metric 11
configure interface bundle ip rip triggered
Use this command to enable or disable triggered RIP for an interface bundle. Triggered RIP
is disabled by default.
Syntax
[no] ip rip triggered [retransmit-interval <5 — 20> | poll-interval
<5 — 180>]
Variable definitions
490
Variable
Value
retransmit-interval <5 – 20>
Specifies the request and response
retransmit interval. Values range from 5 to 20
seconds. The default value is 5 seconds.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface ethernet ip rip default-originate-only
poll-interval < 5 – 180>
Specifies the poll interval. Values range from
5 to 180 seconds. The default value is 10
seconds.
[no]
Disables triggered RIP for an interface
bundle.
Example
SR/configure/interface/bundle bund1#ip rip triggered retransmitinterval 7 poll-interval 80
configure interface ethernet ip rip default-originate-only
Use this command to enable or disable the ability for a Secure Router to send only default RIP
route information to one or more network peers on an Ethernet interface.
Syntax
[no] ip rip default-originate-only [metric <1 — 15>]
Table 585: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
metric <1 — 15>
Specifies the metric value to be used in
redistributing information. Values range from
1 to 15.
[no]
Disables the ability for a Secure Router to
send only default RIP route information to
one or more network peers on an Ethernet
interface.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/1#ip rip default-originate-only
metric 11
configure interface ip rip
Use this command to enable RIP on an interface.
Syntax
ip rip
Command Line Reference
October 2010
491
RIP commands
Table 586: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface>
interface name
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip rip
configure interface ip rip authentication
Use this command to configure authentication control.
Syntax
ip rip authentication <authtype>
Table 587: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<authtype>
The type of authentication. Possible types
are:
• keychain <name of keychain> Keychain authentication
• mode <md5|text> - Mode
authentication
• string <name of string> - String
authentication
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip authentication string
authstring
configure interface ip rip receive
Use the following command to specify the version of RIP that can be received on the interface.
This configuration overrides the 'version' command.
Syntax
ip rip receive version <version>
492
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface ip rip receive-packet
Table 588: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<version>
Specifies the version of RIP to receive, 1 or 2.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip rip receive version 2
configure interface ip rip receive-packet
Use this command to enable receiving packets through a specified interfac
Syntax
ip rip receive-packet
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip rip receive-packet
configure interface ip rip send version
Use this command to specify the version of RIP packets that are sent out of an interface.
Syntax
ip rip send version <version>
Table 589: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<version>
The RIP version to send. Possible values
are:
•1
•2
• 1-compatible
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip rip version 2
Command Line Reference
October 2010
493
RIP commands
configure interface ip rip send-packet
Use this command to enable sending packets through the specified interface.
Syntax
ip rip send-packet
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip rip send-packet
configure interface ip rip split-horizon
Configure split horizon to prevent loops by not advertising erroneous routes from neighbors.
Use the no form of this command to disable this function.
Syntax
ip rip split-horizon [poisoned]
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip rip split-horizon
configure interface tunnel ip rip default-originate-only
Use this command to enable or disable the ability for a Secure Router to send only default RIP
route information to a network peer over tunnel interfaces.
Syntax
[no] ip rip default-originate-only [metric <1 — 15>]
Variable definitions
494
Variable
Value
metric <1 – 15>
Specifies the metric value to be used in
redistributing information. Values range from
1 to 15.
[no]
Disables the ability for a Secure Router to
send only default RIP route information to a
network peer over tunnel interfaces.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface tunnel ip rip triggered
Example
SR/configure/interface/tunnel tun1#ip rip default-originate-only
metric 5
configure interface tunnel ip rip triggered
Use this command to enable or disable triggered RIP for an interface tunnel. Triggered RIP is
disabled by default.
Syntax
[no] ip rip triggered [retransmit-interval <5 — 20> ] [ pollinterval <5 — 180>]
Variable definitions
Variable
Value
retransmit-interval <5 – 20>
Specifies the request and response
retransmit interval. Values range fro 5 to 20
seconds. The default value is 5 seconds.
poll-interval <5 – 180>
Specifies the poll interval. Values range from
5 to 180 seconds. The default value is 10
seconds.
Example
SR/configure/interface/tunnel tun1#ip rip triggered retransmitinterval 7 poll-interval 80
configure interface vlan ip rip default-originate-only
Use this command to enable or disable the ability for a Secure Router to send only default RIP
route information to one or more network peers on a VLAN.
Syntax
[no] ip rip default-originate-only [metric <1 | 15>]
Table 590: Variable definition
Variable
metric <1 – 15>
Command Line Reference
Value
Specifies the metric value to be used in redistributing
information. Values range from 1 to 15.
October 2010
495
RIP commands
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables the ability for a Secure Router to send only default
RIP route information to one or more network peers on a
VLAN.
Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan1#ip rip default-originate-only
metric 12
configure router rip
Use this command to enable RIP to use the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 in a RIP network.
Syntax
router rip
Example
SR# router rip
configure router rip default-information
Use this command to generate a default route into the Routing Information Protocol. Use the
no form of this command to disable this feature.
Syntax
[no] default-information originate
Example
SR/configure/router/rip#
default-information originate
configure router rip default-metric
Use this command to specify the metrics to be assigned to redistributed routers. Use the no
form of this command to disable this feature.
Use this command with the redistribute command to make the routing protocol use the
specified metric value for all redistributed routes. Default metric is useful in redistributing routes
with incompatible metrics. Every protocol has different metrics and cannot be compared
496
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router rip distance
directly. Default metric provides the standard to compare. All routes that are redistributed will
use the default metric
Syntax
[no] default-metric <1-16>
Table 591: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<1-16>
Specifies the default metric.
Example
SR/configure/router/rip# default-metric 10
configure router rip distance
Use this command to set the administrative distance.
Syntax
distance <distancevalue> [A.B.C.D/M [accesslist]]
Table 592: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<distancevalue>
The administrative distance value.
Example
SR/configure/router/rip# distance 10
configure router rip distribute-list
Use this command to filter incoming or outgoing route updates using the access-list or the
prefix-list. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. This command is disabled
by default.
Syntax
distribute-list [<prefix>|<accesslist>] <direction> <interface>
Table 593: Variable definitions
Variable
Command Line Reference
Value
October 2010
497
RIP commands
<prefix>
Filter prefixes in routing updates.
<accesslist>
The access list name.
<direction>
Direction to filter routing updates, in or out.
<interface>
The interface name.
Example
SR/configure/router/rip# distribute-list access1 in ethernet6/12
configure router rip multi-nexthop
Use this command to enable or disable the storage of multiple alternative next hops to any
prefix in the RIP database.
Syntax
[no] multi-nexthop
The following message appears:
Enable/Disable of multi-nexthop will reset the RIP instance. Do you
want to continue? (y/n):
Table 594: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disables the storage of multiple alternative
next hops to any prefix in the RIP database.
Example
SR/configure/router/rip#multi-nexthop
configure router rip neighbor
Use this command to configure a router neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor <address>
Table 595: Variable definitions
Variable
498
Command Line Reference
Value
October 2010
configure router rip network
<address>
The address of the neighbor.
Example
SR/configure/router/rip# neighbor 10.1.2.3
configure router rip network
Use this command to enable RIP on a network or interface.
Syntax
network <interface>
Table 596: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface>
Ethernet or WAN interface name. Example:
Ethernet0/1 or wan1.
Example
SR/configure/router/rip# network wan1
configure router rip offset-list
Use this command to modify a RIP metric.
Syntax
offset-list <name> <direction> <metricvalue> <interfacename>
Table 597: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<name>
The access list name.
<direction>
Direction of updates. In or out.
<metricvalue>
The metric value to modify.
<interfacename>
The interface name.
Example
SR/configure/router/rip# offset-list access1 in 5 ethernet0/1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
499
RIP commands
configure router rip passive-interface
Use this command to configure an interface to suppress routing updates
Syntax
passive-interface <interface>
Table 598: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface>
The interface for which you want to suppress
routing updates.
Example
SR/configure/router/rip# passive-interface ethernet6/12
configure router rip redistribute
Use this command to redistribute information from other routing protocols. Use the no form of
this command to disable this function.
Syntax
redistribute [connected|static|ospf|bgp] <metric> <routemap>
Table 599: Variable definitions
500
Variable
Value
connected
Redistribute from connected routes
static
Redistribute from static routes
ospf
Redistribute from Open Shortest Path First
(OSPF)
bgp
Redistribute from Border Gateway Protocol
(BGP)
<metric>
Metric <0-16> Specifies metric value to be
used in redistributing information
<routemap>
Specifies route-map to be used to
redistribute information
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router rip timers
Example
SR/configure/router/rip# redistribute ospf route-map map1
configure router rip timers
Use this command to adjust routing network timers. Use the no form of this command to return
to default setting.
Syntax
timers basic <update> <timeout> <garbage>
Table 600: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<update>
<5-2147483647> Specifies the routing table
update timer in seconds. The default is 30
seconds.
<timeout>
<5-2147483647> Specifies the routing
information timeout timer in seconds. The
default is 180 seconds. After this interval has
elapsed and no updates for a route are
received, the route is declared invalid.
<garbage>
<5-2147483647> Specifies the routing
garbage collection timer in seconds. The
default is 120 seconds. If a route remains
invalid for the period specified by this
variable, it is permanently removed from the
routing table.
Example
SR/configure/router/rip# timers basic 30 180 120
configure router rip version
Use this command to set the routing protocol version that is used globally by the router.
Syntax
version <version>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
501
RIP commands
Table 601: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<version>
The routing protocol version, 1 or 2.
Example
SR/configure/router/rip# version 2
show ip protocols rip
Use this command to display current RIP configuration.
Syntax
show ip protocols rip
Example
SR# show ip protocols rip
show ip rip
Use this command to display the RIP routes.
Syntax
show ip rip
Example
SR# show ip rip
show ip rip database
Use this command to display the RIP database.
Syntax
show ip rip database
Example
SR# show ip rip database
502
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ip rip interface
show ip rip interface
Use this command to display RIP information for interfaces.
Syntax
show ip rip interface
Example
SR# show ip rip interface
Command Line Reference
October 2010
503
RIP commands
504
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 40: OSPF commands
clear ip ospf
Use this command to clear and restart the OSPF routing process. You can specify the Process
ID to clear one particular OSPF process. When no process ID is specified, this command clears
all running OSPF processes.
Syntax
clear ip ospf {<processid> | process}
Table 602: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<processid>
The OSPF process to clear.
Example
SR# clear ip ospf process
configure interface ip ospf
Use this command to configure OSPF on an interface.
Syntax
ip ospf
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip ospf
configure interface ip ospf authentication
Use this command to send and receive OSPF packets with the specified authentication
method.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
505
OSPF commands
Syntax
ip ospf authentication [null | message-digest]
Table 603: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
message-digest
Specifies message-digest authentication
null
Specifies null authentication
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip ospf authentication
message-digest
configure interface ip ospf authentication-key
Use this command to configure the authentication password.
Syntax
ip ospf authentication-key <key>
Table 604: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<key>
The OSPF password (key).
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)#
test
ip ospf authentication-key
configure interface ip ospf cost
Use this command to make a route the preferred route by changing its cost.
Syntax
ip ospf cost <cost>
Table 605: Variable definitions
Variable
506
Command Line Reference
Value
October 2010
configure interface ip ospf database-filter
<cost>
<1-65535> Specifies the link-state metric.
The default value is 10.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip ospf cost 20
configure interface ip ospf database-filter
Use this command to filter OSPF LSA during synchronization and flooding.
Syntax
ip ospf database-filter all out
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip ospf database-filter all
out
configure interface ip ospf dead-interval
Use this command to configure the interval after which a neighbor is declared dead.
Syntax
ip ospf dead-interval [1-65535]
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip ospf dead-interval 10
configure interface ip ospf disable all
Use this command to disable OSPF.
Syntax
ip ospf disable all
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip ospf disable all
Command Line Reference
October 2010
507
OSPF commands
configure interface ip ospf hello-interval
Use this command to configure the time between HELLO packets.
Syntax
ip ospf hello-interval <1-65535>
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip ospf hello-interval 3
configure interface ip ospf message-digest-key
Use this command to specify the message digest authentication password.
Syntax
ip ospf message-digest-key [1-255] md5 <password>
Table 606: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<password>
The OSPF password.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip ospf message-digest-key 20
configure interface ip ospf mtu
Use this command to specify the OSPF interface Maximum Transmission Units (MTU).
Syntax
ip ospf mtu <576-65535>
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip ospf mtu 1480
508
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface ip ospf mtu-ignore
configure interface ip ospf mtu-ignore
Use this command to set OSPF to ignore the MTU in DBD packets.
Syntax
ip ospf mtu-ignore
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip ospf mtu-ignore
configure interface ip ospf network
Use this command to specify the OSPF network type.
Syntax
network <type>
Table 607: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<type>
The OSPF network type. Possible values
are:
• broadcast - broadcast multi-access
network
• point-to-point - point to point
network
Example
SR/router/ospf# network point-to-point
configure interface ip ospf priority
Use this command to configure the priority for an interface. Default value is 1.
Syntax
ip ospf priority <priority>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
509
OSPF commands
Table 608: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<priority>
Interface priority. Range is 0 to 255. Default
is 1.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip ospf priority 10
configure interface ip ospf retransmit-interval
Use this command to specify the time between retransmitting lost link state advertisements.
Syntax
retransmit-interval <1-65535>
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# retransmit-interval 5
configure interface ip ospf te-metric
Use this command to configure the OSPF te-metric.
Syntax
ip ospf te-metric [1-65535]
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# te-metric 6
configure interface ip ospf transmit-delay
Use this command to specify the OSPF link state transmit delay.
Syntax
ip ospf transmit-delay <1-65535>
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# ip ospf transmit-delay 5
510
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ospf
configure router ospf
Use this command to enable OSPF and specify an OSPF process to configure.
Syntax
router ospf <process-id>
Table 609: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<process-id>
The OSPF process-id you want to configure,
in the range 1 to 65535.
Example
SR# router ospf 1
configure router ospf area authentication
Use this command to enable authentication on an OSPF area.
Syntax
area <area-id> authentication [message-digest]
Table 610: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<area-id>
The OSPF area id specified in integer (1 to
4294967295) or IP address (A.B.C.D)
format.
[message-digest]
Specifies to use message-digest
authentication.
Example
SR/router/ospf# area 1 authentication
Command Line Reference
October 2010
511
OSPF commands
configure router ospf area default-cost
Use this command to specify the summary-default cost of a NSSA or stub area.
Syntax
area <area-id> default-cost <cost>
Table 611: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<area-id>
The OSPF area id specified in integer (1 to
4294967295) or IP address (A.B.C.D)
format.
<cost>
An integer specifying the stub's advertised
default summary cost in the range 0 to
16777215.
Example
SR/router/ospf# area 1 default-cost 100
configure router ospf area filter-list
Use this command to configure an OSPF filter list.
Syntax
area <area-id> filter-list {<access>|<prefix>} <listname> {<in>|
<out>}
Table 612: Variable definitions
512
Variable
Value
<access>
Filter networks by access list.
<area-id>
The OSPF area id specified in integer (1 to
4294967295) or IP address (A.B.C.D)
format.
<in>
Filter networks sent to the specified area.
<listname>
The name of the IP prefix or access list.
<out>
Filter networks sent from the specified area.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ospf area nssa
<prefix>
Filter networks by prefix list.
Example
SR/router/ospf# area 1 filter-list access 1 in
configure router ospf area nssa
Use this command to configure an OSPF not-so-stubby-area.
Syntax
area <area-id> nssa
Table 613: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<area-id>
The OSPF area id specified in integer (1 to
4294967295) or IP address (A.B.C.D)
format.
Example
SR/router/ospf# area 3 nssa
configure router ospf area nssa default-informationoriginate
Use this command to originate Type 7 defaults into a NSSA area.
Syntax
area <area-id> nssa default-information-originate
Table 614: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<area-id>
The OSPF area id specified in integer (1 to
4294967295) or IP address (A.B.C.D)
format.
Example
SR/router/ospf# area 3 nssa default-information-originate
Command Line Reference
October 2010
513
OSPF commands
configure router ospf area nssa no-redistribution
Use this command to restrict redistribution into an OSPF NSSA area.
Syntax
area <area-id> nssa no-redistribution
Table 615: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<area-id>
The OSPF area id specified in integer (1 to
4294967295) or IP address (A.B.C.D)
format.
Example
SR/router/ospf# area 3 nssa no-redistribution
configure router ospf area nssa no-summary
Use this command to restrict sending summary LSAs into a NSS .
Syntax
area <area-id> nssa no-summary
Table 616: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<area-id>
The OSPF area id specified in integer (1 to
4294967295) or IP address (A.B.C.D)
format.
Example
SR/router/ospf# area 3 nssa no-summary
configure router ospf area nssa translator-role
Use this command to configure the NSSA-ABR translator role.
514
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ospf area range
Syntax
area <area-id> nssa translator-role {<always>|<candidate>|<never>}
Table 617: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<always>
Always translate NSSA-LSA to Type-5 LSA.
<area-id>
The OSPF area id specified in integer (1 to
4294967295) or IP address (A.B.C.D)
format.
<candidate>
Translate NSSA-LSA to Type-5 LSA if
elected.
<never>
Never translate NSSA-LSA.
Example
SR/router/ospf# area 3 nssa translator-role always
configure router ospf area range
Use this command to configure an OSPF area range.
Syntax
area <area-id> range <A.B.C.D/M> [advertise|not-advertise]
Table 618: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
advertise
Advertise the range.
<area-id>
The OSPF area id specified in integer (1 to
4294967295) or IP address (A.B.C.D)
format.
not-advertise
Do not advertise the range.
<A.B.C.D/M>
The area range prefix in address/mask
format.
Example
SR/router/ospf# area range 10.10.10.10/24
Command Line Reference
October 2010
515
OSPF commands
configure router ospf area stub
Use this command to configure an OSPF area as a stub area.
Syntax
area <area-id> stub [no-summary]
Table 619: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<area-id>
The OSPF area id specified in integer (1 to
4294967295) or IP address (A.B.C.D)
format.
[no-summary]
Specifies to not inject inter-area routes into
the stub.
Example
SR/router/ospf# area 1 stub
configure router ospf area virtual-link
Use this command to configure a virtual link and define its parameters.
Syntax
area <area-id> virtual-link <A.B.C.D> [authentication <null>|
<message-digest>] [dead-interval <interval>] [hello-interval
<interval>] [retransmit-interval <interval>] [transmit-delay
<interval>] [authentication-key <key>] [message-digest-key]
Table 620: Variable definitions
516
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
The router ID of the virtual link neighbor.
<area-id>
The OSPF area id specified in integer (1 to
4294967295) or IP address (A.B.C.D)
format.
<authentication>
Enable authentication for this OSPF area
virtual link.
<authentication-key>
Specify the authentication key.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ospf auto-cost reference-bandwidth
<dead-interval>
Specify the dead router detection interval.
<hello-interval>
Specify the hello packet interval.
<interval>
The interval, in the range 1 to 65535.
<key>
The authentication key.
<message-digest>
Specify to use message-digest
authentication.
<message-digest-key>
Specifies the message digest key.
<null>
Specifies to use null authentication.
<retransmit-interval>
Specify the LSA retransmit interval.
<transmit-delay>
Specify the LSA transmittion delay.
Example
SR/router/ospf# area 1 virtual-link 10.10.11.50 hello-interval 5
configure router ospf auto-cost reference-bandwidth
Use this command to modify the reference bandwidth used to calculate the OSPF cost.
By default OSPF calculates the OSPF metric for an interface by dividing the reference
bandwidth by the interface bandwidth. The default value for the reference bandwidth is
100Mbps. The auto-cost command is used to differentiate high bandwidth links. For multiple
links with high bandwidth, specify a larger reference bandwidth value to differentiate cost on
those links.
Syntax
auto-cost reference-bandwidth <bandwidth>
Table 621: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<bandwidth>
Reference bandwidth in terms of Mbits per
second, in the range 1 to 4294967.
Example
SR/router/ospf# auto-cost reference-bandwidth 250
Command Line Reference
October 2010
517
OSPF commands
configure router ospf capability
Use this command to enable a specific OSPF feature
Syntax
capability <feature>
Table 622: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<feature>
The feature to enable. Possible values are:
• cspf - Constrained Shortest Path First
• opaque - Opaque LSA
• traffic-engineering - OSPF
Traffic Engineering extension
Example
SR/router/ospf# capability cspf
configure router ospf compatible
Use this command to configure the OSPF compatibility list.
Syntax
compatible rfc1583
Example
SR/router/ospf# compatible rfc1583
configure router ospf cspf retry-interval
Use this command to configure the CSPF default computation retry interval.
Syntax
cspf default-retry-interval <interval>
518
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ospf cspf tie-break
Table 623: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interval>
The default computation interval, in the
range 1 to 3600.
Example
SR/router/ospf# cspf default-retry-interval 10
configure router ospf cspf tie-break
Use this command to configure the CSPF tie break method.
Syntax
cspf tie-break <random|least-fill|most-fill>
Example
SR/router/ospf# cspf tie-break random
configure router ospf default-information originate
Use this command to control distribution of default information.
Syntax
default-information originate [always] [metric <0-16777214>] [metrictype [1|2]] [route-map <name>]
Example
SR/router/ospf# default-information originate always metric 23
metric-type 2 route-map myinfo
configure router ospf default-metric
Use this command to set the metric of redistributed routes.
Syntax
default-metric <value>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
519
OSPF commands
Table 624: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<value>
The default metric value, in the range 0 to
16777214.
Example
SR/router/ospf# default-metric 1000
configure router ospf distance
Use this command to define an administrative distance.
Syntax
distance <distance>
Table 625: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<distance>
The OSPF administrative distance, in the
range 1 to 255.
Example
SR/router/ospf# distance 20
configure router ospf log-adjacency-changes
Use this command to enable logging of adjacency state changes.
Syntax
log-adjacency-changes [detail]
Table 626: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[detail]
Log all state changes.
Example
SR/router/ospf# log-adjacency-changes
520
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ospf max-concurrent-dd
configure router ospf max-concurrent-dd
Use this command to specify the maximum number allowed to process DD concurrently.
Syntax
max-concurrent-dd <maxprocess>
Table 627: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<maxprocess>
Maximum number of DD processes.
Example
SR/router/ospf# max-concurrent-dd 5
configure router ospf network
Use this command to enable OSPF on an IP network.
Syntax
network <networkaddress> area <areaid>
Table 628: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<networkaddress>
Network address to configure. Can be IPv4
network address<A.B.C.D> or IPv4 network
address with prefix length <A.B.C.D/M>.
<areaid>
The area ID. Can be in IPv4 address format
<A.B.C.D> or as 4 octets <0-4294967295>
unsigned integer value
Example
SR/configure/router/ospf# network 11.2.3.4 area 1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
521
OSPF commands
configure router ospf ospf abr-type
Use this command to specify the OSPF ABR type.
Syntax
ospf abr-type <type>
Table 629: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<type>
Type of implementation. Possible choices
are:
• cisco - Alternative ABR, Cisco
implementation
• ibm - Alternative ABR, IBM
implementation
• standard - Standard behavior
Example
SR/router/ospf# ospf abr-type standard
configure router ospf passive-interface
Use this command to suppress routing updates on an interface.
Syntax
passive-interface <interface>
Table 630: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface>
The interface you want to suppress routing
updates.
Example
SR/router/ospf# passive-interface ethernet0/1
522
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ospf redistribute
configure router ospf redistribute
Use this command to redistribute routes from other protocols into OSPF.
Syntax
redistribute <protocol> [metric <0 - 16777214>] [metric-type <1-2>]
[route-map <map>] [tag <0-4294967295>]
Table 631: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<protocol>
Protocol to redistribute: bgp, connected, rip,
or static.
metric <0 - 16777214>
Specifies a default metric.
metric-type <1-2>
Specifies the OSPF metric type for default
routes.
route-map <map>
Route map reference.
tag <0-4294967295>
Specifies a tag for routes redistributed into
OSPF.
Example
SR/router/ospf# redistribute static
configure router ospf summary-address
Use this command to summarize or suppress external routes with the specified address range.
Syntax
summary-address <A.B.C.D/M> [tag <0 - 4294967295>] [not-advertise]
Table 632: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D/M>
The summary prefix.
[not-advertise]
Suppresses routes that match the prefix.
[tag <0 - 4294967295>]
Sets a tag value. The default tag value is 0.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
523
OSPF commands
Example
SR/router/ospf# summary-address 172.16.0.0/16 tag 3
configure router ospf timers spf
Use this command to adjust routing timers.
Syntax
timers spf <delay> <hold>
Table 633: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<delay>
Delay between receiving a change to SPF
calculation, in the range 0 to 2147483647.
<hold>
Hold time between consecutive SPF
calculations, in the range 0 to 2147483647.
Example
SR/router/ospf# timers spf 5 10
show ip ospf border-routers
Use this command to show border and boundary router information.
Syntax
show ip ospf border-routers
Example
SR# show ip ospf border-routers
show ip ospf database
Use this command to show the OSPF database summary.
Syntax
show ip ospf database
524
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ip ospf interface
Example
SR# show ip ospf database
show ip ospf interface
Use this command to display detailed OSPF interface information.
Syntax
show ip ospf interface <interface>
Table 634: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface>
Interface name. Example: Ethernet 0/1
Example
SR# show ip ospf interface ethernet6/12
show ip ospf neighbor
Use this command to display router neighbor information.
Syntax
show ip ospf neighbor [<if-name>|<A.B.C.D>|detail]
Table 635: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<if-name>
Interface name. Example: ethernet0/1.
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the neighbor ID.
detail
Displays detailed information.
Example
SR# show ip ospf neighbor
Command Line Reference
October 2010
525
OSPF commands
show ip ospf route
Use this command to display OSPF routes learned from neighbors
Syntax
show ip ospf route
Example
SR# show ip ospf route
show ip ospf te-database
Use this command to show the OSPF te-database.
Syntax
show ip ospf te-database
Example
SR# show ip ospf te-database
show ip ospf virtual-links
Use this command to show OSPF virtual link information.
Syntax
show ip ospf virtual-links
Example
SR# show ip ospf virtual-links
show ip protocols ospf
Use this command to show IP routing protocol process parameters and statistics.
Syntax
show ip protocols ospf
526
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ip protocols ospf
Example
SR# show ip protocols ospf
Command Line Reference
October 2010
527
OSPF commands
528
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 41: BGP commands
clear bgp ipv4
Use this command to reset an IPv4 BGP connection.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 {* | v4 | v6 | <1-65535> | <A.B.C.D>} [in|out|soft]
[prefix-filter]
Table 636: Variable definition
Variable
Value
*
Clears all peers.
v4
Clears all IPv4 peers
v6
Clears all IPv6 peers
<1-65535>
Clears peers with the specified AS number.
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies a BGP neighbor address to clear.
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes are to be cleared.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes are to be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes are to be
cleared
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out prefix-list ORF and does inbound soft
reconfiguration.
Example
SR#
clear bgp ipv4 1.2.3.4
clear bgp ipv4 dampening
Use this command to reset all dampened BGP routes under the specified address family.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
529
BGP commands
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 dampening <A.B.C.D|A.B.C.D/M>
Example
SR#
clear bgp ipv4 dampening 10.10.0.121
clear bgp ipv4 external
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for all external peers.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 external [in|out|soft] [prefix-filter]
Table 637: Variable definition
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes are to be cleared.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes are to be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes are to be
cleared
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out prefix-list ORF and does inbound soft
reconfiguration.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv4 external in prefix-filter
clear bgp ipv4 flap-statistics
Use this command to clear the flap count and history duration for all the prefixes under the
specified address family.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 flap-statistics (A.B.C.D|A.B.C.D/M)
Example
SR#
530
clear bgp ipv4 flap-statistics 10.10.0.121
Command Line Reference
October 2010
clear bgp ipv4 peer-group
clear bgp ipv4 peer-group
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for all members of a peer group.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 peer-group <peer-group> [in|out|soft]
Table 638: Variable definition
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes are to be cleared.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes are to be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes are to be
cleared
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out prefix-list ORF and does inbound soft
reconfiguration.
Example
SR#
clear bgp ipv4 peer-group P1 soft in
clear bgp ipv4 unicast
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for ipv4 peers having the unicast capability
enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 unicast * [in|out|soft]
Table 639: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be
cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out the existing ORF prefix-list.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be
cleared.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
531
BGP commands
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv4 unicast* soft in
clear bgp ipv4 multicast
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for ipv4 peers having the multicast capability
enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 multicast * [in|out|soft]
Table 640: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be
cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out the existing ORF prefix-list.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be
cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will
be cleared.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv4 multicast * soft in
clear bgp ipv4 unicast
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for all ipv4 peers having the unicast capability
enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 unicast <A.B.C.D | X:X::X:X> [in|out|soft]
Table 641: Variable definitions
Variable
532
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out the existing ORF prefix-list.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
clear bgp ipv4 multicast
Variable
Value
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be
cleared.
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the BGP neighbor address to clear.
<X:X::X:X>
Specifies the BGP neighbor address to clear.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv4 unicast 3.3.3.3 soft in prefix-filter
clear bgp ipv4 multicast
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for all ipv4 peers having the multicast capability
enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 multicast <A.B.C.D | X:X::X:X> [in|out|soft]
Table 642: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out the existing ORF prefix-list.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be
cleared.
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the BGP neighbor address to clear.
<X:X::X:X>
Specifies the BGP neighbor address to clear.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv4 multicast 3.3.3.3 soft in prefix-filter
clear bgp ipv4 unicast external
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for ipv4 external peers having the unicast
capability enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 unicast external [in | out | soft]
Command Line Reference
October 2010
533
BGP commands
Table 643: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out the existing ORF prefix-list.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be
cleared.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv4 unicast external
clear bgp ipv4 multicast external
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for ipv4 external peers having the multicast
capability enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 multicast external [in | out | soft]
Table 644: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out the existing ORF prefix-list.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be
cleared.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv4 multicast external
clear bgp ipv4 unicast peer-group
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for all members of a ipv4 peer group having
the unicast capability enabled.
534
Command Line Reference
October 2010
clear bgp ipv4 multicast peer-group
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 unicast peer-group <WORD> [in|out|soft]
Table 645: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out the existing ORF prefix-list.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be
cleared.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv4 unicast peer-group GRP
clear bgp ipv4 multicast peer-group
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for all members of a ipv4 peer group having
the multicast capability enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 multicast peer-group <WORD> [in|out|soft]
Table 646: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be
cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out the existing ORF prefix-list.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be
cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will
be cleared.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv4 multicast peer-group GRP
Command Line Reference
October 2010
535
BGP commands
clear bgp ipv4 unicast dampening
Use this command to reset all dampened BGP routes under the unicast address family.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 unicast dampening <A.B.C.D | A.B.C.D/M>
Table 647: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the IPv4 address for which BGP dampening is to be
cleared.
<A.B.C.D/M>
Specifies the IPv4 address with mask for which BGP dampening
is to be cleared.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv4 unicast dampening 10.1.1.1
clear bgp ipv4 multicast dampening
Use this command to reset all dampened BGP routes under the multicast address family.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 multicast dampening <A.B.C.D | A.B.C.D/M>
Table 648: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the IPv4 address for which BGP dampening is to be
cleared.
<A.B.C.D/M>
Specifies the IPv4 address with mask for which BGP dampening
is to be cleared.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv4 multicast dampening 10.1.1.1
536
Command Line Reference
October 2010
clear bgp ipv4 unicast flap-statistics
clear bgp ipv4 unicast flap-statistics
Use this command to clear the flap count and history duration for all the prefixes under the
specified address family.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 unicast flap-statistics <A.B.C.D | A.B.C.D/M>
Table 649: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the IPv4 address for which the flap-statistics is to be
cleared.
<A.B.C.D/M>
Specifies the IPv4 address with mask for which the flap-statistics is
to be cleared.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv4 unicast flap-statistics 10.1.1.1
clear bgp ipv4 multicast flap-statistics
Use this command to clear the flap count and history duration for all the prefixes under the
specified address family.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv4 multicast flap-statistics <A.B.C.D | A.B.C.D/M>
Table 650: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the IPv4 address for which the flap-statistics is to be
cleared.
<A.B.C.D/M>
Specifies the IPv4 address with mask for which the flap-statistics is
to be cleared.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv4 multicast flap-statistics 10.1.1.1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
537
BGP commands
clear bgp all
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for all peers having the specified capability
enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp all <A.B.C.D | X:X::X:X> [in|out|soft]
Table 651: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out the existing ORF prefix-list.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be
cleared.
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the BGP neighbor address to clear.
<X:X::X:X>
Specifies the BGP neighbor address to clear.
Example
SR# clear bgp all 3.3.3.3 soft in prefix-filter
clear bgp all external
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for all external peers having the specified
capability enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp all external [in | out | soft]
Table 652: Variable definitions
Variable
538
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Push out the existing ORF prefix-list.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
clear bgp all peer-group
Variable
soft
Value
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be
cleared.
Example
SR# clear bgp all external
clear bgp all peer-group
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for all members of all peer group having the
specified capability enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp all peer-group <WORD> [in|out|soft]
Table 653: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be
cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out prefix-list ORF and does inbound soft reconfiguration.
Example
SR# clear bgp all peer-group GRP
clear bgp all dampening
Use this command to reset all dampened BGP routes under the specified address family.
Syntax
clear bgp all dampening
Example
SR# clear bgp all dampening
Command Line Reference
October 2010
539
BGP commands
clear bgp all flap-statistics
Use this command to clear the flap count and history duration for all the prefixes under the
specified address family.
Syntax
clear bgp all flap-statistics
Example
SR# clear bgp all flap-statistics
configure bgp aggregate-nexthop-check
Use this command to configure BGP to perform aggregation only when next-hop matches the
specified IP address.
Syntax
bgp aggregate-nexthop-check
Example
SR/configure# bgp aggregate-nexthop-check
configure bgp rfc1771-path-select
Use this command to set RFC1771 compatible path selection mechanism. Use the no form of
this command to remove this setting.
Syntax
[no] bgp rfc1771-path-select
Example
SR/configure# bgp rfc1771-path-select
configure bgp rfc1771-strict
Use this command to set the Strict RFC1771 setting. Use the no form of this command to
remove this setting. This setting is disabled by default.
540
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip as-path
Syntax
[no] bgp rfc1771-strict
Example
SR/configure#
bgp rfc1771-strict
configure ip as-path
Use this command to configure a BGP autonomous system path filter.
Syntax
ip as-path access-list <name> [deny|permit] [<line>]
Table 654: Variable definition
Variable
Value
<name>
Regular expression access list name.
[<line>]
A regular-expression to match the BGP AS paths
Example
SR#
ip as-path access-list mylist deny ^65535$
configure ip community-list
Use this command to add a community list entry.
Syntax
ip community-list <name> [permit|deny] <line>
Table 655: Variable definition
Variable
Value
<name>
The community list name.
[<line>]
Specifies a community number in aa:nn format or internet |
local-AS | no-advertise | no-export.
Example
SR# ip community-list mylist permit 7675:80 7675:90
Command Line Reference
October 2010
541
BGP commands
configure router bgp
Use this command to enable BGP to support the exchange of routes between autonomous
systems. This command enables BGP with mainly default configuration values. Any peer
groups created under BGP inherit these default values. You can choose to override (customize)
many of these BGP global values at the BGP group or individual peer level.
Syntax
[no] router bgp <1-65535>
Example
SR/configure# router bgp 12
configure router bgp address-family ipv4 multicast
Use this command to specify the IPv4 multicast address-family to configure MBGP properties.
Syntax
address-family ipv4 multicast
Example
SR/configure#address-family ipv4 multicast
configure router bgp aggregate-address
Use this command to configure BGP aggregate entries.
Syntax
aggregate-address <prefix> [as-set] [summary-only]
Table 656: Variable definition
Variable
Value
[as-set]
Generate AS set path information.
[summary-only]
Filter more specific routes from updates.
Example
SR/configure# aggregate-address 10.2.0.0/16
542
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router bgp bgp always-compare-med
configure router bgp bgp always-compare-med
Use this command to compare the multi-exit discriminator (MED) value of routes learned from
eBGP peers so that the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 can select the route with the lowest
advertised MED value.
Syntax
bgp always-compare-med
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100# bgp always-compare-med
configure router bgp bgp bestpath
Use this command to modify the default bestpath selection.
Syntax
[no] bgp bestpath [as-path ignore] [compare-confed-aspath] [comparerouterid] [med [confed] [missing-as-worst]]
Table 657: Variable definition
Variable
Value
[as-path ignore]
Ignore as-path length in selecting a route.
[compare-confed-aspath]
Allow comparing confederation AS path length.
[compare-routerid]
Compare router-id for identical EBGP paths.
[confed]
Compare MED among confederation paths.
[med]
Configure MED attribute.
[missing-as-worst]
Treat missed MED as the least preferred one.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100# bgp bestpath as-path ignore
configure router bgp bgp client-to-client reflection
Use this command to restore route reflection from a BGP route reflector to clients.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
543
BGP commands
Syntax
bgp client-to-client reflection
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
bgp client-to-client reflection
configure router bgp bgp cluster-id
Use this command configure a BGP Route Reflector cluster to achieve full iBGP meshing within
a large AS. With this configuration, an administrator subdivides an AS into peer clusters.
Syntax
bgp cluster-id <id>
Table 658: Variable definition
Variable
<id>
Value
The route reflector cluster-id. Can be configured as 32bit
quantity, in the range 1 to 4294967295 or in IP address
format.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
bgp cluster-id 1.1.1.1
configure router bgp bgp confederation identifier
Use this command to configure a BGP confederation to avoid the scaling issues that the fullmesh connectivity requirement causes. A confederation splits a major AS into multiple subASs. Although each sub-AS contains a group of fully-meshed iBGP peers, the sub-AS BGP
border router communicates with other sub-AS BGP border routers using a smaller number of
eBGP sessions. Together, the sub-ASs and their respective peers form a confederation, which
appears to external ASs as a single AS.
Syntax
bgp confederation identifier <id>
Table 659: Variable definitions
544
Variable
Value
<id>
Identifier name. Valid range is 1-65535.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router bgp bgp confederation peers
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
bgp confederation identifier 1
configure router bgp bgp confederation peers
Use this command to configure the BGP confederation peer ASs. A confederation splits a
major AS into multiple sub-ASs. Although each sub-AS contains a group of fully-meshed iBGP
peers, the sub-AS BGP border router communicates with other sub-AS BGP border routers
using a smaller number of eBGP sessions. Together, the sub-ASs and their respective peers
form a confederation, which appears to external ASs as a single AS.
Syntax
bgp confederation peers <AS-numbers>
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
bgp confederation peers 1234 21345
configure router bgp bgp dampening
Use this command to enable and configure BGP route flap dampening.
Syntax
bgp dampening [route-map <mapname>] [<hltime> <reuse> <suppress>
<duration> <uhltime>]
Table 660: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<duration>
Maximum duration to suppress a stable
route.
<hltime>
Reachability half-life time for a penalty, in
minutes.
<reuse>
Value to start reusing a route.
[route-map <mapname>]
Configure route-map criteria by map name.
<suppress>
Value to start suppressing a route.
<uhltime>
Unreachability half-life time for a penalty, in
minutes.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
545
BGP commands
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
bgp dampening 20 800 2500 80 25
configure router bgp bgp default ipv4-unicast
Use this command to configure BGP defaults and activate ipv4-unicast for a peer by default.
This affects the BGP global configuration.
Syntax
bgp default ipv4-unicast
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
bgp default ipv4-unicast
configure router bgp bgp default local-preference
Use this command to change the default local preference value.
Syntax
bgp default local-preference <value>
Table 661: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<value>
Configure default local preference value.
Valid range is 0-4294967295. The higher the
value, the more preferred.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
bgp default local-preference 2345555
configure router bgp bgp deterministic-med
Use this command to have the SR2330/4134 software compare the Multi Exit Discriminator
(MED) variable when choosing among routes advertised by different peers in the same
autonomous system.
546
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router bgp bgp enforce-first-as
Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) is used in best path selection by BGP. MED is compared after
BGP attributes weight, local preference, AS-path and origin have been compared and are
equal.
When the BGP deterministic MED is enabled, routes from the same AS are grouped together,
and the best routes of each group are compared.
Enable BGP deterministic MED on all routers in the local AS, for a correct comparison result.
After enabling this command, all paths for the same prefix are grouped together and arranged
according to their MED value. Based on this comparison, the best path is then chosen.
To choose routes from neighbors in different ASs, use the bgp always-compare-med
command.
Use the no form of this command to remove this setting.
Syntax
[no] bgp deterministic-med
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
bgp deterministic-med
configure router bgp bgp enforce-first-as
Use this command to enforce the first as for an EBGP route.
Syntax
bgp enforce-first-as
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
bgp enforce-first-as
configure router bgp bgp fast-external-failover
Use this command to reset a BGP session immediately, if the interface used for BGP
connection goes down.
Syntax
bgp fast-external-failover
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
Command Line Reference
bgp fast-external-failover
October 2010
547
BGP commands
configure router bgp bgp log-neighbor-changes
Use this command to enable logging of status change messages without turning on debug bgp
commands.
Syntax
bgp log-neighbor-changes
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
bgp log-neighbor-changes
configure router bgp bgp router-id
Use this command to configure the router identifier.
Syntax
bgp router-id <1-65535>
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
bgp router-id 1.1.2.3
configure router bgp bgp scan-time
Use this command to set the interval for BGP route next-hop scanning.
Syntax
bgp scan-time <interval>
Table 662: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interval>
Scanning interval in seconds. Value range is
10-60. Default scanning interval is 60
seconds.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
548
Command Line Reference
bgp scan-time 10
October 2010
configure router bgp distance
configure router bgp distance
Use this command to configure the administrative distance.
Syntax
distance [<distance>] [bgp <ext> <int> <local>]
Table 663: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[bgp]
Configure the BGP distance.
[<distance>]
Configure the administrative distance, in the
range 1 to 255.
<ext>
Distance for routes external to the AS, in the
range 1 to 255.
<int>
Distance for routes internal to the AS, in the
range 1 to 255.
<local>
Distance for local routes, in the range 1 to
255.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
distance 20
configure router bgp ebgp-ecmp
Use this command to preform EBGP ECMP processing.
Syntax
ebgp-ecmp
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
ebgp-ecmp
configure router bgp neighbor activate
Use this command to activate the current address family for the supplied neighbor.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
549
BGP commands
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> activate
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 activate
configure router bgp neighbor advertisement-interval
Use this command to configure the minimum interval between sending BGP routing updates.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> advertisement-interval <interval>
Table 664: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interval>
The advertisement interval, in seconds, in
the range 0 to 600.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
interval 30
neighbor 10.1.2.3 advertisement-
configure router bgp neighbor allowas-in
Use this command to accept as-path with my AS present in it.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> allowas-in [<1-10>]
Table 665: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[<1-10>]
Number of occurences of AS number.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
550
Command Line Reference
neighbor 10.1.2.3 allowas-in 2
October 2010
configure router bgp neighbor as-origination-interval
configure router bgp neighbor as-origination-interval
Use this command to set the minimum interval between sending AS-origination routing
updates.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> as-origination-interval <interval>
Table 666: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interval>
The minimum interval, in seconds, in the
range 1 to 600.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
interval 60
neighbor 10.1.2.3 as-origination-
configure router bgp neighbor attribute-unchanged
Use this command to advertise unchanged BGP attributes to the specified neighbor. Use the
no form of this command to disable this function.
Syntax
[no] neighbor <A.B.C.D> attribute-unchanged [med] [next-hop] [aspath]
Table 667: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[med]
MED attribute.
[next-hop]
Next-hop attribute.
[as-path]
AS-path attribute.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
med
Command Line Reference
neighbor 10.1.2.3 attribute-unchanged
October 2010
551
BGP commands
configure router bgp neighbor capability
Use this command to advertise capabilities to a neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> capability <dynamic|orf|route-refresh>
Table 668: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<dynamic>
Advertise dynamic capability to this
neighbor.
<orf>
Advertise ORF capability to this neighbor.
<route-refresh>
Advertise route-refresh capability to this
neighbor.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 capability dynamic
configure router bgp neighbor default-originate
Use this command to originate a default route to the specified neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> default-originate route-map <mapname>
Table 669: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<mapname>
The route-map name.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
route-map myroute
552
Command Line Reference
neighbor 10.1.2.3 default-originate
October 2010
configure router bgp neighbor description
configure router bgp neighbor description
Use this command to configure a description for a neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> description <description>
Table 670: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<description>
A short description of this neighbor, up to 80
characters.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 description SJrouter
configure router bgp neighbor distribute-list
Use this command to
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> distribute-list <identifier> {in|out}
Table 671: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<identifier>
The distribute list identifier. Possible values
are:
• IP access list number, in the range 1 to 199
• Expanded range IP access list number, in
the range 1300 to 2699
• The IP access list name
{in|out}
Indicates that incoming or outgoing
advertised routes are to be filtered.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
Command Line Reference
neighbor 10.1.2.3 distribute-list 2
October 2010
553
BGP commands
configure router bgp neighbor dont-capability-negotiate
Use this command to disallow capability negotiation with the specified neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> dont-capability-negotiate
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
negotiate
neighbor 10.1.2.3 dont-capability-
configure router bgp neighbor ebgp-multihop
Use this command to allow EBGP neighbors not on directly connected networks.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> ebgp-multihop <maxhop>
Table 672: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<maxhop>
The maximum hop count, in the range 1 to
255.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 ebgp-multihop 12
configure router bgp neighbor filter-list
Use this command to establish BGP filters.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> filter-list <listname> <in|out>
Table 673: Variable definitions
554
Variable
Value
<in>
Filter incoming routes.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router bgp neighbor interface
<listname>
The AS path access list name.
<out>
Filter outgoing routes.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 list1 in
configure router bgp neighbor interface
Use this command to enable BGP on an interface.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> interface <interface>
Table 674: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface>
The interface for which you want to enable
BGP.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
ethernet6/12
neighbor 10.1.2.3 interface
configure router bgp neighbor maximum-prefix
Use this command to set the maximum number of prefixes accepted from the specified peer.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> maximum-prefix <maxprefix>
Table 675: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<maxprefix>
The maximum number of prefixes, in the
range 1 to 4294967295.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
Command Line Reference
neighbor 10.1.2.3 maximum-prefix 1244
October 2010
555
BGP commands
configure router bgp neighbor next-hop-self
Use this command to advertise the local router ID as the next hop to force iBGP peers and/
or eBGP Confederation Peers in the local AS to use that local node as the next hop for routing
traffic to destinations outside the AS.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> next-hop-self
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 next-hop-self
configure router bgp neighbor override-capability
Use this command to override the capability negotiation result.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> override-capability
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 override-capability
configure router bgp neighbor passive
Use this command to configure a passive session OPEN if you do not want BGP to send the
active OPEN message to another peer to establish a BGP session. Instead, the local peer
waits for the remote peer to initiate the BGP session and responds accordingly. (By default,
BGP actively initiates session OPEN with another peer.)
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> passive
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
556
Command Line Reference
neighbor 10.1.2.3 passive
October 2010
configure router bgp neighbor password
configure router bgp neighbor password
Use this command to set a password for the specified neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> password <password>
Table 676: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<password>
The password for the specified neighbor.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 password mypassword
configure router bgp neighbor peer-group
Use this command to add the specified interface as a peer-group member.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> peer-group <groupname>
Table 677: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<groupname>
The name of the peer group to join.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 peer-group mygroup
configure router bgp neighbor prefix-list
Use this command to filter updates to and from the specified neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> prefix-list <name> <in|out>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
557
BGP commands
Table 678: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<in>
Filter incoming updates.
<name>
The name given to the prefix list.
<out>
Filter outgoing updates.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 prefix-list mylist in
configure router bgp neighbor remote-as
Use this command to set the AS number of a remote BGP neighbor
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> remote-as <asnumber>
Table 679: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<asnumber>
The AS number of the specified remote BGP
neighbor, in the range 1 to 65535.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 remote-as 10
configure router bgp neighbor remove-private-AS
Use this command to remove private AS numbers from route advertisements to avoid
propagating those routes to other BGP peers. When an ISP’s local eBGP peer receives a route
update message from an eBGP peer on a private AS, the ISP’s peer must remove the private
AS numbers.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> remove-private-AS
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
558
Command Line Reference
neighbor 10.1.2.3 remove-private-AS
October 2010
configure router bgp neighbor route-map
configure router bgp neighbor route-map
Use this command to apply a route map to the specified neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> route-map <mapname> <in|out>
Table 680: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<in>
Apply route map to incoming routes.
<mapname>
The name of the route map.
<out>
Apply route map to outbound routes.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 route-map route2 in
configure router bgp neighbor route-reflector-client
Use this command to configure the specified neighbor as a route reflector client. Use the no
form of this command to disable this function.
Syntax
[no] neighbor <A.B.C.D> route-reflector-client
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
client
neighbor 10.1.2.3 route-reflector-
configure router bgp neighbor route-server-client
Use this command to configure the specified neighbor as a route server client. Use the no form
of this command to disable this function.
Syntax
[no] neighbor <A.B.C.D> route-server-client
Command Line Reference
October 2010
559
BGP commands
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 route-server-client
configure router bgp neighbor send-community
Use this command to send a community attribute to the specified neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> send-community <both|extended|standard>
Table 681: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<both>
Send Standard and Extended Community
attributes.
<extended>
Send Extended Community attributes.
<standard>
Send Standard Community attributes.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
extended
neighbor 10.1.2.3 send-community
configure router bgp neighbor shutdown
Use this command to administratively shutdown any active sessions for the specified neighbor
and clear all related routing data.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> shutdown
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 shutdown
configure router bgp neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound
Use this command to configure the software to start storing updates. Use the no parameter
with this command to disable this function.
560
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router bgp neighbor strict-capability-match
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> soft-reconfiguration inbound
Table 682: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the address of the BGP neighbor.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
inbound
neighbor 10.1.2.3 soft-reconfiguration
configure router bgp neighbor strict-capability-match
Use this command to close the BGP connection if the capability value does not completely
match to remote peer. Use the no parameter with this command to disable this function
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> strict-capability-match
Table 683: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the address of the BGP neighbor.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
match
neighbor 10.1.2.3 strict-capability-
configure router bgp neighbor timers
Use this command to configure BGP per-neighbor timers.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> timers <keepalive> [connect <interval>]
Table 684: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[connect]
Configure the neighbor connect timer.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
561
BGP commands
<interval>
The connect timer interval, in the range 1 to
65535.
<keepalive>
The keepalive interval for the specified
neighbor, in the range 0 to 65535.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 timers 600
configure router bgp neighbor unsuppress-map
Use this command to selectively unsuppress suppressed routes.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> unsuppress-map <route-map>
Table 685: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<route-map>
Name of the route map.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
myroute
neighbor 10.1.2.3 unsuppress-map
configure router bgp neighbor update-source
Use this command to configure a source for the specified neighbor's routing updates.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> update-source <source>
Table 686: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<source>
The interface name or address of the update
source.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
562
Command Line Reference
neighbor 10.1.2.3 update-source wan1
October 2010
configure router bgp neighbor weight
configure router bgp neighbor weight
Use this command to configure the weight for the specified BGP neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> weight <weight>
Table 687: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<weight>
The default weight, in the range 0 to 65535.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
neighbor 10.1.2.3 weight 80
configure router bgp network
Use this command to specify a network to announce via BGP
Syntax
network [<prefix>] [synchronization]
Table 688: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<prefix>
IP prefix of the network. Length is optional.
[synchronization]
Perform IGP synchronization on network
routes.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
network 35.0.0.0
configure router bgp redistribute
Use this command to redistribute information from another protocol.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
563
BGP commands
Syntax
redistribute <protocol> route-map <mapname>
Table 689: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<mapname>
The pointer to route-map entries.
<protocol>
The protocol you want to redistribute from.
Possible choices are:
• connected - redistribute from connected
routes.
• ospf - redistribute from OSPF routes.
• rip - redistribute from RIP routes.
• static - redistribute from Static routes.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
myroute
redistribute connected route-map
configure router bgp synchronization
Use this command to configure IGP synchronization.
Syntax
synchronization
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
synchronization
configure router bgp timers
Use this command to configure routing keepalive and holdtime timers.
Syntax
timers bgp <keepalive> <holdtime>
Table 690: Variable definitions
Variable
564
Command Line Reference
Value
October 2010
show bgp ipv4 attribute-info
<holdtime>
The hold timer value, in the range 0 to 65535.
<keepalive>
The keepalive interval, in the range 0 to
65535.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 100#
timers bgp 40 120
show bgp ipv4 attribute-info
Use this command to display BGP attribute information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 attribute-info
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv4 attribute-info
show bgp ipv4 cidr-only
Use this command to display BGP cidr-only information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 cidr-only
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv4 cidr-only
show bgp ipv4 community
Use this command to show routes matching the communities.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 community [<AA:NN>] [local-as] [no-advertise] [noexport] [exact-match]
Table 691: Variable definitions
Variable
Command Line Reference
Value
October 2010
565
BGP commands
[<AA:NN>]
Specifies a valid value for a community
number.
[local-AS]
Do not send outside local AS (well-known
community).
[no-advertise]
Do not advertise to any peer (well-known
community).
[no-export]
Do not export to next AS (well-known
community).
[exact-match]
Specifies that the router shows the exact
match of the communities.
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv4 community local-AS
show bgp ipv4 community-info
Use this command to list all BGP community information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 community-info
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv4 community-info
show bgp ipv4 community-list
Use this command to display routes matching the community-list.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 community-list <listname> [exact-match]
Table 692: Variable definitions
Variable
566
Value
<listname>
The community list to match against.
[exact-match]
Shows only routes that have exactly the
same specified communities.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv4 dampening
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv4 community-list mylist exact-match
show bgp ipv4 dampening
Use this command to display detailed information about dampening.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 dampening <type>
Table 693: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<type>
The type of dampening information to
display. Possible choices are:
• dampened-paths - Display paths
suppressed due to dampeninġ.
• flap-statistics - Display flap
statistics of routes.
• parameters - Display details of
configured dampening parameters.
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv4 dampening dampened-paths
show bgp ipv4 filter-list
Use this command to show routes matching a particular filter list..
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 filter-list <listname>
Table 694: Variable definition
Variable
<listname>
Value
The filter list to match against.
Example
SR#
show bgp filter-list mylist
Command Line Reference
October 2010
567
BGP commands
show bgp ipv4 inconsistent-as
Use this command to display routes with inconsistent AS Paths.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 inconsistent-as
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv4 inconsistent-as
show bgp ipv4 neighbors
Use this command to display detailed information about BGP neighbor connections.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 neighbors <A.B.C.D> [advertised-routes | received |
received-routes | routes]
Table 695: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
advertised-routes
Display the routes advertised to a BGP
neighbor.
received
Display information received from a BGP
neighbor/
received-routes
Display the received routes from neighbor.
routes
Display routes learned from neighbor.
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv4 neighbors 10.2.3.4 advertised-routes
show bgp ipv4 paths
Use this command to show information on IPv4 paths.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 paths
568
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv4 prefix-list
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv4 paths
show bgp ipv4 prefix-list
Use this command to display routes matching the prefix-list.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 prefix-list <listname>
Table 696: Variable definition
Variable
<listname>
Value
The prefix list to match against.
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv4 prefix-list mylist
show bgp ipv4 quote-regexp
Use this command to display routes matching the AS path regular expression (quoted string).
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 quote-regexp <"quoted-string">
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv4 quote-regexp "my AS path"
show bgp ipv4 regexp
Use this command to display routes matching the AS path regular expression.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 regexp <expression>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
569
BGP commands
Table 697: Variable definition
Variable
<expression>
Value
A regular expression used to match the BGP AS paths.
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv4 multicast regexp 50
show bgp ipv4 route-map
Use this command to display routes matching the route-map.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 route-map <mapname>
Table 698: Variable definition
Variable
<mapname>
Value
The route map to match against.
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv4 multicast route-map myroutemap
show bgp ipv4 scan
Use this command to display the BGP scan status.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 scan
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv4 scan
show bgp ipv4 summary
Use this command to show a summary of BGP neighbor status.
570
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ip as-path-access-list
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 summary
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv4 summary
show ip as-path-access-list
Use this command to list AS path access lists.
Syntax
show ip as-path-access-list <name>
Table 699: Variable definition
Variable
<name>
Value
The name of the AS path access list you want to display.
Example
SR#
show ip as-path-access-list list1
show ip community-list
Use this command to display a community list.
Syntax
show ip community-list <name>
Example
SR#
show ip community-list list2
show ip protocols bgp
Use this command to display BGP process parameters and statistics.
Syntax
show ip protocols bgp
Command Line Reference
October 2010
571
BGP commands
Example
SR#
show ip protocols bgp
show debug bgp
Use this command to display the BGP debugging option set.
Syntax
show debug bgp
Example
SR# show debug bgp
show bgp ipv4 unicast attribute-info
Use this command to show internal attribute hash information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast attribute-info
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast attribute-info
show bgp ipv4 unicast cidr-only
Use this command to display routes with non-natural network masks.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast cidr-only
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast cidr-only
show bgp ipv4 unicast community
Use this command to display routes matching the communities.
572
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv4 unicast community-info
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast community [WORD] [local-AS ][no-export][noadvertise]
Table 700: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[WORD]
Specifies the community number in AA:NN format.
[local-AS]
Does not send outside local AS (well-known
community).
[no-advertise]
Does not advertise to any peer (well-known
community).
[no-export]
Does not export to next AS (well-known community).
[exact-match]
Specifies the exact match of the community.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast community local-AS exact-match
show bgp ipv4 unicast community-info
Use this command to show all internal community attribute hash information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast community-info
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast community-info
show bgp ipv4 unicast community-list
Use this command to display routes matching the community-list.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast community-list <LISTNAME>[exact-match]
Table 701: Variable definitions
Variable
<LISTNAME>
Command Line Reference
Value
Specifies the community list name.
October 2010
573
BGP commands
Variable
[exact-match]
Value
Displays only routes that have exactly the same specified
communities.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 community-list CLIST
show bgp ipv4 unicast dampening
Use this command to display detailed information about dampening.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast dampening [dampened-paths|flap-statistics|
parameters]
Table 702: Variable definitions
Variable
<type>
Value
The type of dampening information to display. Possible choices
are:
• dampened-paths—Display paths suppressed due to
dampening.
• flap-statistics —Display flap statistics of routes.
• parameters—Display details of configured dampening
parameters.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast dampening dampened-paths
show bgp ipv4 unicast filter-list
Use this command to display routes conforming to the filter-list.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast filter-list <WORD>
574
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv4 unicast inconsistent-as
Table 703: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies the regular-expression access list name.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast filter-list mylist
show bgp ipv4 unicast inconsistent-as
Use this command to display routes with inconsistent AS Paths.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast inconsistent-as
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast inconsistent-as
show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbors
Use this command to display detailed information on TCP and BGP neighbor connections.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbors <A.B.C.D|X:X::X:X> [advertisedroutes|received <prefix-filter>|received-routes|routes]
Table 704: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the neighbor to display information about.
<X:X::X:X>
Specifies the neighbor to display information about.
advertised-routes
Displays the routes advertised to a BGP neighbor.
received <prefix-filter>
Displays all received routes, both accepted and rejected.
prefix-filter Displays the prefix-list filter.
received-routes
Displays the received routes from neighbor.
routes
Displays all accepted routes learned from neighbors.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbors 3ffe::1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
575
BGP commands
show bgp ipv4 unicast paths
Use this command to display BGP path information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast paths
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast paths
show bgp ipv4 unicast peer-group
Use this command to display information regarding BGP peer groups.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast peer-group <WORD> [summary]
Table 705: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<WORD>
Refers peer-group name.
[summary]
Summary of peer-group member status.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast peer-group PEER6 summary
show bgp ipv4 unicast prefix-list
Use this command to display routes matching the prefix-list.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast prefix-list <WORD>
Table 706: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
576
Command Line Reference
Value
Specifies the name of the IP prefix list.
October 2010
show bgp ipv4 unicast quote-regexp
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast prefix-list mylist
show bgp ipv4 unicast quote-regexp
Use this command to display routes matching the AS path regular expression in quotes.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast quote-regexp <WORD>
Table 707: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies a regular-expression to match the BGP
AS_paths.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast quote-regexp “_500_”
show bgp ipv4 unicast regexp
Use this command to display routes matching the AS path regular expression.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast regexp <LINE>
Table 708: Variable definitions
Variable
<LINE>
Value
Specifies a regular-expression to match the BGP
AS_paths.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast regexp _500_
show bgp ipv4 unicast route-map
Use this command to display routes that match the specified route-map.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
577
BGP commands
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast route-map <WORD>
Table 709: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies a route-map that is matched.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast route-map NT
show bgp ipv4 unicast summary
Use this command to display a summary of BGP neighbor status.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast summary
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast summary
show bgp ipv4 unicast scan
Use this command to display BGP scan status.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast scan
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 unicast scan
show bgp ipv4 multicast attribute-info
Use this command to show internal attribute hash information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast attribute-info
578
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv4 multicast cidr-only
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast attribute-info
show bgp ipv4 multicast cidr-only
Use this command to display routes with non-natural network masks.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast cidr-only
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast cidr-only
show bgp ipv4 multicast community
Use this command to display routes matching the communities.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast community <WORD> [local-AS ][no-export][noadvertise]
Table 710: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<WORD>
Specifies the community number in AA:NN format.
[local-AS]
Does not send outside local AS (well-known community).
[no-advertise]
Does not advertise to any peer (well-known community).
[no-export]
Does not export to next AS (well-known community).
[exact-match]
Specifies the exact match of the community.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast community local-AS exact-match
show bgp ipv4 multicast community-info
Use this command to show all internal community attribute hash information.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
579
BGP commands
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast community-info
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast community-info
show bgp ipv4 multicast community-list
Use this command to display routes matching the community-list.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast community-list <LISTNAME>[exact-match]
Table 711: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<LISTNAME>
Specifies the community list name.
[exact-match]
Displays only routes that have exactly the same specified
communities.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 community-list CLIST
show bgp ipv4 multicast dampening
Use this command to display detailed information about dampening.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast dampening [dampened-paths|flap-statistics|
parameters]
Table 712: Variable definitions
Variable
<type>
580
Command Line Reference
Value
The type of dampening information to display. Possible choices
are:
October 2010
show bgp ipv4 multicast filter-list
Variable
Value
• dampened-paths—Display paths suppressed due to
dampening.
• flap-statistics —Display flap statistics of routes.
• parameters—Display details of configured dampening
parameters.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast dampening dampened-paths
show bgp ipv4 multicast filter-list
Use this command to display routes conforming to the filter-list.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast filter-list <WORD>
Table 713: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies the regular-expression access list name.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast filter-list mylist
show bgp ipv4 multicast inconsistent-as
Use this command to display routes with inconsistent AS Paths.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast inconsistent-as
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast inconsistent-as
Command Line Reference
October 2010
581
BGP commands
show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors
Use this command to display detailed information on TCP and BGP neighbor connections.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors <A.B.C.D|X:X::X:X> [advertisedroutes|received <prefix-filter>|received-routes|routes]]
Table 714: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the neighbor to display information about.
<X:X::X:X>
Specifies the neighbor to display information about.
advertised-routes
Displays the routes advertised to a BGP neighbor.
received <prefix-filter>
Displays all received routes, both accepted and rejected.
prefix-filter: Displays the prefix-list filter.
received-routes
Displays the received routes from neighbor.
routes
Displays all accepted routes learned from neighbors.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors 3ffe::1
show bgp ipv4 multicast paths
Use this command to display BGP path information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast paths
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast paths
show bgp ipv4 multicast peer-group
Use this command to display information regarding BGP peer groups.
582
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv4 multicast prefix-list
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast peer-group <WORD> [summary]
Table 715: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<WORD>
Refers peer-group name.
[summary]
Summary of peer-group member status.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast peer-group PEER6 summary
show bgp ipv4 multicast prefix-list
Use this command to display routes matching the prefix-list.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast prefix-list <WORD>
Table 716: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<WORD>
Specifies the name of the IP prefix list.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast prefix-list mylist
show bgp ipv4 multicast quote-regexp
Use this command to display routes matching the AS path regular expression in quotes.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast quote-regexp <WORD>
Table 717: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Command Line Reference
Value
Specifies a regular-expression to match the BGP AS_paths.
October 2010
583
BGP commands
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast quote-regexp “_500_”
show bgp ipv4 multicast regexp
Use this command to display routes matching the AS path regular expression.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast regexp <LINE>
Table 718: Variable definitions
Variable
<LINE>
Value
Specifies a regular-expression to match the BGP AS_paths.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast regexp _500_
show bgp ipv4 multicast route-map
Use this command to display routes that match the specified route-map.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast route-map <WORD>
Table 719: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies a route-map that is matched.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast route-map NT
show bgp ipv4 multicast summary
Use this command to display a summary of BGP neighbor status.
584
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv4 multicast scan
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast summary
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast summary
show bgp ipv4 multicast scan
Use this command to display BGP scan status.
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast scan
Example
SR# show bgp ipv4 multicast scan
debug bgp
Use this command to enable all BGP troubleshooting functions. Use the no parameter with
this command to disable this function.
Syntax
(no) debug bgp [(ipv4 (unicast|multicast)|(ipv6 (unicast|multicast)|
all] [dampening|events|filters|nsm|updates]
(no) debug bgp all [fsm|keepsalives]
Table 720: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
filters
Specifies debugging for BGP filters.
nsm
Specifies debugging for NSM messages.
updates
updates [in | out].
dampening
Specifies debugging for BGP dampening.
updates in
Inbound updates.
updates out
Outbound updates.
keepsalives
Specifies debugging for BGP keepalives.
fsm
Specifies debugging for BGP Finite State Machine (FSM).
Command Line Reference
October 2010
585
BGP commands
Example
SR# debug bgp ipv4 unicast dampening
show bgp all attribute-info
Use this command to show internal attribute hash information.
Syntax
show bgp all attribute-info
Example
SR# show bgp all attribute-info
show bgp all community
Use this command to display routes matching the communities.
Syntax
show bgp all community [WORD] [local-AS ][no-export][no-advertise]
Table 721: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[WORD]
Specifies the community number in AA:NN format.
[local-AS]
Does not send outside local AS (well-known community).
[no-advertise]
Does not advertise to any peer (well-known community).
[no-export]
Does not export to next AS (well-known community).
[exact-match]
Specifies the exact match of the community.
Example
SR# show bgp all community local-AS exact-match
show bgp all community-info
Use this command to show all internal community attribute hash information.
586
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp all community-list
Syntax
show bgp all community-info
Example
SR# show bgp all community-info
show bgp all community-list
Use this command to display routes matching the community-list.
Syntax
show bgp all community-list <WORD>[exact-match]
Table 722: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<WORD>
Specifies the community list name.
[exact-match]
Displays only routes that have exactly the same specified
communities.
Example
SR# show bgp all community-list CLIST
show bgp all dampening
Use this command to display detailed information about dampening.
Syntax
show bgp all dampening [dampened-paths|flap-statistics|parameters]
Table 723: Variable definitions
Variable
<type>
Value
The type of dampening information to display. Possible choices are:
• dampened-paths—Display paths suppressed due to
dampening.
• flap-statistics —Display flap statistics of routes.
• parameters—Display details of configured dampening
parameters.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
587
BGP commands
Example
SR# show bgp all dampened-paths
show bgp all filter-list
Use this command to display routes conforming to the filter-list.
Syntax
show bgp all filter-list <WORD>
Table 724: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies the regular-expression access list name.
Example
SR# show bgp all filter-list mylist
show bgp all inconsistent-as
Use this command to display routes with inconsistent AS Paths.
Syntax
show bgp all inconsistent-as
Example
SR# show bgp all inconsistent-as
show bgp all neighbors
Use this command to display detailed information on TCP and BGP neighbor connections.
Syntax
show bgp all neighbors <A.B.C.D|X:X::X:X> [advertised-routes|
received <prefix-filter>|received-routes|routes]]
588
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp all paths
Table 725: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the neighbor to display information about.
<X:X::X:X>
Specifies the neighbor to display information about.
advertised-routes
Displays the routes advertised to a BGP neighbor.
received <prefix-filter>
Displays all received routes, both accepted and rejected.
prefix-filter: Displays the prefix-list filter.
received-routes
Displays the received routes from neighbor.
routes
Displays all accepted routes learned from neighbors.
Example
SR# show bgp all neighbors 3ffe::1
show bgp all paths
Use this command to display BGP path information.
Syntax
show bgp all paths
Example
SR# show bgp all paths
show bgp all peer-group
Use this command to display information regarding BGP peer groups.
Syntax
show bgp all peer-group <WORD> [summary]
Table 726: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<WORD>
Refers peer-group name.
[summary]
Summary of peer-group member status.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
589
BGP commands
Example
SR# show bgp all peer-group PEER6 summary
show bgp all prefix-list
Use this command to display routes matching the prefix-list.
Syntax
show bgp all prefix-list <WORD>
Table 727: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies the name of the IP prefix list.
Example
SR# show bgp all prefix-list mylist
show bgp all quote-regexp
Use this command to display routes matching the AS path regular expression in quotes.
Syntax
show bgp all quote-regexp <WORD>
Table 728: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies a regular-expression to match the BGP AS_paths.
Example
SR# show bgp all quote-regexp “_500_”
show bgp all regexp
Use this command to display routes matching the AS path regular expression.
590
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp all route-map
Syntax
show bgp all regexp <LINE>
Table 729: Variable definitions
Variable
<LINE>
Value
Specifies a regular-expression to match the BGP AS_paths.
Example
SR# show bgp all regexp _500_
show bgp all route-map
Use this command to display routes that match the specified route-map.
Syntax
show bgp all route-map <WORD>
Table 730: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies a route-map that is matched.
Example
SR# show bgp all route-map NT
show bgp all summary
Use this command to display a summary of BGP neighbor status.
Syntax
show bgp all summary
Example
SR# show bgp all summary
Command Line Reference
October 2010
591
BGP commands
show bgp all scan
Use this command to display BGP scan status.
Syntax
show bgp all scan
Example
SR# show bgp all scan
592
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 42: VRRP commands
clear vrrp
Use this command to clear VRRP-related statistics.
Syntax
show vrrp [group <1-255>] [interface <ifname>]
Table 731: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[group <1-255>]
Specifies VRRP group.
[interface <ifname>]
Specifies a VRRP interface.
Example
SR#
clear vrrp group 1 interface ethernet0/3
configure interface ethernet vrrp
Use this command to configure VRRP on a port.
Syntax
vrrp <1-255>
Table 732: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<1-255>
A unique integer value that represents the
virtual router ID in the range 1 to 254. The
virtual router acts as the default router for one
or more assigned addresses.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)# vrrp 10
Command Line Reference
October 2010
593
VRRP commands
configure interface ethernet vrrp advertisement_interval
Use this command to configure the time interval for VRRP advertisements in seconds.
Syntax
advertisement_interval adv_interval <1-255>
Table 733: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<1-255>
The advertisement interval (in seconds).
Range is 1-255 and the default is 1.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)/vrrp 10#
advertisement_interval 5
configure interface ethernet vrrp authentication
Use this command to specify the authentication string used to authenticate VRRP packets
received from other routers in a group.
Syntax
authentication <key>
Table 734: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<key>
The authentication string, maximum 8
characters.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)/vrrp 10# authentication
alfxitz
configure interface ethernet vrrp description
Use this command to assign a description to the VRRP group.
594
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface ethernet vrrp enable
Syntax
description <desc_string>
Table 735: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
desc_string
value range for a description string group is
upto 80 characters within quotation marks.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)/vrrp 10# description virtual
router for wan
configure interface ethernet vrrp enable
Use this command to enable a VRRP group.
Syntax
enable
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)/vrrp 10# enable
configure interface ethernet vrrp ipaddr
Use this command to configure IP addresses associated with this virtual router.
Syntax
ipaddr <address>
Table 736: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<address>
The IP address of the virtual router.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)/vrrp 10# ipaddr 128.44.10.24
Command Line Reference
October 2010
595
VRRP commands
configure interface ethernet vrrp learn_adv_internal
Use this command to configure the backup router to learn the advertisement interval from the
master.
Syntax
learn_adv_interval
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)/vrrp 10# learn_adv_interval
configure interface ethernet vrrp preempt
Use this command to configure the virtual router to prempt the current VRRP master if it has
a higher priority than the current master.
Syntax
preempt
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)/vrrp 10#
preempt
configure interface ethernet vrrp priority
Use this command to configure the priority level of the router within a VRRP group.
Syntax
priority <1-254>
Table 737: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<1-254>
The priority level. Range is 1-254 and the
default is 100.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)/vrrp 10#
596
Command Line Reference
priority 100
October 2010
configure interface ethernet vrrp track
configure interface ethernet vrrp track
Use this command to configure tracked interface and track priority.
Syntax
track <ifname> <priority>
Table 738: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<ifname>
The name of the interface to track.
<priority>
The priority given to the track.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/12)/vrrp 10#
140
track ethernet0/2
configure vrrp-virtualip allow-ping
Use this command to configure ping to VRRP virtual IP.
Syntax
[no] allow-ping
Example
SR/configure/vrrp-virtualip#allow-ping
show vrrp
Use this command to display VRRP-related information.
Syntax
show vrrp [group <1-255>] [interface <ifname>] [mode {summary|
detailed}]
Table 739: Variable definitions
Variable
Command Line Reference
Value
October 2010
597
VRRP commands
[group <1-255>]
Specifies VRRP group.
[interface <ifname>]
Specifies a VRRP interface.
[mode {summary | detailed}]
Specifies the display mode, either summary
or detailed.
Example
SR#
show vrrp group 10 interface ethernet0/3 mode detailed
show vrrp virtualip-setting
Use this command to display the status of ping to virtual IP.
Syntax
show vrrp virtualip-setting
Example
SR# show vrrp virtualip-setting
598
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 43: IPv4 multicast routing
commands
clear ip mroute
Use this command to delete multicast routing table entries. You can either delete table entries
by Group ID, or you can clear the entire table.
Syntax
clear ip mroute <all>|<group-addr> [<source-addr>]
Table 740: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<all>
Specifies the group IP address of the
forwarding entries to clear.
<group-addr>
Address of group to clear.
[<source-addr>]
Specifies the source IP address of the
forwarding entries to clear.
Example
SR# clear ip mroute 10.10.10.1
configure ip mroute
Use this command to configure a multicast static route. Multicast static routes are unicast
routes that allow multicast and unicast topologies to be incongruous. Multicast routing
protocols use these routes to perform reverse-path forwarding (RPF) checks. By default, no
multicast static routes are configured.
Syntax
[no] ip mroute <source-address/mask> [<protocol>] [<RPF-addr> |<ifname>] [<distance>]
Command Line Reference
October 2010
599
IPv4 multicast routing commands
Table 741: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes the configure multicast static
route.
<source-address/mask>
Specifies the multicast source IP address
(A.B.C.D) and address mask length (0–32).
[<protocol>]
Specifies the unicast routing protocol: bgp:
BGP isis: IS-IS ospf: OSPF rip: RIP static
[<RPF-addr>]
Specifies the RPF address (A.B.C.D) for the
multicast route. The host IP address can be
a directly connected system or a remote
system. When it is a remote system, a
recursive lookup is done from the unicast
routing table to find a directly connected
system; the recursive lookup is done up to
only one level.
<if-name>]
Specifies the incoming interface name. The
interface can only be specified for
nonbroadcast interfaces.
<distance>
Specifies a distance for the multicast route,
which determines whether a unicast route or
multicast static route is used for the RPF
lookup. Lower distances take precedence. If
the multicast static route has the same
distance as other RPF sources, the multicast
static route takes precedence. Default is 0.
Range is 0–255.
Example
SR/configure#ip mroute 10.0.0.0/8 ethernet0/1
configure interface ip multicast ttl-threshold
Use this command to configure the minimum permissible time-to-live threshold value of
packets being forwarded out of an interface. Use the no form of this command to return to the
default threshold (0).
Syntax
[no] ip multicast ttl-threshold <ttl-value>
600
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip multicast-lookup-mrib-only
Table 742: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<ttl-value>
The time-to-live threshold. Valid range is 1 to
255.
Example
SR/interface/ethernet (6/13)# ip multicast ttl-threshold 30
configure ip multicast-lookup-mrib-only
Use this command to configure the router to perform IP multicast lookups in the MRIB only. If
this feature is not enabled, multicast route lookup is done in the URIB as well as in the MRIB. By
default, this feature is disabled.
Syntax
[no] ip multicast-lookup-mrib-only
Table 743: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables the multicast lookup in MRIB-only
feature.
Example
SR/configure#ip multicast-lookup-mrib-only
configure ip multicast-routing
Use this command to enable multicast routing on the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134. Use
the no form of this command to disable multicast routing.
Syntax
[no] ip multicast-routing
Example
SR# ip multicast-routing
Command Line Reference
October 2010
601
IPv4 multicast routing commands
show ip mroute
Use this command to configure ..
Syntax
show ip mroute [summary | <address>]
Table 744: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<address>
The source or group IP address.
Example
SR# show ip mroute <address>
show ip mvif
Use this command to display multicast interface information.
Syntax
show ip mvif [interface <interface>]
Table 745: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface>
The interface for which you want to show
multicast information.
Example
SR# show ip mvif interface ethernet0/1
602
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 44: DVMRP commands
clear ip dvmrp prune
Use this command to flush all DVMRP prune states. You can delete all statistics, or you can
delete by group or network prefix.
Syntax
clear ip dvmrp prune {all|<network>|<groupIP>}
Table 746: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
all
Clear all prune states.
<groupIP>
Clear prune states by group address.
<network>
Clear prune states by network prefix.
Example
SR#
clear ip dvmrp prune 10.10.10.2/2
clear ip dvmrp route
Use this command to delete DVMRP unicast routes. You can delete all unicast routes, or delete
by network prefix..
Syntax
clear ip dvmrp route {A.B.C.D/M|all}
Table 747: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
all
Delete all DVMRP unicast routes.
A.B.C.D/M
Delete DVMRP unicast by network prefix.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
603
DVMRP commands
Example
SR#
clear ip dvmrp route 5.5.5.5/16
configure ip dvmrp holddown disable
Use this command to disable or reenable the DVMRP holddown timer. During the holddown
period, the deleted route is advertised as unreachable, and all forwarding cache entries based
on the route are flushed. If you disable the holddown timer, it does not affect timers that are
already running. By default, the holddown timer is enabled.
If you enable the holddown timer for deleted routes, configure the full update interval to one
half of the difference between the unconfirmed (garbage) route timeout value and the route
expiration timeout value. The default values for these timer parameters comply with this
requirement as follows:
Full update interval (60) * 2 = 120
Unconfirmed route timer – route expiration timer (260 – 140) = 120
If you enable the holddown timer and reset the full update timer, you are required to reset the
route expiration timer and the unconfirmed route timer.
Syntax
[no] ip dvmrp holddown disable
Table 748: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Reenables the DVMRP holddown timer.
Example
SR/configure#ip dvmrp holddown disable
configure ip dvmrp log-neighbor-changes
Use this command to enable logging of the DVMRP neighbor changes to the console. By
default, neighbor change logging is enabled.
Syntax
[no] ip dvmrp log-neighbor-changes
604
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip dvmrp mfc-timeout
Table 749: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables neighbor change logging value (2
minutes).
Example
SR/configure#ip dvmrp log-neighbor-changes
configure ip dvmrp mfc-timeout
Use this command to configure the timeout for negative entries in the multicast forwarding
cache (MFC).
Syntax
[no] ip dvmrp mfc-timeout <mfc-timeout>
Table 750: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Resets the MFC timeout to the default value
(2 minutes).
<mfc-timeout>
Specifies the MFC timeout. Range is 2–120
minutes.
Example
SR/configure#ip dvmrp mfc-timeout 4
configure ip dvmrp neighbor-probe-interval
Use this command to configure how often DVMRP sends a probe on interfaces from which no
neighbors have been heard. The default value is 10 seconds.
Syntax
[no] ip dvmrp neighbor-probe-interval <neighbor-probe-interval>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
605
DVMRP commands
Table 751: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Resets the DVMRP neighbor probe interval
to the default value: 10 seconds.
<neighbor-probe-interval>
Specifies the DVMRP neighbor probe
interval. Range is 5–30 seconds.
Example
SR/configure#ip dvmrp neighbor-probe-interval 5
configure ip dvmrp neighbor-timeout
Use this command to configure how long the router waits to receive a report from a neighbor
before considering the connection inactive, if the neighbor is learned by report messages. The
default value is 190 seconds.
Syntax
[no] ip dvmrp neighbor-timeout <neighbor-timeout>
Table 752: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Resets the DVMRP neighor timeout to the
default value: 190 seconds.
<neighbor-timeout>
Specifies the DVMRP neighbor timeout
value. Range is 35–8000 seconds.
Example
SR/configure#ip dvmrp neighbor-timeout 35
configure ip dvmrp route-expiration-timeout
Use this command to configure how long DVMRP waits for an update message indicating
that a route is reachable. The default value is 140 seconds.
If the holddown timer is enabled and you change the value of the route expiration timer, then
also change the value of the unconfirmed route timer accordingly.
If you enable the holddown timer for deleted routes, configure the full update interval to one
half of the difference between the unconfirmed (garbage) route timeout value and the route
606
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip dvmrp switch-timeout
expiration timeout value. The default values for these timer parameters comply with this
requirement as follows:
Full update interval (60) * 2 = 120
Unconfirmed route timer – route expiration timer (260 – 140) = 120
If you enable the holddown timer and reset the full update timer, you must reset the route
expiration timer and the unconfirmed route timer.
Syntax
[no] ip dvmrp route-expiration-timeout <route-expiration-timeout>
Table 753: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Resets to the default value: 140 seconds.
<route-expiration-timeout>
Specifies the route expiration timeout.
Range is 21-4001 seconds.
Example
SR/configure#ip dvmrp route-expiration-timeout 22
configure ip dvmrp switch-timeout
Use this command to configure how long the router waits, without receiving a subsequent route
update from the original neighbor, before switching to a different neighbor advertising equal
cost for this route. The default value is 140 seconds.
Syntax
[no] ip dvmrp switch-timeout <switch-timeout>
Table 754: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Resets the DVMRP switch timeout to the
default value: 140 seconds.
<switch-timeout>
Specifies the DVMRP switch timeout value.
Range is 20–2000 seconds.
Example
SR/configure#ip dvmrp switch-timeout 25
Command Line Reference
October 2010
607
DVMRP commands
configure ip dvmrp triggered-update-interval
Use this command to specify the minimum amount of time between triggered DVMRP updates.
The default value is 5 seconds.
Syntax
[no] ip dvmrp triggered-update-interval <triggered-update-interval>
Table 755: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Resets the triggered update interval to the
default value: 5 seconds.
<triggered-update-interval>
Specifies the triggered update interval.
Range is 5–1000 seconds.
Example
SR/configure#ip dvmrp triggered-update-interval 25
configure ip dvmrp unconfirmed-route-timeout
Use this command to configure how long DVMRP advertises a route as unreachable before it
removes the route from the routing table. The default value is 260 seconds.
If the holddown timer is enabled and you change the value of the unconfirmed route timer, then
also change the value of the route expiration timer accordingly.
If you enable the holddown timer for deleted routes, configure the full update interval to one
half of the difference between the unconfirmed (garbage) route timeout value and the route
expiration timeout value. The default values for these timer parameters comply with this
requirement as follows:
Full update interval (60) * 2 = 120
Unconfirmed route timer – route expiration timer (260 – 140) = 120
If you enable the holddown timer and reset the full update timer, you must reset the route
expiration timer and the unconfirmed route timer.
Syntax
[no] ip dvmrp unconfirmed-route-timeout <unconfirmed-route-timeout>
608
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface ip dvmrp default-listen
Table 756: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Resets the unconfirmed route timeout to the
default value: 260 seconds.
<unconfirmed-route-timeout>
Specifies the unconfirmed route timeout
value. Range is 41–81001 seconds.
Example
SR/configure#ip dvmrp unconfirmed-route-timeout 42
configure interface ip dvmrp default-listen
Use this command to configure whether the router accepts default routes on this interface. By
default, default route listening is disabled.
Syntax
[no] ip dvmrp default-listen disable
Table 757: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Enables DVMRP default route listening.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/1#ip dvmrp default-listen disable
configure interface ip dvmrp default-supply
Use this command to advertise a default route (0.0.0.0) on this interface. By default, default
route advertisement is disabled.
Syntax
[no] ip dvmrp default-supply enable
Table 758: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Command Line Reference
Value
Disables default route advertisement on the
interface.
October 2010
609
DVMRP commands
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/1#ip dvmrp default-supply
configure interface ip dvmrp enable
Use this command to enable DVMRP on the current interface. Use the no form of this command
to disable DVMRP on the interface.
Syntax
[no] ip dvmrp enable
Example
ip dvmrp enable
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/4)# ip dvmrp enable
configure interface ip dvmrp metric
Use this command to assign a metric value (other than the default 1) to the current interface.
Syntax
ip dvmrp metric <1-31>
Table 759: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<1-31>
Metric value for the interface.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/4)# ip dvmrp metric 20
configure interface ip dvmrp output-report-delay
Use this command to adjust the delay (in seconds) in sending DVMRP reports and to specifies
valid burst sizes.
Syntax
ip dvmrp output-report-delay <1-5> [<1-65535>]
610
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface ip dvmrp prune-lifetime
Table 760: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<1-5>
Output delay in seconds.
<1-65535>
Number of back-to-back reports sent after
delay.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/4)# ip dvmrp output-report-delay 4
1000
configure interface ip dvmrp prune-lifetime
Use this command to configure the lifetime of prune messages that are sent to upstream
neighbors. By default, the value is 7200 seconds.
Syntax
[no] ip dvmrp prune-lifetime <prune-lifetime>
Table 761: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<if-name>
Specifies the interface to configure.
[no]
Resets the DVMRP prune lifetime to the
default value: 7200 seconds.
<prune-lifetime>
Specifies the DVMRP prune lifetime value.
Range is 0–86400 seconds.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet 0/1#ip dvmrp prune-lifetime 30
configure interface ip dvmrp reject non-pruners
Use this command to configure the router such that it does not peer with a DVMRP neighbor
that does not support pruning or grafting.
Syntax
ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners
Command Line Reference
October 2010
611
DVMRP commands
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/4)# ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners
show ip dvmrp interface
Use this command to show information on all DVMRP-enabled interfaces or a specified
interface.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp interface [<ifname>] [detail]
Table 762: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[<ifname>]
Specifies the name of the interface.
[detail]
Displays detailed DVMRP interface
information.
Example
SR#
show ip dvmrp interface
show ip dvmrp neighbor
Use this command to show the DVMRP neighbor entry in detail indicated by interface IFNAME
and its IP address A.B.C.D.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp neighbor [detail] <ifname> <nbr-address>
Table 763: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[detail]
Display detailed information (optional).
<ifname>
The interface name.
<nbr-address>
The IP address of the neighbor.
Example
SR#
612
show ip dvmrp neighbor detail ethernet0/1 10.10.10.1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ip dvmrp prune
show ip dvmrp prune
Use this command to show DVMRP prune information.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp prune [detail] [group <group-address] [source <sourceaddress_mask>]
Table 764: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[detail]
Display detailed information (optional).
[group]
Show group information (optional).
<group-address>
The multicast group address.
[source]
Show matching source entry (optional).
<source-address_mask>
The source IP address.
Example
SR#
show ip dvmrp prune
show ip dvmrp route
Use this command to show all the DVMRP neighbor tables in detail.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp route [detail] [<A.B.C.D/M>] [next-hop <ipaddress>]
[best-match <ipaddress>]
Table 765: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[best-match]
Show best-match (optional).
[detail]
Display detailed information (optional).
<ipaddress>
The address of the neighbor.
[<A.B.C.D/M>]
The source network address and subnet
mask.
[next-hop]
Show next hop (optional).
Command Line Reference
October 2010
613
DVMRP commands
Example
SR#
show ip dvmrp route next-hop 10.10.10.11
show ip dvmrp statistics
Use this command to show DVMRP statistics.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp statistics [<ifname>] [detail]
Variable
Value
[<ifname>]
Specifies the interface for which the statistics
are to be displayed.
[detail]
Provides additional detail to the command
output.
Example
SR#
614
show ip dvmrp statistics
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 45: IPv4 PIM commands
clear ip pim sparse-mode bsr rp-set all
Use this command to clear all PIM bootstrap router information.
Syntax
clear ip pim sparse-mode bsr rp-set all
Example
SR# clear ip pim sparse-mode bsr rp-set all
clear ip pim sparse-mode statistics
Use this command to clear PIM statistics. If no options are specified, the router clears the
interface and global statistics counters.
Syntax
clear ip pim sparse-mode statistics [interface [<ifname>] | all ]
Table 766: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[interface [<ifname>]
Clears statistics for the particular interface. If
the interface name is not specified, the router
clears statistics for all interfaces.
all
Clears the interface and global statistics
counters and Tree Information Base (TIB)
information.
Example
SR#clear ip pim sparse-mode statistics all
Command Line Reference
October 2010
615
IPv4 PIM commands
configure interface ip pim bsr-border
Use this command to enable a BSR border router. Use the no form of this command to disable.
Syntax
[no] ip pim bsr-border
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# ip pim bsr-border
configure interface ip pim dr-priority
Use this command to configure PIM router DR priority. Use the no form of this command to
revert to default.
Syntax
[no] ip pim dr-priority <priority>
Table 767: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<priority>
The PIM router DR priority, in the range 0 to
4294967294.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# ip pim dr-priority 255
configure interface ip pim exclude-genid
Use this command to configure PIM to exclude Gen-id option from PIM hello packets on the
specified interface. Use the no form of this command to revert to default behavior.
Syntax
[no] ip pim exclude-genid
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# ip pim exclude-genid
616
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface ip pim hello-interval
configure interface ip pim hello-interval
Use this command to configure the hello interval value. Use the no form of this command to
disable.
Syntax
[no] ip pim hello-interval <interval>
Table 768: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interval>
The hello interval value in seconds. Valid
range is 10 to 65535 (default is 30).
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# ip pim hello-interval 60
configure interface ip pim neighbor-filter
Use this command to configure a PIM peering filter. Use the no form of this command remove
the peer filter.
Syntax
[no] ip pim neighbor-filter <accesslist>
Table 769: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<accesslist>
The IP access list name used in filtering.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# ip pim neighbor-filter
testlist
configure interface ip pim sparse-mode
Use this command to enable PIM-SM on the active interface. Use the no form of the command
to disable PIM-SM on the interface.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
617
IPv4 PIM commands
Use the passive option to enable passive mode operation for local IGMP members on the
interface. Passive mode stops PIM-SM transactions on the interface, allowing only IGMP
mechanism to be active. Use the no form of this command to turn off passive mode.
Syntax
[no] ip pim sparse-mode [passive]
Table 770: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[passive]
Enables passive mode.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# ip pim sparse-mode
configure ip pim accept-register
Use this command to configure the ability to filter out multicast sources specified by the given
access-list at the RP so that the RP will accept/refuse to perform Register mechanism for the
packets sent by the specified sources. Use the no form of this command to revert to default
(off).
Syntax
[no] ip pim accept-register list {<accesslist>|<word>}
Table 771: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<accesslist>
The IP standard access list. Valid ranges are
1 to 99 for simple range value and 1300 to
1999 for expanded range value.
<word>
The IP named access-list.
Example
SR/configure# ip pim accept-register list 50
configure ip pim anycast-rp
Use this command to configure an Anycast member RP address. By default, no Anycast
members are configured.
618
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip pim bsr-candidate
Prerequisites
To specify the Anycast RP address in this procedure, you must first configure the Anycast
RP address as a static RP address.
Syntax
[no] ip pim anycast-rp <anycast-RP-address> <anycast-member-RPaddress>
Table 772: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes the configured Anycast RP
member.
<anycast-RP-address>
Specifies the IP address of the Anycast RP
address.
<anycast-member-RP-address>
Specifies the IP address of the Anycast
member RP address.
Example
SR/configure#ip pim anycast-rp 10.1.1.1
configure ip pim bsr-candidate
Use this command to enable BSR status using a specific interface name. Use the no form of
this command to disable the function.
Syntax
[no] ip pim bsr-candidate <ifname> [<hash>] [<priority>]
Table 773: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<ifname>
The name of the interface.
<hash>
The mask hash length for RP selection, in the
range 0 to 32.
<priority>
The priority for a BSR candidate, in the range
0 to 255.
Example
SR/configure# ip pim bsr-candidate fxp0 20 30
Command Line Reference
October 2010
619
IPv4 PIM commands
configure ip pim cisco-register-checksum
Use this command to configure the option to calculate register checksum over the whole
packet. This command is used to inter-operate with older Cisco IOS versions. Use the no form
of this command to revert to the default setting (off).
Syntax
[no] ip pim cisco-register-checksum
Example
SR/configure# ip pim cisco-register-checksum
configure ip pim ignore-rp-set-priority
Use this command to configure the Avaya Secure Router 2330/4134 to ignore the RP set
priority value. Use the no form of this command to revert to default.
Syntax
[no] ip pim ignore-rp-set-priority
Example
SR/configure# ip pim ignore-rp-set-priority
configure ip pim log-neighbor-changes
Use this command to enable logging of neighbor up/down status changes and DR changes.
Syntax
[no] ip pim log-neighbor-changes
Variable
Value
[no]
[no]
Example
SR/configure# ip pim log-neighbor-changes
620
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip pim multipath
configure ip pim multipath
Use this command to configure PIM multipath to enable the selection of different equal cost
multipath (ECMP) next hops for a given destination. By default, PIM multipath is disabled.
Syntax
[no] ip pim multipath [hashing]
Table 774: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Disabes PIM multipath.
[hashing]
Enables the next hop selection based on key,
which is calculated using source address,
group address and next-hop address. By
default, round-robin mechanism is used to
select the next hop.
Example
SR/configure#ip pim multipath hashing
configure ip pim register-source
Use this command to configure the source address of Register packets sent by this DR,
overriding the default source address, which is the address of the RPF interface toward the
source host. Use the no form of this command to revert to the default source address.
The configured address must be reachable in order to be used by the RP to send corresponding
Register-Stop messages in response. It can be either the loopback interface address or other
physical addresses. This address must be advertised by unicast routing protocols on the DR.
The configured interface does not require being PIM-SM enabled.
Syntax
[no] ip pim register-source {<sourceaddress>|<ifname>}
Table 775: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<sourceaddress>
The IP address used as the source of register
packets.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
621
IPv4 PIM commands
<ifname>
The interface name. The address of this
interface is used as the source of register
packets.
Example
SR/configure# ip pim register-source 10.1.1.1
configure ip pim rp-address
Use this command to configure the PIM Rendezvous Point address. Use the no form of this
command to revert to default.
Syntax
[no] ip pim rp-address <address>
Table 776: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<address>
The address of the Rendezvous Point.
Example
SR/configure# ip pim rp-address 10.10.10.2
configure ip pim rp-candidate
Use this command to configure the PIMv2 Rendezvous Point candidate. Use the no form of
this command to revert to default behavior.
Syntax
[no] ip pim rp-candidate <interface> [interval <1-16383>] [priority
<0-255>] [group-list <listname>]
Table 777: Variable definitions
622
Variable
Value
<interface>
The interface name of the RP candidate.
<interval>
The candidate RP advertisement interval.
<priority>
The candidate RP priority.
<group-list>
The group range for this candidate RP.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip pim spt-threshold-infinity
Example
SR/configure# ip pim rp-candidate ethernet6/2 interval 255 priority
100 group-list testlist
configure ip pim spt-threshold-infinity
Use this command to configure a group to have no source-tree switching threshold. Use the
no form of this command to revert to default behavior.
Syntax
[no] ip pim spt-threshold-infinity [group-list <accesslist>]
Table 778: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<accesslist>
The IP access list name you want to remove
the threshold from.
Example
SR/configure# ip pim spt-threshold-infinity group-list testlist
configure ip pim ssm
Use this command to configure the source-specific multicast (SSM) default value or accesslist filter range. Use the no form of this command to disable source-specific multicast.
Syntax
[no] ip pim ssm [default] [range <accesslist> <word>]
Table 779: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<accesslist>
The IP standard access list. Valid range is 1
to 99 for simple range and 1300 to 1999 for
expanded range. Access list variable must
first be configured using access-list
command.
[default]
To use 232/8 group range for SSM (optional).
[range]
To configure a range using access list or
word (optional).
Command Line Reference
October 2010
623
IPv4 PIM commands
<word>
The IP named access list.
Example
SR/configure# ip pim ssm range ssmgrp
show ip pim sparse-mode bsr-router
Use this command to show the bootstrap router address.
Syntax
show ip pim sparse-mode bsr-router
Example
SR# show ip pim sparse-mode bsr-router
show ip pim sparse-mode database
Use this command to show the PIM tree information base.
Syntax
show ip pim sparse-mode database [<src-addr>|<grp-addr>]
Table 780: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<src-addr>
Filter by source address (optional).
<grp-addr>
Filter by group address (optional).
Example
SR# show ip pim sparse-mode database 10.1.1.2
show ip pim sparse-mode interface
Use this command to show PIM interface information.
Syntax
show ip pim sparse-mode interface <ifname> [detail]
624
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ip pim sparse-mode neighbor
Table 781: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<ifname>
The interface name.
[detail]
Display detailed information (optional).
Example
SR# show ip pim sparse-mode interface ethernet0/1 detail
show ip pim sparse-mode neighbor
Use this command to show PIM neighbor information.
Syntax
show ip pim sparse-mode neighbor <ifname> [detail]
Table 782: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<ifname>
The PIM-enabled interface name or number
[detail]
Show detailed PIM neighbor information
(optional).
Example
SR# show ip pim sparse-mode neighbor ethernet0/1 detail
show ip pim sparse-mode rp mapping
Use this command to display group-to-RP mapping information.
Syntax
show ip pim sparse-mode rp mapping
Example
SR# show ip pim sparse-mode rp mapping
Command Line Reference
October 2010
625
IPv4 PIM commands
show ip pim sparse-mode rp-hash
Use this command to display rendezvous-point (RP) information based on group.
Syntax
show ip pim sparse-mode rp-hash <group-address>
Table 783: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<group-address>
The IPv4 group address.
Example
SR# show ip pim sparse-mode rp-hash 10.1.1.10
show ip pim sparse-mode rpf
Use this command to display RPF information based on source address and, optionally, group
address.
The router displays RPF information for all ECMP routes if
• Multipath (round-robin or hashing) is enabled and group address is not specified.
• Multipath (round-robin) is enabled and a matching (S,G) entry does not exist.
Syntax
show ip pim sparse-mode rpf <source-addr> [<group-addr>]
Table 784: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<source-addr>
Specifies the IPv4 source address for which
to display PIM RPF information.
<group-addr>
Specifies the IPv4 group address for which
to display PIM RPF information.
Example
SR#show ip pim sparse-mode rpf 10.1.1.1
626
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 46: IGMP commands
clear ip igmp group
Use this command to clear all the IGMP group cache entries.
Syntax
clear ip igmp group [all|<A.B.C.D>]
Table 785: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
all
Clear all IGMP group entries.
<A.B.C.D>
Clear IGMP group entries by multicast group
address.
Example
SR# clear ip igmp group all
clear ip igmp interface
Use this command to clear IGMP interface entries.
Syntax
clear ip igmp interface <interface>
Table 786: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface>
The interface from which to remove IGMP
entries.
Example
SR# clear ip igmp interface ethernet0/1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
627
IGMP commands
clear ip igmp statistics
Use this command to clear IGMP statistics to set all the IGMP statistics counters to zero.
Syntax
clear ip igmp statistics <if-name>
Table 787: Variable definitions
Variable
<if-name>
Value
Specifies the interface for which to clear the
IGMP statistics. If no interface is specified, all
statistics information is set to zero.
Example
SR#clear ip igmp statistics
configure ip igmp limit
Use this command to configure a maximum global limit to the number of allowable IGMP states
(groups) on the router. By default, no IGMP limit exists.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp limit <limit>
Table 788: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes the configured IGMP state limit.
<limit>
Specifies the maximum allowable IGMP
states on the router. Values range from 1 to
2097152.
Example
SR/configure#ip igmp limit 45
628
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ip igmp ssm-map enable
configure ip igmp ssm-map enable
Use this command to enable static source specific multicast (SSM) mapping. By default, SSM
mapping is disabled.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp ssm-map enable
Table 789: Variable definitions
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables SSM mapping.
Example
SR/configure#ip igmp ssm-map enable
configure ip igmp ssm-map static
Use this command to statically map a specified source address to an SSM group specified in
the access list. The router applies the mapping after it receives an IGMPv1/v2 report for the
specified group. By default, no static SSM maps are configured.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp ssm-map static <access-list> <source-addr>
Table 790: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes the specified static SSM map.
<access-list>
Specifies an IP named access-list.
<source-addr>
Specifies am IPv4 multicast source address.
Example
SR/configure#ip igmp ssm-map static newlist 10.10.10.1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
629
IGMP commands
configure interface ip igmp access-group
Use this command to control the multicast groups on an interface. Hosts on a subnet serviced
by a particular interface have the access to join certain multicast groups. Use the no form of
the command to disable groups on an interface.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp access-group {<accesslist>|<word>}
Table 791: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<accesslist>
The IP standard access list. Valid range is 1
to 99 for simple range value and 1300 to
1999 for expanded range value.
<word>
The IP named access list.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)#
ip igmp access-group 1
configure interface ip igmp immediate-leave
Use this command to minimize the leave latency of IGMP memberships for IGMPv2. Use the
no form of this command to disable this feature.
Use this command on an interface if only one IGMP-enabled neighbor is connected to the
interface.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp immediate-leave group-list {<accesslist>|<word>}
Table 792: Variable definitions
630
Variable
Value
<accesslist>
The IP standard access list. Valid range is 1
to 99 for simple range value and 1300 to
1999 for expanded range value.
<word>
The IP named access list.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface ip igmp last-member-query-count
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)#
group-list 34
ip igmp immediate-leave
configure interface ip igmp last-member-query-count
Use this command to configure the last member query counter. Use the no form of this
command to return to the default.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp last-member-query-count <count>
Table 793: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<count>
The last member query count value, in the
range 2 to 7.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)#
count 3
ip igmp last-member-query-
configure interface ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Use this command to configure the frequency at which the router sends IGMP group specific
host query messages. Use the no form of this command to return to the default.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp last-member-query-interval <interval>
Table 794: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interval>
The last member query interval, in the range
1 to 25.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)#
interval 5
Command Line Reference
ip igmp last-member-query-
October 2010
631
IGMP commands
configure interface ip igmp limit
Use this command to configure a maximum limit to the number of allowable states (groups)
on an interface. By default, no IGMP limit exists.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp limit <limit>
Table 795: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[no]
Removes the configured IGMP state limit.
<limit>
Specifies the maximum allowable IGMP
states on the interface. Values range from 1
to 2097152.
Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip igmp limit
configure interface ip igmp querier-timeout
Use this command to configure the timeout period before the router takes over as the querier for
the interface after the previous querier has stopped querying. Use the no form of this command
to restore the default value.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp querier-timeout <timeout>
Table 796: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<timeout>
The number of seconds the router waits after
the previous querier has stopped its query
before it takes over. Valid range is 60 to 300
(default is 255 seconds).
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)#
632
Command Line Reference
ip igmp querier-timeout 120
October 2010
configure interface ip igmp query-interval
configure interface ip igmp query-interval
Use this command to configure the frequency at which NSM sends IGMP host query
messages. Use the no form of this command to return the frequency to default.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp query-interval <interval>
Table 797: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interval>
The frequency, in seconds, at which IGMP
group-specific host query message are sent.
Valid range is 1 to 65535 (default is 125
seconds).
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)#
ip igmp query-interval 120
configure interface ip igmp query-max-response-time
Use this command to configure the maximum response time advertised in IGMP queries. Use
the no form of this command to restore the default value
Syntax
[no] ip igmp query-max-response-time <responsetime>
Table 798: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<responsetime>
The maximum response time, in seconds,
advertised in IGMP queries. Valid range is 1
to 25 (default is 10 seconds).
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)#
time 8
Command Line Reference
ip igmp query-max-response-
October 2010
633
IGMP commands
configure interface ip igmp robustness-variable
Use this command to set the Robustness-Variable value. Use the no form of this command to
return to the default value.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp robustness-variable <value>
Table 799: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<value>
The Robustness Variable value. Valid range
is 2 to 7 (default is 2).
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)# ip igmp robustness-variable 4
configure interface ip igmp static-group
Use this command to add a static IGMP group on an interface. By default, no static IGMP
groups are configured.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp static-group <group-addr> [source {<source-addr> | ssmmap}] [interface <if-name>}]
Table 800: Variable definitions
Variable
634
Value
[no]
Removes the specified static group.
<group-addr>
Specifies the multicast group address to
statically configure.
<source-addr>
Specifies the multicast source address to
associate with this group.
ssm-map
Specifies to use Source Specific Multicast
(SSM) mapping to identify the source to
associate with this group.
<if-name>
Specifies the interface name to associate
with this group.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface ip igmp version
Example
SR/configure/interface/vlan vlan3#ip igmp static-group 10.1.1.2
source 10.10.10.2
configure interface ip igmp version
Use this command to set the IGMP version to be used. Use the no form of this command to
return to the default version.
Syntax
[no] ip igmp version <version>
Table 801: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<version>
The IGMP version number to be used. Valid
range is 1 to 3 (default is 3).
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)# ip igmp version 2
show ip igmp groups
Use this command to show the multicast groups with receivers directly connected to the router
and learned through IGMP.
Syntax
show ip igmp groups <groupaddress> <ifname> [detail]
Table 802: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<groupaddress>
The multicast group address.
<ifname>
The multicast group name.
[detail]
Show detailed information (optional).
Example
SR# show ip igmp groups 10.1.1.0
Command Line Reference
October 2010
635
IGMP commands
show ip igmp interface
Use this command display multicast-related information about an interface. Use the command
without parameters to display information for all interfaces or with an interface name for a
specific interface.
Syntax
show ip igmp interface [<interface>]
Table 803: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[<interface>]
The name of the interface.
Example
SR# show ip igmp interface ethernet0/2
show ip igmp statistics
Use this command to display IGMP statistics.
Syntax
show ip igmp statistics <if-name> [detail]
Table 804: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<if-name>
Specifies the interface for which to display
the IGMP statistics.
[detail]
Provides additional detail in the command
output.
Example
SR#show ip igmp statistics detail
636
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 47: RIPng commands
clear ipv6 rip route
Use this command to clear specific data from the RIPng routing table.
Syntax
clear ipv6 rip route [X:X::X:X/M | static | connected | rip | ospf |
bgp |all]
Table 805: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
X:X::X:X/M
Removes entries which exactly match this
destination address from the RIPng routing
table.
static
Removes redistributed static entries from the
RIPng routing table.
connected
Removes redistributed connected entries
from RIPng routing table.
rip
Removes RIPng routes from the RIPng
routing table.
ospf
Removes redistributed OSPFv3 routes from
the RIPng routing table.
bgp
Removes redistributed BGP4+ routes from
the RIPng routing table.
all
Clears the entire RIPng routing table.
Example
SR# clear ipv6 rip route bgp
Command Line Reference
October 2010
637
RIPng commands
configure interface ipv6 rip split-horizon
Use this command to perform the split-horizon action on the interface. Use the no parameter
with this command to disable this function.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 rip split-horizon [poisoned]
Table 806: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[poisoned]
Performs split-horizon with poisoned
reversed (the default setting).
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)# ipv6 rip split-horizon
configure interface ipv6 router rip
Use this command to enable RIPng on the interface. Use the no parameter with this command
to remove RIPng routes learned from neighbors and keep the RIPng network intact.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 router rip
Table 807: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[poisoned]
Performs split-horizon with poisoned
reversed (the default setting).
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/13)# ipv6 router rip
configure router ipv6 rip
Use this global command to enable a RIPng routing process. Use the no parameter with this
command to disable the RIPng routing process.
638
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ipv6 rip aggregate-address
Syntax
[no] router ipv6 rip
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/rip#
router ipv6 rip
configure router ipv6 rip aggregate-address
Use this command to aggregate RIPng routes. Use the no parameter with this command to
disable this feature.
Syntax
[no] aggregate-address X:X::X:X/P
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/rip#
aggregate-address 12AB::CD30:0:0/8
configure router ipv6 rip default-information
Use this command to add default routes to the RIPng updates. Use the no form of this
command to disable this feature.
Syntax
[no] default-information originate
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/rip# default-information originate
configure router ipv6 rip default-metric
Use this command to specify the metrics to be assigned to redistributed routers. Use the no
form of this command to disable this feature. The default metric value is 1.
Use this command with the redistribute command to make the routing protocol use the
specified metric value for all redistributed routes. Default metric is useful in redistributing routes
with incompatible metrics. Every protocol has different metrics and cannot be compared
directly. Default metric provides the standard to compare. All routes that are redistributed will
use the default metric
Command Line Reference
October 2010
639
RIPng commands
Syntax
[no] default-metric <1-16>
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/rip# default-metric 10
configure router ipv6 rip distance
Use this command to set the administrative distance.
Syntax
distance <distancevalue>
Table 808: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<distancevalue>
The administrative distance value.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/rip# distance 10
configure router ipv6 rip distribute-list
Use this command to filter incoming or outgoing route updates using the access-list or the
prefix-list. Use the no form of this command to disable this feature. This command is disabled
by default.
Syntax
distribute-list [<prefix>|<accesslist>] <direction> <interface>
Table 809: Variable definitions
640
Variable
Value
<prefix>
Specifies the name of the IPv6 prefix-list to
use.
<accesslist>
Specifies the IPv6 access-list number or
name to use.
<direction>
Direction to filter routing updates, in or out.
<interface>
Specifies the name of the interface for which
distribute-list applies.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ipv6 rip neighbor
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/rip# distribute-list access10 in
ethernet6/12
configure router ipv6 rip neighbor
Use this command to configure a router neighbor. Use the no parameter with this command
to disable the specific router.
Syntax
[no] neighbor <address> <interface>
Table 810: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<address>
Specifies the link-local IPv6 address
(X:X::X:X) of a neighboring router with which
the routing information is exchanged.
<interface>
RIPng interface.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/rip# neighbor 3ffe:30::10:10 ethernet6/13
configure router ipv6 rip offset-list
Use this command to add an offset to in and out metrics to routes learned through RIPng. Use
the no parameter with this command to remove this function.
Syntax
offset-list <name> <direction> <metricvalue> <interfacename>
Table 811: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<name>
The access list name.
<direction>
Direction of updates. In or out.
<metricvalue>
The metric value to modify.
<interfacename>
The interface name.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
641
RIPng commands
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/rip#
offset-list 1 in 5 ethernet0/1
configure router ipv6 rip passive-interface
Use this command to enable suppression of routing updates on an interface. Use the no
parameter with this command to disable this function.
Syntax
[no] passive-interface <interface>
Table 812: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface>
The interface for which you want to suppress
routing updates.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/rip#
passive-interface ethernet6/6
configure router ipv6 rip redistribute
Use this command to redistribute information from other routing protocols. Use the no
parameter with this command to disable this function.
Syntax
redistribute [connected|static|ospf|bgp] <metric> <routemap>
Table 813: Variable definitions
642
Variable
Value
connected
Redistribute from connected routes
static
Redistribute from static routes
ospf
Redistribute from Open Shortest Path First
(OSPF)
bgp
Redistribute from Border Gateway Protocol
(BGP)
<metric>
Metric <0-16> Specifies metric value to be
used in redistributing information
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ipv6 rip route-map
<routemap>
Specifies route-map to be used to
redistribute information
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/rip# redistribute ospf route-map map1
configure router ipv6 rip route-map
Use this command to set a route map. Use the no form of this command to disable this function.
Syntax
[no] route-map <route-map-name> {in|out} <if-name>
Table 814: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<route-map-name>
Specifies the route map name.
<if-name>
Specifies the interface name.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/rip# route-map rmap in wan1
configure router ipv6 rip timers
Use this command to adjust routing network timers. Use the no parameter with this command to
restore the defaults.
Syntax
timers basic <update> <timeout> <garbage>
Table 815: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<update>
<5-2147483647> Specifies the routing table
update timer in seconds. The default is 30
seconds.
<timeout>
<5-2147483647> Specifies the routing
information timeout timer in seconds. The
default is 180 seconds. After this interval has
Command Line Reference
October 2010
643
RIPng commands
elapsed and no updates for a route are
received, the route is declared invalid.
<garbage>
<5-2147483647> Specifies the routing
garbage collection timer in seconds. The
default is 120 seconds. If a route remains
invalid for the period specified by this
variable, it is permanently removed from the
routing table.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/rip# timers basic 30 180 120
show ipv6 protocols rip
Use this command to display RIPng process parameters and statistics.
Syntax
show ipv6 protocols rip
Example
SR# show ipv6 protocols rip
show ipv6 rip
Use this command to display the IPv6 RIP routes.
Syntax
show ipv6 rip
Example
SR# show ipv6 rip
show ipv6 rip database
Use this command to display the IPv6 RIP database.
Syntax
show ipv6 rip database
644
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ipv6 rip interface
Example
SR# show ipv6 rip database
show ipv6 rip interface
Use this command to display IPv6 RIP interface status and configuration.
Syntax
show ipv6 rip interface [<if-name>]
Example
SR# show ipv6 rip interface ethernet0/1
Command Line Reference
October 2010
645
RIPng commands
646
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 48: OSPFv3 commands
clear ipv6 ospf
Use this command to clear and restart the OSPFv3 routing process. You can specify the
Process ID to clear one particular OSPFv3 process. When no process ID is specified, this
command clears all running OSPFv3 processes.
Syntax
clear ipv6 ospf {<processid> | process}
Table 816: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<processid>
The OSPFv3 process to clear.
Example
SR# clear ip ospf process
configure interface ipv6 router ospf
Use this command to enable OSPFv3 routing on an interface. Use the no parameter with this
command to disable OSPFv3 routing on an interface.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 router ospf area <area-id> [tag <tag>] [instance-id
<0-255>]
Table 817: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
area <area-id>
The OSPF area id specified in integer (1 to
4294967295) or IP address (A.B.C.D)
format.
[tag <tag>]
Specifies the OSPF process tag.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
647
OSPFv3 commands
[instance-id <0-255>]
Specifies the interface instance ID.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/7)# ipv6 ospf area 1
configure interface ipv6 ospf cost
Use this command to specify the link-cost described in LSAs. Use the no parameter with this
command to reset the cost to default.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 ospf cost <cost> [instance-id <1-255>]
Table 818: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<cost>
Specifies the cost of the interface (1-65535).
The default value is 10.
[instance-id <1-255>]
Specifies the instance ID of the interface
(1-255). The default value is 0.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/7)# ipv6 ospf cost 300 instanceid 5
configure interface ipv6 ospf dead-interval
Use this command to set the interval during which no hello packets are received and after
which a neighbor is declared dead. Use the no parameter with this command to reset the
interval to default.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 ospf dead-interval <interval> [instance-id <1-255>]
Table 819: Variable definitions
648
Variable
Value
<interval>
Specifies the interval in seconds. The default
interval is 40 seconds.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface ipv6 ospf hello-interval
[instance-id <1-255>]
Specifies the instance ID of the interface
(1-255). The default value is 0.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/7)# ipv6 ospf dead-interval 10
configure interface ipv6 ospf hello-interval
Use this command to specify the interval between hello packets. Use the no parameter with
this command to reset the interval to default.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 ospf hello-interval <interval> [instance-id <1-255>]
Table 820: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interval>
Specifies the interval in seconds. The default
interval is 10 seconds.
[instance-id <1-255>]
Specifies the instance ID of the interface
(1-255). The default value is 0.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/7)# ipv6 ospf hello-interval 3
configure interface ipv6 ospf mtu
Use this command to specify the OSPFv3 interface Maximum Transmission Units (MTU).
Syntax
ipv6 ospf mtu <576-65535>
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/7)# ipv6 ospf mtu 1480
configure interface ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore
Use this command to set OSPFv3 to ignore the MTU in DBD packets.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
649
OSPFv3 commands
Syntax
ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/7)# ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore
configure router ospf neighbor
Use this command to configure a router OSPF neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor <A.B.C.D> [cost <cost_metric>] [poll-interval <interval>]
[priority <priority>]
Table 821: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the OSPF neighbor IP address.
cost <cost_metric>
Specifies the OSPF cost metric for point-to-multipoint
neighbor. Values range from 1 to 65535.
poll-interval <interval>
Specifies the OSPF neighbor dead router poll interval in
seconds. Values range from 1 to 65535 seconds.
priority <priority>
Specifies the OSPF neighbor non-broadcast priority value.
Values range from 0 to 255.
Example
SR/configure/router/ospf#neighbor 10.10.10.1 priority 4
configure interface ipv6 ospf network
Use this command to configure the OSPF network type to a type different from the default for
the media. Use the no form of this command to return to the default value.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} [instance-id
<1-255>]
Table 822: Variable definitions
Variable
650
Command Line Reference
Value
October 2010
configure interface ipv6 ospf priority
{broadcast | point-to-point}
The OSPF network type. Possible values
are:
• broadcast - broadcast multi-access
network
• point-to-point - point to point
network
[instance-id <1-255>]
Specifies the instance ID of the interface
(1-255). The default value is 0.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/7)# ipv6 ospf network point-topoint
configure interface ipv6 ospf priority
Use this command to set the router priority for determining the designated router for the
network. Use the no parameter with this command to reset the value to default.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 ospf priority <priority> [instance-id <1-255>]
Table 823: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<priority>
Interface priority. Range is 0 to 255. Default
is 1.
[instance-id <1-255>]
Specifies the instance ID of the interface
(1-255). The default value is 0.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/7)# ipv6 ospf priority 3
configure interface ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval
Use this command to set the interval between retransmission of Link State Update packets for
adjacencies belonging to the interface. Use the no parameter with this command to reset the
interval to the default value.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
651
OSPFv3 commands
Syntax
[no] ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval <interval> [instance-id <1-255>]
Table 824: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interval>
Specifies the interval in seconds (1-65535).
The default interval is 5 seconds.
[instance-id <1-255>]
Specifies the instance ID of the interface
(1-255). The default value is 0.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/7)# ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval
6
configure interface ipv6 ospf transmit-delay
Use this command to set the estimated time it takes to transmit a Link State Update packet
over the interface. Use the no parameter with this command to reset the delay to the default
value.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 ospf transmit-delay <delay> [instance-id <1-255>]
Table 825: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<delay>
Specifies the time, in seconds, to transmit a
link-state update (1-65535). The default
interval is 1 second.
[instance-id <1-255>]
Specifies the instance ID of the interface
(1-255). The default value is 0.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (6/7)# ipv6 ospf transmit-delay 3
configure router ipv6 ospf
Use this command to initiate the OSPFv3 routing process and specify an OSPFv3 routing
process to configure. Use the no parameter with this command to remove the OSPFv3 process.
652
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ipv6 ospf abr-type
Syntax
router ipv6 ospf <tag>
Table 826: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<tag>
OSPFv3 process tag. It is a string comprised
of any characters, numbers or symbols.
Example
SR/configure# router ipv6 ospf 100
configure router ipv6 ospf abr-type
Use this command to specify the OSPFv3 ABR type.
Syntax
abr-type <type>
Table 827: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<type>
Type of implementation. Possible choices
are:
• cisco - Alternative ABR, Cisco
implementation (RFC3509)
• ibm - Alternative ABR, IBM
implementation (RFC3509)
• standard - Standard behavior
(RFC2328)
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/ospf# ospf abr-type standard
configure router ipv6 ospf area default-cost
Use this command to specify a cost for the default summary route sent into a stub or NSSA
area. Use the no form of this command to remove the assigned default-route cost.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
653
OSPFv3 commands
Syntax
area <area-id> default-cost <cost>
Table 828: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<area-id>
The OSPF area id specified in integer (1 to
4294967295) or IP address (A.B.C.D)
format.
<cost>
An integer specifying the stub's advertised
default summary cost in the range 0 to
16777215.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/ospf# area 1 default-cost 100
configure router ipv6 ospf area range
Use this command to configure the OSPFv3 IPv6 address range. Use the no parameter with
this command to remove the assigned area range.
Syntax
area <area-id> range <X:X::X:X/M> [advertise|not-advertise]
Table 829: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
advertise
Advertise the range.
<area-id>
The OSPFv3 area id specified in integer (1
to 4294967295) or IPv4 address (A.B.C.D)
format.
not-advertise
Do not advertise the range.
<A.B.C.D/M>
Area range for iPv6 prefix.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/ospf# area 1 range 12AB::CD30:0:0/24
654
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ipv6 ospf area stub
configure router ipv6 ospf area stub
Use this command to define an area as a stub area. Use the no parameter with this command to
disable this function.
Syntax
area <area-id> stub [no-summary]
Table 830: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<area-id>
The OSPF area id specified in integer (1 to
4294967295) or IPv4 address (A.B.C.D)
format.
[no-summary]
Stops an ABR from sending summary link
advertisements into the stub area.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/ospf# area 1 stub
configure router ipv6 ospf area virtual-link
Use this command to configure a link between two backbone areas that are physically
separated through other nonbackbone areas. Use the no parameter with this command to
break the virtual-link.
Syntax
[no] area <area-id> virtual-link <A.B.C.D> [dead-interval <interval>]
[hello-interval <interval>] [retransmit-interval <interval>]
[transmit-delay <interval>] <0-255>
Table 831: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
The router ID of the virtual link neighbor.
<area-id>
The OSPF area id specified in integer (1 to
4294967295) or IP address (A.B.C.D)
format.
[dead-interval <interval>]
The interval during which no packets are
received and after which the router considers
Command Line Reference
October 2010
655
OSPFv3 commands
neighboring router as off-line. The default is
40 seconds
[hello-interval <interval>]
The interval during which no packets are
received and after which the router considers
neighboring router as off-line. The default is
40 seconds
[retransmit-interval <interval>]
The interval the router waits before it
retransmit a packet. The default is 5
seconds.
[transmit-delay <interval>]
The delay to be added to LS age when an
LSA is transmitted.
<0-255>
Specifies interface instance ID. The default
value is 0.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/ospf# area 1 virtual-link 10.10.11.50 hellointerval 5 dead-interval 10
configure router ipv6 ospf auto-cost
Use this command to control how OSPF calculates default metrics for the interface. Use the
no parameter with this command to assign cost based only on the interface type.
By default OSPF calculates the OSPF metric for an interface by dividing the reference
bandwidth by the interface bandwidth. The default value for the reference bandwidth is
100Mbps. The auto-cost command is used to differentiate high bandwidth links. For multiple
links with high bandwidth, specify a larger reference bandwidth value to differentiate cost on
those links.
Syntax
auto-cost reference-bandwidth <bandwidth>
Table 832: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<bandwidth>
Reference bandwidth in terms of Mbits per
second, in the range 1 to 4294967.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/ospf# auto-cost reference-bandwidth 250
656
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ipv6 ospf default-metric
configure router ipv6 ospf default-metric
Use this command to set default metric values for the OSPF routing protocol. Use the no
parameter with this command to return to the default state.
Syntax
default-metric <value>
Table 833: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<value>
The default metric value, in the range 0 to
16777214.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/ospf# default-metric 100
configure router ipv6 ospf distance
Use this command to define an administrative distance.
Syntax
distance [ospf {external | inter-area | intra-area}] <distance>
Table 834: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[ospf {external | inter-area | intra-area}]
Specifies administrative distance for OSPF
external, inter-area, or intra-area routes.
<distance>
The OSPF administrative distance, in the
range 1 to 255.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/ospf# distance 20
Command Line Reference
October 2010
657
OSPFv3 commands
configure router ipv6 ospf log-adjacency-changes
Use this command to enable logging of adjacency state changes.
Syntax
log-adjacency-changes [detail]
Table 835: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[detail]
Log all state changes.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/ospf# log-adjacency-changes
configure router ipv6 ospf max-concurrent-dd
Use this command to specify the maximum number allowed to process DD concurrently.
Syntax
max-concurrent-dd <maxprocess>
Table 836: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<maxprocess>
Maximum number of DD processes.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/ospf# max-concurrent-dd 5
configure router ipv6 ospf passive-interface
Use this command to suppress sending Hello packets on the specified interface.
Syntax
passive-interface <interface>
658
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router ipv6 ospf redistribute
Table 837: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface>
The interface you want to suppress routing
updates.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/ospf# passive-interface ethernet0/1
configure router ipv6 ospf redistribute
Use this command to redistribute routes from other routing protocols and static routes into the
OSPF routing table. Use the no parameter with this command to disable this function.
Syntax
redistribute <protocol> [metric <0 - 16777214>] [metric-type <1-2>]
[route-map <map>] [tag <0-4294967295>]
Table 838: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<protocol>
Protocol to redistribute: bgp, connected, rip,
or static.
metric <0 - 16777214>
Specifies a metric for redistributed routes.
metric-type <1-2>
Specifies the OSPFv3 exterior metric type for
redistributed routes.
route-map <map>
Route map reference.
tag <0-4294967295>
Specifies a tag for routes redistributed into
OSPFv3.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/ospf# redistribute static
configure router ipv6 ospf timers spf
Use this command to adjust routing timers.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
659
OSPFv3 commands
This command configures the delay time between the receipt of a topology change and the
calculation of the Shortest Path First (SPF). This command also configures the hold time
between two consecutive SPF calculations.
Syntax
timers spf <delay> <hold>
Table 839: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<delay>
Delay between receiving a change to SPF
calculation, in the range 0 to 2147483647.
<hold>
Hold time between consecutive SPF
calculations, in the range 0 to 2147483647.
Example
SR/configure/router/ipv6/ospf# timers spf 5 10
configure terminal interface ip ospf demand-circuit
Use this command to configure an interface as an OSPF demand circuit. By default, no OSPF
demand circuits are configured.
Syntax
[no] ip ospf demand-circuit
Table 840: Variable definition
Variable
[no]
Value
Disables OSPF demand circuit
Example
SR/configure/interface ethernet 0/1#ip ospf demand-circuit
show ipv6 ospf border-routers
Use this command to show border and boundary router information.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf border-routers
660
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show ipv6 ospf database
Example
SR# show ip ospf border-routers
show ipv6 ospf database
Use this command to show the OSPFv3 database summary.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf database
Example
SR# show ipv6 ospf database
show ipv6 ospf interface
Use this command to display detailed OSPFv3 interface information.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf interface <interface>
Table 841: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface>
Interface name. Example: ethernet0/1.
Example
SR# show ipv6 ospf interface ethernet6/12
show ipv6 ospf neighbor
Use this command to display router neighbor information.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf neighbor [<if-name>|<A.B.C.D>|detail]
Table 842: Variable definitions
Variable
Command Line Reference
Value
October 2010
661
OSPFv3 commands
<if-name>
Interface name. Example: ethernet0/1.
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the neighbor ID.
detail
Displays detailed information.
Example
SR# show ipv6 ospf neighbor
show ipv6 ospf route
Use this command to display OSPFv3 routes learned from neighbors
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf route
Example
SR# show ipv6 ospf route
show ipv6 ospf virtual-links
Use this command to show OSPFv3 virtual link information.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf virtual-links
Example
SR# show ipv6 ospf virtual-links
662
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 49: BGP4+ commands
clear bgp ipv6
Use this command to reset an IPv6 BGP connection.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 {* | v4 | v6 | <1-65535> | <A.B.C.D> | <X:X::X:X>}
[in|out|soft] [prefix-filter]
Table 843: Variable definition
Variable
Value
*
Clears all peers.
v4
Clears all IPv4 peers
v6
Clears all IPv6 peers
<1-65535>
Clears peers with the specified AS number.
<A.B.C.D> | <X:X::X:X>
Specifies a BGP neighbor address to clear.
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes are to be cleared.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes are to be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes are to be
cleared
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out prefix-list ORF and does inbound soft
reconfiguration.
Example
SR#
clear bgp ipv6 v6
clear bgp ipv6 dampening
Use this command to reset all dampened BGP4+ routes under the specified address family.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
663
BGP4+ commands
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 dampening <X:X::X:X|X:X::X:X/M>
Example
SR#
clear bgp ipv6 dampening 2003::/64
clear bgp ipv6 external
Use this command to reset the BGP4+ connection for all external peers.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 external [in|out|soft] [prefix-filter]
Table 844: Variable definition
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes are to be cleared.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes are to be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes are to be
cleared
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out prefix-list ORF and does inbound soft
reconfiguration.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv6 external in prefix-filter
clear bgp ipv6 flap-statistics
Use this command to clear the flap count and history duration for all the prefixes under the
specified address family.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 flap-statistics <X:X::X:X|X:X::X:X/M>
Example
SR#
664
clear bgp ipv6 flap-statistics 2003::/64
Command Line Reference
October 2010
clear bgp ipv6 peer-group
clear bgp ipv6 peer-group
Use this command to reset the BGP4+ connection for all members of a peer group.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 peer-group <peer-group> [in|out|soft] [prefix-filter]
Table 845: Variable definition
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes are to be cleared.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes are to be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes are to be
cleared
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out prefix-list ORF and does inbound soft
reconfiguration.
Example
SR#
clear bgp ipv6 peer-group P1 soft in
clear bgp ipv6 unicast
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for ipv6 peers having the unicast capability
enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 unicast * [in|out|soft]
Table 846: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out existing ORF prefix-list.
Example
SR# clear bgp| ipv6 unicast * in prefix-filter
Command Line Reference
October 2010
665
BGP4+ commands
clear bgp ipv6 multicast
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for ipv6 peers having the multicast capability
enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 multicast * [in|out|soft]
Table 847: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out existing ORF prefix-list.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv6 multicast * in prefix-filter
clear bgp ipv6 unicast
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for all ipv6 peers having the unicast capability
enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 unicast <A.B.C.D | X:X::X:X> [in|out|soft]
Table 848: Variable definitions
Variable
666
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be
cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out the existing ORF prefix-list.
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the BGP neighbor address to clear.
<X:X::X:X>
Specifies the BGP neighbor address to clear.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
clear bgp ipv6 multicast
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv6 unicast 2.2.2.2 out
clear bgp ipv6 multicast
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for all ipv6 peers having the multicast capability
enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 multicast <A.B.C.D | X:X::X:X> [in|out|soft]
Table 849: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be
cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out the existing ORF prefix-list.
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the BGP neighbor address to clear.
<X:X::X:X>
Specifies the BGP neighbor address to clear.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv6 multicast 2.2.2.2 out
clear bgp ipv6 unicast external
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for ipv6 external peers having the unicast
capability enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 unicast external [in | out | soft]
Table 850: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
667
BGP4+ commands
Variable
Value
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out the existing ORF prefix-list.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv6 unicast external
clear bgp ipv6 multicast external
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for ipv6 external peers having the multicast
capability enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 multicast external [in | out | soft]
Table 851: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out the existing ORF prefix-list.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv6 multicast external
clear bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for all members of a ipv6 peer group having
the unicast capability enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group <WORD> [in|out|soft]
Table 852: Variable definitions
Variable
in
668
Command Line Reference
Value
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
October 2010
clear bgp ipv6 multicast peer-group
Variable
Value
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out the existing ORF prefix-list.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group GRP
clear bgp ipv6 multicast peer-group
Use this command to reset the BGP connection for all members of a ipv6 peer group having
the multicast capability enabled.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 multicast peer-group <WORD> [in|out|soft]
Table 853: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Indicates that incoming advertised routes will be cleared.
out
Indicates that outgoing advertised routes will be cleared.
soft
Indicates that both incoming and outgoing routes will be cleared.
[prefix-filter]
Pushes out the existing ORF prefix-list.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv6 multicast peer-group GRP
clear bgp ipv6 unicast dampening
Use this command to reset all dampened BGP routes under the unicast address family.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 unicast dampening <X:X::X:X | X:X::X:X /M>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
669
BGP4+ commands
Table 854: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<X:X::X:X>
Specifies the IPv6 address for which BGP dampening is to be
cleared.
<X:X::X:X /M>
Specifies the IPv6 address with mask for which BGP dampening is
to be cleared.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv6 unicast dampening 1000::1
clear bgp ipv6 multicast dampening
Use this command to reset all dampened BGP routes under the multicast address family.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 multicast dampening <X:X::X:X | X:X::X:X /M>
Table 855: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<X:X::X:X>
Specifies the IPv6 address for which BGP dampening is to be
cleared.
<X:X::X:X /M>
Specifies the IPv6 address with mask for which BGP
dampening is to be cleared.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv6 multicast dampening 1000::1/64
clear bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics
Use this command to clear the flap count and history duration for all the prefixes under the
specified address family.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics <X:X::X:X | X:X::X:X /M>
670
Command Line Reference
October 2010
clear bgp ipv6 multicast flap-statistics
Table 856: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<X:X::X:X>
Specifies the IPv6 address for which BGP the flap-statistics is to be
cleared.
<X:X::X:X /M>
Specifies the IPv6 address with mask for which the flap-statistics is to
be cleared.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics 1000::1
clear bgp ipv6 multicast flap-statistics
Use this command to clear the flap count and history duration for all the prefixes under the
specified address family.
Syntax
clear bgp ipv6 multicast flap-statistics <X:X::X:X | X:X::X:X /M>
Table 857: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<X:X::X:X>
Specifies the IPv6 address for which BGP the flap-statistics is to
be cleared.
<X:X::X:X /M>
Specifies the IPv6 address with mask for which the flap-statistics
is to be cleared.
Example
SR# clear bgp ipv6 multicast flap-statistics 1000::1/64
configure router bgp
Use this command to enable BGP to support the exchange of routes between autonomous
systems. This command enables BGP with mainly default configuration values. Any peer
groups created under BGP inherit these default values. You can choose to override (customize)
many of these BGP global values at the BGP group or individual peer level.
Syntax
[no] router bgp <1-65535>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
671
BGP4+ commands
Example
SR/configure# router bgp 12
configure router bgp address-family ipv6
Use this command to enter the address family configuration level allowing configuration of
IPv6-specific parameters.
Syntax
address-family ipv6
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 12# address-family ipv6 [unicast|multicast]
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 aggregateaddress
Use this command to configure BGP aggregate entries.
Syntax
aggregate-address <prefix> [as-set] [summary-only]
Table 858: Variable definition
Variable
Value
[as-set]
Generate AS set path information.
[summary-only]
Filter more specific routes from updates.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6# aggregate-address ::FFFF:000
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 bgp dampening
Use this command to enable and configure BGP route flap dampening.
Syntax
bgp dampening [route-map <mapname>] [<hltime> <reuse> <suppress>
<duration> <uhltime>]
672
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 bgp scan-time
Table 859: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<duration>
Maximum duration to suppress a stable
route.
<hltime>
Reachability half-life time for a penalty, in
minutes.
<reuse>
Value to start reusing a route.
[route-map <mapname>]
Configure route-map criteria by map name.
<suppress>
Value to start suppressing a route.
<uhltime>
Unreachability half-life time for a penalty, in
minutes.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
800 2500 80 25
bgp dampening 20
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 bgp scan-time
Use this command to set the interval for BGP route next-hop scanning.
Syntax
bgp scan-time <interval>
Table 860: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interval>
Scanning interval in seconds. Value range is
10-60. Default scanning interval is 60
seconds.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
bgp scan-time 10
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 distance
Use this command to configure the administrative distance.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
673
BGP4+ commands
Syntax
distance [<distance>] [bgp <ext> <int> <local>]
Table 861: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[bgp]
Configure the BGP distance.
[<distance>]
Configure the administrative distance, in the
range 1 to 255.
<ext>
Distance for routes external to the AS, in the
range 1 to 255.
<int>
Distance for routes internal to the AS, in the
range 1 to 255.
<local>
Distance for local routes, in the range 1 to
255.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
distance 20
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 ebgp-ecmp
Use this command to preform EBGP ECMP processing.
Syntax
ebgp-ecmp
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
ebgp-ecmp
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor activate
Use this command to activate the current address family for the supplied neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} activate
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 activate
674
Command Line Reference
neighbor ::FFFF:
October 2010
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor allowas-in
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor allowasin
Use this command to accept as-path with my AS present in it.
Syntax
neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} allowas-in [<1-10>]
Table 862: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[<1-10>]
Number of occurences of AS number.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 allowas-in 2
neighbor ::FFFF:
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor
attribute-unchanged
Use this command to advertise unchanged BGP attributes to the specified neighbor. Use the
no form of this command to disable this function.
Syntax
[no] neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} attribute-unchanged [med] [nexthop] [as-path]
Table 863: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[med]
MED attribute.
[next-hop]
Next-hop attribute.
[as-path]
AS-path attribute.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 attribute-unchanged med
Command Line Reference
neighbor ::FFFF:
October 2010
675
BGP4+ commands
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor
capability orf prefix-list
Use this command to advertise ORF capabilities to a neighbor. Use the no parameter with this
command to disable this function.
Syntax
[no] neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} capability orf prefix-list {both |
receive | send}
Table 864: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
both
Indicates that the local router can send ORF
entries to its peer as well as receive ORF
entries from its peer.
receive
Indicates that the local router is willing to
receive ORF entries from its peer.
send
Indicates that the local router is willing to
send ORF entries to its peer.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 capability orf prefix-list both
neighbor ::FFFF:
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor defaultoriginate
Use this command to originate a default route to the specified neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} default-originate route-map <mapname>
Table 865: Variable definitions
676
Variable
Value
<mapname>
The route-map name.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor distribute-list
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 default-originate route-map myroute
neighbor ::FFFF:
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor
distribute-list
Use this command to filter route updates from a particular BGP neighbor. Use the no parameter
with this command to remove an entry.
Syntax
[no] neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} distribute-list <identifier> {in|
out}
Table 866: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<identifier>
The distribute list identifier. Possible values
are:
• IP access list number, in the range 1 to 199
• Expanded range IP access list number, in
the range 1300 to 2699
• The IP access list name
{in|out}
Indicates that incoming or outgoing
advertised routes are to be filtered.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 distribute-list 2
neighbor ::FFFF:
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor filter-list
Use this command to establish BGP filters.
Syntax
neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} filter-list <listname> {in|out}
Command Line Reference
October 2010
677
BGP4+ commands
Table 867: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Filter incoming routes.
<listname>
The AS path access list name.
out
Filter outgoing routes.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 list1 in
neighbor ::FFFF:
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor
maximum-prefix
Use this command to set the maximum number of prefixes accepted from the specified peer.
Syntax
neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} maximum-prefix <maxprefix>
Table 868: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<maxprefix>
The maximum number of prefixes, in the
range 1 to 4294967295.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 maximum-prefix 1244
neighbor ::FFFF:
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor nexthop-self
Use this command to advertise the local router ID as the next hop to force iBGP peers and/
or eBGP Confederation Peers in the local AS to use that local node as the next hop for routing
traffic to destinations outside the AS.
Syntax
neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} next-hop-self
678
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor prefix-list
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 next-hop-self
neighbor ::FFFF:
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor prefixlist
Use this command to filter updates to and from the specified neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} prefix-list <name> {in|out}
Table 869: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Filter incoming updates.
<name>
The name given to the prefix list.
out
Filter outgoing updates.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 prefix-list mylist in
neighbor ::FFFF:
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor removeprivate-AS
Use this command to remove private AS numbers from route advertisements to avoid
propagating those routes to other BGP peers. When an ISP’s local eBGP peer receives a route
update message from an eBGP peer on a private AS, the ISP’s peer must remove the private
AS numbers.
Syntax
neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} remove-private-AS
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 remove-private-AS
Command Line Reference
neighbor ::FFFF:
October 2010
679
BGP4+ commands
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor routemap
Use this command to apply a route map to the specified neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} route-map <mapname> {in|out}
Table 870: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
in
Apply route map to incoming routes.
<mapname>
The name of the route map.
out
Apply route map to outbound routes.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 route-map route2 in
neighbor ::FFFF:
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor routereflector-client
Use this command to configure the specified neighbor as a route reflector client. Use the no
form of this command to disable this function.
Syntax
[no] neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} route-reflector-client
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 route-reflector-client
680
Command Line Reference
neighbor ::FFFF:
October 2010
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor route-server-client
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor routeserver-client
Use this command to configure the specified neighbor as a route server client. Use the no form
of this command to disable this function.
Syntax
[no] neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} route-server-client
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 route-server-client
neighbor ::FFFF:
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor sendcommunity
Use this command to send a community attribute to the specified neighbor.
Syntax
neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} send-community <both|extended|standard>
Table 871: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<both>
Send Standard and Extended Community
attributes.
<extended>
Send Extended Community attributes.
<standard>
Send Standard Community attributes.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 send-community extended
Command Line Reference
neighbor ::FFFF:
October 2010
681
BGP4+ commands
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor softreconfiguration inbound
Use this command to configure the software to start storing updates. Use the no parameter
with this command to disable this function.
Syntax
[no] neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} soft-reconfiguration inbound
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 soft-reconfiguration inbound
neighbor ::FFFF:
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 neighbor
unsuppress-map
Use this command to selectively unsuppress suppressed routes.
Syntax
neighbor {<X:X::X:X> | <tag>} unsuppress-map <route-map>
Table 872: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<route-map>
Name of the route map.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
0006 unsuppress-map myroute
neighbor ::FFFF:
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 network
Use this command to specify a network to announce via BGP
Syntax
network [<X:X::X:X/M>] [synchronization]
682
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 redistribute
Table 873: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<X:X::X:X/M>
IPv6 prefix of the network.
[synchronization]
Perform IGP synchronization on network
routes.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
network 3ffe::/16
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 redistribute
Use this command to redistribute information from another protocol.
Syntax
redistribute <protocol> route-map <mapname>
Table 874: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<mapname>
The pointer to route-map entries.
<protocol>
The protocol you want to redistribute from.
Possible choices are:
• connected - redistribute from connected
routes.
• ospf - redistribute from OSPF routes.
• rip - redistribute from RIP routes.
• static - redistribute from Static routes.
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
connected route-map myroute
redistribute
configure router bgp address-family ipv6 synchronization
Use this command to configure IGP synchronization.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
683
BGP4+ commands
Syntax
synchronization
Example
SR/configure/router/bgp 1001/address-family ipv6#
synchronization
show bgp ipv6 attribute-info
Use this command to display BGP4+ attribute information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 [unicast|multicast] attribute-info
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 attribute-info
show bgp ipv6 community
Use this command to show routes matching the communities.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 [unicast|multicast] community [<AA:NN>] [local-as] [noadvertise] [no-export] [exact-match]
Table 875: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[<AA:NN>]
Specifies a valid value for a community
number.
[local-AS]
Do not send outside local AS (well-known
community).
[no-advertise]
Do not advertise to any peer (well-known
community).
[no-export]
Do not export to next AS (well-known
community).
[exact-match]
Specifies that the router shows the exact
match of the communities.
Example
SR#
684
show bgp ipv6 community local-AS
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv6 community-info
show bgp ipv6 community-info
Use this command to list all BGP4+ community information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 [unicast|multicast] community-info
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv6 community-info
show bgp ipv6 community-list
Use this command to display routes matching the community-list.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 [unicast|multicast] community-list <listname> [exactmatch]
Table 876: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<listname>
The community list to match against.
[exact-match]
Shows only routes that have exactly the
same specified communities.
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv6 community-list mylist exact-match
show bgp ipv6 dampening
Use this command to display detailed information about dampening.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 [unicast|multicast] dampening <type>
Command Line Reference
October 2010
685
BGP4+ commands
Table 877: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<type>
The type of dampening information to
display. Possible choices are:
• dampened-paths - Display paths
suppressed due to dampeninġ.
• flap-statistics - Display flap
statistics of routes.
• parameters - Display details of
configured dampening parameters.
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv6 dampening dampened-paths
show bgp ipv6 filter-list
Use this command to show routes matching a particular filter list..
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 [unicast|multicast] filter-list <listname>
Table 878: Variable definition
Variable
<listname>
Value
The filter list to match against.
Example
SR#
show bgp filter-list mylist
show bgp ipv6 inconsistent-as
Use this command to display routes with inconsistent AS Paths.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 [unicast|multicast] inconsistent-as
Example
SR#
686
show bgp ipv6 inconsistent-as
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv6 neighbors
show bgp ipv6 neighbors
Use this command to display detailed information about BGP4+ neighbor connections.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 [unicast|multicast] neighbors [<A.B.C.D> | <X:X::X:X>]
[advertised-routes | received | received-routes | routes]
Table 879: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[<A.B.C.D> | <X:X::X:X>]
Neighbor for which to display information.
advertised-routes
Display the routes advertised to a BGP
neighbor.
received
Display information received from a BGP
neighbor.
received-routes
Display the received routes from neighbor.
routes
Display routes learned from neighbor.
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv6 neighbors 10.2.3.4 advertised-routes
show bgp ipv6 paths
Use this command to show information on IPv6 paths.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 [unicast|multicast] paths
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv6 paths
show bgp ipv6 prefix-list
Use this command to display routes matching the prefix-list.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
687
BGP4+ commands
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 [unicast|multicast] prefix-list <listname>
Table 880: Variable definition
Variable
<listname>
Value
The prefix list to match against.
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv6 prefix-list mylist
show bgp ipv6 quote-regexp
Use this command to display routes matching the AS path regular expression (quoted string).
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 [unicast|multicast] quote-regexp <"quoted-string">
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv6 quote-regexp "my AS path"
show bgp ipv6 regexp
Use this command to display routes matching the AS path regular expression.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 [unicast|multicast] regexp <expression>
Table 881: Variable definition
Variable
<expression>
Value
A regular expression used to match the BGP AS paths.
Example
SR#
688
show bgp ipv6 multicast regexp 50
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv6 route-map
show bgp ipv6 route-map
Use this command to display routes matching the route-map.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 [unicast|multicast] route-map <mapname>
Table 882: Variable definition
Variable
<mapname>
Value
The route map to match against.
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv6 multicast route-map myroutemap
show bgp ipv6 scan
Use this command to display the BGP4+ scan status.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 [unicast|multicast] scan
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv6 scan
show bgp ipv6 summary
Use this command to show a summary of BGP4+ neighbor status.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 [unicast|multicast] summary
Example
SR#
show bgp ipv6 summary
Command Line Reference
October 2010
689
BGP4+ commands
show bgp ipv6 unicast attribute-info
Use this command to show internal attribute hash information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast attribute-info
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 unicast attribute-info
show bgp ipv6 unicast cidr-only
Use this command to display routes with non-natural network masks.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast cidr-only
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 unicast cidr-only
show bgp ipv6 unicast community
Use this command to display routes matching the communities.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast community <WORD> [local-AS ][no-export][noadvertise]
Table 883: Variable definitions
Variable
690
Value
<WORD>
Specifies the community number in AA:NN format.
[local-AS]
Does not send outside local AS (well-known community).
[no-advertise]
Does not advertise to any peer (well-known community).
[no-export]
Does not export to next AS (well-known community).
[exact-match]
Specifies the exact match of the community.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv6 unicast community-info
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 unicast community local-AS exact-match
show bgp ipv6 unicast community-info
Use this command to show all internal community attribute hash information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast community-info
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 unicast community-info
show bgp ipv6 unicast community-list
Use this command to display routes matching the community-list.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast community-list <LISTNAME>[exact-match]
Table 884: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<LISTNAME>
Specifies the community list name.
[exact-match]
Displays only routes that have exactly the same specified
communities.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 community-list CLIST
show bgp ipv6 unicast dampening
Use this command to display detailed information about dampening.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast dampening [dampened-paths|flap-statistics|
parameters]
Command Line Reference
October 2010
691
BGP4+ commands
Table 885: Variable definitions
Variable
<type>
Value
The type of dampening information to display. Possible choices
are:
• dampened-paths—Display paths suppressed due to
dampening.
• flap-statistics —Display flap statistics of routes.
• parameters—Display details of configured dampening
parameters.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 dampening dampened-paths
show bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list
Use this command to display routes conforming to the filter-list.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list <WORD>
Table 886: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies the regular-expression access list name.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list mylist
show bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as
Use this command to display routes with inconsistent AS Paths.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as
692
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors
show bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors
Use this command to display detailed information on TCP and BGP neighbor connections.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors <A.B.C.D|X:X::X:X> [advertisedroutes |received <prefix-filter>|received-routes|routes]]
Table 887: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the neighbor to display information about.
<X:X::X:X>
Specifies the neighbor to display information about.
advertised-routes
Displays the routes advertised to a BGP neighbor.
received <prefix-filter>
Displays all received routes, both accepted and rejected.
prefix-filter: Displays the prefix-list filter.
received-routes
Displays the received routes from neighbor.
routes
Displays all accepted routes learned from neighbors.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors 3ffe::1
show bgp ipv6 unicast paths
Use this command to display BGP path information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast paths
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 unicast paths
show bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group
Use this command to display information regarding BGP peer groups.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
693
BGP4+ commands
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group <WORD> [summary]
Table 888: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<WORD>
Refers peer-group name.
[summary]
Summary of peer-group member status.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group PEER6 summary
show bgp ipv6 unicast prefix-list
Use this command to display routes matching the prefix-list.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast prefix-list <WORD>
Table 889: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<WORD>
Specifies the name of the IP prefix list.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 unicast prefix-list mylist
show bgp ipv6 unicast quote-regexp
Use this command to display routes matching the AS path regular expression in quotes.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast quote-regexp <WORD>
Table 890: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
694
Command Line Reference
Value
Specifies a regular-expression to match the BGP AS_paths.
October 2010
show bgp ipv6 unicast regexp
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 unicast quote-regexp “_500_”
show bgp ipv6 unicast regexp
Use this command to display routes matching the AS path regular expression.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast regexp <LINE>
Table 891: Variable definitions
Variable
<LINE>
Value
Specifies a regular-expression to match the BGP AS_paths.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 unicast regexp _500_
show bgp ipv6 unicast route-map
Use this command to display routes that match the specified route-map.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast route-map <WORD>
Table 892: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies a route-map that is matched.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 unicast route-map NT
show bgp ipv6 unicast summary
Use this command to display a summary of BGP neighbor status.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
695
BGP4+ commands
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast summary
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 unicast summary
show bgp ipv6 unicast scan
Use this command to display BGP scan status.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast scan
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 unicast scan
show bgp ipv6 multicast attribute-info
Use this command to show internal attribute hash information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast attribute-info
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 multicast attribute-info
show bgp ipv6 multicast cidr-only
Use this command to display routes with non-natural network masks.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast cidr-only
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 multicast cidr-only
696
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv6 multicast community
show bgp ipv6 multicast community
Use this command to display routes matching the communities.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast community <WORD> [local-AS ][no-export][noadvertise]
Table 893: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<WORD>
Specifies the community number in AA:NN format.
[local-AS]
Does not send outside local AS (well-known community).
[no-advertise]
Does not advertise to any peer (well-known community).
[no-export]
Does not export to next AS (well-known community).
[exact-match]
Specifies the exact match of the community.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 multicast community local-AS exact-match
show bgp ipv6 multicast community-info
Use this command to show all internal community attribute hash information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast community-info
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 multicast community-info
show bgp ipv6 multicast community-list
Use this command to display routes matching the community-list.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast community-list <LISTNAME>[exact-match]
Command Line Reference
October 2010
697
BGP4+ commands
Table 894: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<LISTNAME>
Specifies the community list name.
[exact-match]
Displays only routes that have exactly the same specified
communities.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 community-list CLIST
show bgp ipv6 multicast dampening
Use this command to display detailed information about dampening.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast dampening [dampened-paths|flap-statistics|
parameters]
Table 895: Variable definitions
Variable
<type>
Value
The type of dampening information to display. Possible choices are:
• dampened-paths—Display paths suppressed due to
dampening.
• flap-statistics —Display flap statistics of routes.
• parameters—Display details of configured dampening
parameters.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 dampening dampened-paths
show bgp ipv6 multicast filter-list
Use this command to display routes conforming to the filter-list.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast filter-list <WORD>
698
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv6 multicast inconsistent-as
Table 896: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<WORD>
Specifies the regular-expression access list name.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 multicast filter-list mylist
show bgp ipv6 multicast inconsistent-as
Use this command to display routes with inconsistent AS Paths.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast inconsistent-as
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 multicast inconsistent-as
show bgp ipv6 multicast neighbors
Use this command to display detailed information on TCP and BGP neighbor connections.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast neighbors <A.B.C.D|X:X::X:X>[adveritedroutes |received <prefix-filter>|received-routes |routes]]
Table 897: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<A.B.C.D>
Specifies the neighbor to display information about.
<X:X::X:X>
Specifies the neighbor to display information about.
advertised-routes
Displays the routes advertised to a BGP neighbor.
received <prefix-filter>
Displays all received routes, both accepted and rejected.
prefix-filter: Displays the prefix-list filter.
received-routes
Displays the received routes from neighbor.
routes
Displays all accepted routes learned from neighbors.
Command Line Reference
October 2010
699
BGP4+ commands
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 multicast neighbors 3ffe::1
show bgp ipv6 multicast paths
Use this command to display BGP path information.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast paths
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 multicast paths
show bgp ipv6 multicast peer-group
Use this command to display information regarding BGP peer groups.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast peer-group <WORD> [summary]
Table 898: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<WORD>
Refers peer-group name.
[summary]
Summary of peer-group member status.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 multicast peer-group PEER6 summary
show bgp ipv6 multicast prefix-list
Use this command to display routes matching the prefix-list.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast prefix-list <WORD>
700
Command Line Reference
October 2010
show bgp ipv6 multicast quote-regexp
Table 899: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<WORD>
Specifies the name of the IP prefix list.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 multicast prefix-list mylist
show bgp ipv6 multicast quote-regexp
Use this command to display routes matching the AS path regular expression in quotes.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast quote-regexp <WORD>
Table 900: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies a regular-expression to match the BGP AS_paths
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 multicast quote-regexp “_500_”
show bgp ipv6 multicast regexp
Use this command to display routes matching the AS path regular expression.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast regexp <LINE>
Table 901: Variable definitions
Variable
<LINE>
Value
Specifies a regular-expression to match the BGP AS_paths.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 multicast regexp _500_
Command Line Reference
October 2010
701
BGP4+ commands
show bgp ipv6 multicast route-map
Use this command to display routes that match the specified route-map.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast route-map <WORD>
Table 902: Variable definitions
Variable
<WORD>
Value
Specifies a route-map that is matched.
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 multicast route-map NT
show bgp ipv6 multicast summary
Use this command to display a summary of BGP neighbor status.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast summary
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 multicast summary
show bgp ipv6 multicast scan
Use this command to display BGP scan status.
Syntax
show bgp ipv6 multicast scan
Example
SR# show bgp ipv6 multicast scan
702
Command Line Reference
October 2010
Chapter 50: IPv6 PIM commands
clear ipv6 pim sparse-mode bsr rp-set all
Use this command to clear all PIM bootstrap router information.
Syntax
clear ipv6 pim sparse-mode bsr rp-set all
Example
SR# clear ipv6 pim sparse-mode bsr rp-set all
clear ipv6 pim sparse-mode statistics
Use this command to clear PIM statistics. If no options are specified, the router clears the
interface and global statistics counters.
Syntax
clear ipv6 pim sparse-mode statistics [ interface <ifname> | all]
Table 903: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[interface <ifname>]
Clears statistics for the particular interface. If
the interface name is not specified, the router
clears statistics for all interfaces.
all
Clears the interface and global statistics
counters and Tree Information Base (TIB)
information.
Example
SR#clear ipv6 pim sparse-mode statistics all
Command Line Reference
October 2010
703
IPv6 PIM commands
configure interface ipv6 pim bsr-border
Use this command to enable a BSR border router. Use the no form of this command to disable.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 pim bsr-border
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# ipv6 pim bsr-border
configure interface ipv6 pim dr-priority
Use this command to configure PIM router DR priority. Use the no form of this command to
revert to default.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 pim dr-priority <priority>
Table 904: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<priority>
The PIM router DR priority, in the range 0 to
4294967294.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# ipv6 pim dr-priority 255
configure interface ipv6 pim exclude-genid
Use this command to configure PIM to exclude Gen-id option from PIM hello packets on the
specified interface. Use the no form of this command to revert to default behavior.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 pim exclude-genid
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# ipv6 pim exclude-genid
704
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure interface ipv6 pim hello-interval
configure interface ipv6 pim hello-interval
Use this command to configure the hello interval value. Use the no form of this command to
disable.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 pim hello-interval <interval>
Table 905: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<interface>
The Interface name. Example: ethernet 0/1
<interval>
The hello interval value in seconds. Valid
range is 10 to 65535 (default is 30).
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# ipv6 pim hello-interval 60
configure interface ipv6 pim neighbor-filter
Use this command to configure a PIM peering filter. Use the no form of this command remove
the peer filter.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 pim neighbor-filter <accesslist>
Table 906: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<accesslist>
The IPv6 access list name used in filtering.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# ipv6 pim neighbor-filter
testlist
Command Line Reference
October 2010
705
IPv6 PIM commands
configure interface ipv6 pim sparse-mode
Use this command to enable PIM-SM on the active interface. Use the no form of the command
to disable PIM-SM on the interface.
Use the passive option to enable passive mode operation for local IGMP members on the
interface. Passive mode stops PIM-SM transactions on the interface, allowing only IGMP
mechanism to be active. Use the no form of this command to turn off passive mode.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 pim sparse-mode [passive]
Table 907: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
[passive]
Enables passive mode.
Example
SR/configure/interface/ethernet (0/1)# ipv6 pim sparse-mode
configure ipv6 pim accept-register
Use this command to configure the ability to filter out multicast sources specified by the given
access-list at the RP so that the RP will accept/refuse to perform Register mechanism for the
packets sent by the specified sources. Use the no form of this command to revert to default
(off).
Syntax
[no] ipv6 pim accept-register list [<accesslist>|<word>]
Table 908: Variable definitions
Variable
Value
<accesslist>
The IPv6 standard access list. Valid ranges
are 1 to 99 for simple range value and 1300
to 1999 for expanded range value.
<word>
The IPv6 named access-list.
Example
SR/configure# ipv6 pim accept-register list 50
706
Command Line Reference
October 2010
configure ipv6 pim anycast-rp
configure ipv6 pim anycast-rp
Use this command to configure an anycast member RP address. By default, no anycast
members are configured.
Syntax
[no] ipv6 pim anycast-rp <anycast-RP-address> <anycast-member-RPaddress>
Table 909: Variable definitions
Var